[Federal Register: December 4, 2007 (Volume 72, Number 232)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 68233-68439]
From the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov]
[DOCID:fr04de07-15]
[[Page 68233]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Transportation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
49 CFR Parts 564 and 571
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; Lamps, Reflective Devices, and
Associated Equipment; Final Rule
[[Page 68234]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
49 CFR Parts 564 and 571
Docket No. NHTSA-2007-28322
RIN 2127-AJ75
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; Lamps, Reflective
Devices, and Associated Equipment
AGENCY: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),
Department of Transportation.
ACTION: Final Rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document amends the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
(FMVSS) No. 108 on lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment
by reorganizing the regulatory text so that it provides a more
straightforward and logical presentation of the applicable regulatory
requirements, which includes the agency's interpretation of the
existing requirements. It also greatly reduces the need to consult
relevant third-party standards by including applicable requirements
directly into the main body of Standard No. 108, rather than
incorporating such provisions by reference. This final rule does not
impose any new substantive requirements on manufacturers.
In addition, this document amends 49 CFR Part 564, Replaceable
Light Source Information, by adding a newly created Appendix C, which
relocates figures addressing sealed beam headlamps that currently
reside in FMVSS No. 108 and a relevant Society of Automotive Engineers
(SAE) standard there. We believe few lighting manufacturers still
produce sealed beam headlamps, and their diminishing use is unlikely to
draw new manufacturers of this type of lamp. Accordingly, we see no
drawbacks to consolidating the information regarding sealed beam light
sources with other light source information currently located in 49 CFR
Part 564.
DATES: Effective date: The final rule is effective September 1, 2008
with voluntary early compliance permitted immediately. The
incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the rule
is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of September 1,
2008. Petitions for reconsideration: Petitions for reconsideration of
this final rule must be received not later than January 18, 2008.
ADDRESSES: Any petitions for reconsideration should refer to the docket
number of this document and be submitted to: Administrator, National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
West Building, Ground Floor, Docket Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For technical issues: David Hines,
Office of Crash Avoidance Standards (NVS-121), NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue, SE., West Building, Washington, DC 20590 (Telephone: (202) 493-
0245) (Fax: (202) 366-7002).
For legal issues: Ari Scott, Office of the Chief Counsel (NCC-112),
NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Washington, DC 20590
(Telephone: (202) 366-2992) (Fax: (202) 366-3820).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
II. Background
A. Historical Overview of the Standard
B. The Need for an Administrative Rewrite of the Standard
III. December 2005 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) and Public
Comments
A. The NPRM
B. Discussion of Public Comments Received in Response to the
NPRM and Their Impact on the Final Rule
(a) 49 CFR Part 564
(b) 49 CFR Part 571.108
1. Administrative Considerations
2. Omissions, Typographical Errors, and Inconsistent Language
3. Organization of the Standard
4. Suggestions Beyond the Scope of the Rewrite
5. Suggestions Within the Scope of the Rewrite
IV. The Final Rule
A. 49 CFR Part 564
B. 49 CFR Part 571.108
V. Benefits and Costs
VI. Rulemaking Analyses and Notices
Appendix A: FMVSS No. 108 Rewrite Cross Reference
Appendix B: FMVSS No. 108 Rewrite Cross Reference
Appendix C: List of figures
I. Executive Summary
After carefully considering the public comments on its December
2005 proposal, the agency has decided to adopt a final rule amending
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 108, Lamps,
Reflective Devices, and Associated Equipment, by reorganizing the
regulatory text and directly importing requirements from applicable SAE
standards currently incorporated by reference into the regulatory text.
In doing so, the agency has decided to make some changes from the NPRM,
including modifying the organizational structure of the standard,
relocating test procedures and performance requirements from attached
tables to the regulatory text, and incorporating the substance of
several additional interpretations into the standard. In addition,
three SAE documents that the agency had proposed to continue to be
incorporated by reference in the NPRM have now been integrated into the
regulatory text, and the location of marking requirements within the
standard has been further consolidated.
Consistent with the NPRM, the final rule also establishes an
Appendix C in 49 CFR Part 564, Replaceable Light Source Information, as
a repository for dimensional and electrical information associated with
standardized sealed beam headlamps that currently resides in figures in
FMVSS No. 108.
These modifications have furthered the objective of this rewrite by
increasing clarity as follows: (1) Making requirements easier to find
and comprehend; (2) presenting performance requirements and test
procedures together through the inclusion of relevant provisions of
third-party documents (previously incorporated by reference) directly
into the regulatory text of the standard; and (3) updating Standard No.
108 to reflect significant letters of interpretation. The rewrite of
FMVSS No. 108 is considered administrative in nature because the
standard's existing requirements and obligations are not being
increased, decreased, or substantively modified. Accordingly, costs
associated with manufacturer compliance with Standard No. 108 are not
expected to change as a result of this regulatory action.
II. Background
A. Historical Overview of the Standard
On December 30, 2005, NHTSA published a notice of proposed
rulemaking \1\ (NPRM) to amend FMVSS No. 108, Lamps, Reflective
Devices, and Associated Equipment, by reorganizing the regulatory text
so that it provides a more straight-forward and logical presentation of
the applicable regulatory requirements. The initial version of FMVSS
No. 108 was adopted almost 40 years ago to increase motor vehicle
safety by establishing minimum requirements for vehicle lighting,
reflective devices, and associated equipment. In developing the
standard, NHTSA incorporated requirements from a number of industry
consensus standards, in particular SAE standards. At that time, motor
vehicle technologies were relatively simple, as compared to today's
designs. For example, motor vehicle headlighting systems were limited
to ones consisting of either two
[[Page 68235]]
7-inch or four 5\3/4\-inch round sealed beam units. During the ensuing
years, a number of rectangular sealed beam units, replaceable bulb
headlamps, and integral beam headlamps were developed, and FMVSS No.
108 was amended to permit the use of these new technologies. Later, the
standard was further amended to add requirements for high-mounted stop
lamps, side marker lamps, and side reflex reflectors, to allow for
daytime running lamps, and to address the conspicuity needs of large
vehicles.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ 70 Fr 77454, (Dec. 30, 2005) (Docket No. NHTSA-2006-23634-
3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, such amendments were made on an ad hoc basis, which, over
time, resulted in a patchwork organization for FMVSS No. 108.
Furthermore, when regulated parties had questions regarding how FMVSS
No. 108 should be interpreted (in many instances due to rapid advances
in lighting technology not fully anticipated or addressed by the
existing regulatory text), they submitted requests for interpretation
to the agency on specific issues. Since its promulgation, a large
number of interpretation letters have been issued pertaining to
Standard No. 108. Thus, in its current state, FMVSS No. 108 has
requirements that are located directly in its regulatory text, located
in referenced and sub-referenced SAE standards, and elaborated upon in
various agency interpretations. Since its inception, NHTSA has never
completed a thorough reorganization of the entire standard.
B. The Need for an Administrative Rewrite of the Standard
Due to concerns about being able to locate requirements efficiently
and the apparent lack of clarity associated with the standard (as
demonstrated by an abundance of letters of interpretation), we decided
to undertake an administrative rewrite of FMVSS No. 108. The agency has
also received complaints that the current text of FMVSS No. 108
sometimes results in confusion, in part due to the way it is organized.
Regulated parties have stated that the current organization of FMVSS
No. 108 makes it difficult for them, at times, to be fully confident
that all applicable requirements have been identified and satisfied
prior to certification to the standard. Also, numerous interested
parties have stated that the large number of interpretations that have
been issued by the agency regarding Standard No. 108 make it difficult
to locate and identify the agency's position on relevant issues. In
addition, regulated parties have conveyed to the agency in recent years
that some of the older versions of SAE standards incorporated by
reference into FMVSS No. 108 are no longer readily available from SAE
International.
Throughout the past few decades, SAE has published revised,
successor versions, with differing requirements, for many of their
standards incorporated by reference into FMVSS No. 108. This appears to
sometimes cause confusion on the part of regulated parties who,
mistakenly, may believe that the most recent version of a SAE standard
represents the regulatory requirement. The agency believes that
interested parties should have easy access to the requirements of the
standard, and, therefore, we believe there is value in publishing,
without substantive change, applicable requirements that are currently
contained in third-party documents directly within FMVSS No. 108
itself. The same logic applies to our decision to include the results
of relevant legal interpretations in the standard. Furthermore, several
provisions currently in Standard No. 108 refer to regulatory inception
dates that are several years in the past, so the agency is eliminating
text citing such past dates.
For these reasons, we believe that the benefits of an
administrative rewrite of FMVSS No. 108 (e.g., making the standard more
navigable and thereby facilitating compliance with existing
requirements) justify the necessary commitment of agency resources to
accomplish this reorganization of the standard.
III. December 2005 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) and Public
Comments
A. The NPRM
As noted above, NHTSA published a NPRM on December 30, 2005 that
proposed to reorganize FMVSS No. 108 to improve the clarity of the
standard's requirements, thereby increasing its utility for interested
parties. This administrative rewrite attempted to make the standard
more understandable by adopting a simplified numbering scheme, to
improve organization by grouping related materials in a more logical
and consistent sequence, and to reduce reliance on references to third-
party documents. As proposed, the reorganized standard progressed from
vehicle-level requirements to device-level requirements, beginning with
the most common requirements and then proceeding to exceptions.
The NPRM also proposed to move figures addressing sealed beam
headlamps that are currently included in FMVSS No. 108 and SAE J1383
APR85, Performance Requirements for Motor Vehicle Headlamps, into 49
CFR Part 564, Replaceable Light Source Information, as a newly created
Appendix C. This modification would be consistent with the current
practice of placing replaceable light source information in Part 564.
The title of Part 564 would also be changed to ``Replaceable Light
Source and Sealed Beam Headlamp Information'' to reflect the addition
of the sealed beam headlamp content.
Whereas Standard No. 108 currently references approximately 35
different SAE documents in nearly 100 separate instances, the NPRM
proposed reducing that number to eight documents, which were ones
believed not to be routinely used by regulated parties. Accordingly,
the NPRM proposed to incorporate the content of these frequently used
SAE documents directly into the regulatory text and/or attached tables
of Standard No. 108.
The proposed tables included Table I, which listed the required
lamps and reflective devices for the various vehicles regulated by
FMVSS No. 108. The number of required lamps and reflective devices,
their color, their mounting locations and height above the road
surface, and their manner of activation were included in Table I, which
resembles an expanded version of Tables I through IV of the current
FMVSS No. 108. Table II detailed the requirements for the four
different kinds of headlighting systems permitted by the standard.
Table III contained the conspicuity system requirements for large
trucks and trailers, while Tables IV and V provided, respectively,
effective projected luminous lens area requirements and visibility
requirements. Tables VI through XII and XIV through XX listed
photometric requirements for individual lamp types. Table XIII detailed
the target locations for license plate lamp photometry. Table XXI
contained test procedures and performance requirements for all
associated devices. Finally Tables XXII and XXIII contained non-
photometry test procedures and performance requirements for all lamps,
reflective devices, replaceable light sources, and vehicle headlamp
aiming devices (VHAD). In addition, several new figures were included
to clarify some of the application requirements for conspicuity
systems.
From a regulatory perspective, it was the agency's intention, as
expressed in the NPRM, that the administrative rewrite of Standard No.
108 would neither result in any current obligation being diminished,
nor any new obligation being imposed. In other words, the substantive
requirements are identical to those of the current version
[[Page 68236]]
of FMVSS No. 108, including incorporated documents. Therefore, we do
not believe that vehicle manufacturers and lighting manufacturers would
have to make any changes to their respective products or production
processes if the NPRM were made final.
B. Public Comments Received in Response to the NPRM
The agency received comments from twenty seven entities in response
to the December 2005 NPRM, which were submitted by 11 lamp or lamp
component manufacturers, 11 manufacturer or user associations, three
vehicle manufacturers, and two test organizations. Commenters included:
Truck Manufacturers Association (TMA), Motorcycle Industry Council
(MIC), Koito Manufacturing Co., Ltd., (Koito), Truck Trailer
Manufacturers Association (TTMA), General Electric Automotive Plastics
(GE-Plastics), General Motors North America (GM), Specialty Equipment
Market Association (SEMA), Grote Industries, L.L.C., (Grote),
Innovative Lighting, Inc., Calcoast Industrial Testing Laboratory
(Calcoast), General Electric Automotive Lighting (GE), Valeo Sylvania,
L.L.C. (VS), Guide Corporation (Guide), Alliance of Automobile
Manufacturers (AAM), 3M Traffic Safety Systems (3M), Valeo Lighting
Systems (Valeo), Association of International Automobile Manufacturers
(AIAM), Owner-Operator Independent Drivers Association, Inc. (OOIDA),
Atlas Material Testing Solutions (Atlas), American Trucking
Associations, Inc. (ATA), Honda Motor Co., LTD. (Honda), Nissan North
America, Inc., (Nissan), and Bayer Material Science, L.L.C., (Bayer). A
joint response was submitted by Motor and Equipment Manufacturers
Association (MEMA), Transportation Safety Equipment Institute (TSEI),
and Motor Vehicle Lighting Council (MVLC), collectively the
Associations (ASSN). Several months after the comment closing date the
Associations submitted a supplementary response which was shortly
followed by another supplementary response in conjunction with the
Alliance (AAM/ASSN). All comments are available in Docket No. NHTSA-
2006-23634 and were considered in the promulgation of this final rule.
The comments about the NPRM that we received can be divided into
five general categories: (1) Administrative Considerations; (2)
Omissions, Typographical Errors, and Inconsistent Language; (3)
Organizational Structure; (4) Suggestions Beyond the Scope of the
Rewrite; and (5) Suggestions Within the Scope of the Rewrite. A summary
and analysis of each issue identified is provided below.
(a) 49 CFR Part 564
We received only one substantive comment concerning the relocation
of the sealed beam headlamp figures into a new Appendix C of Part 564
of this chapter. GE requested a separate NPRM for this purpose and that
the drawings that would be filed in Appendix C be made available for
review.
We stated in Summary of the Proposal in the NPRM that the final
rule adopting the rewrite of Standard No. 108 would occur concurrently
with the relocation of the sealed beam figures to Appendix C of Part
564. We also provided, at the end of that notice, a complete listing of
all the figures and where they currently reside in FMVSS No. 108 or SAE
J1383 APR85, which is incorporated by reference in the current version
of FMVSS No. 108, but we did not provide specific regulatory text for
Appendix C in the NPRM. Ample opportunity was provided for public
comment on this issue, so we are making the establishment of Appendix C
of Part 564 of this chapter and the transfer of the identified figures
to it part of the final rule. We believe that it would be beneficial
for the sealed beam drawings to be relocated as part of this
reorganization so that applicable requirements are transferred in an
accurate manner, thereby satisfying our commitment not to change the
existing requirements of the standard.
(b) 49 CFR 571.108
1. Administrative Considerations
Some of the comments submitted in response to the NPRM were not
focused upon the substance of the rewrite but rather addressed
administrative concerns. Several commenters requested statements of
reassurance that ``* * * no substantive changes from existing
requirements are intended,'' and ``* * * state that the existing body
of interpretations is still valid.'' On these points, we clarify as
follows. First we reiterate that the administrative rewrite, as
expressed in this final rule, does not make any substantive changes to
the requirements of Standard No. 108. Furthermore, as stated in the
NPRM, not all letters of interpretation were appropriate for inclusion
into the regulatory language of FMVSS No. 108. Generally, we excluded
those that we concluded did not add value to the regulatory text (i.e.,
one without broad applicability). However, all existing letters of
interpretation, whether or not they are specifically integrated into
the FMVSS No. 108 final rule, continue to reflect the legal opinion of
the agency unless they contradict the explicit regulatory text of the
standard or were overturned by subsequent interpretations.
AAM suggested that the final rule should not be mandatory until
September 1st, one year after publication of the final rule. We have
established September 1, 2008 as the mandatory compliance date, with
voluntary early compliance permitted immediately.
ATA, OOIDA, and TMA all expressed concern about conflicts between
FMVSS No. 108 and the regulations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration (FMCSA). They requested that the rewrite of Standard No.
108 reconcile the differences that they perceive between it and the
regulations of the FMCSA.
The FMCSA has established regulations for lamps, reflective
devices, and associated equipment for commercial vehicles in use and a
few specialized types of commercial vehicles at time of manufacture.
The FMCSA made significant revisions to its lighting regulations in
2005 \2\ and some substantive differences do exist between the lighting
regulations of FMCSA and FMVSS No. 108. These differences may have the
potential to cause manufacturers of lamps and reflective devices that
fall under the jurisdiction of both NHTSA and FMCSA to pursue different
design, manufacturing, and compliance processes to satisfy the
regulations of both agencies. However, any attempt at reconciliation
here would be outside the scope of the rewrite process. Recently, FMCSA
issued a final rule \3\ in response to a petition for reconsideration
to its August 15, 2005 final rule, which resolved the differences
between its regulations and FMVSS No. 108, as interpreted in NHTSA's
July 28, 2005 interpretation to Mr. Clarke,\4\ concerning auxiliary
lamps mounted near identification lamps. Regulated parties may want to
consider other approaches to address the remaining differences between
FMVSS No. 108 and 49 CFR Part 393. One such approach could be to submit
rulemaking petitions to NHTSA and FMSCA requesting reconciliation of
the differences between FMVSS No. 108 and 49 CFR Part 393.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ See 49 CFR Part 393, as last revised by 70 FR 48008 August
15, 2005 (Docket No. FMCSA-1997-2364-44).
\3\ 72 CFR 32011 (June 11, 2007) (Docket No. FMCSA 1997-2364).
\4\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/GF002551.3.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68237]]
2. Omissions, Typographical Errors, and Inconsistent Language
Given the complexity of the proposed administrative rewrite of
FMVSS No. 108, including the integration of the content of numerous SAE
standards incorporated by reference into the regulatory text, some
omissions and typographical errors occurred. Numerous comments were
received identifying such occurrences. Accordingly, we have amended the
regulatory text of the final rule to correct these errors.
Some respondents have noted instances where they believe that the
language of the regulatory text used in the NPRM was not faithful to
the language and intent of the current FMVSS No. 108. In many instances
where a claim of unfaithful language was made in the comments, the
agency adopted a conservative approach, choosing to revise the language
of the NPRM back to that of the original document in the final rule.
Where such a revision was not made, we have stated our reasons for that
decision.
Two rather significant instances where contradictory regulatory
language was found to exist in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 and
its incorporated documents are discussed here. One has to do with the
appropriate photometric requirement for a specific type of replaceable
bulb headlamp and is discussed in detail in the section devoted to
Table II. The other concerns the ratio between the stop lamp function
and the taillamp function in a lamp where those functions are optically
combined. The discussion related to Table IX contains an explanation of
this issue. Both instances bolster our opinion that regulatory
requirements should be stated once and only once in a document. Neither
instance has ever generated an interpretation request nor did many
respondents raise either issue in their comments to the docket. This
reinforces our belief that, notwithstanding the existence of ambiguous
regulatory language, the intent of the specific requirements was clear.
Because correction of either situation would require a substantive
change to FMVSS No. 108, we have decided to refrain from addressing
these examples now. However, we may issue a notice of correction in the
near future to address what we believe are mistakes and inconsistencies
that have existed for some time in Standard No. 108.
3. Organization of the Standard
The organizational structure of the reorganized standard, as
presented in the NPRM, progressed from vehicle-level requirements to
device-level requirements, beginning with the most common requirements
and then proceeding to exceptions. Requirements in the rewrite of FMVSS
No. 108 are consolidated into dedicated paragraphs. Paragraphs S1
through S4 were organized in the same manner as the present standard.
S4, Definitions, was expanded to incorporate relevant definitions from
the applicable SAE standards previously incorporated as part of
Standard No. 108. Paragraph S5 addressed the remaining references to
SAE standards. Vehicle-level requirements were located in paragraph S6,
including requirements by vehicle type. Following that, requirements
were organized with dedicated sections for each type of lamp and
reflective device, beginning with signal lamps, reflective devices and
associated equipment under paragraph S7, and headlamp and headlighting
requirements under paragraphs S8 through S13, and S16 through S18.
Paragraph S14 addressed aimability performance requirements, while
paragraph S15 contained requirements for replaceable light sources
(including references to Part 564). In order to make requirements
easier to find, a Table of Contents was added as an appendix to the
standard.
The most detailed comments about the organizational structure of
the standard were those in the supplementary response from the ASSN/
AAM, which recommended a significantly different organizational
structure that would divide the content of FMVSS No. 108 into four
sections. Under the ASSN/AAM structure, the first section would contain
general and specific lamp requirements, and the second section would
consist of Tables I, II, III, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIV, XV,
XVI (split into three separate tables), XVII, XVIII, XIX, and XX.
However, there would be some format changes to lamp photometry tables
and the addition of graphical illustrations of photometric test points.
These commenters similarly suggested three new tables that would
graphically illustrate the required photometric test points, lines, and
areas associated with upper beam headlamps, lower beam mechanically
aimed headlamps, and lower beam visually/optically aimed headlamps. The
third section would contain all the figures of the NPRM as well as
Table XIII, License Plate Lamp Target Locations, redesigned as Figure
19. The fourth section would be subdivided into five annexes which
would contain photometric test procedures and the physical test
procedures of Tables XXI, XXII, and XXIII.
ASSN/AAM also suggested dividing Table I into five separate tables:
one for vehicles less than 80 in (2032 mm) in overall width, another
for vehicles 80 in (2032 mm) or more in overall width, one for
trailers, one for motorcycles, and one for school buses. The activation
requirements would be removed from these tables and located in a new
paragraph titled ``Electrical.'' Tables IV and V covering projected
luminous lens area and visibility would be eliminated and their
requirements dispersed to the applicable individual lamp sections.
These individual lamp sections would have a common format divided into
14 subsections representing specific requirements. An additional table
would be created that would contain all marking requirements.
In consideration of the comments submitted by ASSN/AAM, we have
decided to make significant changes to the structure of the standard
presented in the NPRM. These structural changes include: (1) Relocating
test procedures and performance requirements that were primarily
contained in paragraph S6.8 and Tables XXI, XXII, and XXIII of the
proposal, to paragraph S14 of the final rule; (2) expanding and
standardizing the presentation of requirements in individual lamp and
reflective device sections of the final rule beyond that of the
proposal; (3) including the provisions from additional SAE documents,
incorporated by reference in the proposal, in the regulatory text of
the final rule; and (4) further consolidating the location of marking
requirements in the final rule beyond that of the proposal.
We believe there is value in adopting a structure in the final rule
that is easy for regulated parties to navigate. There were some aspects
of the ASSN/AAM recommended structure that we did not adopt due to our
effort to avoid redundancies, streamline the standard, and avoid adding
new material not currently contained in Standard No. 108, including
graphs, which could cause confusion. We believe that our approach in
modifying the structure of the NPRM will collectively provide the most
value to all end-users.
We have decided to adopt the ASSN/AAM recommendation regarding
reorganization of the layout of several photometry requirement tables
for reasons that follow. Standard No. 108 provides two alternative
methods for demonstrating the photometric compliance of turn signal
lamps, taillamps, stop lamps, backup lamps, parking lamps, and high-
mounted stop lamps. For these lamps compliance can
[[Page 68238]]
be demonstrated by achieving a minimum photometric intensity at each of
18 to 22 discrete test points distributed within a pattern about
20[deg] high and 40[deg] wide centered about the H-V axis.\5\
Alternatively, FMVSS No. 108 also permits these specific lamps to
demonstrate compliance by meeting a minimum photometric intensity for
groups of these test points. Individual test points in proximity to
each other are organized into groups consisting of from two to six
points. The minimum photometric intensity requirement of each group is
approximately (but not always exactly) the arithmetic sum of the
minimum photometric intensities of all included points. This allows a
lamp where one or more test point(s) in a group do not meet their
individual minimum values to be compliant provided the remaining test
points in the group exceed their minimum values by enough to allow the
group total to exceed the group requirement.\6\ Turn signal lamps,
taillamps, stop lamps, and parking lamps have five groups of test
points; while backup lamps have six groups, and high-mounted stop lamps
have four groups.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ The pattern is wider for backup lamps and tighter for high
mounted stop lamps.
\6\ No individual test point photometric intensity can fall
below 60% of the point requirement when the group photometric method
is used. In addition, photometric values between adjacent test
points are regulated.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tables VI, VII, VIII, IX, XII, XV, which detail photometry
requirements for those lamps permitted to use both the individual test
point and the grouped test point compliance methods, are formatted such
that test points are organized in group order. Progressing from left to
right horizontally, each test point group is identified by number, and
then the individual test points included within that group are
identified by their vertical and horizontal positions. Next, the
minimum photometric intensity for each individual test point is shown,
and finally, at the right end, the group minimum photometric intensity
is shown.
In contrast, the photometry requirements tables suggested by the
ASSN/AAM, and endorsed by Calcoast, organize the lamp test points in a
vertical, then horizontal, manner that requires the user to search for
each point to include in a group and then consult a sub-table to find
out the minimum photometric requirement for that group. We find this
suggested approach unnecessarily complex and prone to increasing, not
decreasing, the possibility of error in determining photometric
requirements. Therefore, we have decided to retain the format of the
photometric tables as presented in the NPRM with one simplification,
which was to locate the horizontal and vertical test point positions in
the same relative positions in each table.
Calcoast suggested, and we agree, that the horizontal test point
positions and the vertical test point positions should always appear in
the same columns. In our earlier proposal, this was not the case, and
we have made modifications consistent with Calcoast's suggestion. The
final rule designates the horizontal test point positions in a column
to the left of a column that designates the corresponding vertical test
point positions.
Nissan suggested that those lamps that are permitted to demonstrate
photometric compliance by either the individual test point method or
the grouped test point method have the required photometric intensity
values for each individual test point reduced to 60 percent of the
current requirement and only allow use of the grouped test point
method. We did not adopt this suggestion because it would have reduced
the number of compliance methods available to manufacturers, a
substantive change beyond the scope of this administrative rewrite.
The original response from the ASSN, as well as the comments from
Guide, suggested abandoning Tables XVIII and XIX and incorporating
headlamp photometry requirements in a series of tables similar to the
current FMVSS No. 108. We were not persuaded that more headlamp
photometric tables would add value to the standard. Upper beam headlamp
requirements are not related to whether a headlamp is mechanically or
visually/optically aimed and six beam patterns adequately cover all
headlamps. Many photometric test points are common to all lower beam
headlamps. Tables XVIII and XIX present all required beam patterns
(except for certain motorcycle headlamps) in a clear and concise
format. Table II directs the user to the appropriate beam pattern in
Tables XVIII and XIX. We retained this format for headlamp photometry
requirements in the final rule.
Several commenters mentioned inconsistent use of a ``no
requirement'' indicator where a test point appears in a photometry
requirements table but there is no value required at that point. Our
proposal used both a blank space and a N.R. notation. In the final
rule, we have adopted a consistent indicator that there is no
requirement for a test point. A dashed line (-) is used exclusively for
this purpose in photometry requirements tables.
Commenters generally favored the use of tables in the NPRM for
presenting performance requirements. However, Nissan, Grote, and TTMA
all commented that Table I was too lengthy and should be separated into
several sections based on common content. The Alliance suggested
splitting Table XXIII into three separate tables because it contains
tests for three distinctive items: (1) Headlamps, (2) vehicle headlamp
aiming devices (VHAD), and (3) replaceable light sources. The
differentiation of content in Table II of the NPRM was mentioned as
being a particularly appropriate method of providing distinction.
Several commenters, including ASSN/AAM and Grote, noted that tables
containing significant amounts of text, such as the test requirements
in Tables XXI, XXII, and XXIII, would be difficult to use because of
lengthy passages that contain several sentences and express several
unique test conditions or requirements. We agree with these comments.
The tabular format is best suited to displaying quantitative values or
short textual requirements. In the final rule, we moved virtually all
test procedures and performance requirements to S14, the last section
of the standard. Specifically, the content of Table XXI of the NPRM has
been moved to S14.9, Associated Equipment Physical Test Procedures and
Performance Requirements, the content of Table XXII of the NPRM has
been moved to S14.3, Motorcycle Headlamp Out of Focus Test Procedures
and Performance Requirements, S14.4, General Test Procedures and
Performance Requirements (consisting of the color test and plastic
optical materials test), and S14.5, Signal Lamp and Reflective Device
Test Procedures and Performance Requirements. In addition, the content
of Table XXIII of the NPRM has been moved to S14.6, Headlamp Physical
Test Procedures and Performance Requirements, S14.7, Replaceable Light
Source Physical Test Procedures and Performance Requirements, and
S14.8, Vehicle Headlamp Aiming Devices (VHAD) Physical Test Procedures
and Performance Requirements.
General test procedures and performance requirements that were
located in S6.8 of the NPRM have been placed in S14.1 of the final
rule. Similarly, the photometric test procedures of S6.8 of the NPRM
are now in S14.2 of the final rule.
In the final rule, we decided to split several of the tables into
shorter, more distinctive, sections and we completely revised the
content of Table III and Table XIII. Table I, Required Lamps and
[[Page 68239]]
Reflective Devices, is divided into three parts: (1) Table I-a for
passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses of
all widths; (2) Table I-b for trailers, and (3) Table I-c for
motorcycles. We decided upon sectioning Table I in this manner for
several reasons. One is user diversity. Organizations that manufacture
vehicles such as passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, and buses typically do not also manufacture trailers or
motorcycles. Likewise, organizations that manufacture trailers
typically do not manufacture self propelled vehicles, and those that
manufacture motorcycles do not produce cars, trucks, or trailers. Some
commenters suggested separate sections for narrow vehicles (less than
2032 mm in width) and wide vehicles (those 2032 mm or wider). However,
several manufacturers produce both narrow and wide vehicles, sometimes
as different optional versions of the same vehicle, such as pickup
trucks.
Another consideration was commonality. Both narrow and wide
vehicles are required to be equipped with a headlighting system, turn
signal lamps, taillamps, stop lamps, side marker lamps, side and rear
reflex reflectors, backup lamps and license plate lamps. Narrow
vehicles are required to have parking lamps and high-mounted stop lamps
while wide vehicles are not. Similarly, wide vehicles must have
clearance and identification lamps which are not required on narrow
vehicles. This same distinction occurs between narrow and wide
trailers, for which common content significantly surpasses
differentiated content. Therefore, we have concluded that it is
unnecessary to section Table I by vehicle width.
We are retaining the title of the three sections of Table I as
Required Lamps and Reflective Devices, even though one of the lamps
listed in Table I-a, Daytime Running Lamp (DRL), is not a required
lamp. The heading above the DRL listing clearly describes it as being
permitted but not required. However, because the DRL, when installed,
is regulated in all attributes listed in Table I, Number and Color,
Mounting Location, Mounting Height, and Device Activation (unlike other
non-required lamps), the agency decided that Table I is the appropriate
location for it.
The three sections of Table IV, Effective Projected Luminous Lens
Area Requirements, are now identified as: (1) Table IV-a covering turn
signal and stop lamps; (2) Table IV-b for high-mounted stop lamps; and
(3) Table IV-c for school bus signal lamps. The four sections of Table
V, Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices, now include:
(1) Table V-a for backup lamps, high-mounted stop lamps, and school bus
signal lamps; (2) Table V-b which contains the lens area option for
turn signal lamps, stop lamps, taillamps, and parking lamps; (3) Table
V-c which has the luminous intensity option for turn signal lamps, stop
lamps, taillamps, and parking lamps; and (4) Table V-d that has older
alternative requirements for turn signal lamps, stop lamps, and
taillamps.
Table VI, Front Turn Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements, was split
into two sections in the final rule. Table VI-a contains the base front
turn signal lamp photometry requirements and also the values for 2\1/2\
times the base photometry requirements while Table IV-b contains values
for 2 times the base photometry requirements and 1 the base photometry
requirements
New Table XIII consisting of: (1) Table XIII-a, Motorcycle Turn
Signal Lamp Alternative Photometry Requirements, and (2) Table XIII-b,
Motor Driven Cycle Alternative Photometry Requirements, includes the
stop lamp requirements for certain motor driven cycles previously part
of Table IX in the NPRM, as well as alternative turn signal
requirements for motorcycles noted in paragraph S7.1.1.1 and S7.1.2.1
of the NPRM but not previously tabularized. The three sections of Table
XVI are now: (1) Table XVI-a, Reflex Reflector Photometry Requirements,
(2) Table XVI-b, Additional Photometry Requirements for Conspicuity
Reflex Reflectors, and (3) Table XVI-c, Retroreflective Sheeting
Photometry Requirements.
Table XIX has been split into Tables XIX-a, containing photometric
requirements for lower beam patterns LB1M, LB1V, LB2M, and LB2V. Table
XIX-b contains requirements for lower beam patterns LB3M, LB3V, LB4M,
and LB5M while Table XIX-c contains requirements for lower beam pattern
LB4V.
As mentioned previously, the ASSN/AAM response proposed a common,
templated organizational format for the individual lamp sections and
expansion of their content to include 14 subsections representing
specific requirements. The requirements that they suggested be included
in each section include: (1) Number, (2) color of light, (3)
arrangement, (4) position, (5) geometric visibility, (6) orientation,
(7) effective projected luminous lens area, (8) electrical, (9) tell
tale, (10) marking requirements, (11) other provisions, (12) plastic
materials, (13) photometry, and (14) physical tests. Implementing this
request presents a dilemma for several reasons. First, most of the
requirements suggested to be listed in individual lamp sections are
already stated in parts of Table I, Table IV, and Table V. Table I of
the NPRM is an expansion of Tables I, II, III, and IV of the current
version of Standard No. 108, tables which have been part of the
standard for decades. The agency rarely receives questions or
complaints about regulatory content contained in Tables I through IV,
but instead, they are often considered the most useful feature of the
current version. We received no comments, including the ASSN/AAM
submission, which suggested elimination of Table I.
We also believe that the suggestion of ASSN/AAM to remove the
activation requirements from Table I and place them all in a new
section titled ``Electrical'' was without merit. The activation
requirements of the various types of lamps, like the other categories
listed in Table I, are primarily vehicle-level requirements rather than
device-level requirements, and are best presented along with those
other requirements.
Table V of the NPRM is a restatement of Figures 19 and 20 of the
current version of Standard No. 108, which were added in a final rule
\7\ published on August 11, 2004 which promulgated the current
visibility requirements. The agency decided that it would not be
appropriate to disperse the visibility requirements of Table V (and
likewise the effective projected luminous lens area requirements of
Table IV) into individual lamp sections. The primary reason was that in
real world situations, many lamp functions are combined with other lamp
functions, very often optically combined. It is not unusual for a
vehicle to have a combination rear lamp where the taillamp, stop lamp,
and rear turn signal lamp functions are optically combined. The same
holds true for front turn signal lamps and parking lamps. The
presentation of visibility requirements for all regulated lamp
functions together in Table IV allows regulated parties to quickly
determine the appropriate requirements for such combination lamps and
perhaps aid the decision about which visibility alternative to use for
certification.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ 69 FR 48805 (Aug. 11, 2004) (Docket No. 2004-18794-1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The decision to leave Tables I, IV, and V intact in the final rule
means that adopting the ASSN/AAM template for individual lamp sections
would result in large scale duplication of requirements in Standard No.
108. Duplication of the same requirement in more than one location in a
regulatory document has the potential for
[[Page 68240]]
unintended consequences. We intended to avoid those consequences by
having each discrete requirement only stated once in Standard No.
108.\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ See the discussions of Table II and Table IX for
explanations of existing duplicated requirements in the current
version of FMVSS No. 108.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Therefore, to be responsive to the request of ASSN/AAM concerning
the format of individual lamp sections while still maintaining the
integrity of the standard by having only a single statement of each
requirement, we have adopted the use of pointing statements. These
pointing statements appear in those subsections of each lamp section
where a requirement does exist but is stated in another location of the
standard. For instance, in paragraph S7.4 pertaining to side marker
lamps, subsections 7.4.1 Number, 7.4.2 Color of light, 7.4.3 Mounting
location, 7.4.4 Mounting height, and 7.4.5 Activation, all conclude
with the pointing statement ``See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.''
Similarly, S7.4.9 Markings points to S6.5 for details of the applicable
marking requirements. S7.4.6 Effective projected luminous lens area,
S7.4.7 Visibility, S7.4.8 Indicator, S7.4.10 Spacing to other lamps,
S7.4.11 Multiple compartment and multiple lamps, and S7.4.12 Ratio all
conclude with the term ``No requirement'' indicating a requirement for
those specific items of lamp performance does not exist in Standard No.
108.
The entire content of Table III of the NPRM, dealing with
conspicuity systems, was moved to paragraph S8.2 of the final rule. A
new Table III was created to serve as a compilation of pointing
statements directed to the locations within the final rule where
marking requirements reside. While some headlamp marking requirements
were relocated to paragraph S6.5 in the final rule, a number of other
marking requirements continue to be dispersed within the document. In
these cases, we have decided that the marking requirements are best
located near the specific items to which they apply. However, these
locations are all identified in Table III and consultation with this
table should lead the user to all applicable marking requirements.
Grote suggested that lengthy paragraphs of regulatory text be
simplified by splitting them into separately numbered sub-paragraphs,
particularly where the requirements were diverse. In a number of
instances, we have been able to create such separation. Regulatory
provisions (including renumbered paragraphs) where this has been done
include: S6.1.3, S6.1.4.2, S6.1.5.2, S6.2.6, S6.5.3.3, S6.5.3.4, S6.6,
S7.1.1.11, S7.1.1.12, S7.1.2.11, S7.1.2.12, S7.1.3, S7.2.11, S7.3.11,
S7.3.12, S7.3.15, S7.7.13, S7.7.15, S7.9.14, S8.2.1, S8.2.2.3, S9.3.4,
S9.8, S10.14.2, S10.17.1.1, S10.17.1.2, S10.17.1.3, S13, S14.1.4,
S14.2.1, S14.2.3, S14.2.4, S14.2.5, S14.4.1, S14.4.2, S14.5, S14.6,
S14.7, and S14.9. We have included the term ``split for clarity'' or
similar language, often parenthetically, numerous places in the
discussion of revisions to note where a section of text from the NPRM
was divided into several smaller sub-sections in the final rule but not
otherwise revised.
Guide submitted numerous suggestions for reorganizing the NPRM by
the reassignment of certain paragraphs within the organizational
framework of the NPRM. In several instances, the agency concluded that
the Guide suggestion proved to be a more appropriate location for a
paragraph than the location proposed in the NPRM. We have noted these
reassignments in our discussion (but without attribution to a Guide
suggestion in some cases). This has caused numerous changes in the
paragraph numbers throughout the regulatory text. Where a requirement
in the final rule was identified differently in the NPRM, we have
indicated the previous paragraph number in the revision summary.
A number of Guide's suggested reassignments were not adopted,
because we decided that the applicable textual provisions were already
situated in the most appropriate location. Again, we did not mention
every such rejection of Guide's suggested ordering or our reasoning for
such decisions. While we believe that the final rule's organizational
structure is the optimal choice, we recognize that it is not the only
choice. Often, some of the requirements of Standard No. 108 intermix
several attributes of lamps. Such an example is paragraph S7.11.2.1
which contains requirements for a DRL spaced near a turn signal lamp
(e.g., considerations for the actual separation distance, the luminous
intensity of both the DRL and the turn signal lamp, whether the DRL is
optically combined with a lower beam headlamp, and the activation
properties of both the DRL and turn signal lamp). Requirements such as
these do not fit neatly into a Mounting Location section or an
Activation section, and their essence would not survive dispersion of
the component requirements into these sections because of their
interdependence on several diverse attributes.
Another such situation involves the presentation of the
requirements for conspicuity systems. The content of Table III of the
NPRM was moved to paragraph S8.2 of the regulatory text to provide a
more comprehensible presentation format. An argument could be made that
this content should be split into two portions, one portion describing
how conspicuity material is spaced and arranged and another portion
describing where conspicuity material is to be placed on applicable
vehicles. If this apportionment were made, the first portion could be
considered a device-level requirement and the second portion a vehicle-
level requirement. Dispersing conspicuity system content in this way
may seem correct from an organizational perspective, but would be in
conflict with the goals of the rewrite of Standard No. 108 to present
the requirements in a straight forward and logical manner.
Our guiding principle in organizing the structure of the FMVSS No.
108 final rule was to attempt to locate each requirement in the place
where a user would be most likely to look for it. Accordingly, the
final rule has been organized with the following major sections:
S1 Scope.
S2 Purpose.
S3 Application.
S4 Definitions.
S5 References to SAE publications.
S6 Vehicle requirements.
S7 Signal lamp requirements.
S8 Reflective device requirements.
S9 Associated equipment requirements.
S10 Headlighting system requirements.
S11 Replaceable light source requirements.
S12 Headlamp concealment device requirements.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens requirements.
S14 Physical and photometry test procedures and performance
requirements.
Tables
Table I Required Lamps and Reflective Devices.
Table II Headlighting Systems.
Table III Marking Requirements Location.
Table IV Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements.
Table V Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices.
Table VI Front Turn Signal Lamps Photometry Requirements.
Table VII Rear Turn Signal Lamps Photometry Requirements.
Table VIII Taillamp Photometry Requirements.
Table IX Stop Lamp Photometry Requirements.
Table X Side Marker Lamp Photometry Requirements.
Table XI Clearance and Identification Lamps Photometry
Requirements.
[[Page 68241]]
Table XII Backup Lamp Photometry Requirements.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle Turn Signal Lamp Alternative Photometry
Requirements.
Table XIII-b Motor Driven Cycle Stop Lamp Alternative Photometry
Requirements.
Table XIV Parking Lamp Photometry Requirements.
Table XV High-Mounted Stop Lamp Photometry Requirements.
Table XVI Reflex Reflector and Retroreflective Sheeting
Photometry Requirements.
Table XVII School Bus Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements.
Table XVIII Headlamp Upper Beam Photometry Requirements.
Table XIX Headlamp Lower Beam Photometry Requirements.
Table XX Motorcycle Headlamp Photometry Requirements.
Figures
Figure 1 Chromaticity Diagram.
Figure 2 Flasher Performance Chart.
Figure 3 Replaceable Bulb Headlamp Aim Pads.
Figure 4 Headlamp Connector Setup.
Figure 5 Headlamp Abrasion Test Fixture.
Figure 6 Thermal Cycle Test Profile.
Figure 7 Dirt/Ambient Test Setup.
Figure 8 Replaceable Light Source Deflection Test Setup.
Figure 9 Environmental Test Profile.
Figure 10 Headlamp Replaceable Light Source Pressure Test Setup.
Figure 11 Trailer Conspicuity Treatment Examples.
Figure 12-1 Trailer Conspicuity Detail I.
Figure 12-2 Trailer Conspicuity Detail II.
Figure 13 Tractor Conspicuity Examples.
Figure 14 92x150 Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
Figure 15 Types G and H Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
Figure 16 Types A and E Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
Figure 17 Type B Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
Figure 18 Types C and D Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup.
Figure 19 License Plate Lamp Target Locations.
Figure 20 License Plate Lamp Measurement of Incident Light
Angle.
Figure 21 Vibration Test Machine.
Figure 22 Flasher Test Standard Circuit.
4. Suggestions Beyond the Scope of the Rewrite
Units of Measurements
Several comments were received concerning the way quantities in the
NPRM were measured, in terms of units. In some cases, measurements were
only in metric units, others in only English units, and still others
dual-dimensioned with both metric and English units. We note that this
situation currently exists within Standard No. 108 and the SAE
standards and Recommended Practices incorporated by reference. Such
perceived inconsistencies in the final rule are the result of the
agency's decision to make no substantive changes to Standard No. 108
during the rewrite process. This means stating measurements in their
original form consistent with their original source documents, instead
of attempting to convert and standardize the units.
ASSN preferred dual English/metric measurements for every quantity
and requested that both be provided in the final rule. The commenter
also preferred that linear measurements be expressed in both inches and
centimeters. AAM requested dual units with metric units followed by
English units and the use of direct conversions to establish those
measurements that were only stated in one unit in the NPRM. Nissan
argued that in recent rulemakings, the agency has consistently listed
measurements using metric units with English units referenced
parenthetically. Nissan preferred linear measurements that were in
millimeters, except for photometric test distances which should remain
dimensioned in meters. Conversely, Grote recommended that measurements
be expressed in inches followed by centimeters in parentheses,
believing that the vast majority of current users continue to use
English measurements. SEMA also supported dual units of measurements
with a preference for centimeters rather than millimeters. In
supplemental comments, AAM/ASSN requested all quantities in FMVSS No.
108 that are not now metric be converted to metric pursuant to
Executive Order 12770 (Metric Usage in Federal Government Programs).
The FMVSS No. 108 rewrite is considered an administrative action
because existing requirements and obligations are not being increased,
decreased, or substantively modified. The agency has decided that
converting values and providing dual-dimensions is outside the scope of
this final rule. The conversion process, in some cases, would result in
substantive change in the current requirements of the standard. This is
because such conversions rarely result in a whole number equivalent,
but more likely in an unwieldy value with more digits than the value it
was converted from. The converted unit may have a non-exact value
requiring it to be truncated after several digits. Such rounding may
have little effect on some attributes but significant effect on others.
An additional complication is that some currently dual-dimensioned
values in FMVSS No. 108 are not exact equivalents. For instance, the
air pressure required to be applied to the replaceable light source in
the replaceable light source pressure test is expressed as 70 KPa (10
psig). However, the English equivalent of 70 KPa is 10.152641661 psig
and the metric equivalent of 10 psig is 68.9475728 KPa. Thus, a user
may conclude that a replaceable light source may be compliant with the
standard if it withstands a pressure of 68.9475728 KPa and not 70 KPa.
Additionally, the comments received in response to the NPRM show
that users of FMVSS No. 108 do not have a consistent preference for a
particular approach regarding units of measurement. In consideration of
our principle not to change any existing requirements, as well as the
wide range of opinions on the best approach for dual-dimensioning, the
agency decided to present values consistent with the current standard
instead of choosing one of the suggested options.
Photometric Maps
As previously mentioned, the AAM/ASSN supplementary comments, the
ASSN initial comments, and the NAL comments recommend inclusion of a
number of new graphical maps that would show details of the
requirements for the various photometric test patterns. The signal lamp
maps would show the position of each individual test point and how
those points are combined into groups. The headlamp maps would show
individual test points, linear test elements, and zonal test elements.
In reviewing the suggested graphical maps, it was unclear which
test points were part of which zone. Furthermore, such maps are beyond
the scope of the administrative rewrite. In addition, there were no
compelling arguments presented addressing how their inclusion would
advance the goals of the rewrite. Adding such graphical maps would
provide redundant information, significantly increasing the risk of
potentially conflicting requirements, and likely generate numerous
interpretation requests, especially if users were confused by the new
graphs.
That is not to say that these types of illustrations have no value.
They seem particularly well suited for use by design and manufacturing
organizations use in their internal design standards or photometric
test procedures documents. Standard No. 108, like all Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards, strives to present regulatory requirements in
the clearest way possible. It is not intended to serve as an all-
inclusive working guide for designing, testing, or manufacturing lamps,
reflective devices, or associated equipment. NHTSA
[[Page 68242]]
anticipates that user organizations will carefully incorporate the
requirements of FMVSS No. 108 into their internal working documents.
Requests for New or Revised Definitions
Commenters requested inclusion in the final rule of numerous
definitions for specific terms. These include: ``center (of item),''
``fixed body panel,'' ``four lamp type headlamp,'' ``hazard warning
lamps,'' ``obstruction,'' ``rigid part of vehicle,'' ``separately
lighted areas,'' ``two lamp type headlamp,'' ``special tools,'' ``tools
ordinarily available,'' ``supplemental lamp,'' and ``auxiliary lamp.''
There was also a suggestion for a revised definition for the term
``color bleeding,'' alleging it could be mistaken for the term ``light
bleed.'' A suggestion was also submitted for addition of definitions of
all lamp types mentioned in the current version of FMVSS No. 108, with
the specific example of fog lamp.
In its initial submission, AAM suggested the final rule use the
term ``* * * light source optical centers * * *'' in place of the term
``* * * light sources * * *'' and the term ``* * * optical centers * *
*'' in place of the term ``* * * optical axes * * *'' as revisions that
would be technology-neutral in the specific case of a series wired
array of LEDs being considered a single light source per the January 5,
2006 letter of interpretation to AMECA.\9\ There were also suggestions
that the term ``lighted section'' be used exclusively and in place of
``multiple compartment'' and ``multiple lighted area.'' Adopting any of
these suggestions would have been a substantive action which would be
beyond the defined scope of this rewrite. For this reason we have not
adopted any of these suggested modifications in the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/Wolford.2.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Suggestions Within the Scope of the Rewrite
SAE Documents
A significant initiative of the FMVSS No. 108 rewrite was the
incorporation of requirements contained in SAE Standards and
Recommended Practices (currently incorporated by reference or sub-
reference) directly into the body of the standard. The current version
of Standard No. 108 relies heavily on the content of numerous SAE
documents. It contains over 100 references to some 35 different SAE
documents, many of which were issued in the 1960s. Some of these
documents are incorporated in their entirety, whereas only portions of
others are cited. The NPRM integrated much of the content of these SAE
document directly into the regulatory language, resulting in only eight
SAE documents continuing to be incorporated by reference.
Generally commenters supported this action. SEMA requested that all
referenced and sub-referenced SAE documents be included in the
regulatory text of the final rule. While total elimination of documents
incorporated by reference proved to be impractical, we did eliminate
references to three additional SAE documents in the final rule as
discussed below. We also restored a reference to SAE J567b, Bulb
Sockets, in S14.2.1.6.2 of the final rule based upon comments by
Calcoast. This reference exists in Footnotes 2 and 3, which follow
Table IV, of the current version of FMVSS No. 108, but was eliminated
in the NPRM. We agree with Calcoast that the exemption permitted in
these footnotes stating that bulbs not listed in SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs
and Sealed Units, December 1968, are not required to use a socket that
conforms to the requirements of SAE J567b, Bulb Sockets, April 1964, is
needed in the final rule.
SAE J577, Vibration Test Machine, April 1964, has been replicated
as Figure 21, and all references to SAE J577 have been removed from the
final rule. SAE J823b, Flasher Test Equipment, April 1968, describes a
standard test circuit to be used in the performance testing of
vehicular hazard warning signal flashers and turn signal flashers. This
SAE standard also has specifications for power supplies used in these
tests and describes the circuit adjustments necessary to perform valid
tests. We have chosen to incorporate the content of SAE J823b into the
final rule. New Figure 22, Flasher Standard Test Circuit, provides the
test circuit schematic diagram from Figure 1 of SAE J823b. Paragraph
S14.9.3.1 of the final rule states requirements for circuit adjustments
applicable to flasher tests, and paragraph S14.9.3.2 provides separate
power supply specifications for the various flasher performance tests.
With the inclusion of paragraph S14.9.3 and Figure 22 in the final
rule, all references to SAE J823b have been deleted.
SAE J588e, Turn Signal Lamps, September 1970, incorporated by
reference in FMVSS No. 108, is referenced in paragraph S5.1.1.1 of the
current version of the standard solely to establish requirements for
double-sided turn signal lamps installed on truck tractors. It was
eliminated from the final rule by incorporating the content of
paragraph 3.4 and a portion of paragraph 3.9.1 of SAE J588e into
paragraph S6.1.1.3 of the NPRM. The remaining portion of paragraph
3.9.1 was incorporated in Table VII, Rear Turn Signal Lamp Photometry
Requirements, of the NPRM by revision to Footnote 6.
The revised paragraph S6.1.1.3 now reads, `` * * * A truck tractor
need not be equipped with turn signal lamps mounted on the rear if the
turn signal lamps at or near the front are of double-face construction
and are located such that they meet the photometric requirements for
double-faced turn signal lamps specified in Footnote 6 of Table VII.''
Continuing, paragraph S6.1.1.3.1 states, ``The flashing signal from a
double-faced signal lamp must not be obliterated when subjected to
external light rays from either in front or behind, at any and all
angles.'' The revised Footnote 6 to Table VII now states, ``A double-
faced turn signal lamp installed as described in paragraph S6.1.1.3 on
a truck tractor need only meet the photometric requirements for a left
side lamp where the lamp is mounted on the left side of the vehicle,
and for a right side lamp where the lamp is mounted on the right side
of the vehicle.''
This same SAE standard, J588e, Turn Signal Lamps, September 1970,
is cited in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 as containing the
requirements for the illuminated pilot indicator for turn signal lamp
failure. The NPRM had erroneously stated the requirements from SAE J588
NOV84, Turn Signal Lamps. Paragraph S9.3 of the final rule now
correctly states the illuminated area of the indicator and the
acceptable modes of indication. Consistent with these changes, all
references to SAE J588e have been removed from the standard.
We undertook the effort to eliminate these additional SAE
references in the final rule in part because the nature of some
comments suggested that the relationship between FMVSS No. 108 and its
incorporated SAE documents causes significant confusion.
One example of such confusion is found in the comments of Grote and
Koito in reference to the limitations in applying reduced photometric
requirements to adjacent front and rear side marker lamps. This section
is based upon paragraph S5.1.1.8 of the current version of Standard No.
108 which states, ``For each motor vehicle less than 30 feet in overall
length, the photometric minimum candlepower \10\ requirements for side
marker lamps specified in SAE Standard J592e,
[[Page 68243]]
Clearance, Side Marker, and Identification Lamps, July 1972, may be met
for all inboard test points at a distance of 15 feet from the vehicle
and on a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the longitudinal axis
of the vehicle and located midway between the front and rear side
marker lamps.'' In this case, the limitation of vehicles less than 30
feet in overall length recognizes that those vehicles are ones where
intermediate side marker lamps (and intermediate side reflex
reflectors) are not required to be installed. Table 1 of SAE J592e,
detailing the photometric requirements of side marker lamps, also
contains a footnote ``b'' further limiting the vehicles where reduced
photometric requirements can be applied. Footnote ``b'' states that,
``The requirements for side markers used on vehicles less than 80
inches (2 meters) wide may be met for inboard test points * * * '' This
vehicle width limitation is reflected in Footnote 1 of Table X. This is
an example where the text of an incorporated SAE document applies
limitations beyond those contained in the text of FMVSS No. 108.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ The term ``candlepower'' used in this context means the
contemporary unit of measurement used to express the luminous
intensity attribute.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Another example is illustrated in the comments by AAM and Koito
about the spatial relationship between front turn signal lamps and
certain other front-mounted lamps and the photometric requirements the
relationship imposes on the front turn signal lamp as stated in
paragraph S7.1.1.2 of the NPRM (S7.1.1.10 of the final rule). Current
FMVSS No. 108, at paragraph S5.3.1.7, imposes a multiplier of 2.5 on
minimum photometric intensity requirements for a front turn signal lamp
mounted less than 100 mm from the lighted edge of a lower beam
headlamp. Turn signal lamps are also required to be designed to conform
to referenced standards SAE J588 NOV84 for vehicles less than 2032 mm
in overall width and SAE J1395 APR85 for vehicles 2032 mm or more in
overall width. These documents provide, in paragraph 5.1.5.4 of SAE
J588 and paragraphs 5.1.5.4, 5.1.5.5, and 5.1.5.6 of SAE J1395,
additional photometric requirements for turn signal lamps based upon
their construction. The method the turn signal lamp uses to project
light (i.e., whether it primarily uses a reflector to direct light or
not) determines how the relationship is measured between the turn
signal lamp and the lower beam headlamp, or a surrogate lower beam
headlamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or a fog lamp. Based
upon this measurement, the turn signal lamp may be required to have a
multiplier of 1.5, 2.0, or 2.5 times the minimum photometric intensity.
Thus, it is possible for a turn signal lamp not to be required to have
increased intensity based upon paragraph S5.3.1.7 of current FMVSS No.
108 but still be required to have increased intensity because of its
construction or proximity to another front lamp, such as a fog lamp.
This is an example where an incorporated SAE document imposes
requirements beyond those explicitly stated in the regulatory text of
Standard No. 108.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ The subject of turn signal lamp photometric requirements
based upon spacing to other front lamps is discussed in several
interpretations such as Matsui (9/20/95).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In its comments, AAM stated that FMVSS No. 108 has never contained
a requirement for a vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator as
contained in paragraph S6.6 of the NPRM (paragraph S9.8 of the final
rule). We note that this requirement came from SAE J910, Vehicular
Hazard Warning Signal Operating Unit, January 1966, and SAE J945,
Vehicular Hazard Warning Flasher, February 1966, both incorporated by
reference in Tables I and III of the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
The requirements from SAE J910 contained in paragraph 5 detail how the
pilot indicator is to operate, how it can be combined with the turn
signal indicator, and the size and color of a dedicated vehicular
hazard warning signal pilot indicator. The requirements from SAE J945
describe how the means of providing the indication can be incorporated
into the flasher if it functions under all test conditions applied to
the flasher and how an audible indication can be used in conjunction
with the visible indication. This is an example where incorporated SAE
documents contain a requirement that is not expressly stated in the
text of FMVSS No. 108.
AAM also stated in its comments that only the lighting equipment
requirements of SAE J587 OCT81, License Plate Lamps (Rear Registration
Plate Lamps), are incorporated by reference in Standard No. 108 (i.e.,
in paragraph S5.1.1 of the current version). AAM argued that a license
plate holder is not an item of lighting equipment and that requirements
for the holder would also apply to a front license plate holder. In
response, we note that SAE J587 OCT81 does contain specific
requirements for a license plate holder and its relationship with the
license plate, the surface the vehicle stands on, and the license plate
lamp. The performance of a license plate lamp is dependent upon its
physical relationship with the license plate. The license plate must be
secured in position to evaluate this performance. To alleviate AAM's
concern with application of the requirement to a front license plate
holder, we have revised the text of paragraph S6.6.3 of the final rule
(paragraph S6.1.1 of the NPRM) to state, ``Each rear license plate
holder must be designed and constructed to provide a substantial plane
surface on which to mount the plate. The plane of the license plate
mounting surface and the plane on which the vehicle stands must be
perpendicular within 15[deg] '' (emphasis added).
Grote commented that lamps designed to conform to SAE J1395 APR85,
Turn Signal Lamps for use on Motor Vehicles 2032 mm or more in Overall
Width, and SAE J1398 MAY85, Stop Lamps for use on Motor Vehicles 2032
mm or more in Overall Width, incorporated by reference in Table I of
the current version of FMVSS No. 108 for use on multipurpose passenger
vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses, of 80 or more inches in overall
width, could also be used on vehicles less than 80 inches (2032 mm)
overall width, without meeting the requirements listed in Table III for
these lamps. Grote based its comment on a statement in the Scope of SAE
J1395 stating that, ``Turn signal lamps conforming to this report may
also be used on vehicles less than 2032 mm in overall width.'' The
Scope of SAE J1398 has a similar statement concerning stop lamps. This
assertion is simply not correct. Table III of the existing version of
Standard No. 108 applies to all passenger cars and motorcycles, and
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses and trailers of less
than 80 inches (2032 mm) in overall width. Table III clearly requires
turn signal lamps to comply with SAE J588 NOV84 and stop lamps to
comply with SAE J586 FEB84. Therefore, manufacturers may choose to
design their lamps to also comply, respectively, with SAE J1395 APR85
and SAE J1398 MAY85, but they also must be designed to comply,
respectively, with SAE J588 NOV84 and SAE J586 FEB84. We do not agree
with the argument that compliance with only SAE J1395 APR85 and SAE
J1398 MAY85, respectively, is permitted, because this clearly
contradicts the language in the existing regulatory text.
Table III of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 requires that all
passenger cars and motorcycles, and multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, trailers, and buses, of less than 80 inches (2032 mm) in
overall width must be equipped with lamps designed to conform to the
requirements of SAE J588 NOV84, Turn Signal Lamps for use on Motor
Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm
[[Page 68244]]
in Overall Width, and SAE J586 FEB84, Stop Lamps for use on Motor
Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width. Thus, if a turn signal
lamp or stop lamp is not designed to conform with SAE J588 NOV84 or SAE
J586 FEB84 respectively, it cannot be used on any passenger car or
motorcycle or on any multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or
bus of less than 80 inches in overall width, no matter whether it also
is designed to conform to SAE J1395 APR85 or SAE J1398 MAY85. The
explicit requirements of FMVSS No. 108 prevail over any seemingly
contradictory language of an incorporated third-party document.
Observing the confusion that exists because the current version of
Standard No. 108 relies so heavily upon reference to third-party
documents, we are convinced that our action to remove those references
to the maximum extent possible was a correct decision. Remaining
references to SAE documents in the final rule include:
S6.4.5 SAE J602, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable
Sealed Beam Headlamp Units, August 1963
S9.3.5 SAE J941b, Motor Vehicle Driver's Eye Range, February 1969
S10.14.7.7 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S10.15.7.6 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S10.16.3.6 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S10.18.7 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S10.18.7.2 SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
S11.3 SAE J2009 FEB93, Discharge Forward Lighting Systems
S14.2.1.6 SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968
S14.2.1.6.1 SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968
S14.2.1.6.2 SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968
S14.2.1.6.2 SAE J567b, Bulb Sockets, April 1964
S14.7.3.1.2 SAE J2009 FEB93, Discharge Forward Lighting Systems
Cited Interpretations
In the rewrite proposal, the agency integrated the clarifications
provided by key letters of interpretation into the regulatory text of
the standard. The criteria used in determining whether an
interpretation was significant focused on whether it provided value in
clarifying the provisions in the standard. In the vast majority of
cases, past requests for interpretation have identified questions
regarding applicability of certain provisions of the standard to
specific design configurations. However, influential interpretations
that clarified provisions of the standard, and continue to provide
guidance to various parties beyond the original requestor, were
believed to be particularly useful additions to the regulatory text. In
the NPRM, the agency solicited public comment about additional
interpretations that might be included in the final rule.
In their submissions, several commenters mentioned specific
interpretations of FMVSS No. 108 as candidates for incorporation in the
regulatory text of the final rule. In two instances, we decided that
the cited interpretations would make the standard more precise and
added them to the final rule. The two interpretations are discussed
below. Several commenters suggested other potential interpretations for
inclusion into the final rule; however the agency decided that none of
these provided enough value in clarifying the provisions of FMVSS No.
108.
Nissan suggested that inclusion of the June 18, 1985 interpretation
to Mr. Nakaya \12\ would more precisely define where the measurement of
the height of a high-mounted stop lamp should be made with respect to
the rear window of a passenger car. A more detailed description of this
interpretation is found in the discussion of revised paragraph
S6.1.3.2.1 of the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/gm/85/1985-02.42.html_____________________________________-
A suggestion of TTMA was to incorporate an interpretative rule \13\
published in 1999 into the standard. This interpretative rule
quantifies the ``as near the top as practicable'' mounting requirement
that applies to clearance lamps and identification lamps mounted on a
vehicle with cargo doors. That rule states that NHTSA will presume it
practical to mount these lamps above the cargo doors when the header
above those doors extends at least 25 mm (1 inch) above them. A more
detailed discussion of this issue is found in the discussion of Table
I.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ 64 FR 16358, (April 5, 1999).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revisions to the Proposal
S1 Through S3
There were no comments submitted that related to S1, S2, or S3.
S4 Definitions
AAM objected to mounting and spacing criteria being part of the
definitions of a clearance lamp, identification lamp, and side marker
lamp. In response, we note that all three of these definitions are
faithful to the applicable, long-referenced, SAE standards whose
content we have included in both the proposal and final rule text.
These mounting and spacing criteria serve to clarify the spatial
function of the lamps and are appropriate parts of the definitions.
Therefore, we are keeping these criteria in the final rule.
We removed the third sentence from the definition of ``effective
projected luminous lens area,'' stating the term ``functional lighted
lens area'' appearing in any SAE document had an identical meaning. The
single instance of the term ``functional lighted (lens) area''
appearing in the NPRM was in paragraph S7.1.1.2.2 (S7.1.1.10.3 in the
final rule) in reference to the procedure to determine the measurement
point for a front turn signal lamp with a reflector. We replaced
``functional lighted (lens) area'' in paragraph S7.1.1.10.3 with
``effective projected luminous lens area'' and were thereby able to
remove any reference to ``functional lighted lens area'' in the
standard.
Nissan observed that the definitions for ``mechanically aimable
headlamp'' and ``material'' were not in alphabetical order in the NPRM.
We have corrected this in the final rule.
GE commented that the definition of ``replaceable light source'' in
the NPRM was not identical to that of the current version of FMVSS No.
108. As stated in the NPRM ``replaceable light source,'' means an
assembly of a capsule, base, and terminals manufactured as a light
source for an upper and/or lower beam of a replaceable bulb headlamp
that is designed to conform to the requirements of Appendix A or
Appendix B of 49 CFR part 564, Replaceable Light Source Information.
The italicized text was added to the definition included in the current
version of FMVSS No. 108 as part of an attempt to clarify that integral
beam and replaceable bulb headlamps are allowed to incorporate
``replaceable light sources'' that are used for purposes other than
headlighting. However these ``replaceable light sources'' are not those
defined in S4, but rather ones typically used for non-headlighting
functions such as turn signal lamps, parking lamps, and front side
marker lamps. In the final rule, as explained later in the discussion
of S10 Headlighting system requirements, we have decided to address
this issue by revising how these non-headlighting light sources were
described. Because the revisions in language in S10 should eliminate
confusion between headlighting and non-headlighting replaceable light
sources, there is no need to change the definition in S4 and it is
identical in the
[[Page 68245]]
final rule to that of the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
Nissan commented that the definitions for ``vehicular hazard
warning signal flasher'' from SAE J945, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal
Flasher, February 1966, and for ``vehicular hazard warning signal
operating unit'' from SAE J910, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal
Operating Unit, January 1966, described the function of the hazard
warning signal system in slightly different ways. Nissan contended, and
we agree, that the description of the operation of the hazard warning
signal system should be consistent. Therefore, we have revised the
definition of ``vehicular hazard warning signal flasher'' from `` * * *
means a device which, as long as it is turned on, causes all the
required hazard warning lamps to flash'' to `` * * * means a device
which, as long as it is turned on, causes all the required turn signal
lamps to flash.'' Similarly the definition of the ``vehicular hazard
warning signal operating unit'' was revised from `` * * * means a
driver controlled device which causes all turn signal lamps, or other
hazard warning lamps, to flash simultaneously to indicate to
approaching drivers the presence of a vehicular hazard'' to `` * * *
means a driver controlled device which causes all required turn signal
lamps to flash simultaneously to indicate to approaching drivers the
presence of a vehicular hazard''. This revision recognizes that the
hazard warning signal of paragraph S6.1.5.1 only requires simultaneous
flashing of sufficient turn signal lamps to meet the turn signal
photometric requirements of Standard No. 108.
S5 References to SAE Publications
In paragraph S5.2 of the NPRM we stated that ``A complete list of
all SAE publications incorporated by reference in this standard are
indexed at 49 CFR 571.5(j)''. This inclusion was in anticipation of a
final rule based upon a NPRM \14\ that would have established 49 CFR
571(j) to contain this list. This final rule has not been issued.
Therefore, we have deleted this reference from the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ 70 FR 36094, (June 22, 2005)(Docket No. 2005-21600-1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
AAM requested that the word ``required'' be inserted into the first
sentence of paragraph S5.1 between the words ``Each'' and ``lamp'' to
be faithful to paragraph S5.1.1 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108
containing provisions for lamps, reflective devices, and associated
equipment to be designed to comply with specific SAE Standards and
Recommended Practices. We agree and have revised the final rule.
S6 Vehicle Requirements
Proposed paragraph S6.1.1.1.1, allowing conspicuity material on a
trailer to also serve as the required reflex reflectors if the
conspicuity material was placed at the required locations of the reflex
reflectors, has been relocated into the Reflex Reflectors portion of
Table I-b of the final rule.
Paragraph S6.1.1.3 was modified as stated in the SAE Documents
section above to fully integrate the requirements of SAE J588e, Turn
Signal Lamps, September 1970, relating to the use of double-faced turn
signal lamps on truck tractors. This amendment also required a revision
to Table XII and its Footnote 6 as well as the addition of paragraph
3.9.1 of SAE J588e as paragraph S6.1.1.3 of FMVSS No. 108 and paragraph
3.4 of SAE J588e as paragraph S6.1.1.3.1 of FMVSS No. 108.
Paragraph S6.1.1.4 of the final rule, (paragraph S6.2.4 of the
NPRM), was moved into the Vehicle requirements section based upon the
Guide comment that it was a more appropriate location than the
Impairment section. A typographical correction was also made to clarify
that a parking lamp or a fog lamp may not be used as a DRL. This
correction now results in language that is faithful to the current
version of FMVSS No. 108 at paragraph S5.5.11(a).
Paragraph S6.1.1.4, Hazard warning lamps, of the NPRM describing
activation provisions for hazard warning lamps was moved to the
Activation section where it became paragraph S6.1.5.1 in the final
rule.
The phrase ``fixed body panel'' in proposed paragraph S6.1.3.1 was
objected to by Koito as being more restrictive than the phrase ``rigid
part'' which is used in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 at
paragraph S5.3. We have decided to retain ``rigid part'' in the final
rule to be faithful to the original language and meaning. The phrase ``
* * * the mounting location and * * * '' has been added to paragraph
S6.1.3.1 ahead of ``height'' to be consistent with the references to
Tables I, II, III, and IV of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 as
referenced at paragraph S5.3 of that document. This clarification was
recommended by Guide.
Guide also suggested that the requirements of the second sentence
of paragraph S6.1.3 of the NPRM, which becomes paragraph S6.1.3.2 of
the final rule, deal more with photometry than lamp mounting location.
We do not agree with this suggestion. This requirement deals with how
to consider, for photometry purposes, the individual compartments or
lamps of an array that consists of portions on both rigid and non-rigid
parts of the vehicle as described in the July 12, 2000, letter of
interpretation to Mr. King.\15\ Because this provision establishes
photometric performance requirements based upon what kind of surface a
lamp is mounted upon, its inclusion in the Mounting location section is
appropriate. We have added a pointing statement in paragraphs
S7.1.1.11.1 (front turn signal lamps), S7.1.2.11.1 (rear turn signal
lamps), S7.2.11.1 (taillamps), and S7.3.11.1 (stop lamps) in the final
rule to direct users to this requirement. Guide also stated that this
section should also apply to the rear reflex reflector. However, as
stated in several interpretations, reflex reflector requirements must
be met by single reflectors, not a combination of separate reflectors.
Supporting this position is the May 23, 2003 letter of interpretation
to Mr. Babcock \16\ as well as the April 14, 2004 letter of
interpretation to Mr. Strassburger.\17\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/21605.ztv.html \16\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/babcock.ztv.html.
ml.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paragraph S6.1.4, License plate lamp, of the NPRM has been
relocated to paragraph S6.1.3.3 of the final rule in recognition that
it states a requirement for mounting location.
Paragraphs S7.9.1, Accessibility, and S7.9.2 Interior mounting,
(duplication at S6.1.3.2.2 deleted) of the NPRM referring to high-
mounted stop lamps (HMSL) were relocated in the final rule to be
paragraphs S6.1.3.4.2 and S6.1.3.4.1 respectively. These requirements
relate primarily to how the HMSL is mounted to the vehicle, so
paragraph S6.1.3 is the most appropriate location in Standard No. 108
for them.
Guide commented that the content of paragraphs S8.1.3 and S8.1.4 of
the NPRM, dealing with headlamp beam mounting, belonged in that part of
Standard No. 108 related to lamp mounting location. We agree and have
moved them intact to become paragraph S6.1.3.5 of the final rule.
Grote, Guide, Innovative, TMA, and TTMA all noted the typographical
error in paragraph S6.2.5 of the NPRM. Both the title and text of this
section contained the phrase ``* * * auxiliary identification lamp * *
*'' which should be ``* * * auxiliary lamp* * *'' The correction has
been made in the final rule, and this requirement has been relocated to
the Mounting location
[[Page 68246]]
section as paragraph S6.1.3.6, as it states a mounting limitation.
Paragraph S6.1.3.2.1 of the NPRM becomes paragraph S6.1.4.1, High-
mounted stop lamp, in the final rule. Nissan suggested that the term
``window'' in the text had been defined more precisely in the June 18,
1985 letter of interpretation to Mr. Nakaya \18\ as ``glazing'' and
suggested use of that term in the final rule. We agree and revised the
text accordingly.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/gm/85/1985-02.42.html_____________________________________-
Guide commented that paragraph S6.1.5.1 of the NPRM, concerning
optional activation of stop lamps by vehicle retarders, duplicated
Table I. Upon review, we believe it is a duplication, and we have
decided that Table I is the appropriate location for it. Therefore, in
the final rule this allowance is included in the Stop lamp-Device
Activation portion of Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
We have relocated to paragraph S6.1.5.1 of the final rule the
content of paragraph S6.1.1.4 of the NPRM stating requirements of the
hazard warning signal. This is appropriate since, as we noted in our
discussion of the definitions of vehicular hazard warning signal
flasher and vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit, the only
requirement of this system is simultaneous flashing of sufficient turn
signal lamps to meet the turn signal photometric requirements of
Standard No. 108.
Another section relocated to S6.1.5, Activation, is paragraph
S6.1.5.2 of the final rule, which details the requirements for
simultaneous activation of lower beam and upper beam headlamps. These
requirements had been included as paragraph S8.2 of the NPRM. We agree
with the comment of Guide that this content was most appropriately
located in the Activation section.
We removed paragraph S6.2.3 of the NPRM, which addressed specific
requirements for auxiliary lamps performing the function of a required
lamp, from the final rule. Grote, Guide, SEMA, and TMA persuaded us
that the proposed S6.2.3 contained language that was not faithful to
the current version of FMVSS No. 108 and did not add to the
understanding of impairment.
Paragraph S14.2 of the NPRM was relocated to be paragraph S6.2.6 of
the final rule. This section states the restrictions that apply to
equipment in front of a headlamp lens. Paragraph S6.2, Impairment, was
judged the most appropriate location for it. SEMA suggested revising
the language of this section in a way that was inconsistent with the
current version of Standard No. 108 by allowing obstructions if some
undefined visibility requirement were met. This suggestion would be a
substantive change outside the scope of this rewrite project, and, as
such, was not adopted in the final rule.
As previously mentioned, paragraph S6.2.4 of the NPRM stating the
requirements for DRLs was relocated to be paragraph S6.1.1.4 of the
final rule.
The text of paragraph S6.3, Equipment combinations, of the final
rule remains identical to that of the NPRM.
Paragraph S6.4, titled Visibility and aiming in the NPRM, was re-
titled Lens area, visibility and aiming in the final rule, recognizing
the lens area requirements of paragraph S6.4.1. References in paragraph
S6.4 to Table IV were revised in the final rule to reference Table IV-
a, Table IV-b, or Table IV-c, as appropriate.
AAM and Koito commented that the requirement of a manufacturer to
irrevocably certify compliance to one of the visibility options of
paragraph S6.4.3 was on a ``lamp function'' basis rather than a
``lamp'' basis as stated in the NPRM. We agree and have revised the
text of paragraph S6.4.3 accordingly to bring it in conformity to the
final rule \19\ establishing these visibility requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ 69 FR 48805 (August 11, 2004) (Docket No. 2004-18794).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nissan objected to the title of paragraph S6.4.4, SAE visibility
alternative, of the NPRM stating they did not like the use of the term
SAE as part of that title. Considering one of the goals of the FMVSS
No. 108 rewrite was to reduce reliance upon third party documents,
particularly SAE documents incorporated by reference, we have
eliminated ``SAE'' from the paragraph S6.4.4 title in the final rule.
The title of this section in the final rule is Legacy visibility
alternative recognizing that it contains requirements that have long
been a part of Standard No. 108.
Nissan also commented that paragraph S6.4.5, Low-mounted lamps,
duplicated requirements stated in footnotes to Tables V-b, V-c, VI,
VII, VIII, IX, XI, XIV, XVI-a, and XVII. We agree with Nissan that
these footnotes are the appropriate location for these requirements and
have eliminated this subparagraph from the final rule.
The addition of a new Table III to the final rule as a repository
for listing the location in the regulatory text of each marking
requirement of Standard No. 108 is noted in paragraph S6.5.
AAM and Koito noted that the regulatory requirement identified in
paragraph S6.5.1 of the NPRM for the ``DOT'' marking was stated as
``the standard'' rather than ``49 U.S.C. 30115'' as stated in paragraph
S7.2(a) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. We have revised the
text of this section in the final rule to be faithful to the existing
language.
Paragraph S6.5.2, DRL marking, has been revised in the final rule
to include the phrase ``* * * on its lens * * *'' after ``DRL'' to be
faithful to the marking requirement as stated in paragraph
S5.5.11(a)(2) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
Several sections of the NPRM containing marking requirements for
headlamps have been relocated in their entirety and without revision to
paragraph S6.5.3 of the final rule. These include: (1) Proposed
paragraph S17.1 which becomes S6.5.3.1; (2) S17.2 which becomes
S6.5.3.2; (3) S17.3 which becomes S6.5.3.3 (split into several sections
for clarity); and (4) S17.4 which becomes S6.5.3.4 (split for clarity
and updated section references). Similarly, proposed paragraph S17.5
summarizing the location of other headlamp marking requirements becomes
paragraph S6.5.3.5.
Proposed paragraph S6.6 stating requirements for associated
equipment on regulated vehicles has been updated to indicate that the
specific requirements for associated equipment are located in paragraph
S9 of the final rule.
Proposed paragraph S6.6.1, License plate holder, has been
redesignated as paragraph S6.6.3 in the final rule due to renumbering
of portions of paragraph S6.6 for clarity. AAM objected to this
provision as stated previously in our discussion of SAE documents. The
clarification that this section applied to rear license plate holders
appears in the final rule (emphasis added).
Paragraph 6.7, Replacement equipment, of the NPRM continues as that
paragraph in the final rule. AAM, ASSN, and SEMA noted a typographic
error in paragraph S6.7.1.2 where the word ``to'' inadvertently appears
in the phrase ``* * * designed so that it does not to take the vehicle
* * *'' (emphasis added). This error was corrected by removing that
word from paragraph S6.7.1.2 of the final rule. SEMA commented that the
language of paragraph S6.7 ``* * * infers that the standard would not
preclude the installation of newer technologies on older vehicles and
there is no suggestion that the introduction of lighting equipment into
the marketplace is tied to vehicle manufacturer certification,''
[[Page 68247]]
and requested confirmation of this assumption by a response to its
letter of December 16, 2005 requesting an interpretation by the Chief
Counsel. SEMA's comment sought clarification of a notice of
interpretation published in the Federal Register on November 1, 2005
\20\ rather than addressing the substance of the rewrite of Standard
No. 108, and, thus, was beyond the scope of the rewrite. We note that
SEMA's concern was addressed by the agency in an August 24, 2006 letter
of clarification.\21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ 70 FR 65972 (Nov. 1, 2005) (Docket No. NHTSA 03-15651).
\21\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/SEMA.htm_____________________________________-
In its comments, ASSN objected to the inclusion of the second
sentence of paragraph S6.7.1.2 of the NPRM which states in part, ``* *
* the determination of whether a vehicle would be taken out of
compliance with this standard when an individual device is installed on
the vehicle is made without regard to whether additional devices,
including separate lamps or reflective devices sold together with the
device, would also be installed.'' Its contention is that this language
which ``converts its informal interpretation into a formal rule'' was
included in the rewrite of FMVSS No. 108 without ``the required cost
benefit analysis'' and would limit the ``opportunities for vehicle
personalization.'' The incorporation of the replacement equipment
interpretation of 70 FR at 65972, or any interpretation, does not
constitute a change in the requirements of the standard. An
interpretation simply clarifies the existing requirements of the
standard and as such does not require the cost-benefit analysis or
other rulemaking formalities as ASSN suggested. Regulated parties are
bound by the regulatory requirements regardless of whether they are
expressed in the regulatory text or in interpretations either by letter
or publication. A vehicle owner can continue to modify the lighting on
his vehicle, including obtaining devices for that purpose from
regulated parties such as vehicle dealers, so long as the vehicle
continues to meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 and the replacement
lighting equipment provides all regulated functions of the device being
replaced in a single unit.
Grote also commented on paragraph S6.7, requesting that the
provisions of paragraph S6.7.1.2 not be applicable to heavy vehicles.
Grote was concerned that a replacement lamp, reflective device, or item
of associated equipment which is designed or recommended for particular
vehicle models must be designed per S6.7.1.2 so that it does not take
the vehicle out of compliance with this standard when the individual
device is installed on the vehicle. Grote suggested that in the heavy
vehicle market that it primarily serves, an owner of a fleet of heavy
vehicles may elect to remove the original equipment lamps and
reflective devices and replace them with equally compliant lamps and
devices but in different functional combinations. That means, for
example, one of a set of original equipment lamps installed on a
particular vehicle may contain the stop lamp, taillamp, and side marker
lamp function, while the other separate lamp contains the turn signal
lamp, backup lamp, and reflex reflectors. Grote would like to be able
to recommend a set of replacement lamps for this vehicle where the
individual lamps of the set do not have the required functions grouped
in exactly the same combinations as those of the original equipment
set.
Grote believes that it should be permissible to do this because the
agency stated in the interpretation \22\ published in the Federal
Register on November 1, 2005 that, ``* * * while our interpretation of
S5.8.1 [of the current version of FMVSS No. 108] is not dependent on
the size of the vehicle for which a lamp is intended, it has a more
limited application to aftermarket lighting equipment for heavy
vehicles than to light vehicles.'' However, the agency continued the
discussion by stating, ``The specific context of the questions asked by
Calcoast was aftermarket combination lamps for light vehicles, such as
passenger cars. These lamps are typically designed for specific models
and can only be installed on those models in the same location as the
lamps they replace. However, for heavy vehicles, lighting equipment is
often generic and not designed for specific models. Truck-Lite, for
example, commented on our notice of draft interpretation that it sells
many kinds of lighting devices through catalog sales to hundreds of
vehicle manufacturers whose equipment it has no way of knowing about.
Consistent with our discussion in the October 2004 notice of
interpretation, we note that our interpretation does not mean that the
manufacturer of generic lighting equipment has the responsibility for
ensuring correct selection and installation of its equipment. On the
other hand, under our interpretation, a manufacturer of aftermarket
lighting equipment could not design or recommend lighting equipment for
a specific vehicle if the vehicle manufacturer could not have certified
the vehicle using that lighting equipment instead of the lighting
equipment it actually used.'' We did not suggest in this interpretation
that when we spoke of a ``more limited application'' in reference to
heavy vehicles, we intended to treat replacement lamps and reflective
devices for heavy vehicles significantly different than those for light
vehicles. We were merely pointing out that we did not consider
manufacturers of generic lighting equipment responsible for ensuring
the correct selection and installation of their equipment. Therefore,
with the exception of the previously mentioned typographical error
correction, paragraph S6.7 in the final rule is identical to that of
the NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ 70 FR 65972 (Nov. 1, 2005).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed paragraph S6.8 of the NPRM has been relocated to be part
of paragraph S14 of the final rule. Substantive issues raised in the
public comments to the NPRM will be discussed in paragraph S14.
S7 Signal Lamp Requirements
Paragraph S7 of the NPRM contained specific requirements for signal
lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment. With the
reorganization of the final rule, only the signal lamp requirements
remain in S7. In some cases, the order of appearance of specific lamp
types in S7 has changed from the NPRM.
As previously mentioned, we have partially adopted the request of
ASSN/AAM concerning the format of individual lamp sections. We have
modified the individual signal lamp sections so that a series of
specific types of requirements are listed for each lamp in the same
order in a ``template'' format. These requirements, in order, are: (1)
Number, (2) Color of light, (3) Mounting location, (4) Mounting height,
(5) Activation, (6) Markings, (7) Effective projected luminous lens
area, (8) Visibility, (9) Indicator, (10) Spacing to other lamps, (11)
Multiple compartment and multiple lamps, and (12) Ratio. These are
followed by sections on Photometry and Physical tests. In many cases,
the text following one of these types of requirements will ``point'' to
a table or another section of the standard. Also, there are numerous
instances where the specific lamp has no performance requirement for a
category, and the text states ``No requirement.''
References to physical tests applicable to signal lamps contained
in Table XXII of the NPRM have been revised in the final rule to refer
to paragraphs S14.4 and S14.5.
[[Page 68248]]
Paragraph S7.1 of the final rule continues to contain the
requirements for turn signal lamps. Paragraph S7.1.1.3 of the NPRM,
addressing multiple compartment and multiple front turn signal lamps,
becomes paragraph S7.1.1.11 in the final rule and has been split for
clarity. In this section, Nissan stated that the term ``compartments''
after the word ``three'' was incorrectly plural; it has been changed to
singular form in the final rule.
As mentioned in the discussion of definitions, we replaced the term
``functional lighted area'' in paragraph S7.1.1.2.2 of the NPRM
(paragraph S7.1.1.10.3 in the final rule), with the equivalent term
``effective projected luminous lens area.'' Since this paragraph was
the only instance in Standard No. 108 where the term ``functional
lighted area'' was used, it was eliminated from the definition of
``Effective projected luminous lens area'' in the final rule.
Calcoast objected to the language of paragraph S7.1.1.3.1 of the
NPRM which stated, ``* * * overall width must meet the photometric
requirements specified for a single section and not * * *'' photometric
requirements for lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall
width. In the final rule, we have changed this language in paragraph
S7.1.1.11.4 to be faithful to the language of paragraph S5.1.1.12 of
the current version of FMVSS No. 108. It now states, ``* * * overall
width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire lamp and
not.* * *'' This same issue was raised concerning rear turn signal
lamps and stop lamps. Therefore, similar changes were made in paragraph
S7.1.2.11.4 of the final rule for rear turn signal lamps and in
paragraph S7.3.11.4 for stop lamps.
Paragraph S7.1.1.3.2 of the NPRM (containing requirements for the
ratio between the photometric intensity of a front turn signal lamp and
that of a parking lamp or clearance lamp where optically combined) has
become paragraph S7.1.1.12 in the final rule and has been split for
clarity.
Paragraph S7.1.2.2 of the NPRM (addressing multiple compartment and
multiple rear turn signal lamps) becomes paragraph S7.1.2.11 in the
final rule and has been split for clarity. Once again, Nissan stated
that in this section, the term ``compartments'' after the word
``three'' was incorrectly plural; it has been changed to singular form
in the final rule.
Paragraph S7.1.2.3 of the NPRM (containing requirements for the
ratio between the photometric intensity of a rear turn signal lamp and
that of a taillamp or clearance lamp where optically combined) becomes
paragraph S7.1.2.12 in the final rule and has been split for clarity.
Paragraph S7.2.1.1 of the NPRM (addressing multiple compartment and
multiple taillamps) becomes paragraph S7.2.11 in the final rule and has
been split for clarity. Again, Nissan stated that in this section the
term ``compartments'' after the word ``three'' was incorrectly plural;
it has been changed to singular form in the final rule. Also, AAM and
Koito commented that there was an incorrect reference to Table VII
instead of Table VIII in the NPRM; this has been corrected in the final
rule.
Paragraph S7.2.12, Ratio, has been added in the final rule to point
to the ratio requirements for rear turn signal lamps and stop lamps
optically combined with taillamps.
Paragraph S7.3.1.1 of the NPRM (addressing multiple compartment and
multiple stop lamps) becomes paragraph S7.3.11 in the final rule and
has been split for clarity. Again, Nissan stated that in this section
the term ``compartments'' after the word ``three'' was incorrectly
plural; it has been changed to singular form in the final rule.
Paragraph S7.3.1.2 of the NPRM (containing requirements for the
ratio between the photometric intensity of a stop lamp and that of a
taillamp where optically combined) becomes paragraph S7.3.12 in the
final rule and has been split for clarity.
Koito commented about the limitation of the application of reduced
photometry requirements of paragraph S7.4.1.1 of the NPRM to side
marker lamps installed on vehicles less than 80 inches wide. This
limitation is consistent with Table 1, footnote ``b'' of SAE J592e. A
more comprehensive discussion of this issue is part of the section on
SAE documents in this final rule.
Paragraph S7.5.12, Ratio, has been added in the final rule to point
to the ratio requirements for front and rear turn signal lamps
optically combined with clearance lamps.
Paragraphs S7.7.2, Photometry, and S7.7.1, Installation, of the
NPRM (applicable to license plate lamps) have been split for clarity as
paragraphs S7.7.13 and S7.7.15 respectively, in the final rule.
A reference to new Figure 20, License Plate Lamp Measurement of
Incident Light Angle, was added to paragraph S7.7.15.4 of the final
rule (paragraph S7.7.1.1 in the NPRM.)
Paragraphs S7.9.1, Accessibility, and S7.9.2, Installation, of the
NPRM (applicable to high-mounted stop lamps) were relocated in the
final rule to be paragraphs S6.1.3.4.2 and S6.1.3.4.1, respectively.
Guide commented that paragraph S7.11.2.2(c) of the NPRM should be
relocated to the DRL activation portion of Table I-a. We disagree. This
requirement, which becomes paragraph S7.10.10.1(c) in the final rule,
only specifies activation and deactivation of the DRL when the turn
signal is activated on a vehicle where the DRL is in close proximity to
a turn signal lamp. Given these constraints of limited application, its
present placement in the final rule is the most appropriate location. A
statement in the DRL activation portion of Table I-a does point to
paragraph S7.10.10.1(c) to also alert users to this requirement.
S8 Reflective Device Requirements
Requirements for reflex reflectors located in paragraph S7.10 of
the NPRM have been relocated to paragraph S8.1 in the final rule.
Paragraphs S8.1.1 through S8.1.10 are categorized identically to the
organizational template of signal lamps. However, a section covering
multiple compartment lamp and multiple lamps and a section covering
ratio are clearly not applicable to reflex reflectors and are not
included. Paragraph S8.1.11, Photometry, replaces paragraph S7.10.1 of
the NPRM, while paragraph S8.1.12, Physical tests, replaces paragraph
S7.10.2 and paragraph S8.1.13, Alternative reflex material, replaces
paragraph S7.10.1.1.
References to physical tests applicable to reflex reflectors
contained in Table XXII of the NPRM have been revised in the final rule
to refer to paragraphs S14.4 and S14.5.
The final rule combines the content of paragraph S7.12 and Table
III of the NPRM into paragraph S8.2. Specifically, proposed paragraph
S7.12 becomes paragraph S8.2, proposed paragraph S7.12.1 becomes
paragraph S8.2.1, Retroreflective sheeting, (split for clarity), and
proposed paragraph S7.12.1.1 becomes paragraph S8.2.1.3, Certification
marking.
Following this, the text of the proposed Application pattern-
Alternating red and white materials-Retroreflective sheeting box of
Table III is stated as paragraph S8.2.1.4, the text of the proposed
Application location-Retroreflective sheeting box of Table III is
stated as paragraph S8.2.1.5, and the text of the proposed Application
spacing-Retroreflective sheeting box of Table III is stated as
paragraph S8.2.1.6.
3M commented that they believe that the use of the phrase ``* * *
material is required to be installed * * *'' in both
[[Page 68249]]
the requirements for Application pattern-Retroreflective sheeting and
Application pattern-Conspicuity reflex reflectors implies that there is
only one method of meeting conspicuity requirements, not two
alternative methods. To increase clarity of these alternative
requirements, we have revised the first sentence of the Alternating red
and white materials-Retroreflective sheeting, (now paragraph
S8.2.1.4.1) requirement to read ``* * * where alternating material is
installed * * *'' We have also eliminated the phrase ``Where
alternating color material is required to be installed'' from the
beginning of the first sentence of Alternating red and white materials-
Conspicuity reflex reflectors section (now paragraph S8.2.2.2.1).
3M also commented that the language in the Application pattern-
White material-Conspicuity reflex reflectors section (paragraph
S8.2.2.2.2 of the final rule) discussing the dimensional relationship
between adjacent white conspicuity reflex reflectors would be more
appropriately included in the Application location portion. We disagree
because the requirements in the Application location portion refer to
the location of the material on the vehicle while the requirements in
the Application pattern portion only refer to the location of a
reflector to an adjacent reflector.
AAM commented that the language of the Application location-
Retroreflective sheeting portion begins with the phrase ``Not permitted
* * *'' which imposes a different requirement than paragraph S5.7.1.4
of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 which states ``* * * but need
not be applied * * *'' We agree and have revised the requirement of the
Application location-Retroreflective sheeting (now paragraph S8.2.1.5
in the final rule) to begin, ``Need not be installed, as illustrated in
Figure 12-2, * * *''
Proposed paragraph S7.12.1.2, Photometry, becomes paragraph
S8.2.1.7 in the final rule with no substantive changes. The photometry
requirements reference was updated to Table XVI-c and the photometry
test procedure reference to paragraph S14.2.3.
Proposed paragraph S7.12.2, Conspicuity reflex reflectors, becomes
paragraph S8.2.2 and proposed paragraph S7.12.1, Certification marking,
becomes paragraph S8.2.2.1 in the final rule.
Following this, the text of the proposed Application pattern-
Alternating red and white material-Conspicuity reflex reflectors box of
Table III is stated as paragraph S8.2.2.2.1 and the proposed
Application pattern-White material-Conspicuity reflex reflectors box of
Table III is stated as paragraph S8.2.2.2.2. Regarding retroreflective
sheeting, we have addressed the previously noted 3M comment about
alternative methods of meeting conspicuity requirements by eliminating
the phrase ``Where white material is required to be installed'' from
the beginning of the first sentence of the Application pattern-White
material-Conspicuity reflex reflectors (now paragraph S8.2.2.2.2)
section.
Proposed paragraph S7.12.2.2, Photometry, has become paragraph
S8.2.2.3 (split for clarity) in the final rule.
Paragraph S8.2.3 of the final rule contains the requirements for
conspicuity systems installed on trailers that were part of Table III
in the NPRM. Paragraph S8.2.3.1 (split for clarity) includes the
requirements for the three conspicuity elements required on the rear of
a trailer and paragraph S8.2.3.2 (split for clarity) states
requirements for the alternating color side conspicuity treatment
required on trailers.
AAM requested that the specific grades of sheeting permitted be
mentioned in the requirements for Trailer rear-Element 2-white, now in
paragraph S8.2.3.1.2.1. Therefore, we have inserted the phrase ``* * *
of Grade DOT-C2, DOT-C3, or DOT-C4 * * *'' between the word ``long''
and the word ``applied'' in the first sentence making the language of
the requirement faithful to that of paragraph S5.7.1.4.1(b) of the
current version of FMVSS No. 108.
TTMA commented that certain tank trailers may not have a vertical
surface suitable for installing the Trailer side-alternating red and
white materials conspicuity material between 375 mm and 1525 mm above
the road surface. If installed in a downward orientation, it would not
be effective for its purpose. The requirement of this section states
that the material must be installed in this height range if practicable
and going beyond this range is permitted if it aids correct
orientation. We believe that the language of paragraph S8.2.3.2.1 of
the final rule, along with the illustrative examples of conspicuity
treatment applied to tank trailers shown in Figure 11, adequately
addresses this issue.
Paragraph S8.2.4 of the final rule contains the requirements for
conspicuity systems installed on truck tractors, which was part of
Table III in the NPRM. Paragraph S8.2.4.1 (split for clarity) contains
requirements for Element 1 (alternating color) and paragraph S8.2.4.2
(split for clarity) states the requirements for Element 2 (white). One
mounting alternative for conspicuity treatment requirements in Truck
tractor-Element 1 was inadvertently omitted from the NPRM. This
material is allowed to be mounted to ``plates attached to the mudflap
support brackets'' as stated in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 at
paragraph S5.7.1.4.3(a). We have inserted this alternative mounting
location after ``mudflap support brackets'' and before ``or on the
mudflaps'' in paragraph S8.2.4.1.1 of the final rule.
S9 Associated Equipment Requirements
Section 7.14 of the NPRM, Associated equipment requirements, is
relocated to paragraph S9 in the final rule.
Koito and Nissan commented that the first sentence of paragraph
S7.14.1 of the NPRM, now paragraph S9.1.1 of the final rule, virtually
duplicated the definition of Turn signal operating unit in S4. We agree
and removed that sentence from paragraph S9.1.1. Paragraph S9.1.2 of
the final rule states that turn signal operating units must meet the
applicable performance requirements of paragraph S14.9. These
references are to paragraph S6.6 and Table XXI in the NPRM.
Similarly, the first sentence of paragraph S7.14.2 of the NPRM, now
paragraph S9.2.1 of the final rule, virtually duplicated the definition
of Turn signal flasher in S4. We removed that sentence from paragraph
S9.2.1. Paragraph S9.2.2 of the final rule states that turn signal
flashers must meet the applicable performance requirements of paragraph
S14.9. These references are to paragraph S6.6 and Table XXI in the
NPRM.
In the NPRM, paragraph S7.14.3 stated requirements for the turn
signal pilot indicator. These requirements have been relocated to
paragraph S9.3 (split for clarity) in the final rule. Paragraph
S7.14.3.1 of the NPRM described the turn signal pilot indicator size
and color requirements. These requirements were erroneously based on
paragraph 5.4.3 of SAE J588 NOV84, Turn Signal Lamps for use on Motor
Vehicles less than 2032 mm in Overall Width. These requirements should
have been based upon paragraph 4.5 of SAE J588e, Turn Signal Lamps,
September 1970, as specified by paragraph S5.5.6 of the current version
of FMVSS No. 108. We have stated the correct requirements in paragraph
S9.3.4 of the final rule. These corrected requirements include a
visibility requirement that references SAE J941b, Motor Vehicle
Driver's Eye Range, February 1969, rather than the incorrect reference
to SAE J1050,
[[Page 68250]]
Describing and Measuring the Driver's Field of View, which was included
in the NPRM.
The incorporation in paragraph S7.14.3.2 of the NPRM of the
language from the incorrect version of SAE J588 also caused the
description of the modes of indication of the turn signal pilot
indicator to be omitted as noted in the comments from AAM. We have
corrected this in the final rule by inserting the phrase ``* * *by a
``steady on'', ``steady off'', or by a significant change in the
flashing rate* * *'' into the text of paragraph S9.3.6.
We also neglected in the NPRM to cite the reason for our use of the
failure indication criteria of ``* * *minimum photometric performance
specified in Tables VI or VII* * *'' rather than the text of paragraph
S5.5.6 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108, which states that
criteria as ``Failure of one or more turn signal lamps to operate* *
*.'' The language incorporated in the NPRM came from the July 10, 1998
letter of interpretation to Mr. Binder.\23\ In that interpretation, the
issue of how to indicate to the driver the failure of a turn signal
lamp that consisted of a number of LED light sources was discussed. The
failure indication criteria for this situation was stated in Binder in
this way, ``If a light source fails in a turn signal lamp on a vehicle
that is not equipped to tow a trailer, Standard No. 108 requires that
the failure be indicated to the driver. We are not aware of any LED
turn signals in use, or how manufacturers would design such a unit to
comply with this requirement. However, we believe that a failure should
be indicated to the driver at the point where an LED turn signal ceases
to furnish the minimum photometric performance required by Standard No.
108.'' The statements in the Binder interpretation also apply to turn
signal lamps using conventional incandescent light sources. If a turn
signal lamp using an incandescent light source fails, it obviously has
zero photometric output. Therefore, we adopted the language of Binder
in the NPRM but omitted mention of it as one of the incorporated
interpretations. We are correcting that omission here and are
preserving the failure indication criteria of the NPRM in paragraph
S9.3.6 of the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/18121.ztv.html_____________________________________-
Paragraphs S7.14.4, Headlamp beam switching device, and S7.14.4.1,
Semi-automatic headlamp beam switching device, of the NPRM, were re-
designated as paragraphs S9.4 and S9.4.1, respectively, in the final
rule. Paragraph S9.4.1.4 of the final rule, which was paragraph
S7.14.4.1.4 in the NPRM, had a second sentence added to it which
states, ``The device shall not affect the function of the upper beam
indicator light.'' which was inadvertently omitted from the NPRM. This
requirement comes from paragraph 4.14 of SAE J565b, Semiautomatic
Headlamp Beam Switching Devices, February 1969, which is incorporated
by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
Paragraph S9.4.1.7 of the final rule states that semi-automatic
headlamp beam switching devices must be designed to conform to the
performance requirements of paragraph S14.9. These references are to
paragraph S6.6 and Table XXI in the NPRM.
Paragraphs S7.14.5 Upper beam headlamp indicator, and S7.14.5.1
Indicator size, location, and color, of the NPRM, become paragraphs
S9.5 and S9.5.1, respectively, in the final rule. However, the term
``color'' and the last sentence of paragraph S7.14.5.1 stating that the
color of the indicator need not be red were deleted from paragraph
S9.5.1. By removing this language and making Standard No. 108 silent
about the color of the upper beam headlamp indicator, we have
simplified the manner in which the requirement is presented. The
current version of FMVSS No. 108 states in paragraph S5.5.2 that,
``Each vehicle shall have a means for indicating to the driver when the
upper beams of the headlamps are on that conforms to SAE Recommended
Practice J564a, April 1964, except that the signal color need not be
red''. The second paragraph of SAE J564a states that ``* * *The upper
beam indicator should consist of a red light* * *.'' As noted in the
comments of AAM, we incorporated in the NPRM the requirements of SAE
J564a directly into the text of the Standard No. 108 without including
the red color requirement because of the noted exclusion. However, we
neglected to remove the excluding language from the NPRM. We are doing
so in the final rule.
Koito and Nissan commented that the first sentence of paragraph
S7.14.6 of the NPRM, now paragraph S9.6.1 of the final rule, virtually
duplicated the definition of Vehicular hazard warning signal operating
unit in S4. We agree and removed that sentence from paragraph S9.6.1.
Paragraph S9.6.3 of the final rule states that vehicular hazard warning
signal operating units must meet the applicable performance
requirements of paragraph S14.9. These references are to paragraph S6.6
and Table XXI in the NPRM.
Similarly, the first sentence of paragraph S7.14.7 of the NPRM, now
paragraph S9.7.1 of the final rule, virtually duplicated the definition
of Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher in S4. We removed that
sentence from paragraph S9.7.1. Paragraph S9.7.2 of the final rule
states that vehicular hazard warning signal flashers must meet the
applicable performance requirements of paragraph S14.9. These
references are to paragraph S6.6 and Table XXI in the NPRM.
Requirements for the vehicular hazard warning signal pilot
indicator from paragraph S7.14.8 of the NPRM are relocated intact to
paragraph S9.8 (split for clarity) in the final rule. AAM commented
that a vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator was not required
by FMVSS No. 108. We direct AAM's attention to SAE J910, Vehicular
Hazard Warning Signal Operating Unit, January 1966, specifically
paragraph 5. When we removed J910 as a referenced document in the NPRM,
we incorporated the requirements of paragraph 5 into paragraph S7.14.8,
which we are now designating as paragraph S9.8 in the final rule. \24\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ SAE J945, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal Flasher, February
1966 incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No.
108 also discusses a visible pilot indicator for the vehicular
hazard warning signal. The test condition requirement of S9.8.3 of
the final rule comes from J945.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
S10 Headlighting System Requirements.
The headlighting system requirements of S8 of the NPRM become S10
of the final rule.
Paragraph S8.1 of the NPRM is now paragraph S10.1 (split for
clarity) in the final rule. Guide commented that paragraphs S8.1.1 and
S8.1.2 of the NPRM were redundant with the requirement, of paragraph
S8.1, that the headlighting system conforms to one of the systems of
Table II. We agree and eliminated paragraphs S8.1.1 and S8.1.2 from the
final rule.
We mentioned previously in the discussion of mounting location
requirements that Guide commented that the content of sections 8.1.3
and 8.1.4 of the NPRM, dealing with headlamp beam mounting, was most
appropriately located in the lamp mounting location section. We agree
and have moved them intact to become paragraph S6.1.3.5 of the final
rule.
Paragraph S8.1.5, Headlamp adjustments, of the NPRM was relocated
to be paragraphs S10.18.1.1 and S10.18.1.2 of the final rule.
We adopted, in S10 of the final rule, the ASSN/AAM suggested
standard format similar to that of the signal lamp and reflex reflector
sections. Those standardized criteria that apply to headlamps with the
appropriate
[[Page 68251]]
pointing statements or ``no requirement'' notations become paragraphs
S10.3 through S10.12 of the final rule.
The requirements for a sealed beam headlighting system, which were
S9 of the NPRM, become paragraph S10.13 in the final rule. Paragraphs
S9 and S9.1 of the NPRM have been relocated intact to become paragraphs
S10.13 and S10.13.1 respectively in the final rule. The simultaneous
aim requirements for type ``F'' sealed beam headlamps, which were
paragraph S9.2 in the NPRM, become S10.13.2 in the final rule, the only
revision being the revised reference for the applicable photometry
procedure. Paragraph S9.3, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph
S10.13.3 in the final rule, again with a revised reference to the
photometry procedure. The physical tests requirements of paragraph S9.4
of the NPRM, which referenced Tables XXII and XXIII, become paragraph
S10.13.4 (split for clarity) in the final rule, with updated references
to the applicable test procedures and performance requirements in
paragraph S14.
The requirements for an integral beam headlighting system that were
paragraph S10 of the NPRM become paragraph S10.14 in the final rule.
Paragraphs S10 and S10.1 of the NPRM have been relocated to be
paragraphs S10.14 and S10.14.1, respectively, in the final rule, with
the only revision being the substitution of the term ``activated'' for
the term ``mechanized'' used in the NPRM. Paragraphs S10.2, S10.3, and
S10.4 of the NPRM have been relocated to become paragraphs S10.14.2
(split for clarity), S10.14.3, and S10.14.4 respectively in the final
rule.
AAM and Koito both commented that the language in paragraph S10.5
(repeated in paragraph S11.3) of the NPRM, stating that, ``An integral
beam (replaceable bulb in paragraph S11.3) headlamp may incorporate
replaceable light sources that are used for purposes other than
headlighting'', could be interpreted to mean those ``replaceable light
sources'' defined in S4 of the NPRM. This language came from paragraphs
S7.4(i) and S7.5(j) of the current version of Standard No. 108. To
alleviate concerns that this incorrect interpretation could be applied,
we have revised the language of paragraph S10.5 (and paragraph S11.3)
of the NPRM. Paragraph S10.14.5 (and paragraph S10.15.5) of the final
rule now states, ``An integral beam (replaceable bulb in paragraph
S10.15.5) headlamp may incorporate light sources that are used for
purposes other than headlighting and are capable of being replaced.''
Paragraph S10.6, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.14.6
in the final rule, with a revised reference to the photometry
procedure. The physical test requirements of paragraph S10.7 of the
NPRM, which referenced Table XXII and Table XXIII, become paragraph
S10.14.7 (split for clarity) in the final rule, with updated references
to the applicable test procedures and performance requirements in
paragraph S14.
The requirements for a replaceable bulb headlighting system, which
were paragraph S11 of the NPRM, become paragraph S10.15 in the final
rule. Paragraph S11 of the NPRM has been relocated intact to be
paragraph S10.15 in the final rule. Koito commented that the language
of paragraph S11.1 of the NPRM stating, ``* * *must consist of the
correct number of designated headlamp units shown for* * *'' did not
clearly express the requirement. We agree and have revised this phrase
to, ``* * *must consist of either two or four headlamps shown for* *
*'' in paragraph S10.15.1 of the final rule.
Paragraph S11.2 of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.15.2 in the final
rule. Paragraph S11.4 of the NPRM has the phrase ``* * *be designed to*
* *'' inserted before the word ``conform'' when it becomes paragraph
S10.15.3 of the final rule.
Paragraph S11.5 of the NPRM is relocated to become paragraph
S10.14.4.1 of the final rule. It is supplemented by a new paragraph
S10.15.4.2 stating the exception from the requirements of paragraph
S10.14.4.1 (that were contained in paragraphs S7.5(d)(3)(i)(A) and
S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(A) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108), which was
omitted from the NPRM, as noted in the comments of Guide and Koito.
As previously mentioned, paragraph S11.3 of the NPRM was revised
for clarity and becomes paragraph S10.15.5 in the final rule.
Paragraph S11.6, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.15.6
in the final rule, with a revised reference to the photometry
procedure. The physical tests requirement of paragraph S11.7 of the
NPRM, which referenced Table XXII and Table XXIII, becomes paragraph
S10.15.7 (split for clarity) in the final rule, with updated references
to the applicable test procedures and performance requirements in
paragraph S14.
The requirements for a combination headlighting system that were
S12 of the NPRM become paragraph S10.16 in the final rule. Paragraphs
S12 and S12.1 of the NPRM have been relocated to be paragraphs S10.16
and S10.16.1, respectively, in the final rule, with the only revision
being the substitution of the term ``activated'' for the term
``mechanized'' used in the NPRM.
Paragraph S12.2, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.16.2
in the final rule, with a revised reference to the photometry
procedure. The physical test requirements of paragraph S12.3 of the
NPRM, which referenced Table XXII and Table XXIII, become paragraph
S10.16.3 (split for clarity) in the final rule, with updated references
to the applicable test procedures and performance requirements in
paragraph S14.
The requirements for a motorcycle headlighting system that were S13
of the NPRM become paragraph S10.17 in the final rule. Paragraphs
S13.1, S13.1.1 (split for clarity), S13.1.2 (split for clarity), and
S13.1.3 (split for clarity) of the NPRM are relocated intact to become
paragraphs S10.17.1, S10.17.1.1, S10.17.1.2, and S10.17.1.3,
respectively, of the final rule. Paragraph S13.4 of the NPRM becomes
paragraph S10.17.2 of the final rule.
Paragraph S13.2, Photometry, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S10.17.3
in the final rule, with a revised reference to the photometry
procedure. The physical test requirements of paragraph S13.3 of the
NPRM, which referenced Table XXII, become paragraph S10.17.5 in the
final rule, with updated references to the applicable test procedures
and performance requirements in paragraph S14.
Paragraphs S13.5.1, Modulation, S13.5.2, Replacement modulators,
S13.5.2.1, Replacement performance, and S13.5.2.2, Replacement
instructions, of the NPRM are relocated intact to become paragraphs
S10.17.5.1, S10.17.5.2, S10.17.5.2.1, and S10.17.5.2.2, respectively,
in the final rule.
Headlamp aimability requirements that were located in S14 in the
NPRM have been relocated to paragraph S10.18 in the final rule with one
exception and with very few revisions. The exception is proposed
paragraph S14.2 dealing with equipment in front of a headlamp lens. The
requirements of this section were moved to paragraph S6.2.6 in the
Impairment section of the final rule.
Paragraph S14.8.2 of the NPRM, which becomes paragraph S10.18.7.2
of the final rule, contains requirements for use of nonadjustable
headlamp aiming device locating plates for five types of sealed beam
headlamps. The language in the NPRM stated that these units should
incorporate lens-mounted aiming pads specified in Figures a, b, c, d,
or e of the NPRM. The figures referred to were intended to be
placeholders in
[[Page 68252]]
a draft version of the NPRM. The NPRM should have stated that, ``* * *
incorporate lens-mounted aiming pads as specified for those units in
Appendix C of part 564 of this chapter,'' which is incorporated in
paragraph S10.18.7.2 of the final rule.
Koito requested that an alternative measurement distance of 25 m be
permitted for the measurement of the cutoff parameter for a visually/
optically aimed headlamp. Paragraph S14.10.1.5 of the NPRM, based upon
the April 6, 2000 letter of interpretation to Mr. Spingler,\25\
required the measurement distance to be 10 m. One of the objectives of
the rewrite of Standard No. 108 is to improve the clarity of the
document without changing the substance of the existing requirements.
The referenced letter of interpretation states a specific measurement
distance without alternatives. Therefore, Koito's request would be a
substantive change beyond the scope of the rewrite and paragraph
S10.18.9.1.5 of the final rule duplicates the requirement from the
NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/21406.ztv.html_____________________________________-
S11 Replaceable Light Source Requirements
Paragraph S15 of the NPRM, Replaceable light source requirements,
is relocated to S11 in the final rule. Paragraphs S15 and S15.1 from
the NPRM become paragraphs S11 and S11.1, respectively, in the final
rule. Paragraph S15.4, Ballast markings, of the NPRM becomes paragraph
S11.2 in the final rule and paragraph S15.5, Gas discharge laboratory
life, becomes paragraph S11.3. Paragraph S15.6 of the NPRM, containing
requirements for physical tests of replaceable light sources, is split
into paragraphs S11.4.1 and S11.4.2 in the final rule. Paragraph
S11.4.1 references the deflection test and pressure test applicable to
replaceable light sources, which were part of Table XXIII in the NPRM
and have been relocated to paragraph S14.7 in the final rule. Paragraph
S11.4.2 references a restated power and flux measurement test that is
described in paragraph S14.7.3 of the final rule, noting that the
performance requirements for this test do not reside in the main text
of Standard No. 108, but in the applicable appendix of part 564 of this
chapter.
The NPRM contained paragraphs S15.2 and S15.3, both titled Power
and flux measurement, which essentially described the same test of
replaceable light sources. Recognizing that they were test procedures
and striving to advance the objectives of the rewrite, we consolidated
the procedures of paragraphs S15.2 and 15.3 into a single procedure,
without revising or modifying the requirements, and relocated it to
paragraph S14.7.3 of the final rule.
S12 Headlamp Concealment Device Requirements
The headlamp concealment device requirements of S16 of the NPRM are
relocated intact to S12 of the final rule.
S13 Replaceable Headlamp Lens Requirements
The replaceable headlamp lens requirements of paragraph S18 of the
NPRM are relocated intact (split for clarity) to paragraph S13 of the
final rule.
S14 Physical and Photometry Test Procedures and Performance
Requirements
As previously mentioned, ASSN/AAM and Grote commented that tables
containing significant amounts of text, such as the test requirements
in Tables XXI, XXII, and XXIII of the NPRM, are difficult to use
because of lengthy passages that contain several sentences and express
several unique test conditions or requirements. We agree with these
comments. In the final rule, we have moved virtually all test
procedures and their associated performance requirements to S14.
General test procedures and performance requirements that were
located in paragraph S6.8 of the NPRM have been placed in paragraph
S14.1 of the final rule. Similarly, the photometric test procedures of
paragraph S6.8 of the NPRM are now paragraph S14.2 of the final rule.
Part of Table XXII of the NPRM, the out of focus test applicable to
motorcycle headlamps designed to conform to paragraph S10.17(b),
becomes paragraph S14.3 in the final rule. The color test and plastic
optical materials test of Table XXII become paragraph S14.4 in the
final rule. The remaining tests of Table XXII, the vibration test,
moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test, become paragraph S14.5 in
the final rule.
All tests applicable to complete headlamps included in Table XXIII
of the NPRM have been relocated to paragraph S14.6 of the final rule.
The tests in Table XXIII of the NPRM related to replaceable light
sources become paragraph S14.7 in the final rule. Tests in Table XXIII
of the NPRM that apply to vehicle headlamp aiming devices (VHAD) were
relocated to be paragraph S14.8 in the final rule. Also, the tests
applicable to associated equipment that were located in Table XXI of
the NPRM become paragraph S14.9 in the final rule.
S6.8.1 of the NPRM, stating that lamps, reflective devices, and
associated equipment regulated by Standard No. 108 be designed to
conform to applicable physical test requirements, becomes paragraph
S14.1.1 of the final rule. This is followed by proposed paragraphs
S6.8.4 and S.8.4.1 of the NPRM, applicable to plastic optical
materials, which become paragraphs S14.1.2 and S14.1.3, respectively,
in the final rule. Bayer had asked that the word ``reflex'' be placed
before the word ``reflector'' in paragraph S14.1.2 but we prefer to
keep the language faithful to paragraph S5.1.2 of the current version
of Standard No. 108. Paragraph S14.1.4, Samples, of the final rule is
paragraph S6.8.2 (split for clarity) of the NPRM, except for the
sentence ``A mounting bracket with a sample headlamp installed must not
have a resonant frequency in the 10-55 Hz. range'' which was relocated
to paragraph S14.6.8.1 in the final rule because of its specific
applicability to the vibration test for headlamps. Paragraph S6.8.3 of
the NPRM is now paragraph S14.1.5 of the final rule.
Paragraph S6.8.5 of the NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2, Photometric
test procedures, in the final rule. Paragraph S6.8.5.1 was split for
clarity and becomes paragraph S14.2.1 in the final rule. Nissan
commented that the measurement distance requirements in paragraph
S6.8.5.1 were confusing because they mentioned license plate lamps and
headlamps. We agree and have revised the text of paragraph S14.2.1.3 of
the final rule to expressly state the required distance for all lamps
that paragraph S14.2.1 applies to. Nissan also noted that proposed
paragraph S6.8.5.1 contained a requirement for photometric intensity
between test points that was duplicated in several photometry
requirements tables as a footnote. We eliminated this language from
paragraph S14.2.1 of the final rule, deciding that the individual
requirements tables were the appropriate location for the intensity
between test point requirements.
Paragraph S6.8.5.1.1 of the NPRM becomes, in its entirety,
paragraph S14.2.1.4 (split for clarity) of the final rule. Paragraph
S6.8.5.1.2, detailing requirements for photometry of multiple
compartment lamps and multiple lamps, becomes paragraph S14.2.1.5 in
the final rule. We adopted the suggestion of Koito to specifically
indicate the type of lamps to which this section applies.
[[Page 68253]]
Paragraph S6.8.5.2 of the NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2.1.6 (split
for clarity) in the final rule. Paragraph S14.2.1.6.2 was added to this
section at the suggestion of Calcoast, which observed that the NPRM had
not included the content of Footnotes 2 and 3, which follow Table IV,
of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. The last sentence of paragraph
S6.8.2, which specifically addressed samples for the color test of
reflex reflectors, was moved to be paragraph S14.4.1.1 of the final
rule.
Paragraph S6.8.5.3, License plate lamp photometry, of the NPRM
becomes paragraph S14.2.2 in the final rule. Paragraphs S6.8.5.3.1 and
S6.8.5.3.2 of the NPRM become paragraphs S14.2.2.1 and S14.2.2.2,
respectively, in the final rule. Nissan observed that the language of
paragraph S6.8.5.3.2 was awkward and suggested a revision that did not
change the substance of the requirement. We adopted Nissan's suggestion
in paragraph S14.2.2.2. We also added paragraph S14.2.2.3 to the final
rule to clarify that the bulb requirements of paragraph S14.2.1.6 also
apply to license plate lamp photometry.
Proposed paragraph S6.8.5.4, stating requirements for reflex
reflector and retroreflective sheeting photometry, becomes paragraph
S14.2.3 in the final rule. For clarity, paragraph S6.8.5.4 of the NPRM
has been split into paragraphs S14.2.3.1 through S14.2.3.6 and
paragraph S6.8.5.4.1 has been split into paragraphs S14.2.3.7.1 through
S14.2.3.8.2 in the final rule. Likewise, paragraph S6.8.5.4.1.1 in the
NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2.3.8.3.1 in the final rule.
3M commented that the language of paragraph S6.8.5.4.1 of the NPRM,
which is paragraph S14.2.3.7 of the final rule, did not allow a
complete photometric evaluation of retroreflective sheeting because a
presentation angle was not specified. 3M's premise was that the test
method of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 relies on conventions
regarding orientation and presentation that are part of ASTM E 810,
Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Retroreflection of
Retroreflective Sheeting Utilizing the Coplaner Geometry, which is
referenced by ASTM D 4956, Standard Specification for Retroreflective
Sheeting for Traffic Control, a document 3M contends is no longer
referenced in the NPRM. This contention is incorrect. The reference to
ASTM D 4956, from paragraph S5.7.1.2 of the current version of FMVSS
No. 108, is replicated in paragraph S7.12.1 of the NPRM and finally by
paragraph S8.2.1.2 of the final rule, with consistent language
throughout. Since the connection to ASTM E 810 still exists, we see no
reason to modify the final rule as 3M suggested.
Nissan suggested that the language concerning the mounting of a
reflex test sample for photometry, which becomes paragraph S14.2.3.1 of
the final rule, did not allow for a test chamber which does not provide
a linear 100 foot test distance, but rather was arranged in a non-
horizontal orientation. We do not agree and, therefore, have not
changed the text from the NPRM to the final rule. The procedure of
paragraph S14.2.3.1 is faithful to the language of paragraph 3.1.7 of
SAE J594f, Reflex Reflectors, January 1977, incorporated by reference
in the current version of FMVSS 108.
The reflex reflector photometry test, like all tests in Standard
No. 108, describes a procedure that NHTSA would use to test a reflex
reflector for purposes of compliance. It also describes the performance
requirements that the reflector must be designed to conform to, when
tested according to the procedure. If a manufacturer chooses to use a
procedure that differs with that described in FMVSS No. 108 as its
basis of compliance, or to establish a basis of compliance that does
not rely on an actual test, it is free to do so. However, the
manufacturer must exercise due care in designing its product to conform
to the performance requirements of all applicable tests in Standard No.
108 when tested according to the procedures stated in the standard.
Paragraph S6.8.5.5, Daytime running lamp (DRL) photometry
measurements, of the NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2.4 (split for clarity)
of the final rule. Paragraph S14.2.4.3 was added to the final rule to
clarify that the bulb requirements of paragraph S14.2.1.6 also apply to
DRL photometry.
Nissan expressed some confusion regarding how a dedicated DRL,
without any equipment that alters or conditions the voltage, should
have power applied to it for photometric testing as stated in paragraph
S14.2.4. We are unable to answer this question as part of the rewrite
process and note Nissan can request an interpretation for this specific
situation.
Paragraph S6.8.5.6 of the NPRM, covering photometry measurements of
headlamps, becomes paragraph S14.2.5 in the final rule. Some
rearrangement of content and splitting of sections for clarity was
incorporated into the final rule. Specifically, paragraph S14.2.5.1 of
the final rule contains the first sentence of paragraph S6.8.5.6 of the
NPRM, paragraph S14.2.5.2 contains the last sentence of paragraph
S6.8.5.6.5, paragraph S14.2.5.3 contains the last sentence of paragraph
S6.8.5.6, paragraph S14.2.5.4 duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.1,
paragraph S14.2.5.5 duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2, paragraphs
S14.2.5.5.1 and S14.2.5.5.2 duplicate paragraphs S6.8.5.6.2(a) and
S6.8.5.6.2(b) respectively, paragraph S14.2.5.5.3 (split for clarity)
duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(c), paragraph S14.2.5.5.4 duplicates
paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(d), paragraph S14.2.5.5.5 (split for clarity)
duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(e), paragraph S14.2.5.5.6 (split for
clarity) duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(f), paragraph S14.2.5.5.7
(split for clarity) duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(g), paragraph
S14.2.5.5.8 duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(i), and paragraph
S14.2.5.5.9 duplicates paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(j). Paragraph S6.8.5.6.2 of
the NPRM becomes paragraph S14.2.5.6 of the final rule, paragraph
S6.8.5.6.4 becomes paragraph S14.2.5.7 (split for clarity), paragraph
S6.8.5.6.5 (less the last sentence) becomes paragraph S14.2.5.8 (split
for clarity), and paragraph S6.8.5.6.6 becomes paragraph S14.2.5.9.
Guide commented that paragraph S6.8.5.6.2(h) of the NPRM described
photometry measurement for moveable reflector headlamps rather than an
aiming procedure and did not belong where it was located. We agree and
have designated this provision as paragraph S14.2.5.10 in the final
rule.
AAM and Honda objected to the word ``specified'' which appeared
before ``position relative to the * * *'' in the NPRM. We omitted
``specified'' in the final rule to be faithful to paragraph S7.8.2.2(b)
of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. We also added a horizontal
range exclusion for visually/optically aimed moveable reflector
headlamps with a fixed horizontal aim to be faithful to paragraph
S7.8.2.2(d) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108, as noted in the
comments of Nissan.
Paragraph S14.3 of the final rule contains the out of focus test
that was part of Table XXII of the NPRM. This test only applies to
motorcycle headlamps that are designed to conform to paragraph
S10.17(b) of the final rule. AAM identified two typographical errors in
the out of focus test procedure where there were no periods after the
abbreviations ``in''. Our practice is to not include a period after
such abbreviations, so the text identified by AAM is correct although
in several other instances we did include a period after such an
abbreviation. In the final rule we have removed periods after all such
abbreviations, except in those situations where other grammatical
[[Page 68254]]
requirements, such as the end of a sentence, require a period.
Paragraph S14.4 of the final rule, General test procedures and
performance requirements, contains the color test and plastic optical
materials test, along with applicable requirements, from Table XXII of
the NPRM. In both tests, the text as stated in the NPRM has been split
for clarity in the final rule.
AAM noted that the Scope of SAE J578c, Color Specification for
Electric Signal Lighting Devices, February 1977, contains limitations
on the application of this standard that may be important to lighting
manufacturers. This portion of SAE J578c was inadvertently left out of
Table XXII in the NPRM. In the final rule, we have added it as
paragraph S14.4.1. This section will now read, ``The requirement
applies to the overall effective color of light emitted by the device
and not to the color of the light from a small area of the lens. It
does not apply to any pilot, indicator, or tell-tale lights. The color
of the sample device * * *''
Paragraph S14.4.1.1 of the final rule, detailing alternatives for
samples used in the color test of reflex reflectors, originated from
the last sentence of paragraph S6.8.2 of the NPRM.
Koito, 3M, and Honda commented that the language of the performance
requirement for the color test for the color yellow using the visual
evaluation method omitted a key word. In the NPRM, the requirement is
stated as, ``Yellow (Amber) is acceptable if it is less saturated
(paler), greener, or redder than the limit standard.'' The revised text
in the final rule states, ``Yellow (Amber) is not acceptable if it is
less saturated (paler), greener, or redder than the limit standard''
[emphasis added].
AAM commented that the color restricted blue should be included in
the final rule because it appears in SAE J578c. We know of no
requirements in Standard No. 108 for the light from a lamp or the color
of a lens material to be restricted blue. We also observed that there
are also no such requirements for the colors green or blue. Therefore,
we have not only decided against adding requirements for restricted
blue but also have removed the requirements for the colors blue and
green for both the visual evaluation method and the tristimulus
evaluation method of the color test of paragraph S14.4.1 in the final
rule.
AAM commented that Section 3.2, Tristimulus Method, from SAE J578c
is not stated in its entirety in the procedure column of the color test
of proposed Table XXII. We have reviewed SAE J578c and the text of the
Tristimulus Method procedure from proposed Table XXII. We do not find
that the text of proposed Table XXII omitted any substantive portion of
SAE J578c that describes how the test is performed. In the absence of
any specific explanation of its comments by AAM, we are not revising
the Tristimulus Method section, now located in paragraph S14.4.1.4 of
the final rule.
Paragraph S14.4.2 of the final rule contains the plastic optical
materials tests from Table XXII of the NPRM. Atlas, Bayer, Grote, and
AAM commented that the performance requirement for headlamp lens
materials after the outdoor exposure test portion of the plastic
optical materials tests in Table XXII of the NPRM was not identical to
that stated in Section 4.2.3 of SAE J576 JUL91. The language of the
NPRM stated that the requirement was no haze greater than 0% when
measured by ASTM D 1033 (1992). SAE J576 JUL91 states the requirement
as ``shall show no deterioration.''
Koito noted that while the measurement method of ASTM D 1033 (1992)
was required for evaluation of the post exposure haze of other
materials, it was not required for the evaluation of headlamps. Koito
also stated that the post exposure performance requirements for
luminous transmittance and color required by SAE J576 at Sections 4.2.1
and 4.2.2 are missing from the NPRM. We agree with these comments and
have revised the plastic optical materials test outdoor exposure test
portion performance requirements accordingly. Specifically, the
performance requirement section for headlamp lenses, now paragraph
S14.4.2.2.4.2 of the final rule, no longer requires evaluation by ASTM
D 1033 (1992) and states, ``After completion of the outdoor exposure
test, materials used for headlamp lenses must show no deterioration.''
The performance requirement section for luminous transmittance, now
paragraph S14.4.2.2.4.4, states, ``After completion of the outdoor
exposure test, all materials, when compared with the unexposed control
samples, must not have their luminous transmittance changed by more
than 25% when tested in accordance with ASTM E 308-66 (1973) using CIE
Illuminant A (2856K).'' The performance requirement section for color,
now paragraph S14.4.2.2.4.5, states, ``After completion of the outdoor
exposure test, all materials must conform to the color test of this
standard in the range of thickness stated by the material
manufacturer.''
Bayer stated that specifying 2.3 mm thick test samples for the
plastic optical materials tests represents a change from the current
version of FMVSS No. 108 and may increase the testing burden of the
industry. We do not believe that specifying 2.3 mm thick samples is a
change from current requirements. SAE J576 JUL91 does only suggest 2.3
mm samples, paragraph S5.2.1 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108
(and paragraph S5.1 of the NPRM) states that, ``The words `It is
recommended that', `recommendations', or `should be' appearing in any
SAE Standard or Recommended Practice referenced or subreferenced by
this standard shall be read as setting forth mandatory requirements * *
*'' We consider the term ``suggest'' to have a similar meaning as the
term ``should be'' and have therefore included 2.3 mm as one of the
sample thicknesses used for the plastic optical material test. We
believe there is value in specifying sample thickness. The inclusion of
the 2.3 mm sample thickness also serves to alert regulated parties that
should the agency choose to perform a compliance test, it will perform
the test on this sample thickness.
AAM suggested eliminating the notation concerning test samples
having 32 sq cm of exposed area from the Procedure column of Table XXII
of the NPRM and allowing it to remain in the Samples column of the
outdoor exposure test portion of the plastic optical materials tests.
We do not agree with this suggestion. The area requirement is important
in both the preparation of the samples and their mounting orientation
for the exposure test. An area specification is appropriate in both
places and is included in both paragraph S14.4.2.1.2 and paragraph
S14.4.2.2.3.1 of the final rule.
The NPRM omitted the third sentence of SAE J576 JUL91 Section 3.3.2
requiring that samples be mounted in the open with a minimum 30 cm
(11.8 in) separation from their background. This has been corrected in
the final rule by including the separation requirement in paragraph
S14.4.2.2.3.1.
AAM suggested that content of the Samples column of Table XXII of
the NPRM for the outdoor exposure test portion of the plastic optical
material tests be repeated for the heat test portion separately. We
agree that this would add clarity. We have revised the heat test
portion of the plastic optical materials tests to appear as a test
separate from the outdoor exposure test and have placed content
specific to the heat test into paragraph S14.4.2.3 of the final rule.
Paragraph S14.5 of the final rule, Signal lamp and reflective
device test procedures and performance requirements, contains the
vibration,
[[Page 68255]]
moisture, dust, and corrosion tests that were located in Table XXII of
the NPRM.
As previously mentioned, the references in the NPRM to SAE J577,
Vibration Test Machine, April 1964, have been eliminated in the final
rule with the incorporation of the drawing and mechanical details of
the vibration machine as Figure 21. The reference in the vibration test
procedure to SAE J577 has been revised to Figure 21 in paragraph
S14.5.1.1 of the final rule.
AAM, Honda, and Guide commented about the inadvertent omission of
the phrase ``one hour'' from the moisture test procedure of Table XXII
of the NPRM. This is corrected in the final rule where paragraph
S14.5.2.1, second sentence, states, ``* * * followed by a one hour
drain period * * *''
We have decided that the first sentence of the moisture test
performance requirements of the NPRM stating, ``After completion of the
moisture test * * *'' is more appropriately part of the test procedure.
Therefore, we are relocating it to be the last sentence of paragraph
S14.5.2.1 of the final rule.
Calcoast commented that the moisture test performance requirement
for a sealed reflex unit stated in SAE J594f, January 1977, at Section
3.1.4 is ``any visible moisture constitutes a failure.'' We agree and
have revised the moisture test performance requirements of paragraph
S14.5.2.2 in the final rule to state ``Accumulation of moisture in
excess of 2 cc, or any visible moisture in a sealed reflex unit, must
constitute a failure.''
AAM noted that the dust test of Table XXII of the NPRM is not
required to be performed on sealed units per SAE J575d, August 1967,
Section G, and SAE J575e, August 1970, Section G. We agree and in the
final rule paragraph S14.5.3.1, Samples states, ``A sealed unit is not
required to meet the requirements of this test.'' We also decided that
the first sentence of the performance requirements of the dust test
stating, ``After completion of the dust test the exterior surface of
the device must be cleaned'' was part of the test procedure rather than
a performance requirement so that sentence was moved to paragraph
S14.5.3.2 in the final rule.
Paragraph S14.6 of the final rule, Headlamp physical test
procedures and performance requirements, consists of all headlamp test
procedures from Table XXIII of the NPRM, except for those that apply
specifically to replaceable light sources or vehicle headlamp aiming
devices (VHAD). Several of the tests that become paragraph S14.6 had
significant portions of their text split for clarity as part of their
relocation from Table XXIII of the NPRM to paragraph S14.6 of the final
rule. These tests include: (1) Abrasion test, (2) chemical resistance
test, (3) corrosion connector test, (4) dust test, (5) temperature
cycle test, (6) internal heat test, (7) humidity test, (8) sealing
test, (9) chemical resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens
headlamps, (10) corrosion resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens
headlamps, (11) torque deflection test, and (12) both aiming adjustment
tests.
Honda commented that the pad cycling rate of the abrasion test
procedure of Table XXIII of the NPRM contained typographical errors. We
agree and have revised the text in paragraph S14.6.1.1.3 of the final
rule from ``11 cycles at 10 cm per second * * *'' to the
correct language from the current version of FMVSS No. 108 paragraph
S8.2(b) which is, ``* * * 11 cycles at 4 0.8 in (10 2 cm) per second * * *.''
AAM stated the requirement that the same sample headlamp be used in
both the temperature cycle test and the internal heat test was not
supported in the current version of FMVSS No. 108. We disagree. The
current version of Standard No. 108 states, concerning integral beam
headlamps at paragraph S7.4(h)(5), ``The headlamp shall meet the
requirements of subparagraph (i) and then those of subparagraph (ii)
[emphasis added]. Subparagraph (i) describes a temperature cycle test
in accordance with paragraph S8.6.1 and subparagraph (ii) describes an
internal heat test in accordance with paragraph S8.6.2. Paragraph
S7.5(h)(i) requires replaceable bulb headlamps to meet the same
physical tests in paragraphs 7.4(g) and S7.4(h) that are required of an
integral beam headlamp. Thus, there is a very clear requirement that a
single headlamp sample be used, in sequence, in the temperature cycle
test and then the internal heat test.
Guide and VS commented that the humidity test of Table XXIII of the
NPRM incorrectly included a performance requirement of post-test
photometry. We agree, and the post-test photometry provision has been
removed from the humidity test, which is contained in paragraph
S14.6.7.2 of the final rule.
Honda and AAM observed a typographical error in the tolerance for
air flow uniformity in paragraph (d) of the humidity test procedure.
The text of the NPRM states, ``* * * each grid point is 10% of the
average * * *'' while the corrected text of paragraph S14.6.7.1.6 of
the final rule states, ``* * * each grid point is 10% of
the average* * *'' which is faithful to paragraph S8.7(d) of the
current version of FMVSS No. 108.
As we mentioned in the discussion of paragraph S14.5, the
references in the NPRM to SAE J577, Vibration Test Machine, April 1964,
have been eliminated in the final rule with the incorporation of the
drawing and mechanical details of the machine as Figure 21. The
reference in the vibration test procedure of Table XXIII of the NPRM to
SAE J577 has been revised to Figure 21 in the final rule.
Nissan observed that the applicability of the chemical resistance
of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test and the corrosion
resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test did not
include integral beam headlamps, as required by paragraph S5.8.11 of
the current version of FMVSS No. 108. Its comment is correct and
paragraph S10.14.7.6 of the final rule correctly states the requirement
for these two tests.
Koito and Nissan questioned whether the inward force test of Table
XXIII applied to headlamps other than sealed beams, particularly those
headlamps that utilize a VHAD or are visually/optically aimed. This
requirement comes from paragraph S7.8.5.1(b) of the current version of
FMVSS No. 108. That paragraph states, ``when a headlamp is installed on
a motor vehicle, its aim in any direction shall not change by more than
0.30 degree nor shall the lamp recede more than 0.1 in (2.5 mm) after
being subjected to an inward force of 50 pounds (222 newtons) applied
evenly to the lens parallel to the mechanical axis.'' There is no
distinction in this paragraph to any particular type of headlamp, so it
must be applied to all headlamps.
Nissan commented that the performance requirements of the aiming
adjustment test (laboratory) were ``difficult to read'' as presented
but did not explain the difficulties or suggest alternative language.
In the final rule, we have split the performance requirements of this
test into paragraphs S14.6.17.2.1, S14.6.17.2.2, and S14.6.17.2.3,
which we believe will improve clarity.
Paragraph S14.7 of the final rule, Replaceable light source
physical test procedures and performance requirements, consists of the
deflection test for replaceable light sources and the pressure test for
replaceable light sources from Table XXIII of the NPRM, along with a
replaceable light source power and flux measurement procedure. The text
of all of these items has been split for clarity in the final rule.
There were no comments submitted that impacted the substance of these
[[Page 68256]]
procedures and requirements. However as mentioned in the discussion of
paragraph S11, the NPRM contained paragraphs S15.2 and S15.3, both
titled Power and flux measurement, that essentially described the same
test of replaceable light sources. We consolidated the procedures of
paragraphs S15.2 and S15.3 into a single procedure, without revising or
modifying the requirements, and relocated it to paragraph S14.7.3 of
the final rule.
Paragraph S14.8 of the final rule, Vehicle headlamp aiming device
(VHAD) physical test procedures and performance requirements, consists
of the six VHAD tests that were part of Table XXIII of the NPRM. There
were no comments submitted that impacted the substance of these
procedures and requirements.
Paragraph S14.9 of the final rule, Associated equipment physical
test procedures and performance requirements, consists of the tests
contained in Table XXI of the NPRM. These test procedures and
performance requirements, as written in Table XXI of the NPRM, were in
block paragraph form. As we have done in several places throughout the
final rule, we have split some of these longer paragraphs into several
smaller sections, which are grouped according to similar content, in an
effort to improve clarity.
One of the goals of the FMVSS No. 108 rewrite was to remove
outdated requirements from the document. The physical test requirements
for associated equipment presented an opportunity to pursue this goal.
The applicable SAE documents incorporated by reference in FMVSS No. 108
were adopted between 1964 and 1969 and several of them contained
specifications for both vehicles with a nominal 12 volt electrical
system as well as those with a nominal 6 volt electrical system.
Believing that few, if any, vehicles manufactured after the effective
date of FMVSS No. 108 have been equipped with a nominal 6 volt
electrical system, we deleted references to that voltage in the
proposal.
In its comments, AAM requested that we restore the nominal 6 volt
requirements to the physical test requirements for associated
equipment. Presumably, this comment was based upon the knowledge that
one of its constituent organizations was producing a 6 volt device for
a regulated vehicle or had plans to do so. While we continue to believe
that those requirements are not currently being used by any regulated
party, we do not want to eliminate a compliance option that has value.
Therefore, we have restored the applicable language from the SAE
documents \26\ incorporated by reference in the current version of
FMVSS No. 108 for testing devices used in a nominal 6 volt electrical
system. The restoration of nominal 6 volt requirements necessitated
revisions in the following portions of paragraph S14.9 of the final
rule: (1) S14.9.1 turn signal operating unit durability test procedure,
(2) S14.9.2.2 vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit durability
performance requirements, and (3) S14.9.3 turn signal flasher and
vehicular hazard warning signal flasher test procedure and performance
requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ SAE J589, Turn Signal Operating Units, April 1964; SAE
J910, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal Operating Unit, January 1966;
SAE J945, Vehicular Hazard Warning Signal Flasher, February 1966;
SAE J590b, Automotive Turn Signal Flashers, October 1965; and SAE
J823b, Flasher Test Equipment, April 1968.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
AAM and Honda commented that the reference in the turn signal
operating unit durability test procedure in Table XXI of the NPRM
incorrectly stated the ripple voltage tolerance of the power supply. We
agree and have revised the language of that procedure in the final
rule. The text `` * * * ripple voltage of less than 5% * * * was
changed to `` * * * ripple voltage of not more than 5% * * *.''
The turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning signal flasher
both maintained their reference to SAE J823b, Flasher Test Equipment,
April 1968, in the NPRM. As previously mentioned, this document was
eliminated from the final rule by incorporating its content directly
into Standard No. 108. This was accomplished in the final rule by
creating Figure 22, Flasher Standard Test Circuit, for the circuit
diagram of Figure 1 of SAE J823b, and also by listing the test setup
requirements of Sections 3 through 9 of SAE J823b in paragraph S14.9.3
of the final rule as well as the power supply specifications for
testing performance requirements and those specifications for testing
durability requirements that were Section 10 of SAE J823b into
paragraph S14.9.3.2 of the final rule.
Koito commented on the load requirements (from paragraph S5.1.1.19
of the current version of FMVSS No. 108) for variable load turn signal
flashers for the turn signal flasher starting time test and the flash
rate and percent current ``on'' time test. In the proposal, this
information was located parenthetically after the notation ``Starting
time test'' and ``Flash rate and percent current ``on'' time test''. We
agree with Koito that this is not the optimum location for this
provision, and have inserted it into the applicable test procedure in
the final rule. Where those proposed procedures stated ``* * * with the
design load connected * * *'' the text of the final rule now states ``*
* * with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their
minimum and their maximum design load) connected * * *.''
Koito and AAM observed that load specifications stated in the
procedure for the turn signal flasher voltage drop test and durability
test procedures did not clearly replicate the requirements from
paragraph S5.1.1.19 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108, and SAE
J590b, October 1965, Section 2. We have revised the language of those
procedures in the final rule to clarify the load specifications. The
proposed procedures stated ``* * * with the maximum design load
connected * * *'' which has changed in the final rule to state `` * * *
with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their
maximum design load) connected * * *.''
Honda observed that the durability test performance requirements
for the vehicular hazard warning signal flasher did not include the
notation from SAE J945, February 1966, Section 7, requiring the post
durability test to incorporate pilot lamps as part of the maximum
design load. We agree and have revised the language of the performance
requirements in paragraph S14.9.3.10.3 of the final rule from `` * * *
maximum design load at an ambient * * * '' to ``maximum design load,
including pilot lamps as specified by the manufacturer, at an ambient*
* *.''
Honda, AAM, and Koito all commented that the column headings for
the semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device sensitivity test
performance requirements were incorrect. We agree and have revised them
in paragraph S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 of the final rule. They now read from
left to right: Test position (degrees) [above the two columns of
lateral and vertical test points], Dim (cd at 100 ft), and Hold (cd at
100 ft).
Honda observed that the maximum dim sensitivity at test point H-5R
was incorrectly stated in the NPRM as 100 (cd at 100 feet). The correct
value is 150 (cd at 100 feet) as shown in Table 1 of SAE J565b,
February 1969. We incorporated this revision in the final rule.
Koito also commented that the semiautomatic headlamp beam switching
device voltage regulation test procedure incorrectly refers to ``dim''
sensitivity in the NPRM. The correct notation is ``hold'' sensitivity
and that is
[[Page 68257]]
what appears in paragraph S14.9.3.11.3.1.2 of the final rule.
AAM commented that the language of the semiautomatic headlamp beam
switching device warmup test performance requirement of the NPRM was
not faithful to SAE J565b, February 1969, Section 4.5. We have revised
that language in paragraph S14.9.3.11.5.2 of the final rule to be
identical to the first sentence of Section 4.5, specifically, ``If the
warmup time of the device exceeds 10 seconds, it must maintain the
headlamps on lower beam during warmup.''
Tables
Table I-a Portion of Proposed Table I
As mentioned previously, we have decided to split Table I of the
NPRM into three sections. Table I-a lists lamp and reflective device
requirements for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, and buses of all widths. Where we refer to comments about the
content of Table I-a, it indicates that those comments were submitted
about the content of the portion of Table I of the NPRM now contained
in Table I-a of the final rule.
Based on comments submitted to the docket regarding our proposal,
we have decided to make several revisions to Table I-a. One of these
revisions was the inclusion of the abbreviation ``MPV'' in parenthesis
after the term ``Multipurpose Passenger Vehicle'' in the title of Table
I-a. We have subsequently used this abbreviation several times in this
document.
Guide commented that the reference in Table I for the number and
color of headlamps does not directly state a number but instead makes
an additional reference to Table II. We do not find this method
difficult or complex, it somewhat duplicates the method of the current
version of FMVSS No. 108. Sub-referencing is necessary because the
number of headlamps actually used depends on the headlighting system
chosen. We clarified the language of Table I-a for the number of upper
beam and lower beam headlamps from `` * * * type and number * * * '' to
`` * * * headlighting system * * * '' to more precisely describe this
sub reference.
AAM and Koito commented about the inclusion of the phrase `` * * *
equal to or wider than the upper beam headlamps'' in the mounting
location description for lower beam headlamps along with the
corresponding phrase `` * * * equal to or narrower than the lower beam
headlamps'' in the mounting location description for the upper beam
headlamps. They, along with Honda, which commented about the same
language in Table I relating to motorcycle headlamps, believe that this
phrase is inconsistent with the current FMVSS No. 108 requirement. We
agree that it does not fully describe the relationship required between
upper and lower beam headlamps. We removed this language from Tables I-
a and I-c of the final rule and incorporated headlamp beam spacing
requirements in paragraph S6.1.3.5.
AAM commented that the activation requirement for turn signal lamps
stating, ``Current 108 paragraph S5.1.1.19 references SAE J590b * * *
in which Figure 1 combines flash rate and percent current ``on'' time.
This figure appears as Figure 2 in Rewrite 108. There is no reference
to percent current ``on'' time in Rewrite 108 Table I. We are unable to
find a reference to Rewrite Figure 108 anywhere within the Rewrite 108
text.'' The reference to NPRM Figure 2 is contained in Table XXI which
details the performance of turn signal (and vehicular hazard warning
signal) flashers, specifically in the performance requirements for the
Flash Rate and Percent Current ``On'' Time Test. We agree that
including the rate of 60 to 120 flashes per minute in Table I is a
detail that is not needed. The flash rate will be determined by the
choice of flasher and its performance when subjected to the test of
paragraph S14.9.3. Therefore, we are revising the Device Activation
requirement for turn signal lamps in Table I-a (and the corresponding
requirement in Table I-b for trailers and in Table I-c for motorcycles)
to read, ``Flash when the turn signal flasher is actuated by the turn
signal operating unit.'' This statement more accurately describes the
process by which the turn signal lamps are caused to flash.
AAM, Honda, and Koito commented about the activation requirements
for taillamps, side marker lamps, and license plate lamps with respect
to their required activation when the parking lamps are activated. AAM
contended that the NPRM does not clearly state that the taillamps, side
marker lamps, and license plate lamps are required to be activated when
the parking lamps are activated only on vehicles less than 2032 mm in
overall width. To clarify those requirements, we revised the language
of the activation requirement from * * * ``Must be activated when the
headlamps are activated in a steady burning state or the parking lamps
are activated (not a requirement for vehicles 2032 mm or more in
overall width)``, to * * * ``Must be activated when the headlamps are
activated in a steady burning state or the parking lamps on passenger
cars and MPVs, trucks, and buses less than 80 inches in overall width
are activated.'' This revision was made to the Device Activation
requirements for taillamps, side marker lamps, intermediate side marker
lamps, and license plate lamps in Table I-a.
AAM also commented that the activation requirement for a stop lamp
optically combined with a turn signal lamp was not stated in Table I
using the language from SAE J586 FEB84, at Section 5.4.2 and SAE J1398
MAY85, also at Section 5.4.2. One of the stated intentions of the
rewrite is to clarify requirements without making substantive changes
to them. Although we were satisfied with the language of the NPRM in
this situation, we revised the language to be faithful to the original
SAE language. We replaced the third sentence of the Device Activation
requirement for stop lamps in Table I-a with ``When a stop signal is
optically combined with the turn signal, the circuit must be such that
the stop signal cannot be turned on if the turn signal is flashing.''
Identical revisions have been made in Table I-b for trailers and Table
I-c for motorcycles.
We have corrected an omission in Table I-a with respect to the
requirements applicable to a truck tractor. The current version of
FMVSS No. 108 excludes, in paragraph S5.1.1.2, a truck tractor from
being required to be equipped with any rear side marker devices, rear
clearance lamps, and rear identification lamps. The NPRM included this
exclusion for rear side marker lamps, rear clearance lamps, and rear
identification lamps but failed to include the notation for rear side
reflex reflectors. This has been corrected in the final rule.
TTMA stated in its comments that the partial photometric output
exclusion for clearance lamps mounted other than on the front or rear
of a vehicle where necessary to indicate overall vehicle width or
protect the lamps from damage, appearing in paragraph S5.3.2.1 of the
current version of FMVSS No. 108, does not appear in the NPRM. The
exclusion for mounting location does appear in the Mounting Location
portion of Table I-a for both front and rear clearance lamps (and has
been added to Table I-b for trailer clearance lamps). The photometric
output exclusion for such lamps appears in Table XI as Footnote 4,
which is the appropriate location for this detail.
TTMA also called attention to an interpretative rule issued by the
agency in 1999 and published at 64 FR 16358 \27\
[[Page 68258]]
which quantifies the requirement that clearance lamps and
identification lamps be mounted ``as near the top as practicable'' and
describes how ``practicability'' will be determined for these lamps
when mounted on a vehicle with cargo doors. We agree that this
interpretative rule concerning presumption of practicability is
important to include in FMVSS No. 108. Therefore, we have added to the
Mounting Height portion of Table I-a, applicable to rear clearance
lamps and rear identification lamps (and to those same lamps in Table
I-b applicable to trailers), the sentence ``Practicability of locating
lamps on the vehicle header is presumed when the header extends at
least 25 mm (1 inch) above the rear doors.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ 64 FR 16358, (April 5, 1999).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSN commented that the incorporation of the May 26, 2000 letter of
interpretation to Mr. Farber \28\ permitting stop lamps to be activated
when a vehicle is slowed by a device designed to retard the motion of a
vehicle, should also be extended to activation of a high-mounted stop
lamp. The Farber interpretation was issued several years after high-
mounted stop lamps were first required on vehicles but does not
explicitly address their activation. The current version of FMVSS No.
108 contains, in paragraph S5.5.4, slightly different activation
requirements for stop lamps and for high-mounted stop lamps. It states,
``The stop lamps on each vehicle shall be activated upon application of
the service brakes. The high-mounted stop lamp on each vehicle shall be
activated only upon application of the service brakes'' (emphasis
added). This difference in activation requirements is explained in the
September 10, 1990 letter of interpretation to Mr. Henneberger \29\
which states, `` * * * The second sentence of S5.5.4 restricts
operation of the center stop lamp to application of the service brakes,
but no such restriction exists in the first sentence. Although the
first sentence requires operation of the stop lamps upon application of
the service brakes, when considered in conjunction with the restriction
stated in the second sentence, it can be read as implying that there
may be other conditions under which activation of the stop lamps is
permissible. However the reason for the difference in the two sentences
is otherwise. Commonly, in red rear combination lamps, the same
filament serves both the stop and turn signal functions. If the turn
signal is functioning when the brakes are applied, the first sentence
ensures that the stop signal overrides the turn signal.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/files/21341.ztv.html \29\ http://isearch.nhtsa.gov/gm/90/nht90-3.93.html
The Farber interpretation was incorporated into the NPRM because of
its conclusion that, `` * * * when a vehicle is slowed by downshifting
or an engine retarder, from the perspective of the following driver, it
would be equivalent to what would occur if the service brakes were
applied. Therefore, it would be permissible for the stop lamps to be
illuminated under this scenario, since such illumination would not
create any confusion in the mind of a following driver and thus would
not ``impair the effectiveness'' of the required stop lamps.'' Clearly,
the Farber interpretation establishes a situation where the action of a
retarder or similar device is equivalent to the action of applying the
service brakes. Since S5.5.4 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108
requires activation of the high-mounted stop lamp when the service
brake is applied, it follows that it may also be activated by
application of a retarder. Table I-a of the final rule has been revised
to include this permitted activation.
AAM recognized a typographical error in Table I-a in describing the
mounting location requirements for school bus signal warning lamps. AAM
suggested language that is more faithful to that of SAE J887, School
Bus Red Signal Lamps, July 1964, the document incorporated by reference
in the current version of Standard No. 108. We have revised the
language of the final rule applicable to the mounting location of these
lamps to state, `` * * * but in no case shall the spacing between lamps
be less than 40 inches'', which is more faithful to SAE J887.
Nissan commented that inclusion of the Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)
in a Table titled Required Lamps and Reflective Devices implied that
the DRL was the only non-required lamp permitted on regulated vehicles.
We have discussed previously that we believe Table I-a is the
appropriate location for the DRL in the standard. However, we have
clarified the portion of Table I-a applicable to the DRL by revising
the title from ``Additional Lamps Allowed * * *'' to ``Daytime Running
Lamps Allowed * * *.''
Nissan and AAM commented that Table I-a did not completely describe
all mounting height restrictions on DRLs in the appropriate portion of
the table. We have clarified in Table I-a that additional requirements
do apply and are included in paragraph S7.10.13(b) of the final rule.
Guide commented that additional DRL activation requirements are
contained in paragraph S7.11.2 of the NPRM and should be added to Table
I-a. We disagree. There is language in Table I-a calling attention to
these additional requirements and directing users to paragraph
S7.10.10.1(c) of the final rule, a notice that we believe is adequate.
Table I-b Portion of Proposed Table I
In addition to those revisions to Table I-b that were listed in the
preceding section, several others have been incorporated in the final
rule.
AAM commented that the width criteria for installing a single
taillamp, stop lamp, or rear reflex reflector on a trailer was
incorrectly dimensioned. Table I-b stated that the installation of a
single such device can occur ``* * * on trailers less than 760 mm
wide.'' The correct dimension from paragraph S5.1.1.14 of the current
version of FMVSS No. 108 is 30 inches, and the final rule states that
dimension for all three devices. Current paragraph S5.1.1.14 also
states that when single devices are used, they shall be located ``* * *
at or near its vertical centerline.'' To clarify this requirement, we
have revised the Mounting Location requirement language from ``A single
lamp (reflector) must be mounted at or near the vertical centerline''
to ``When a single lamp (reflector) is installed, it must be mounted at
or near the vertical centerline.''
AAM, Grote, and Koito all commented that the NPRM did not include
the mounting height limitation of 60 inches for rear side marker lamps
installed on trailers 2032 mm or more in overall width, which is stated
in Table II of the current version of FMVSS No. 108. This omission is
corrected in Table I-b in the final rule.
TTMA commented on the appropriate location for the requirement
stating that conspicuity treatment on a trailer can serve as the
required reflex reflectors if the conspicuity treatment is placed at
the locations required for reflex reflectors. This alternative is
contained in paragraph S6.1.1.1.1 in the NPRM, but we agree it is best
located in Table I-b and have moved it there, following the listing of
``Reflex Reflectors'' and ``Intermediate Reflex Reflectors'', and have
eliminated paragraph S6.1.1.1.1 from the final rule.
TTMA commented that the requirements for mounting height for
clearance lamps and identification lamps in Table I-b was missing. We
have corrected this by adding the appropriate language from Table II of
the current version of FMVSS No. 108,
[[Page 68259]]
``As near the top as practicable.'' We have also added language to the
Mounting Height portion of the rear clearance lamp section stating
that, similar to Table I-a, they are not required to be mounted as near
the top as practicable when the rear identification lamps are mounted
at the extreme height of the vehicle, an exclusion provided by
paragraph S5.3.1.4 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108 and
inadvertently omitted from the NPRM.
Table I-c Portion of Proposed Table I
Consistent with the revision in language to the Number and Color
portion of headlamps in Table I-a, we have revised Table I-c. It
previously stated ``* * * of a type and number listed * * *,'' but now
states ``* * * of a headlighting system listed * * *.'' We believe that
this revision more precisely describes this requirement.
AAM commented that there are additional motorcycle headlamp
mounting restrictions that are not acknowledged in Table I-c. We agree
and have added language to direct the reader to paragraphs S10.17.1.1,
S10.17.1.2, and S10.17.1.3 of the final rule for additional headlamp
mounting requirements.
We have inserted the language ``a turn signal'' between the words
``between'' and ``lamp'' in the last sentence of the Mounting Location
portion of the front turn signal lamp requirements section of Table I-c
of the final rule to clarify that requirement. Also, the language of
the last sentence of the Mounting Location portion of the rear turn
signal lamp requirements section of Table I-c was revised so that it
now states, ``* * * between the turn signal lamp and taillamp or stop
lamp is 4 inches * * *,'' a change that clarifies the requirement in
the final rule.
Table II-a Headlighting Systems--Sealed Beam
GE, Honda, AAM, and Koito commented that the reference to
photometry requirements in Table XIX of the NPRM for a lower beam
visual aim ``LF'' headlamp erroneously stated ``LB1(1)''
rather than ``LB1V(1).'' We agree and this has been
corrected in the final rule.
Table II-b Headlighting Systems--Combination
GE, Honda, AAM, and Koito commented that the reference to
photometry requirements in Table XIX of the NPRM for a 4 lamp system,
lower beam visual aim headlamp erroneously stated ``LBV(4)''
rather than ``LB1V(4).'' We agree and this has been
corrected in the final rule.
Koito commented that if an integral beam headlamp was used in a
combination headlighting system, it could consist of beam contributors
and if so, they would be subject to the photometric allocation formula
described in paragraph S6.8.5.6.6 of the NPRM. Koito requested that a
footnote be added to call attention to that possibility. We agree and
have added Footnote 7 to the final rule stating ``Beam contributor
photometric allocation formula of paragraph S14.2.5.9 may apply.''
Table II-c Headlighting Systems--Integral Beam
Footnote 6 was revised for clarity in the final rule to read,
``Beam contributor photometric allocation formula of paragraph
S14.2.5.9 applies.''
Koito commented that the lower beam photometry requirements
reference in the NPRM for the headlamp in a four lamp system that
provides a portion of the upper beam and the lower beam should be
``LB3M'' rather than ``LB4M'' for a mechanically aimed headlamp and
``LB3V'' rather than ``LB2V'' for a visually/optically aimed headlamp.
These references are taken from paragraph S7.4(a)(1)(iii) of the
current version of FMVSS No. 108, which specifies Figure 28-1 or Figure
28-2. LB4M is a restatement of the requirements of Figure 28-1 and LB2V
similarly of Figure 28-2.\30\ We do not agree with Koito's comment and
are therefore making no revision in the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ And also Figure 17-2 which has identical requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table II-d Headlighting Systems--Replaceable Bulb
AAM and Koito commented that the references in Table II-d to
photometry requirements in Table XIX for UB1, LB1M, and LB1V should
include Footnote 4, ``Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams
are activated,'' based upon paragraph S5.8.8 of the current version of
FMVSS No. 108. We agree that the UB1, LB1M, and LB1V requirements are
derived from Figures 15-1 and 15-2 of the current version of FMVSS No.
108. Paragraph S5.8.8 states that a headlighting system designed to
conform to the photometric requirements of Figures 15-1 and 15-2 may be
so wired. That footnote has been added to the final rule.
Koito and AAM commented that the photometric requirement reference
in Table II-d of the NPRM for the upper beam of a 2 lamp system with a
light source composition of HB2 or any single filament type used alone
or with any other single or dual filament type, should include UB3
(Figure 27-1 or 27-2 in the current version of FMVSS No. 108) as well
as the listed UB2 (Figure 17-1 or 17-2 in the current version of FMVSS
No. 108). They provide the rationale that this is permitted by
paragraph S7.5(d)(2)(ii)(A)(1) of the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
Indeed, a literal reading of that text could lead to such a conclusion.
However, Figure 26, Table for Determining the Photometric Requirements
of Replaceable Bulb Headlamp Systems, of the current version of FMVSS
No. 108 clearly shows, in the box where the row marked ``Two-Headlamp
System'' intersects the column marked ``HB2 or Any Single Filament Type
used Alone or with Any Other Single or Dual Filament Type,'' that the
applicable photometry requirements are those of Figure 17-1 or 17-
2.\31\ Faced with the seeming contradiction between paragraph S7.5
(d)(2)(ii)(A)(1) and Figure 26, we looked for other cues in FMVSS No.
108 that would confirm the correct requirement. One such cue is in
paragraph S7.5(b) which states that, ``The photometrics as specified in
subparagraphs (c) through (e) of this paragraph (depicted in Figure
26), using any light source of the Type intended for use in such
system.'' This clearly indicates that paragraph S7.5 and Figure 26
provide identical information. Another cue is the language in paragraph
S7.5(d)(2)(i)(A)(2) which states that only the photometry requirements
of Figure 17-1 or 17-2 are to be used for lower beam with a two lamp
system that uses an HB2 source.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ The current version of FMVSS 108 presents headlamp
photometry requirements in sets of related tables that differ only
by application to type of aiming system used. In this instance Table
17-1 applies to mechanically aimed headlighting systems while Table
17-2 applies to visually/optically aimed headlighting systems.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The specific language of paragraph S7.5(d)(2)(ii)(A)(1) first
appeared in Standard No. 108 several years ago during a revision in
text. Instead of concluding with ``* * * light sources that include
Type HB2 * * *'' paragraph S7.5(d)(2)(ii)(A)(1) should have concluded
with ``* * * light sources other than Type HB2 * * *'' This would make
it consistent with paragraph S7.5(d)(2)(i)(A)(1), which addresses the
lower beam, and Figure 26.
Because this ambiguity has existed for a considerable length of
time, it would be a substantive change to revise it in the final rule
and thus is outside the scope of the rewrite. We have revised
[[Page 68260]]
Table II-d in the final rule to indicate that UB3 may be used as an
upper beam photometry requirement for a 2 lamp system using a Type HB2
or any single filament type used alone, or with any other single or
dual filament type. However, regulated parties should be aware that we
consider this to be incorrect and we may take action soon to correct
what we believe is a mistake.
Table III Conspicuity Systems Requirements Becomes Table III Marking
Requirements Location
The recognition that the tabular method of organization did not
work well for the presentation of lengthy textual requirements provided
the rationale for moving the conspicuity systems requirements content
of Table III of the NPRM to paragraph S8.2 of the regulatory text of
the final rule. The substantive issues raised by public comment and the
revisions to conspicuity systems are discussed under paragraph S8.2. As
discussed under paragraph S6.5, Table III has been re-designated as a
source for listing each location in the regulatory text of the final
rule applicable for each marking requirement of Standard No. 108.
Table IV Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
As previously mentioned, this table has been divided into three
sections in the final rule.
Koito and Guide commented that the effective projected luminous
lens area requirements for a front turn signal lamp were incorrectly
stated in what is now Table IV-a and did not agree with the
requirements of SAE J588 NOV84. We concur and have clarified those
requirements in the final rule to indicate that there is no effective
projected luminous lens area requirement for each compartment of a
multiple compartment front turn signal lamp.
There were no comments submitted that impacted what are now Tables
IV-b and IV-c in the final rule.
Table V Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
As previously mentioned, this table has been divided into four
sections. AAM suggested that the column marked ``Applicable Vehicles''
was not needed. We agree and have removed it from all four sections of
Table V in the final rule.
Table V-a Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
AAM suggested alternative language referring to the required
visibility of high-mounted stop lamps when two lamps are installed. We
agree with its suggestion and have revised the language of the final
rule appearing in parenthesis to read (Single lamp or two lamps
together where required by paragraph S6.1.1.2 of this standard.)
Table V-b Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices (Lens
Area Visibility Option)
Grote suggested that the mandatory enforcement dates for the
exclusive use of the visibility options of Table V-b and V-c be
included in those tables. We believe it is preferable to include these
dates in paragraph S6.4.4 of the regulatory text of the final rule,
where additional details about choosing a visibility compliance method
are located.
AAM suggested that the language of Footnote 2 of Table V-b (and
Footnote 2 of Table V-c) be revised for clarity. We agree and those
footnotes now read in the final rule, ``Where a lamp is mounted with
its axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, the
vertical test point angles located below the horizontal plane subject
to visibility requirements may be reduced to 5[deg] down.''
Table V-c Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
(Luminous Intensity Visibility Option)
AAM claimed that the visibility requirements specifying corner
points at 80[deg] outboard are erroneous. We disagree because these
corner points are faithful to those stated in Figure 20 of the current
version of FMVSS No. 108.
Table V-d Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices (Legacy
Visibility Alternative)
AAM identified a typographical error in the proposal where a period
did not directly follow the abbreviation ``mm'' in the required
visibility of turn signal lamps. This has been corrected in the final
rule by removing all periods after these abbreviations in keeping with
the style of regulatory text.
Nissan believed that the term ``existing'' in the parenthetical
subtitle of this section was indeterminate and suggested it be removed.
We decided to revise the subtitle from ``(Existing SAE Visibility
Alternative)'' to ``(Legacy Visibility Alternative)'' in the final rule
suggesting that these requirements are ones that have historically been
used.
Guide commented that the sentence ``Where more than one lamp or
optical area is lighted on each side of the vehicle, only one such area
on each side need comply'' should not be included in visibility
requirements. We disagree because it is an integral part of the SAE
documents incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No.
108.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\32\SAE J1395 APR85, S5.4.1, SAE J586 FEB84, S5.4.1, SAE J1398
MAY85, S5.4.1, and SAE J585e, September 1977, S4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guide also suggested that the phrase ``To be considered visible''
preface the specific visibility requirements in Table V-d. We believe
that the language of the requirements in Table V-d, along with the text
of paragraph S6.4.4, clearly describe what is required and the
additional language is not needed.
We have revised the visibility requirement minimum value for a
taillamp in Table V-d from 1250 sq mm to 2 sq in to be faithful to the
language of SAE J585e, September 1977, Section 4, incorporated by
reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108, which is the
original source of this requirement.
Table VI Front Turn Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements
As previously mentioned, this table has been divided into two
sections. Table VI-a contains the base front turn signal lamp
photometry requirements and the 2.5 times base front turn signal lamp
photometry requirements. Table VI-b contains the 1.5 times base and the
2.0 times base front turn signal lamp photometry requirements.
Nissan, AAM, and Koito commented that displaying the ratio
requirements for both turn signal lamps combined with parking lamps and
turn signal lamps combined with clearance lamps in the same column of
our proposal was confusing. We agree and have placed the requirements
for those two combinations in separate columns in both Tables VI-a and
VI-b in the final rule.
Koito and AAM commented that Footnote 4 does not accurately state
the requirements of SAE J1395 AP85, Section 5.1.5.2, incorporated by
reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108. We agree and have
revised that footnote in the final rule to read ``When a clearance lamp
on a vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width is combined with a front
turn signal lamp and the maximum luminous intensity of the clearance
lamp is located below horizontal and within a 1.0[deg] radius around
the test point, the ratio for the test point may be computed by using
the lowest value of the clearance lamp luminous intensity within the
generated area.''
AAM noted several instances where the group minimum photometric
intensity values for 2 and 3 lighted sections, 2.5x base photometry
lamps, were erroneous. These five values were
[[Page 68261]]
all 0.5 cd less than their calculated values. The correct values have
been incorporated in Table VI-a in the final rule.
Koito suggested that several of the group minimum photometric
intensity values for 2 lighted sections, base photometry lamps, are
erroneous. Koito appears to have based its comment on the observation
that the arithmetic sum of the minimum values of all test points
included in the groups exceeds the value shown for the group. However,
in this case all of the listed values are accurate. They are consistent
with values of Table 1 for group requirements and Table 3 for
individual test point requirements of SAE J588 NOV84, incorporated by
reference in the current version of Standard No. 108. Although in most
cases SAE has specified that group photometric values equal the sum of
the individual test point values in a group, there are exceptions, and
this is one of those exceptions.
Table VII Rear Turn Signal Photometry Requirements
Footnote 6 of the final rule was revised to agree with the decision
to eliminate the reference to SAE J588e for double faced turn signal
lamps installed on truck tractors. It now reads, ``A double-faced turn
signal lamp installed as described in paragraph S6.1.1.3 on a truck
tractor need only meet the photometric requirements for a left side
lamp where the lamp is mounted on the left side of the vehicle, and for
a right side lamp where the lamp is mounted on the right side of the
vehicle.''
Table VIII Taillamp Photometry Requirements
Calcoast commented that Footnote 1 and Footnote 2 to Table VIII of
the NPRM are not mutually exclusive. Therefore, the limitations imposed
by compliance with one of these footnotes may negate an allowance
offered by the other. We agree with Calcoast's assessment. The
situation that it mentioned actually affects all lamps where grouped
test point photometric compliance is permitted. The requirements of
Footnote 1 of Table VIII also apply to all other lamps where grouped
compliance is permitted. The original source of this requirement is SAE
J575, Test for Motor Vehicle Lighting Devices and Components, paragraph
J, which is identical in both J575d, August 1967, and J575e, August
1970, the two versions of this standard applicable to signal lamps in
FMVSS No. 108. Footnote 2 of Table VIII describes the basic premise of
grouped compliance. The failure of an individual test point in the
group to meet its minimum photometric intensity can be offset if one or
more of the other points in the group exceed their minimum intensity
requirement by enough margin that the group total intensity is still
met.
Additionally, turn signal lamps and stop lamps, including high-
mounted stop lamps, also have a further limitation from their original
SAE source document concerning how much any individual test point can
fail to meet its minimum intensity when considered in a group
compliance situation. This limitation states that the measured value at
each test point must not be less than 60% of the minimum value.
All these limitations must be considered simultaneously when
determining grouped photometric compliance for lamps where that
procedure is permitted. Calcoast was correct in its assessment that
these limitations may negate full utilization of each other.
Koito and AAM identified two minimum test point photometric
intensity values for 3 lighted section lamps they believe are
erroneous. We agree and have corrected the values at 5L-10D and 5R-10D
in the final rule.
We have also revised Table VIII in the final rule to reduce
confusion by placing the minimum and maximum photometric intensity
values in separate columns for each of the lighted sections
alternatives.
Koito commented that Table VIII did not include Footnote 5 from
Table 1 of SAE J585e, Tail Lamps (Rear Position Lamps), September 1977,
incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108. This
footnote limits the size of the area of maximum photometric intensity
in a specified portion of the photometric pattern. This requirement was
added to Table VIII in the final rule and now reads, ``A taillamp shall
not exceed the maximum intensity over any area larger than that
generated by a 0.25[deg] radius, within a solid cone angle from
20[deg]L to 20[deg]R and from H to 10[deg]U.''
Table IX Stop Lamp Photometry Requirements
The alternative photometric intensity requirements for a stop lamp
installed on a motor driven cycle that were included in Table IX in the
NPRM have been relocated to new Table XIII in the final rule. This
relocation means that Footnote 5 is no longer needed in Table IX and it
has been eliminated. Footnote 7 of the NPRM has been redesignated as
Footnote 5 in the final rule.
Honda, AAM, and Koito all observed an erroneous group minimum
photometric intensity value for 3 lighted sections in group 3. The
correct value is 520 cd instead of the listed 445 cd. This error is
corrected in Table IX of the final rule.
In Table IX of the NPRM, it was stated that when a stop lamp is
combined with a taillamp, the luminous intensity of the stop signal
must exceed the luminous intensity of the tail signal at each test
point by a certain minimum ratio. This ratio value is common for all
vehicles at all test points with the exception of the test point H-
5L.\33\ Proposed Table IX showed the ratio value at this point as 3/5
\(6)\ and further states at Footnote 6, ``Values preceded by a slash (/
) apply only to lamps installed on multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, trailers, and buses, of 2032 mm or more in overall width.''
Thus, the requirement at the H-5L test point is that the luminous
intensity of the stop lamp exceed the luminous intensity of the
combined taillamp by at least 3 times on multipurpose passenger
vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses, of 2032 mm or more in overall
width, and by at least 5 times on other applicable vehicles which
includes all passenger cars and motorcycles and all multipurpose
passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses, less than 2032 mm in
overall width. This discrepancy exists due to the language from which
the ratio requirements are derived. SAE J586 FEB84, Stop Lamps for use
on Motor Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, incorporated by
reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108 states in Section
5.1.5.3, ``When a tail lamp is combined with the stop lamp, the stop
lamp shall not be less than three times the luminous intensity of the
tail lamp at any test point; except that at H-V, H-5L, H-5R, and 5U-V,
the stop lamp shall not be less than five times the luminous intensity
of the tail lamp.'' Similarly, SAE J1398 MAY85, Stop Lamps for use on
Motor Vehicles 2032 mm or More in Overall Width, incorporated by
reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108, states in Section
5.1.5.2, ``When a tail lamp is combined with the stop lamp, the stop
lamp shall not be less than three times the luminous intensity of the
tail lamp at any test point; except that at H-V, H-5R, and 5U-V, the
stop lamp shall not be less than five times the luminous intensity of
the tail lamp.'' Thus, the requirements are identical with the
exception of test point
[[Page 68262]]
H-5L. By not specifically identifying H-5L as a test point requiring a
5:1 ratio, SAE J1398 MAY85, by default, requires a 3:1 ratio.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\33\ In the final rule we have elected to implement a suggestion
by Calcoast to identify photometric test points consistently in the
photometric requirements tables. We have chosen to list lateral
values in the left column and vertical values in the right column.
Thus the H-5L test point of Table IX of the NPRM appears as test
point 5L-H in the final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAE J585e, Tail Lamps (Rear Position Lamps), September 1977, also
incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No. 108
(applicable to all vehicles), also contains a ratio requirement.
Footnote 4 to Table 1 of that document states, ``When a tail lamp is
combined with the turn signal lamp or the stop lamp, the signal lamp or
stop lamp shall not be less than three times the candlepower \34\ of
the tail lamp at any test point; except that at H-V, H-5L, H-5R, and
5U-V, the signal lamp or stop lamp shall not be less than five times
the candlepower of the tail lamp.'' Thus, there is a documented
conflict regarding the ratio requirement at the H-5L test point on
combined stop lamps and taillamps used on wide vehicles. We resolved
this in the final rule by maintaining the dual requirements stated in
the NPRM. That is the ratio of stop lamp intensity to taillamp
intensity at that test point remains 3:1 for lamps installed on
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses, of 2032
mm or more in overall width, and 5:1 for lamps installed on all
passenger cars and motorcycles and all multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, trailers, and buses, less than 2032 mm in overall width.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ The term ``candlepower'' used in this context means the
contemporary unit of measurement used to express the luminous
intensity attribute.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Although we believe there is ample evidence that the 3:1 ratio was
never intended by SAE, to rectify this error at this time would
constitute a substantive change and therefore be beyond the scope of
the FMVSS No. 108 rewrite. We may address this issue in the near
future.
Table X Side Marker Photometry Requirements
Footnote 1 was revised to be more consistent with paragraph
S7.4.1.1 of the NPRM (paragraph S7.4.13.2 of the final rule) concerning
the widths of vehicles that can use reduced photometric compliance
angles between the front and rear side marker. Footnote 1 now reads,
``Where a side marker lamp installed on a motor vehicle less than 30
feet in overall length and less than 80 inches (2 m) in overall width
has the lateral angle nearest the other required side marker lamp on
the same side of the vehicle reduced from 45[deg] by design as
specified by S7.4.13.2, the photometric intensity measurement may be
met at the lesser angle.'' The change in width from 2032 mm to 80
inches (2 m) was made to be faithful to Footnote b of SAE J592e,
Clearance, Side Marker, and Identification Lamps, July 1972.
Table XI Clearance and Identification Lamps Photometry Requirements
Koito and AAM commented that Footnote 3 to Table XI did not include
the limitation on a turn signal lamp combined with a red clearance lamp
as required by SAE J592e, July 1972, Table 1 Footnote ``a'',
incorporated by reference by the current version of FMVSS No. 108. This
is corrected in the final rule.
Grote believed that the maximum photometric intensity for a red
clearance lamp should be 18 cd. We disagree because SAE J592e, July
1972, incorporated by reference in the current version of FMVSS No.
108, states in Footnote ``a'' to Table 1 that 15 cd is the maximum
allowed for a red clearance lamp.
Table XII Backup Lamp Photometry Requirements
Guide commented that Footnotes 2 and 3 only apply to groups 1, 2 5,
and 6. We agree. Figure 2, Footnote 1 of the current version of
Standard No. 108 is the source of these requirements and the Guide
assertion is consistent with that figure. We revised Table XII
accordingly in the final rule.
Guide suggested replacing the phrase ``same or symmetrically
opposite design'' in Footnote 2 of Table XII of the NPRM with the
phrase ``symmetrical beam pattern'' and also replacing the phrase
``differing design'' in Footnote 3 of Table XII with the phrase
``asymmetrical beam pattern'', claiming the terminology of the NPRM is
vague. Guide offered no argument as to why the suggested replacement
phrases would improve understanding. Since the language of the NPRM is
faithful to the current version of FMVSS No. 108, we are not
implementing its suggestion in the final rule.
We have added the term ``Each Lamp'' after the title ``Two Lamp
Systems'' in Table XII of the final rule to clarify that each lamp of a
two lamp system is to be designed to conform to either the individual
test point photometry requirements or the group photometry
requirements.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle Turn Signal Lamp Alternative Photometry
Requirements
Table XIII-b Motor Driven Cycle Stop Lamp Alternative Photometry
Requirements
Table XIII of the NPRM, License Plate Lamp Target Locations, has
been redesignated as Figure 19 in the final rule. A new Table XIII has
been created that includes the alternative stop lamp requirements for
motor driven cycles, which were previously part of Table IX in the NPRM
and the optional turn signal requirements for motorcycles noted in
paragraphs S7.1.1.1 and S7.1.2.1 of the NPRM, but not previously
tabularized.
Table XIV Parking Lamp Photometry Requirements
There were no comments submitted that impacted Table XIV beyond
those previously mentioned.
Table XV High-Mounted Stop Lamp Photometry Requirements
AAM suggested that Footnote 4 of Table XV be incorporated directly
into the table where the maximum photometric intensity is stated. AAM
offered no arguments to support this request and we can see no
compelling reason to implement it. Table XV appears in the final rule
identical to the NPRM.
Table XVI
As previously mentioned, Table XVI of the NPRM has been partitioned
into three sections, Table XVI-a, Reflex Reflector Photometry
Requirements, Table XVI-b, Additional Photometry Requirements for
Conspicuity Reflex Reflectors, and Table XVI-c, Retroreflective
Sheeting Photometry Requirements. The content of these tables in the
final rule is identical to that of the NPRM.
Table XVII School Bus Signal Lamp Photometry
There were no comments submitted that impacted Table XVII.
Table XVIII Headlamp Upper Beam Photometry Requirements
There were no comments submitted that impacted Table XVIII beyond
those previously mentioned.
Table XIX Headlamp Lower Beam Photometry Requirements
Table XIX, Headlamp Lower Beam Photometry Requirements, has been
split into Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, and XIX-c in the final rule.
GE, Honda, AAM, and Koito identified that the maximum photometric
intensity value of 2,500 cd for the 0.5D-1.5L to L test location of a
LB4M beam was inadvertently omitted from Table XIX of the NPRM. We
agree and this value has been added in the final rule.
Guide suggested a reduction in the lateral limits in the NPRM for
photometry of the 10[deg]U to 90[deg]U glare
[[Page 68263]]
area from 90[deg]L to 90[deg]R to 45[deg]L to 45[deg]R but offered no
basis to support this request. Such a revision would be substantive and
beyond the scope of the rewrite, therefore this suggestion was not
pursued in the final rule.
Table XX Motorcycle and Motor Driven Cycle Headlamp Photometry
Requirements
Honda and Koito identified that the maximum photometric intensity
value of 12,500 cd for the 4D-4R test location for a motor driven cycle
headlamp was inadvertently placed in the minimum intensity column of
Table XX of the NPRM. The value has been placed in the correct location
in the final rule.
AAM suggested that the column heading shown for lower beam
headlamps be replicated for upper beam headlamps. We agree that doing
so would improve clarity and have incorporated the headings in Table XX
of the final rule.
Table XXI Associated Equipment Physical Test Requirements (Table
eliminated in final rule)
The recognition that the tabular method of organization did not
work well for lengthy textual requirements provided the rationale for
moving the associated equipment physical test requirements content of
Table XXI of the NPRM to paragraph S14.9 of the regulatory text in the
final rule.
The substantive issues raised by public comment and the revisions
to associated equipment physical test requirements are discussed under
paragraph S14.9.
Table XXII Lamp and Reflective Devices Physical Test Requirements
(Table eliminated in final rule)
The recognition that the tabular method of organization did not
work well for lengthy textual requirements provided the rationale for
moving the lamp and reflective devices physical test requirements
content of Table XXII of the NPRM to paragraphs S14.3, S14.4, and S14.5
of the regulatory text in the final rule.
The substantive issues raised by public comment and the revisions
to lamp and reflective devices physical test requirements are discussed
under those sections.
Table XXIII Headlamp Physical Test Requirements (Table eliminated in
final rule)
The recognition that the tabular method of organization did not
work well for lengthy textual requirements provided the rationale for
moving the headlamp physical test requirements content of Table XXIII
of the NPRM to paragraphs S14.6, S14.7, and S14.8 of the regulatory
text in the final rule.
The substantive issues raised by public comment and the revisions
to headlamp physical test requirements are discussed under those
sections.
Figures
Figures 1 through 12 and 15 through 18
There were no comments submitted that impacted Figures 1 through 12
or Figures 15 through 18.
Figure 13 Tractor Conspicuity Treatment Examples
TMA commented that Figure 31 of the current version of FMVSS No.
108, rather than Figure 13 of the NPRM, better illustrated that the
right angle white conspicuity treatment element required on the upper
rear outside corners of truck tractors may not be continuous if cab
mounted hardware makes this impractical. We have revised Figure 13 to
illustrate this condition in the final rule.
Figure 14 92 x 150 mm Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup
GE identified 13 omissions or errors in Figure 14 of the NPRM that
were corrected in the final rule to agree with the source document,
Figure 16 of the current version of FMVSS No. 108.
Figure 15 Types G & H Headlamp Aim Deflection Test Setup
GE identified an omission in Figure 15 that was corrected to agree
with the source document, Figure 22 of the current version of FMVSS No.
108.
Figure 19 License Plate Lamp Target Locations
Figure 19, License Plate Lamp Target Locations, was designated as
Table XIII in the NPRM. The supplementary response from the AAM/ASSN
suggested changing it to be a figure. Its purpose is illustrative, so
it is most appropriately designated as a figure.
AAM requested that the English units of measurement, which were
part of the source drawings, SAE J587 OCT81 Figures 1 and 2, but not
included in Table XIII of the NPRM, be restored. This was done, as
Figure 19 is dimensioned in both metric and English units in the final
rule.
Figure 20 License Plate Lamp Measurement of Incident Light Angle
AAM requested that Figure 3 of SAE J587 OCT81, License Plate Lamps,
be included to better illustrate the incident light angle requirement
of paragraph S7.7.1.1 of the NPRM. We agree and have included it as
Figure 20, License Plate Lamp Measurement of Incident Light Angle, in
the final rule. It is referenced in paragraph S7.7.15.4 of the final
rule.
Figure 21 Vibration Test Machine
AAM requested that SAE J577, Vibration Test Machine, April 1964, be
directly incorporated into FMVSS No. 108 rather than to continue to be
incorporated by reference. Figure 1, Vibration Test Machine, and Table
1, Cam Profile Radii, (from SAE J577) were redrawn for the final rule
as Figure 21, Vibration Test Machine.
Figure 22 Flasher Standard Test Circuit
Figure 22 includes the standard test circuit of SAE J823b, Flasher
Test Equipment, April 1968. The procedures of SAE J823b have also been
incorporated into paragraph S14.9 of the final rule, allowing the
subreference by incorporation of this standard to now be eliminated
from FMVSS No. 108.
IV. The Final Rule
After careful consideration of public comments on the NPRM, the
agency has decided to publish a final rule to amend 49 CFR Part 564 and
FMVSS No. 108 as discussed below:
A. 49 CFR Part 564
We are relocating figures addressing sealed beam headlamps that
currently reside in FMVSS No. 108 and SAE J1383 APR85 into a newly
created Appendix C of 49 CFR Part 564. We have listed those specific
figures and where they currently reside in FMVSS No. 108 or SAE J1383
APR85 in the reference document in Appendix C of this notice. In
addition, we are making the applicable changes to the scope and purpose
provisions of Part 564 to account for the newly formed Appendix C.
Unlike Appendices A and B, there will be no further additions to, or
modifications of, the sealed beam headlamp figures in Appendix C.
B. 49 CFR Part 571.108
We are amending Standard No. 108 by: (1) Reorganizing the
regulatory text so that it provides a more straight-forward and logical
presentation of the applicable regulatory requirements; (2) including
important agency interpretations of the existing requirements; and (3)
reducing reliance on third-party documents incorporated by reference.
This has resulted in additional tables and figures being added to the
standard. In addition, the structure of the standard has been changed
to present the requirements in a more standardized and user-friendly
manner.
[[Page 68264]]
V. Benefits and Costs
Because this proposal only reorganizes the existing requirements of
the standard, we do not anticipate that there would be any costs or
benefits associated with this rulemaking action to implement an
administrative rewrite of FMVSS No. 108, other than the benefits
associated with a clearer, easier-to-read standard. None of the public
comments identified any instances where the rewritten standard would
have a cost effect. Accordingly, the agency did not conduct a separate
economic analysis for this rulemaking.
VI. Rulemaking Analyses and Notices
A. Vehicle Safety Act
Under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, Motor Vehicle Safety (49 U.S.C. 30101
et seq.), the Secretary of Transportation is responsible for
prescribing motor vehicle safety standards that are practicable, meet
the need for motor vehicle safety, and are stated in objective
terms.\35\ These motor vehicle safety standards set the minimum level
of performance for a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment to be
considered safe.\36\ When prescribing such standards, the Secretary
must consider all relevant, available motor vehicle safety
information.\37\ The Secretary must also consider whether a proposed
standard is reasonable, practicable, and appropriate for the type of
motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment for which it is prescribed and
the extent to which the standard will further the statutory purpose of
reducing traffic accidents and associated deaths.\38\ The
responsibility for promulgation of Federal motor vehicle safety
standards has been delegated to NHTSA. \39\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ 49 U.S.C. 30111(a).
\36\ 49 U.S.C. 30102(a)(9).
\37\ 49 U.S.C. 30111(b).
\38\ Id.
\39\ 49 U.S.C. 105 and 322; delegation of authority at 49 CFR
1.50.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FMVSS No. 108, Lamps, Reflective Devices, and Associated Equipment,
was originally established in a final rule published in the Federal
Register on February 3, 1967 (32 FR 2408). The purpose of the standard
is to reduce traffic accidents and deaths and injuries resulting from
traffic accidents, by providing adequate illumination of the roadway,
and by enhancing the conspicuity of motor vehicles on the public roads
so that their presence is perceived and their signals understood, both
in daylight and in darkness or other conditions of reduced visibility.
Since the time of the standard's initial promulgation, the agency has
undertaken numerous rulemakings and interpretations related to Standard
No. 108, in many cases to deal with the emergence of new lighting
technologies. In recent years, concerns have been raised that after
nearly four decades of amendment, navigating the requirements of the
standard has become increasingly difficult. Therefore, in this final
rule, the agency is implementing an administrative rewrite of Standard
No. 108 in order to improve its structure and clarity, without changing
any of its existing substantive requirements. In preparing this final
rule, the agency carefully considered the statutory requirements of 49
U.S.C. Chapter 301.
First, this final rule reflects the agency's careful consideration
and analysis of all existing regulatory provisions of FMVSS No. 108, as
well as salient letters of interpretation related to that standard. In
developing the substantive provisions of the standard over the years,
the agency considered all relevant, available motor vehicle safety
information, including available research, testing results, and other
information related to various technologies. This administrative
rewrite does not change any of these existing provisions or the
underlying basis therefore. The final rule also reflects the agency's
consideration of information offered in public comments on the notice
of proposed rulemaking which preceded today's final rule.
Second, to ensure that the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 are
practicable (as well as consistent with our safety objectives), the
agency evaluated the cost, availability, and suitability of the
standard's provisions, both when initially adopted and during
subsequent amendments. As noted above, the changes resulting from this
final rule are administrative in nature and would not impact the costs
and benefits of the standard. In sum, we believe that this final rule
is practicable, and we expect it to maintain the benefits of Standard
No. 108.
Third, the regulatory text following this preamble is stated in
objective terms in order to specify precisely what performance is
required and how performance will be tested to ensure compliance with
the standard. In certain cases, the final rule modifies the language of
the standard to improve clarity or to incorporate existing
interpretations, again without changing the substance of the existing
requirements.
Fourth, we believe that this final rule meets the need for motor
vehicle safety by clarifying the safety standard, thereby making it
easier for regulated parties to comply with all applicable
requirements. The impacts of the substantive provisions on vehicle
safety were discussed at the time of adoption of those provisions.
Finally, we believe that this final rule is reasonable and
appropriate for motor vehicles subject to the applicable requirements.
As discussed elsewhere in this notice, the modifications to the
standard resulting from this final rule are administrative in nature.
It does not affect the substance of the requirements or the bases for
those requirements, as articulated in earlier rulemakings. Accordingly,
we believe that this final rule is appropriate for covered vehicles
that are or become subject to these provisions of FMVSS No. 108 because
it furthers the agency's objective of preventing crash-related deaths
and serious injuries by ensuring adequate illumination of roadways and
enhanced conspicuity of motor vehicles.
B. Executive Order 12866 and DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures
Executive Order 12866, ``Regulatory Planning and Review'', provides
for making determinations whether a regulatory action is
``significant'' and therefore subject to OMB review and to the
requirements of the Executive Order. The Order defines a ``significant
regulatory action'' as one that is likely to result in a rule that may:
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or
adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the
economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public
health or safety, or State, local, or Tribal governments or
communities;
(2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an
action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants,
user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients
thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in
the Executive Order.
This rulemaking document was not reviewed by the Office of
Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866. The rule is not
considered to be significant within the meaning of E.O. 12866 or the
Department of Transportation's Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44
FR 11034 (Feb. 26, 1979)). As stated above in Section V, Benefits and
Costs, this final rule is not expected to require parties subject to
the requirements of the safety standard to alter their existing
practices for certifying compliance with Standard
[[Page 68265]]
No. 108 or to increase costs of compliance, because the final rule
merely reorganizes and clarifies existing requirements. Accordingly,
the agency has not prepared any supplemental economic analysis to
accompany this rulemaking document.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.,
as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
(SBREFA) of 1996), whenever an agency is required to publish a notice
of rulemaking for any proposed or final rule, it must prepare and make
available for public comment a regulatory flexibility analysis that
describes the effect of the rule on small entities (i.e., small
businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions).
The Small Business Administration's regulations at 13 CFR Part 121
define a small business, in part, as a business entity ``which operates
primarily within the United States.'' (13 CFR 121.105(a)). No
regulatory flexibility analysis is required if the head of an agency
certifies the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. SBREFA amended the Regulatory
Flexibility Act to require Federal agencies to provide a statement of
the factual basis for certifying that a rule will not have a
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
NHTSA has considered the effects of this final rule under the
Regulatory Flexibility Act. I certify that this final rule will not
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small
entities. The rationale for this certification is that the present
final rule does not make any substantive changes to this safety
standard, so affected parties will be able to continue current
practices without change. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that this
final rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities.
D. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
NHTSA has examined today's final rule pursuant to Executive Order
13132, ``Federalism'' and concluded that no additional consultation
with States, local governments, or their representatives is mandated
beyond the rulemaking process. The agency has concluded that the rule
does not have Federalism implications, because the rule does not have
``substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between
the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power
and the responsibilities among the various levels of government.''
Further, no consultation is needed to discuss the preemptive effect
of today's rule. NHTSA rules can have preemptive effect in at least two
ways. First, the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act contains
an express preemptive provision: ``When a motor vehicle safety standard
is in effect under this chapter, a State or a political subdivision of
a State may prescribe or continue in effect a standard applicable to
the same aspect of performance of a motor vehicle or motor vehicle
equipment only if the standard is identical to the standard prescribed
under this chapter.'' 49 U.S.C. 30102(b)(1).
In addition to the express preemption noted above, the Supreme
Court has also recognized that State requirements imposed on motor
vehicle manufacturers, including sanctions imposed by State tort law,
can stand as an obstacle to the accomplishment and execution of a NHTSA
safety standard. When such a conflict is discerned, the Supremacy
Clause of the Constitution makes the State requirements unenforceable.
See Geier v. American Honda Motor Co., 529 U.S. 861 (2000).
NHTSA does not believe that such conflicts are likely to arise from
today's rulemaking, because this final rule only results in an
administrative rewrite of the existing requirements of FMVSS No. 108.
However, if such a conflict were to become evident, NHTSA may opine on
such conflicts in the future, if warranted. See id. at 883-86.
E. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform)
With respect to the review of the promulgation of a new regulation,
section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988, ``Civil Justice Reform,''
requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure
that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect; (2)
clearly specifies the effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3)
provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct, while promoting
simplification and burden reduction; (4) clearly specifies the
retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6)
addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general
draftsmanship under guidelines issued by the Attorney General. This
document is consistent with that requirement. Pursuant to this Order,
NHTSA notes as follows. The preemptive effect of this rule is discussed
above. NHTSA notes further that there is no requirement that
individuals submit a petition for reconsideration or pursue other
administrative proceeding before filing suit in court.
F. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of Children From Environmental
Health and Safety Risks)
Executive Order 13045, ``Protection of Children from Environmental
Health and Safety Risks,'' applies to any rule that: (1) Is determined
to be ``economically significant'' as defined under Executive Order
12866, and (2) concerns an environmental, health, or safety risk that
the agency has reason to believe may have a disproportionate effect on
children. If the regulatory action meets both criteria, the agency must
evaluate the environmental health or safety effects of the planned rule
on children, and explain why the planned regulation is preferable to
other potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives
considered by the agency.
This final rule is not subject to E.O. 13045 because it is not an
economically significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866,
and because it does not involve decisions based upon health and safety
risks that disproportionately affect children.
G. Paperwork Reduction Act
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), a person is not
required to respond to a collection of information by a Federal agency
unless the collection displays a valid OMB control number. This final
rule does not contain any collection of information requirements
requiring review under the PRA.
H. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law 104-113, (15 U.S.C. 272) directs the
agency to evaluate and use voluntary consensus standards in its
regulatory activities unless doing so would be inconsistent with
applicable law or is otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus
standards are technical standards (e.g., materials specifications, test
methods, sampling procedures, and business practices) that are
developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies, such as
the Society of Automotive Engineers. The NTTAA directs us to provide
Congress (through OMB) with explanations when we decide not to use
available and applicable voluntary consensus standards. The NTTAA does
not apply to symbols.
[[Page 68266]]
This final rule does not adopt or reference any new industry or
consensus standards that were not already present in Standard No. 108
(although in several cases, relevant requirements from such standards
are now included directly in the standard, rather than being
incorporated by reference). The agency's statements regarding the
rationale for the use (or non-use) of information from third-party
standards, as presented in prior rulemakings, remain unchanged.
I. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
requires Federal agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs,
benefits, and other effects of proposed or final rules that include a
Federal mandate likely to result in the expenditure by State, local, or
tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of more
than $100 million annually (adjusted for inflation with base year of
1995 (so currently $126 million in 2006 dollars)). Before promulgating
a NHTSA rule for which a written statement is needed, section 205 of
the UMRA generally requires the agency to identify and consider a
reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt the least
costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative that
achieves the objectives of the rule. The provisions of section 205 do
not apply when they are inconsistent with applicable law. Moreover,
section 205 allows the agency to adopt an alternative other than the
least costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative if
the agency publishes with the final rule an explanation of why that
alternative was not adopted.
This final rule is not anticipated to result in the expenditure by
State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the
private sector in excess of $112 million annually. Instead, the cost
impact of this administrative rewrite of Standard No. 108 is expected
to be $0, because it does not change or increase the cost of existing
requirements. Therefore, the agency has not prepared an economic
assessment pursuant to the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act.
J. National Environmental Policy Act
NHTSA has analyzed this rulemaking action for the purposes of the
National Environmental Policy Act. The agency has determined that
implementation of this action would not have any significant impact on
the quality of the human environment.
K. Regulatory Identifier Number (RIN)
The Department of Transportation assigns a regulation identifier
number (RIN) to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of
Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center
publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. You may
use the RIN contained in the heading at the beginning of this document
to find this action in the Unified Agenda.
L. Privacy Act
Please note that anyone is able to search the electronic form of
all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the
individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted
on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may
review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the Federal Register
published on April 11, 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages 19477-78), or
you may visit http://dms.dot.gov.
List of Subjects in 49 CFR Parts 564 and 571
Imports, Incorporation by reference, Motor vehicle safety, Motor
vehicles, Report and recordkeeping requirements.
0
In consideration of the foregoing, NHTSA is amending 49 CFR parts 564
and 571 as follows:
PART 564--REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE INFORMATION
0
1. Part 564 is revised to read as follows:
PART 564--REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE AND SEALED BEAM HEADLAMP
INFORMATION
Sec.
564.1 Scope.
564.2 Purposes.
564.3 Applicability.
564.4 Definitions.
564.5 Information filing; agency processing of filings.
Appendix A to Part 564--Information to be Submitted for Replaceable
Light Sources
Appendix B to Part 564--Information to be Submitted for Long Life
Replaceable Light Sources of Limited Definition
Appendix C to Part 564--Information Applicable to Standardized
Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30166; delegation
of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
Sec. 564.1 Scope.
This part requires the submission of dimensional, electrical
specification, and marking/designation information as specified in
Appendices A and B of this part, for original equipment replaceable
light sources used in motor vehicle headlighting systems. This part
also serves as a repository for design information as specified in
Appendix C of this part, for original equipment and replacement
standardized sealed beam units used in motor vehicle headlighting
systems.
Sec. 564.2 Purposes.
The purposes of this part are achieved through its Appendices:
(a) The purposes of Appendix A of this part are to ensure:
(1) The availability to replacement light source manufacturers of
the manufacturing specifications of original equipment light sources so
that replacement light sources are interchangeable with original
equipment light sources and provide equivalent performance, and
(2) That redesigned or newly developed light sources are designated
as distinct, different, and noninterchangeable with previously existing
light sources.
(b) The purposes of Appendix B of this part are to ensure:
(1) That original equipment light sources are replaceable and that
replacement light sources provide equivalent performance, and
(2) That redesigned or newly developed light sources are designated
as distinct, different, and noninterchangeable with previously existing
light sources.
(c) The purpose of Appendix C of this part is to ensure the
availability to original equipment and replacement sealed beam headlamp
manufacturers of the manufacturing specifications of standardized
sealed beam headlamp units used on motor vehicles so that all sealed
beam headlamp units of a specific type are interchangeable with all
other units of that same type and provide equivalent performance.
Sec. 564.3 Applicability.
This part applies to replaceable light sources used as original
equipment, and standardized sealed beam headlamp units used as original
equipment and replacement equipment in motor vehicle headlighting
systems.
Sec. 564.4 Definitions.
All terms defined in the Act and the regulations and standards
issued under its authority are used as defined therein.
Sec. 564.5 Information filing; agency processing of filings.
(a) Each manufacturer of a motor vehicle, original equipment
headlamp, or original equipment headlamp replaceable light source,
which intends to manufacture a replaceable light
[[Page 68267]]
source as original equipment or to incorporate a replaceable light
source in its headlamps or motor vehicles, shall furnish the
information specified in Appendix A. If the rated laboratory life of
the light source is not less than 2,000 hours, the manufacturer shall
furnish the information specified in either Appendix A or Appendix B of
this part. Information shall be furnished to: Associate Administrator
for Rulemaking, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200
New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Washington, DC 20590 Attention:
Part 564-Replaceable Light Source Information (unless the Agency has
already filed such information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397).
(b) The manufacturer shall submit such information not later than
60 days before it intends to begin manufacture of the replaceable light
source to which the information applies, or to incorporate the light
source into a headlamp, or to incorporate the light source into a motor
vehicle of its manufacture. Each submission shall consist of one
original set of information and ten legible reproduced copies, all on
8\1/2\ by 11-inch paper.
(c) The Associate Administrator promptly reviews each submission
and informs the manufacturer not later than 30 days after its receipt
whether the submission has been accepted. Upon acceptance, the
Associate Administrator files the information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-
3397. The Associate Administrator does not accept any submission that
does not contain all the information specified in Appendix A or
Appendix B of this part, or whose accompanying information indicates
that any new light source which is the subject of a submission is
interchangeable with any replaceable light source for which the agency
has previously filed information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397.
(d) A manufacturer may request modification of a light source for
which information has previously been filed in Docket No. NHTSA 98-
3397, and the submission shall be processed in the manner provided by
Sec. 564.5(c). A request for modification shall contain the following:
(1) All the information specified in Appendix A or Appendix B of
this part that is relevant to the modification requested,
(2) The reason for the requested modification,
(3) A statement that the use of the light source as modified will
not create a noncompliance with any requirement of Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 108 (49 CFR 571.108) when used to replace
an unmodified light source in a headlamp certified by its manufacturer
as conforming to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards,
together with reasons in support of the statement; and
(4) Information demonstrating that the modification would not
adversely affect interchangeability with the original light source.
After review of the request for modification, the Associate
Administrator may seek further information either from the manufacturer
or through a notice published in the Federal Register requesting
comment on whether a modified light source incorporating the changes
requested will create a noncompliance with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 108 when substituted for an unmodified light source. If
the Associate Administrator seeks public comment on a submission (s)he
shall publish a notice stating whether (s)he has accepted or rejected
the submission. If a submission is accepted, the Associate
Administrator files the information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397. If a
submission is rejected, a manufacturer may submit information with
respect to it, as provides in paragraph 564.5(a), for consideration as
a new light source after such changes as will insure that it is not
interchangeable with the light source for which modification was
originally requested.
(e) Information submitted under this section is made available by
NHTSA for public inspection as soon as practicable after its receipt,
but not later than the date on which a vehicle equipped with a new or
revised replaceable light source is offered for sale.
Appendix A to Part 564--Information to be Submitted for Replaceable
Light Sources
I. Filament or Discharge Arc Position Dimensions and Tolerances
Using Either Direct Filament or Discharge Arc Dimensions or the
Three Dimensional Filament or Discharge Arc Tolerance Box
A. Lower beam filament dimensions or filament tolerance box
dimensions and relation of these to the bulb base reference plane
and centerline.
1. Axial location of the filament centerline or the filament
tolerance box relative to the bulb base reference plane.
2. Vertical location of the filament centerline or the filament
tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
3. Transverse location of the filament centerline or the
filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
4. Filament tolerance box dimensions, if used.
B. Upper beam filament dimensions or the filament tolerance box
dimensions, and relation of these to the bulb base reference plane
and centerline.
1. Axial location of the filament centerline or the filament
tolerance box relative to the bulb base reference plane.
2. Vertical location of the filament centerline or the filament
tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
3. Transverse location of the filament centerline or the
filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
4. Filament tolerance box dimensions, if used.
C. If the replaceable light source has both a lower beam and an
upper beam filament, the dimensional relationship between the two
filament centerlines or the filament tolerance boxes may be provided
instead of referencing the upper beam filament centerline or
filament tolerance box to the bulb base centerline or reference
plane.
D. For a light source using excited gas mixtures as a filament,
necessary fiducial information and specifications including
electrode position dimensions and tolerance information that provide
similar location and characteristics information required by
paragraphs A, B, and C of this section I for light sources using a
resistive type filament.
II. Dimensions Pertaining to Filament Capsule and Capsule Supports
A. Maximum length from bulb base reference plane to tip of
filament capsule.
B. Maximum radial distances from bulb base centerline to
periphery of filament capsule and/or supports.
C. Location of black cap relative to low beam filament
centerline, filament tolerance box or other to-be-specified
reference.
D. Size, length, shape, or other pertinent features and
dimensions for providing undistorted walls for the filament capsule.
III. Bulb Base Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance
A. Angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and any other
interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in the bulb
holder.
B. Diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal groove,
surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
C. Diameter of the bulb base at the interface of the base and
its perpendicular reference surface.
D. Dimensions of features related to retention of the bulb base
in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surfaces, etc.
IV. Bulb Holder Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance
A. Mating angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and
any other interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base
in the bulb holder.
B. Mating diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal
groove, surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
C. Mating diameter of the bulb holder at the interface of the
bulb base aperture and its perpendicular reference surface.
D. Mating dimensions of features related to retention of the
bulb base in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surfaces,
etc.
[[Page 68268]]
V. Wiring Harness Connector to Bulb Base Interchangeability
Dimensions and Tolerances
A. Maximum depth of harness connector insertion into bulb base.
B. Location of electrical pins in bulb base.
C. Dimensions of electrical pins in bulb base--length, diameter,
width, thickness and etc.
D. Fit of harness connector into bulb base providing all
necessary dimensions, key/keyway controls, and dimensions, tapers
etc.
E. Dimensions and location of locking features for wiring
harness connector to bulb base.
F. Identification of upper beam, lower beam, and common
terminals.
VI. Seal Specifications (if Replaceable Light Source is Intended to
be of a Sealed Base Design)
A. Type.
B. Material.
C. Dimensions.
VII. Electrical Specifications for Each Filament at 12.8 Volts
A. Maximum power (in watts).
B. Luminous Flux with tolerance (in lumens) with black cap if so
equipped, measured in accordance with the document: Illuminating
Engineering Society of North America, LM-45; IES Approved Method for
Electrical and Photometric Measurements of General Service
Incandescent Filament Lamps (April 1980). This incorporation by
reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies may be
obtained from the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America,
345 East 47th St., New York, NY 10017. Copies may be inspected at
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Technical
Information Services, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, Washington, DC 20590,
or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-
741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_ register/
code--of-- federal regulations/ibr--locations.html.
VIII. Bulb Markings/Designation--ANSI NUMBER, ECE IDENTIFIER,
MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER, INDIVIDUALLY OR IN ANY COMBINATION
IX. All Other Information, Dimensions or Performance Specifications
Necessary for Interchangeability, Replaceability, or System Test
Purposes not Listed in Sections I Through VIII
IF A BALLAST IS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION, A COMPLETE LISTING OF
THE REQUIREMENTS AND PARAMETERS BETWEEN THE LIGHT SOURCE AND
BALLAST, AND BALLAST AND THE VEHICLE SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED.
Appendix B to Part 564--Information to be Submitted for Long Life
Replaceable Light Sources of Limited Definition
I. Filament or Discharge Arc Position Dimensions and Tolerances
Using Either Direct Filament or Discharge Arc Dimensions or the
Three Dimensional Filament Discharge Arc Tolerance Box
A. Lower beam filament or discharge arc dimensions or filament
or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions and relation of these to
the bulb base reference plane and centerline.
1. Axial location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or
the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb
base reference plane.
2. Vertical location of the filament or discharge arc centerline
or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb
base centerline.
3. Transverse location of the filament or discharge arc
centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative
to the bulb base centerline.
4. Filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions, if used.
B. Upper beam filament or discharge arc dimensions or the
filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions and relation of
these to the bulb base reference plane and centerline.
1. Axial location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or
the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb
base reference plane.
2. Vertical location of the filament or discharge arc centerline
or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb
base centerline.
3. Transverse location of the filament or discharge arc
centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative
to the bulb base centerline.
4. Filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions, if used.
C. If the replaceable light source has both a lower beam and
upper beam filament or discharge arc, the dimensional relationship
between the two filament or discharge arc centerlines or the
filament or discharge arc tolerance boxes may be provided instead of
referencing the upper beam filament or discharge arc centerline or
filament or discharge arc tolerance box to the bulb base centerline
or reference plane.
D. For a light source using excited gas mixtures as a filament,
necessary fiducial information and specifications including
electrode position dimensions, and tolerance information that
provide similar location and characteristics information required by
paragraphs A, B, and C of this section I for light sources using a
resistive type filament.
II. Bulb Base Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance
A. Angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and any other
interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in the bulb
holder.
B. Diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal groove,
surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
C. Diameter of the bulb base at the interface of the base and
its perpendicular reference surface.
D. Dimensions of features related to retention of the bulb base
in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surface, etc.
III. Bulb Holder Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerances
A. Mating angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, any
other interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in
the bulb holder.
B. Mating diameter, width, depth, and surface, or other
pertinent sealing features.
C. Mating diameter of the bulb holder at the interface of the
bulb base aperture and its perpendicular reference surface.
D. Mating dimensions of features related to retention of the
bulb base in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surface,
or any other characteristics necessary for mating dimensions.
IV. Electrical Specifications for Each Light Source That Operates
With a Ballast and Rated Life of the Light Source/Ballast
Combination
A. Maximum power (in watts).
B. Luminous Flux (in lumens).
C. Rated laboratory life of the light source/ballast combination
(not less than 2,000 hours).
V. Applicable to Light Sources That Operate With a Source Voltage
Other Than 12.8 Volts Direct Current, and When a Proprietary
Ballast Must Be Used With the Light Source
A. Manufacturer's part number for the ballast.
B. Any other characteristics necessary for system operation.
VI. Bulb Markings/Designation--ANSI NUMBER, ECE IDENTIFIER,
MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER, INDIVIDUAL OR IN ANY COMBINATION
VII. All Other Identification, Dimensions or Performance
Specifications Necessary for Replaceability or Systems Test Not
Listed in Sections I Through VI
Appendix C to Part 564--Information Applicable to Standardized Sealed
Beam Headlamp Units
I. Dimensional Information Specific to a Type of Standardized
Sealed Beam Unit.
A. Dimensions marked ``I'', indicating interchangeability, for
which conformance is mandatory.
B. All other dimensions which are for design purposes.
II. Dimensional Information Applicable to the Use of Nonadjustable
Headlamp Aiming Device Locating Plates
III. Dimensional Information Applicable to Mounting Features,
Including Mounting Rings and Lamp Bodies, Specific to a Type of
Standardized Sealed Beam Unit
A. Dimensions marked ``I'', indicating interchangeability, for
which conformance is mandatory.
B. All other dimensions which are for design purposes.
[[Page 68269]]
Incorporated Figures [References from 49 CFR 571.108, Oct. 1, 2006]
LF Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 11]
UF Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 12]
LF/UF Mounting Features [Figure 13]
LF/UF Mounting Ring [Figure 14]
Type G & H Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 18]
Type G & H Headlamp Mounting Information [Figure 21]
Type 1A1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure
11]
Type 2A1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure
10]
Type 2B1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure
13]
Type 1C1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure
7]
Type 2C1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure
8]
Type 2D1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure
5]
Type 2E1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure
15]
Types 1A1, 2A1, and 2E1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional
Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 12]
Type 2B1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional Information
[SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 14]
Types 1C1and 2C1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional
Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 9]
Type 2D1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional Information
[SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 6]
PART 571--FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS
0
2. The authority citation for Part 571 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30166; delegation
of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
0
3. Section 571.108 is amended to read as follows:
Sec. 571.108 Standard No. 108; Lamps, reflective devices, and
associated equipment.
S1 Scope. This standard specifies requirements for original and
replacement lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment.
S2 Purpose. The purpose of this standard is to reduce traffic
accidents and deaths and injuries resulting from traffic accidents, by
providing adequate illumination of the roadway, and by enhancing the
conspicuity of motor vehicles on the public roads so that their
presence is perceived and their signals understood, both in daylight
and in darkness or other conditions of reduced visibility.
S3 Application. This standard applies to:
S3.1 Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks,
buses, trailers (except pole trailers and trailer converter dollies),
and motorcycles;
S3.2 Retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors manufactured to
conform to S8.2 of this standard; and
S3.3 Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment for
replacement of like equipment on vehicles to which this standard
applies.
S4 Definitions.
Aiming plane means a plane defined by the surface of the three
aiming pads on the lens.
Aiming reference plane means a plane which is perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle and tangent to the forwardmost aiming
pad on the headlamp.
Aiming screws are the horizontal and vertical adjusting screws with
self-locking features used to aim and retain a headlamp unit in the
proper position.
Axis of reference means the characteristic axis of the lamp for use
as the direction of reference (H = 0[deg], V = 0[deg]) for angles of
field for photometric measurements and for installing the lamp on the
vehicle.
Backup lamp means a lamp or lamps which illuminate the road to the
rear of a vehicle and provide a warning signal to pedestrians and other
drivers when the vehicle is backing up or is about to back up.
Beam contributor means an indivisible optical assembly including a
lens, reflector, and light source, that is part of an integral beam
headlighting system and contributes only a portion of a headlamp beam.
Cargo lamp is a lamp that is mounted on a multipurpose passenger
vehicle, truck, or bus for the purpose of providing illumination to
load or unload cargo.
Clearance lamps are lamps which show to the front or rear of the
vehicle, mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle as near as
practicable to the upper left and right extreme edges to indicate the
overall width and height of the vehicle.
Coated materials means a material which has a coating applied to
the surface of the finished sample to impart some protective
properties. Coating identification means a mark of the manufacturer's
name, formulation designation number, and recommendations for
application.
Color Fundamental definitions of color are expressed by
Chromaticity Coordinates according to the International Commission on
Illumination (C.I.E.) 1931 Standard Colorimetric System, as described
in the CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram (incorporated by reference, see
571.108 S5.2 of this title).
Color bleeding means the migration of color out of a plastic part
onto the surrounding surface.
Combination clearance and side marker lamps are single lamps which
simultaneously fulfill the requirements of clearance and side marker
lamps.
Cracking means a separation of adjacent sections of a plastic
material with penetration into the specimen.
Crazing means a network of apparent fine cracks on or beneath the
surface of materials.
Cutoff means a generally horizontal, visual/optical aiming cue in
the lower beam that marks a separation between areas of higher and
lower luminance.
Daytime running lamps (DRLs) are steady burning lamps that are used
to improve the conspicuity of a vehicle from the front and front sides
when the regular headlamps are not required for driving.
Delamination means a separation of the layers of a material
including coatings.
Design voltage means the voltage used for design purposes.
Direct reading indicator means a device that is mounted in its
entirety on a headlamp or headlamp aiming or headlamp mounting
equipment, is part of a VHAD, and provides information about headlamp
aim in an analog or digital format.
Effective light-emitting surface means that portion of a lamp that
directs light to the photometric test pattern, and does not include
transparent lenses, mounting hole bosses, reflex reflector area, beads
or rims that may glow or produce small areas of increased intensity as
a result of uncontrolled light from an area of \1/2\[deg] radius around
a test point.
Effective projected luminous lens area means the area of the
orthogonal projection of the effective light-emitting surface of a lamp
on a plane perpendicular to a defined direction relative to the axis of
reference. Unless otherwise specified, the direction is coincident with
the axis of reference.
Exposed means material used in lenses or optical devices exposed to
direct sunlight as installed on the vehicle.
Filament means that part of the light source or light emitting
element(s), such as a resistive element, the excited portion of a
specific mixture of gases under pressure, or any part of other energy
conversion sources, that generates radiant energy which can be seen.
Flash means a cycle of activation and deactivation of a lamp by
automatic means continuing until stopped either automatically or
manually.
[[Page 68270]]
Fully opened means the position of the headlamp concealment device
in which the headlamp is in the design open operating position.
H-V axis means the line from the center of the principal filament
of a lamp to the intersection of the horizontal (H) and vertical (V)
lines of a photometric test screen.
Haze means the cloudy or turbid appearance of an otherwise
transparent specimen caused by light scattered from within the specimen
or from its surface.
Headlamp means a lighting device providing an upper and/or a lower
beam used for providing illumination forward of the vehicle.
Headlamp concealment device means a device, with its operating
system and components, that provides concealment of the headlamp when
it is not in use, including a movable headlamp cover and a headlamp
that displaces for concealment purposes.
Headlamp mechanical axis means the line formed by the intersection
of a horizontal and a vertical plane through the light source parallel
to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. If the mechanical axis of the
headlamp is not at the geometric center of the lens, then the location
will be indicated by the manufacturer on the headlamp.
Headlamp test fixture means a device designed to support a headlamp
or headlamp assembly in the test position specified in the laboratory
tests and whose mounting hardware and components are those necessary to
operate the headlamp as installed in a motor vehicle.
High-mounted stop lamp means a lamp mounted high and possibly
forward of the tail, stop, and rear turn signal lamps intended to give
a steady stop warning through intervening vehicles to operators of
following vehicles.
Identification lamps are lamps used in groups of three, in a
horizontal row, which show to the front or rear or both, having lamp
centers spaced not less than [6 in] 15.2 mm nor more than [12 in] 30.4
mm apart, mounted on the permanent structure as near as practicable to
the vertical centerline and the top of the vehicle to identify certain
types of vehicles.
Integral beam headlamp means a headlamp (other than a standardized
sealed beam headlamp designed to conform to paragraph S10.13 or a
replaceable bulb headlamp designed to conform to paragraph S10.15)
comprising an integral and indivisible optical assembly including lens,
reflector, and light source, except that a headlamp conforming to
paragraph S10.18.8 or paragraph S10.18.9 may have a lens designed to be
replaceable.
License plate lamp means a lamp used to illuminate the license
plate on the rear of a vehicle.
Lower beam means a beam intended to illuminate the road and its
environs ahead of the vehicle when meeting or closely following another
vehicle.
Material means the type and grade of plastics, composition, and
manufacturer's designation number and color.
Mechanically aimable headlamp means a headlamp having three pads on
the lens, forming an aiming plane used for laboratory photometric
testing and for adjusting and inspecting the aim of the headlamp when
installed on the vehicle.
Motor driven cycle means every motorcycle, including every motor
scooter, with a motor which produces not more than 5 horsepower, and
every bicycle with motor attached.
Motorcycle or motor driven cycle headlamp means a major lighting
device used to produce general illumination ahead of the vehicle.
Mounting ring means the adjustable ring upon which a sealed beam
unit is mounted.
Mounting ring (type F sealed beam) means the adjustable ring upon
which a sealed beam unit is mounted and which forces the sealed beam
unit to seat against the aiming ring when assembled into a sealed beam
assembly.
Multiple compartment lamp means a device which gives its indication
by two or more separately lighted areas which are joined by one or more
common parts, such as a housing or lens.
Multiple lamp arrangement means an array of two or more separate
lamps on each side of the vehicle which operate together to give a
signal.
Optically combined means a lamp having a single or two filament
light source or two or more separate light sources that operate in
different ways, and has its optically functional lens area wholly or
partially common to two or more lamp functions.
Overall width means the nominal design dimension of the widest part
of the vehicle, exclusive of signal lamps, marker lamps, outside
rearview mirrors, flexible fender extensions, mud flaps, and outside
door handles determined with doors and windows closed, and the wheels
in the straight-ahead position. Running boards may also be excluded
from the determination of overall width if they do not extend beyond
the width as determined by the other items excluded by this definition.
Parking lamps are lamps on both the left and right of the vehicle
which show to the front and are intended to mark the vehicle when
parked or serve as a reserve front position indicating system in the
event of headlamp failure.
Protected means material used in inner lenses for optical devices
where such lenses are protected from exposure to the sun by an outer
lens made of materials meeting the requirements for exposed plastics.
Rated voltage means the nominal circuit or vehicle electrical
system voltage classification.
Reflex reflectors are devices used on vehicles to give an
indication to approaching drivers using reflected light from the lamps
of the approaching vehicle.
Remote reading indicator means a device that is not mounted in its
entirety on a headlamp or headlamp aiming or headlamp mounting
equipment, but otherwise meets the definition of a direct reading
indicator.
Replaceable bulb headlamp means a headlamp comprising a bonded lens
and reflector assembly and one or two replaceable light sources, except
that a headlamp conforming to paragraph S10.18.8 or paragraph S10.18.9
may have a lens designed to be replaceable.
Replaceable light source means an assembly of a capsule, base, and
terminals that is designed to conform to the requirements of Appendix A
or Appendix B of 49 CFR part 564 Replaceable Light Source Information
of this Chapter.
Retaining ring means the clamping ring that holds a sealed beam
unit against a mounting ring.
Retaining ring (type F sealed beam) means the clamping ring that
holds a sealed beam unit against a mounting ring, and that provides an
interface between the unit's aiming/seating pads and the headlamp aimer
adapter (locating plate).
School bus signal lamps are alternately flashing lamps mounted
horizontally both front and rear, intended to identify a vehicle as a
school bus and to inform other users of the highway that such vehicle
is stopped on the highway to take on or discharge school children.
Sealed beam headlamp means an integral and indivisible optical
assembly including the light source with ``SEALED BEAM'' molded in the
lens.
Sealed beam headlamp assembly means a major lighting assembly which
includes one or more sealed beam units used to provide general
illumination ahead of the vehicle.
Seasoning means the process of energizing the filament of a
headlamp at design voltage for a period of time equal
[[Page 68271]]
to 1% of design life, or other equivalent method.
Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device is one which provides
either automatic or manual control of beam switching at the option of
the driver. When the control is automatic the headlamps switch from the
upper beam to the lower beam when illuminated by the headlamps on an
approaching vehicle and switch back to the upper beam when the road
ahead is dark. When the control is manual, the driver may obtain either
beam manually regardless of the conditions ahead of the vehicle.
Side marker lamps are lamps which show to the side of the vehicle,
mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle as near as
practicable to the front and rear edges to indicate the overall length
of the vehicle. Additional lamps may also be mounted at intermediate
locations on the sides of the vehicle.
Stop lamps are lamps giving a steady light to the rear of a vehicle
to indicate a vehicle is stopping or diminishing speed by braking.
Taillamps are steady burning low intensity lamps used to designate
the rear of a vehicle.
Test voltage means the specified voltage and tolerance to be used
when conducting a test.
Turn signal lamps are the signaling element of a turn signal system
which indicates the intention to turn or change direction by giving a
flashing light on the side toward which the turn will be made.
Turn signal flasher means a device which causes a turn signal lamp
to flash as long as it is turned on.
Turn signal operating unit means an operating unit that is part of
a turn signal system by which the operator of a vehicle causes the
signal units to function.
Upper beam means a beam intended primarily for distance
illumination and for use when not meeting or closely following other
vehicles.
Vehicle headlamp aiming device or VHAD means motor vehicle
equipment, installed either on a vehicle or headlamp, which is used for
determining the horizontal or vertical aim, or both the vertical and
horizontal aim of the headlamp.
Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher means a device which, as
long as it is turned on, causes all the required turn signal lamps to
flash.
Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit means a driver
controlled device which causes all required turn signal lamps to flash
simultaneously to indicate to approaching drivers the presence of a
vehicular hazard.
Visually/optically aimable headlamp means a headlamp which is
designed to be visually/optically aimable in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph S10.18.9 of this standard.
S5 References to SAE publications.
S5.1 Each required lamp, reflective device, and item of associated
equipment must be designed to conform to the requirements of applicable
SAE publications as referenced and subreferenced in this standard. The
words ``it is recommended that,'' ``recommendations,'' or ``should be''
appearing in any SAE publication referenced or subreferenced in this
standard must be read as setting forth mandatory requirements.
S5.2 Incorporation by reference. The Director of the Federal
Register approves the incorporation by reference of the following
material in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. All
material is available for inspection at the NHTSA Reading Room, 1200
New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or at NARA. For
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html
.
The material is also available at the publisher whose name and
address follow the standard number:
1. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J602, revised AUG
1963, ``Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam
Headlamp Units.'' Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
2. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J941b, revised
FEB 1969, ``Motor Vehicle Driver's Eye Range.'' Society of Automotive
Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
3. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J602, revised OCT
1980, ``Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam
Headlamp Units.'' Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
4. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J2009, revised
FEB 1993, ``Forward Discharge Lighting Systems.'' Society of Automotive
Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
5. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J573d, revised
DEC 1968, ``Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units.'' Society of Automotive
Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
6. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J567b, revised
APR 1964, ``Bulb Sockets.'' Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400
Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
7. International Commission on Illumination (C.I.E.) 1931
Chromaticity Diagram. CIE Central Bureau, Kegelgasse 27, A-1030 Vienna,
Austria.
8. General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Specification L-S-
300, approved September 1965, ``Sheeting and Tape, Reflective:
Nonexposed Lens, Adhesive Backing.'' Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, telephone 202-512-
1800.
9. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D4956-90,
published December 1990, ``Standard Specification for Retroreflective
Sheeting for Traffic Control.'' ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor
Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
10. ECE 48 E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505, Rev.1/ADD.47/Rev.1/Corr.2, 26
February 1996, ``Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles
with Regard to the Installation of Lighting and Light-Signaling
Devices.'' United Nations, Conference Services Division, Distribution
and Sales Section, Office C.115-1, Palais des Nations, CH-1211, Geneva
10, http://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/wp29regs.html.
11. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D1003-92,
published December 1992, ``Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous
Transmittance of Transparent Plastics.'' ASTM International, 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
12. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E308-66,
reapproved 1981, ``Standard Practice for Spectrophotometry and
Description of Color in CIE 1931 System.'' ASTM International, 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
13. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B117-73,
reapproved 1979, ``Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing.'' ASTM
International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959.
14. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Co. 05.04
1985, ``Annual Book of ASTM Standards: Test Methods for Rating Motor,
Diesel, Aviation Fuels,'' Section I, parts A2.3.2, A2.3.3, and A2.7 in
Annex 2. ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO
[[Page 68272]]
Box C700, Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
15. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D362-84,
published March 1984, ``Standard Specification for Industrial Grade
Toluene.'' ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700,
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
16. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C150-77,
published April 1977, ``Standard Specification for Portland Cement.''
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, Conshohocken,
PA 19428-2959.
17. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES) LM 45,
approved April 1980, ``IES Approved Method for Electrical and
Photometric Measurements of General Service Incandescent Filament
Lamps.'' Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, 345 East
47th St., New York, NY 10017.
S6 Vehicle requirements.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment
by vehicle type.
S6.1.1 Quantity. Except as provided in succeeding paragraphs of
this S6.1.1 each vehicle must be equipped with at least the number of
lamps, reflective devices, and items of associated equipment specified
for that vehicle type and size in Table I and Section 6.6, designed to
conform to the requirements of this standard. Multiple license plate
lamps and backup lamps may be used to fulfill photometric requirements
for those functions.
S6.1.1.1 Conspicuity systems. Each trailer of 2032 mm or more in
overall width, and with a GVWR over 10,000 lbs., except a trailer
designed exclusively for living or office use, and each truck tractor
must be equipped with retroreflective sheeting, reflex reflectors, or a
combination of retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors as
specified in S8.2.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamps. Each multipurpose passenger
vehicle, truck, and bus required by this standard to be equipped with a
high-mounted stop lamp, whose vertical centerline, when the vehicle is
viewed from the rear, is not located on a fixed body panel but
separates one or two moveable body sections, such as doors, which lacks
sufficient space to install a single high-mounted stop lamp on the
centerline above such body sections, must have two high-mounted stop
lamps identical in size and shape.
S6.1.1.2.1 The two lamps must be located at the same height, with
one vertical edge of each lamp on the vertical edge of the body section
nearest the vehicle centerline.
S6.1.1.3 Truck tractor rear turn signal lamps. A truck tractor need
not be equipped with turn signal lamps mounted on the rear if the turn
signal lamps installed at or near the front are of double face
construction and are located such that they meet the photometric
requirements for double faced turn signal lamps specified in Footnote 6
of Table VII.
S6.1.1.3.1 The flashing signal from a double faced signal lamp must
not be obliterated when subjected to external light rays from either in
front or behind, at any and all angles.
S6.1.1.4 Daytime running lamps. A passenger car, multipurpose
passenger vehicle, truck, or bus may be equipped with a pair of daytime
running lamps (DRLs) as specified in Table I and S7.10 of this
standard. DRLs may be any pair of lamps on the front of the vehicle,
whether or not required by this standard, other than parking lamps or
fog lamps.
S6.1.2 Color. The color in all lamps and reflective devices to
which this standard applies must be as specified in Table I. The color
identified as amber is identical to the color identified as yellow.
S6.1.3 Mounting location.
S6.1.3.1 Each lamp, reflective device, and item of associated
equipment must be securely mounted on a rigid part of the vehicle,
other than glazing, that is not designed to be removed except for
repair, within the mounting location and height limits as specified in
Table I, and in a location where it complies with all applicable
photometric requirements, effective projected luminous lens area
requirements, and visibility requirements with all obstructions
considered.
S6.1.3.2 When multiple lamp arrangements or multiple compartment
rear turn signal lamps, stop lamps, or taillamps are used, with only a
portion of the compartments or lamps installed on a rigid part of the
vehicle, that portion must meet at least the photometric requirements
for the applicable single compartment lamp.
S6.1.3.3 License plate lamp. The license plate lamp or lamps
installed on vehicles other than motorcycles and motor driven cycles
must be mounted so as to illuminate the license plate without
obstruction from any designed feature unless the lamp or lamps is (are)
designed to comply with all the photometric requirements with these
obstructions considered.
S6.1.3.4 High-mounted stop lamps.
S6.1.3.4.1 Interior mounting. A high-mounted stop lamp mounted
inside the vehicle must have means provided to minimize reflections
from the light of the lamp upon the rear window glazing that might be
visible to the driver when viewed directly, or indirectly in the
rearview mirror.
S6.1.3.4.2 Accessibility. Each high-mounted stop lamp must provide
access for convenient replacement of bulbs without special tools.
S6.1.3.5 Headlamp beam mounting.
S6.1.3.5.1 Vertical headlamp arrangement.
S6.1.3.5.1.1 Where multiple headlamps with single light sources are
installed in a vertical orientation the lower beam must be provided by
the uppermost headlamp.
S6.1.3.5.1.2 Where headlamps with two vertically oriented light
sources are installed the lower beam must be provided by the uppermost
light source or by all light sources.
S6.1.3.5.1.3 Where more than one lamp must be used for a motorcycle
headlighting system, the lamps must be mounted vertically, with the
lower beam as high as practicable.
S6.1.3.5.2 Horizontal headlamp arrangement.
S6.1.3.5.2.1 Where multiple headlamps with single light sources are
installed in a horizontal orientation the lower beam must be provided
by the most outboard headlamp.
S6.1.3.5.2.2 Where headlamps with two horizontally oriented light
sources are installed the lower beam must be provided by the outboard
light source or by all light sources.
S6.1.3.6 Auxiliary lamps mounted near identification lamps. Each
auxiliary lamp must be located at least twice the distance from any
required identification lamp as the distance between two adjacent
required identification lamps.
S6.1.4 Mounting height. The mounting height of each lamp and
reflective device must be measured from the center of the item, as
mounted on the vehicle at curb weight, to the road surface.
S6.1.4.1 High-mounted stop lamps.
S6.1.4.1.1 A high-mounted stop lamp mounted below the rear window
must have no lens portion lower than 153 mm [6 in] below the lower edge
of the rear glazing on convertibles, or 77 mm [3 in] on other passenger
cars.
S6.1.5 Activation. Each lamp must be activated as specified, in the
combinations specified, and in response to the inputs specified in
Table I and Table II.
S6.1.5.1 Hazard warning signal. In all passenger cars, multipurpose
passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses, the activation of the vehicular
hazard warning signal operating unit must
[[Page 68273]]
cause to flash simultaneously sufficient turn signal lamps to meet, as
a minimum, the turn signal photometric requirements of this standard.
S6.1.5.2 Simultaneous beam activation.
S6.1.5.2.1 On any vehicle to which this standard applies where the
headlighting system is designed to conform to the photometric
requirements of UB1 of Table XVIII and LB1M or LB1V of Table XIX-a, the
lamps marked ``L'' or ``LF'' may remain permanently activated when the
lamps marked ``U'' or ``UF'' are activated.
S6.1.5.2.2 On any vehicle to which this standard applies where an
integral beam headlighting system is designed to conform to the
photometric requirements of UB6 of Table XVIII and LB5M of Table XIX-b
or LB4V of Table XIX-c, the lower beam headlamps must remain
permanently activated when the upper beam headlamps are activated.
S6.1.5.2.3 On any vehicle to which this section applies where the
headlighting system is designed to conform to the photometric
requirements of UB2 of Table XVIII and LB2M or LB2V of Table XIX-a, a
lower beam light source may remain permanently activated when an upper
beam light source is activated if the lower beam light source
contributes to the upper beam photometric compliance of the
headlighting system.
S6.2 Impairment.
S6.2.1 No additional lamp, reflective device, or other motor
vehicle equipment is permitted to be installed that impairs the
effectiveness of lighting equipment required by this standard.
S6.2.2 If any required lamp or reflective device is obstructed by
motor vehicle equipment (e.g., mirrors, snow plows, wrecker booms,
backhoes, winches, etc.) including dealer installed equipment, and
cannot meet the applicable photometry and visibility requirements, the
vehicle must be equipped with an additional lamp or device of the same
type which meet all applicable requirements of this standard, including
photometry and visibility.
S6.2.3 Headlamp obstructions.
S6.2.3.1 When activated in a steady burning state, headlamps must
not have any styling ornament or other feature, such as a translucent
cover or grill, in front of the lens.
S6.2.3.2 Headlamp wipers may be used in front of the lens provided
that the headlamp system is designed to conform with all applicable
photometric requirements with the wiper stopped in any position in
front of the lens.
S6.3 Equipment combinations. Two or more lamps, reflective devices,
or items of associated equipment may be combined if the requirements
for each lamp, reflective device, and item of associated equipment are
met with the following exceptions:
S6.3.1 No high-mounted stop lamp is permitted to be combined with
any other lamp or reflective device, other than with a cargo lamp.
S6.3.2 No high-mounted stop lamp is permitted to be optically
combined with any cargo lamp.
S6.3.3 No clearance lamp is permitted to be optically combined with
any taillamp.
S6.4 Lens area, visibility and school bus signal lamp aiming.
S6.4.1 Effective projected luminous lens area. Each turn signal
lamp, stop lamp, high-mounted stop lamp, and school bus signal lamp
must meet the applicable effective projected luminous lens area
requirement specified in Tables IV-a, IV-b, and IV-c.
S6.4.2 Visibility. Each backup lamp, single or combination of dual
high-mounted stop lamp(s), and school bus signal lamp must meet the
applicable visibility requirement specified in Table V-a.
S6.4.3 Visibility options. A manufacturer must certify compliance
of each lamp function to one of the following visibility requirement
options, and it may not thereafter choose a different option for that
vehicle:
(a) Lens area option. When a vehicle is equipped with any lamp
listed in Table V-b each such lamp must provide not less than 1250 sq
mm of unobstructed effective projected luminous lens area in any
direction throughout the pattern defined by the corner points specified
in Table V-b for each such lamp; or
(b) Luminous intensity option. When a vehicle is equipped with any
lamp listed in Table V-c each such lamp must provide a luminous
intensity of not less than that specified in Table V-c in any direction
throughout the pattern defined by the corner points specified in Table
V-c for each such lamp when measured in accordance with the photometry
test requirements of this standard.
S6.4.4 Legacy visibility alternative. As an alternative to S6.4.3,
each passenger car and motorcycle, and each multipurpose passenger
vehicle, truck, trailer, and bus that is of less than 2032 mm overall
width, that are manufactured on or before September 1, 2011, and each
multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, and bus that is of 2032
mm or more overall width, that are manufactured on or before September
1, 2014, must have each lamp located so that it meets the visibility
requirements specified in Table V-d.
S6.4.5 School bus signal lamp aiming. Each school bus signal lamp
must be mounted on the vehicle with their aiming plane vertical and
normal to the vehicle longitudinal axis. Aim tolerance must be no more
than 5 in vertically and 10 in horizontally at 25 ft from the lamp. If
the lamps are aimed or inspected by use of the SAE J602, Headlamp
Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units,
(August 1963) (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this
title), the graduation settings for aim must be 2[deg] D and 0[deg]
sideways for aiming and the limits must be 3[deg] U to 7[deg] D and
from 10[deg] R to 10[deg] L for inspection.
S6.5 Marking. A summary of the marking requirements of this
standard and their location in the standard is contained in Table III.
S6.5.1 DOT marking. The lens of each original equipment and
replacement headlamp, and of each original equipment and replacement
beam contributor, and each replacement headlamp lens for an integral
beam or replaceable bulb headlamp, must be marked with the symbol
``DOT'' either horizontally or vertically to indicate certification
under 49 U.S.C. 30115.
S6.5.1.1 The DOT marking requirements for conspicuity materials are
specified in S8.2 of this standard.
S6.5.1.2 Each original equipment or replacement lamp or reflective
device specified in Table I, except for a headlamp, or an item of
associated equipment specified in S9 may be marked with the symbol
``DOT'' which constitutes a certification that it conforms to the
requirements of this standard.
S6.5.2 DRL marking. Each original equipment and replacement lamp
used as a daytime running lamp (DRL), unless optically combined with a
headlamp, must be permanently marked ``DRL'' on its lens in letters not
less than 3 mm high.
S6.5.3 Headlamp markings.
S6.5.3. Trademark. The lens of each original and replacement
equipment headlamp, and of each original and replacement equipment beam
contributor must be marked with the name and/or trademark registered
with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office of the manufacturer of such
headlamp or beam contributor, of its importer, or any manufacturer of a
vehicle equipped with such headlamp or beam contributor. Nothing in
this standard authorizes the marking of any such name and/or trademark
by one who is not the owner, unless the owner has consented to it.
[[Page 68274]]
S6.5.3.2 Voltage and trade number. Each original and replacement
equipment headlamp, and each original and replacement equipment beam
contributor must be marked with its voltage and with its part or trade
number.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3.1 Each sealed beam headlamp lens must be molded with
``SEALED BEAM'' and the appropriate designation code as shown in Table
II in characters no less than 6.35 mm in size.
S6.5.3.3.2 The face of any character molded on the surface of the
lens must not be raised more than 0.5 mm above the lens surface.
S6.5.3.3.3 Type 1C1, 2C1, and 2D1 headlamps must have no raised
markings on the outside surface of the lens between the diameters of 40
mm and 90 mm about the lens center.
S6.5.3.3.4 Type 1A1, 2A1, 2B1, and 2E1 headlamps must have no
raised markings on the outside surface of the lens within a diameter of
70 mm about the lens center.
S6.5.3.3.5 Type LF, UF, 1G1, 2G1, and 2H1 headlamps must have no
raised markings on the outside surface of the lens within a diameter of
35 mm about the lens center.
S6.5.3.3.6 A Type 1C1 replacement headlamp may be marked ``1''
rather than ``1C1''. A Type 2C1 replacement headlamp may be marked
``2'' rather than ``2C1''. A Type 2D1 replacement headlamp may be
marked ``TOP'' or ``2'' rather than ``2D1''.
S6.5.3.4 Replaceable bulb headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.4.1 The lens of each replaceable bulb headlamp must bear
permanent marking in front of each replaceable light source with which
it is equipped that states either: The HB Type, if the light source
conforms to S11 of this standard for filament light sources, or the
bulb marking/designation provided in compliance with Section VIII of
Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 564 (if the light source conforms to S11 of
this standard for discharge light sources).
S6.5.3.4.1.1 No marking need be provided if the only replaceable
light source in the headlamp is type HB1.
S6.5.3.5 Additional headlamp markings. Additional marking
requirements for headlamps are found in, S10.14.4, S10.15.4, S10.17.2,
S10.18.5, S10.18.7, and S10.18.9 of this standard.
S6.6 Associated equipment.
S6.6.1 All vehicles to which this standard applies, except
trailers, must be equipped with a turn signal operating unit, a turn
signal flasher, a turn signal pilot indicator, a headlamp beam
switching device, and an upper beam headlamp indicator meeting the
requirements of S9.
S6.6.2 All vehicles to which this standard applies except trailers
and motorcycles must be equipped with a vehicular hazard warning
operating unit, a vehicular hazard warning signal flasher, and a
vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator meeting the
requirements of S9.
S6.6.3 License plate holder. Each rear license plate holder must be
designed and constructed to provide a substantial plane surface on
which to mount the plate. The plane of the license plate mounting
surface and the plane on which the vehicle stands must be perpendicular
within 15[deg].
S6.7 Replacement equipment.
S6.7.1 General.
S6.7.1.1 Each replacement lamp, reflective device, or item of
associated equipment, including a combination lamp, must:
(a) Be designed to conform to meet all requirements specified in
this standard for that type of lamp, reflective device, or other item
of equipment (in the case of a combination lamp, it must meet these
requirements for each function); and
(b) Include all of the functions of the lamp, reflective device, or
item of associated equipment, including a combination lamp, it is
designed to replace or is capable of replacing (other than functions
not required by this standard).
S6.7.1.2 Each replacement lamp, reflective device, or item of
associated equipment, including a combination lamp, which is designed
or recommended for particular vehicle models must be designed so that
it does not take the vehicle out of compliance with this standard when
the individual device is installed on the vehicle. Except as provided
in S6.7.1.3, the determination of whether a vehicle would be taken out
of compliance with this standard when an individual device is installed
on the vehicle is made without regard to whether additional devices,
including separate lamps or reflective devices sold together with the
device, would also be installed.
S6.7.1.3 In the case of a lamp or other device that is used on each
side of the vehicle in pairs, the determination (for the purposes of
S6.7.1.2) of whether a vehicle would be taken out of compliance with
this standard when an individual device is installed on the vehicle is
made assuming that the other matched paired device would be installed
on the other side of the vehicle, whether or not the matched paired
devices are sold together. This provision does not limit the
responsibilities of manufacturers, distributors, dealers or motor
vehicle repair businesses under 49 U.S.C. 30122, Making safety devices
and elements inoperative.
S6.7.2 Version of this standard. The requirements of S6.7.1 must be
met, at the option of the manufacturer, using either the current
version of this standard or the standard in effect at the time of
manufacture of the original equipment being replaced.
S7 Signal lamp requirements.
S7.1 Turn signal lamps.
S7.1.1 Front turn signal lamps.
S7.1.1.1 Number. See Tables I-a and I-c.
S7.1.1.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a and I-c.
S7.1.1.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a and I-c.
S7.1.1.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a and I-c.
S7.1.1.5 Activation. See Tables I-a and I-c.
S7.1.1.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-a.
S7.1.1.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
S7.1.1.8 Indicator. See S9.3.
S7.1.1.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.1.1.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.1.1.10.1 Each front turn signal lamp must also be designed to
comply with any additional photometry requirements based on its
installed spacing to other lamps as specified by this section. Where
more than one spacing relationship exists for a turn signal lamp the
requirement must be the one that specifies the highest luminous
intensity multiplier of Tables VI-a and VI-b.
S7.1.1.10.2 Spacing measurement for non-reflector lamps. For any
front turn signal lamp that does not employ a reflector to meet
photometric requirements, the spacing must be measured from the light
source of the turn signal lamp to the lighted edge of any lower beam
headlamp, or any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog
lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp.
S7.1.1.10.3 Spacing measurement for lamps with reflectors. For any
front turn signal lamp which employs a reflector, such as a parabolic
reflector, to meet photometric requirements, the spacing must be
measured from the geometric centroid of the turn signal lamp effective
projected luminous lens area to the lighted edge of any lower beam
headlamp, or any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog
lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp.
S7.1.1.10.4 Spacing based photometric multipliers.
[[Page 68275]]
(a) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3
between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lower beam
headlamp is less than 100 mm the photometric multiplier must be 2.5.
(b) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3
between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an
auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower
beam headlamp is at least 75 mm but less than 100 mm the photometric
multiplier of Table VI must be 1.5.
(c) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3
between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an
auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower
beam headlamp is at least 60 mm but less than 75 mm the photometric
multiplier must be 2.0.
(d) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3
between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an
auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower
beam headlamp is less than 60 mm the photometric multiplier must be
2.5.
S7.1.1.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be
used to meet the photometric requirements of a front turn signal lamp.
S7.1.1.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are
used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck,
bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance
between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two
compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three
compartments or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the
compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements
for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Tables
VI-a or VI-b.
S7.1.1.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds
the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply
with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in
Tables VI-a or VI-b
S7.1.1.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall
width. Multiple compartment front turn signal lamps installed on
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in
overall width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire
lamp and not for individual compartments.
S7.1.1.12 Ratio to parking lamps and clearance lamps.
S7.1.1.12.1 When a parking lamp, or a clearance lamp on a
multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus of 2032 mm or
more in overall width, is combined with a front turn signal lamp, the
luminous intensity of the front turn signal lamp at each identified
test point must not be less than the luminous intensity of the parking
lamp or clearance lamp at that same test point times the multiplier
shown for that test point in Tables VI-a or VI-b.
S7.1.1.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement
is used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle,
truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the
distance between the optical axes for both the parking lamp and turn
signal lamp is within 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements
or 410 mm for three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio
must be computed with all compartments or lamps lighted.
S7.1.1.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement
is used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions
exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for
three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be
computed for only those compartments or lamps where the parking lamp
and turn signal lamp are optically combined.
S7.1.1.12.4 Where the clearance lamp is combined with the turn
signal lamp, and the maximum luminous intensity of the clearance lamp
is located below horizontal and within an area generated by a 1.0
radius around a test point, the ratio for the test point may be
computed using the lowest value of the clearance lamp luminous
intensity within the generated area.
S7.1.1.13 Photometry.
S7.1.1.13.1 When tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, each
front turn signal lamp must be designed to conform to the base
photometry requirements plus any applicable multipliers as shown in
Tables VI-a and VI-b for the number of lamp compartments or individual
lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
S7.1.1.13.2 As an alternative to S7.1.1.13.1, a front turn signal
lamp installed on a motorcycle may be designed to conform to the
photometry requirements of Table XIII-a when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.1.
S7.1.1.14 Physical tests. Each front turn signal lamp must be
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration
test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S7.1.2 Rear turn signal lamps.
S7.1.2.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.1.2.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.1.2.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and
S6.1.3.2.
S7.1.2.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.1.2.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.1.2.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-a.
S7.1.2.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
S7.1.2.8 Indicator. See S9.3.
S7.1.2.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.1.2.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.1.2.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be
used to meet the photometric requirements of a rear turn signal lamp
provided the requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met
S7.1.2.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are
used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck,
bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance
between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two
compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three
compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the
compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements
for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table
VII.
S7.1.2.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds
the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply
with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in
Table VII.
S7.1.2.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall
width. Multiple compartment rear turn signal lamps installed on
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in
overall width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire
lamp and not for individual compartments.
S7.1.2.12 Ratio to taillamps and clearance lamps.
S7.1.2.12.1 When a taillamp, or a clearance lamp on a multipurpose
passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus of 2032 mm or more in overall
width, is combined with a rear turn signal lamp, the luminous intensity
of the rear turn signal lamp at each identified test point must not be
less than the
[[Page 68276]]
luminous intensity of the taillamp or clearance lamp at that same test
point times the multiplier shown for that test point in Table VII.
S7.1.2.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement
is used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle,
truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the
distance between the optical axes for both the taillamp and turn signal
lamp is within 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangement or 410 mm
for three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be
computed with all compartments or lamps lighted.
S7.1.2.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement
is used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions
exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for
three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed
for only those compartments or lamps where the taillamp and turn signal
lamp are optically combined.
S7.1.2.12.4 Where the taillamp or clearance lamp is combined with
the turn signal lamp, and the maximum luminous intensity of the
taillamp or clearance lamp is located below horizontal and within an
area generated by a 0.5 [deg] radius around a test point for a taillamp
on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus,
or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, or by a 1.0 [deg]
radius around a test point for a taillamp or clearance lamp on a
vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width, the ratio for the test point
may be computed using the lowest value of the taillamp or clearance
lamp luminous intensity within the generated area.
S7.1.2.13 Photometry.
S7.1.2.13.1 Each rear turn signal lamp must be designed to conform
to the photometry requirements of Table VII, when tested according to
the procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or
individual lamps, the type of vehicle it is installed on, and the lamp
color as specified by this section.
S7.1.2.13.2 As an alternative to S7.1.2.13.1, a rear turn signal
lamp installed on a motorcycle may be designed to conform to the
photometry requirements of Table XIII-a when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.1.
S7.1.2.14 Physical tests. Each rear turn signal lamp must be
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration
test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S7.1.3 Combined lamp bulb indexing.
S7.1.3.1 Each turn signal lamp optically combined with a taillamp
or a parking lamp, or clearance lamp where installed on a vehicle 2032
mm or more in overall width, where a two-filament bulb is used must
have a bulb with an indexing base and a socket designed so that bulbs
with non-indexing bases cannot be used.
S7.1.3.2 Removable sockets must have an indexing feature so that
they cannot be re-inserted into lamp housings in random positions,
unless the lamp will perform its intended function with random light
source orientation.
S7.2 Taillamps.
S7.2.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.2.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.2.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and
S6.1.3.2.
S7.2.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.2.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.2.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S7.2.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
S7.2.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.2.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.2.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.2.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be used
to meet the photometric requirements of a taillamp provided the
requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met.
S7.2.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are used
and the distance between the optical axes does not exceed 560 mm for
two compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for
three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the
compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements
for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table
VIII.
S7.2.11.3 If the distance between optical axes exceeds the
previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply with
the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in Table
VIII.
S7.2.11.4 Taillamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in
overall width. A maximum of two taillamps and/or two compartments per
side may be mounted closer together than 560 mm providing that each
compartment and/or lamp meets the single lighted section photometric
requirements specified in Table VIII. Each lamp and/or compartment
utilized in this manner must meet the single lighted section
requirements for all functions for which it is designed.
S7.2.12 Ratio. See S7.1.2.12 for rear turn signal lamps and S7.3.12
for stop lamps.
S7.2.13 Photometry. Each taillamp must be designed to conform to
the photometry requirements of Table VIII, when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or individual
lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
S7.2.14 Physical tests. Each taillamp must be designed to conform
to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test,
dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic
optical material test of S14.4.
S7.3 Stop lamps.
S7.3.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.3.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.3.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and
S6.1.3.2.
S7.3.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.3.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.3.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-a.
S7.3.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
S7.3.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.3.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.3.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.3.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be used
to meet the photometric requirements of a stop lamp provided the
requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met.
S7.3.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are used
on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus,
or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance
between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two
compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three
compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the
compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements
for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table IX.
S7.3.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds
the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply
with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in
Table IX.
[[Page 68277]]
S7.3.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall
width. Multiple compartment stop lamps installed on multipurpose
passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in overall width
require measurement of the photometrics for the entire lamp and not for
individual compartments.
S7.3.12 Ratio to taillamps.
S7.3.12.1 When a taillamp is combined with a stop lamp, the
luminous intensity of the stop lamp at each identified test point must
not be less than the luminous intensity of the taillamp at that same
test point times the multiplier shown for that test point in Table IX.
S7.3.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is
used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck,
bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance
between the optical axes for both the taillamp and stop lamp is within
560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for three
compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed with
all compartments or lamps lighted.
S7.3.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is
used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions
exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for
three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be
computed for only those compartments or lamps where the taillamp and
stop lamp are optically combined.
S7.3.12.4 Where the taillamp is combined with the stop lamp, and
the maximum luminous intensity of the taillamp is located below
horizontal and within an area generated by a 0.5 [deg] radius around a
test point for a taillamp on a passenger car or on a multipurpose
passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in
overall width, or by a 1.0 [deg] radius around a test point for a
taillamp on a vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width, the ratio for
the test point may be computed using the lowest value of the taillamp
luminous intensity within the generated area.
S7.3.13 Photometry.
S7.3.13.1 Each stop lamp must be designed to conform to the
photometry requirements of Table IX, when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or individual
lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
S7.3.13.2 A stop lamp installed on a motor driven cycle may be
designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XIII-b when
tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1.
S7.3.14 Physical tests. Each stop lamp must be designed to conform
to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test,
dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic
optical material test of S14.4.
S7.3.15 Combined lamp bulb indexing.
S7.3.15.1 Each stop lamp optically combined with a taillamp where a
two-filament bulb is used must have a bulb with an indexing base and a
socket designed so that bulbs with non-indexing bases cannot be used.
S7.3.15.2 Removable sockets must have an indexing feature so that
they cannot be re-inserted into lamp housings in random positions,
unless the lamp will perform its intended function with random light
source orientation.
S7.4 Side marker lamps.
S7.4.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.4.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.4.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.4.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.4.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.4.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S7.4.7 Visibility. No requirement.
S7.4.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.4.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.4.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.4.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
S7.4.12 Ratio. No requirement.
S7.4.13 Photometry.
S7.4.13.1 Each side marker lamp must be designed to conform to the
photometry requirements of Table X, when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.1, for the lamp color as specified by this section.
S7.4.13.2 Inboard photometry. For each motor vehicle less than 30
feet in overall length and less than 2032 mm in overall width, the
minimum photometric intensity requirements for a side marker lamp may
be met for all inboard test points at a distance of 15 feet from the
vehicle and on a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle and located midway between the front
and rear side marker lamps.
S7.4.14 Physical tests. Each side marker lamp must be designed to
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S7.5 Clearance and identification lamps.
S7.5.1 Number. See Tables I-a and I-b.
S7.5.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a and I-b.
S7.5.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a and I-b.
S7.5.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a and I-b.
S7.5.5 Activation. See Tables I-a and I-b.
S7.5.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S7.5.7 Visibility. No requirement.
S7.5.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.5.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.5.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.5.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
S7.5.12 Ratio.
S7.5.12.1 Clearance lamps. See S7.1.1.12 for front turn signal
lamps and S7.1.2.12 for rear turn signal lamps.
S7.5.12.2 Identification lamps. No requirement.
S7.5.13 Photometry. Each clearance or identification lamp must be
designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XI, for the
applicable lamp color, when tested according to the procedure of
S14.2.1.
S7.5.14 Physical tests. Each clearance and identification must be
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration
test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S7.6 Backup lamps.
S7.6.1 Number. See Table I-a and S6.1.1.
S7.6.2 Color of light.
S7.6.2.1 See Table I-a.
S7.6.2.2 A backup lamp may project incidental red, yellow, or white
light through reflectors or lenses that are adjacent, close to, or a
part of the lamp assembly.
S7.6.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
S7.6.4 Mounting height. No requirement.
S7.6.5 Activation. See Table I-a.
S7.6.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S7.6.7 Visibility. See Table V-a.
S7.6.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.6.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.6.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.6.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
S7.6.12 Ratio. No requirement.
S7.6.13 Photometry. Each backup lamp must be designed to conform to
[[Page 68278]]
the photometry requirements of Table XII, when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
S7.6.14 Physical tests. Each backup lamp must be designed to
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S7.7 License plate lamps.
S7.7.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and S6.1.1.
S7.7.2 Color of light. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.7.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.7.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.7.5 Activation. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S7.7.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S7.7.7 Visibility. No requirement.
S7.7.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.7.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.7.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.7.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
S7.7.12 Ratio. No requirement.
S7.7.13 Photometry.
S7.7.13.1 Each license plate lamp must be designed to conform to
the photometry requirements of this section when tested according to
the procedure of S14.2.2.
S7.7.13.2 An illumination value of no less than 8 lx [0.75 fc] must
be met at each test station target location shown in Figure 19.
S7.7.13.3 The ratio of the average of the two highest illumination
values divided by the average of the two lowest illumination values
must not exceed 20:1 for vehicles other than motorcycles and motor
driven cycles.
S7.7.13.4 The ratio of the highest illumination value divided by
the average of the two lowest illumination values must not exceed 15:1
for motorcycles and motor driven cycles.
S7.7.14 Physical tests. Each license plate lamp must be designed to
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S7.7.15 Installation.
S7.7.15.1 Each license plate lamp installed on a vehicle other than
a motorcycle or motor driven cycle must be of such size and design as
to provide illumination on all parts of a 150 mm by 300 mm test plate.
S7.7.15.2 Each license plate lamp installed on a motorcycle or
motor driven cycle must be of such size and design as to provide
illumination on all parts of a 100 mm by 175 mm test plate.
S7.7.15.3 The light rays must reach all portions of an imaginary
plate of the same size at least 25 mm ahead of the actual plate
measured perpendicular to the plane of the plate.
S7.7.15.4 Incident light from single lamp. When a single lamp as
shown in Figure 20 is used to illuminate the license plate, the lamp
and license plate holder must bear such relation to each other that at
no point on the plate must the incident light make an angle of less
than 8[deg] to the plane of the plate, this angle being measured from
the edge of the light emitting surface of the lamp farthest from the
surface of the plate.
S7.7.15.5 Incident light from multiple lamps. When two or more
lamps as shown in Figure 20 are used to illuminate the license plate,
the minimum 8[deg] incident light angle must apply only to that portion
of the plate which the particular lamp is designed to illuminate. The
angle must be measured in the same manner as S7.7.15.4.
S7.8 Parking lamps.
S7.8.1 Number. See Table I-a.
S7.8.2 Color of light. See Table I-a.
S7.8.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
S7.8.4 Mounting height. See Table I-a.
S7.8.5 Activation. See Table I-a.
S7.8.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S7.8.7 Visibility. See S6.4.
S7.8.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.8.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.8.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.8.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
S7.8.12 Ratio. See S7.1.1.12 for front turn signal lamps.
S7.8.13 Photometry. Each parking lamp must be designed to conform
to the photometry requirements of Table XIV, when tested according to
the procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
S7.8.14 Physical tests. Each parking lamp must be designed to
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S7.9 High-mounted stop lamps.
S7.9.1 Number. See Table I-a and S6.1.1.2.
S7.9.2 Color of light. See Table I-a.
S7.9.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
S7.9.4 Mounting height. See Table I-a and S6.1.4.1.
S7.9.5 Activation. See Table I-a.
S7.9.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-b.
S7.9.7 Visibility. See Table V-a.
S7.9.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.9.9 Markings. See S6.5
S7.9.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.9.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
S7.9.12 Ratio. No requirement.
S7.9.13 Photometry. Each high-mounted stop lamp must be designed to
conform to the photometry requirements of Table XV, when tested
according to the procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
S7.9.14 Physical tests.
S7.9.14.1.1 Each high-mounted stop lamp must be designed to conform
to the performance requirements of the vibration test of S14.5, and the
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S7.9.14.1.2 Each high-mounted stop lamp that is not mounted inside
the vehicle must be designed to conform to the performance requirements
of the moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5.
S7.10 Daytime running lamps (DRLs).
S7.10.1 Number. See Table I-a.
S7.10.2 Color of light. See Table I-a.
S7.10.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
S7.10.4 Mounting height. See Table I-a. and S7.10.13(b).
S7.10.5 Activation. See Table I-a. and S7.10.10.1(c).
S7.10.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S7.10.7 Visibility. No requirement.
S7.10.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.10.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.10.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.10.10.1 Spacing to turn signal lamps. Each DRL not optically
combined with a turn signal lamp must be located on the vehicle so that
the distance from its lighted edge to the optical center of the nearest
turn signal lamp is not less than 100 mm unless,
(a) The luminous intensity of the DRL is not more than 2,600 cd at
any location in the beam and the turn signal lamp meets 2.5 times the
base front turn signal photometric requirements, or
(b) The DRL is optically combined with a lower beam headlamp and
the turn signal lamp meets 2.5 times the base front turn signal
photometric requirements, or
(c) The DRL is deactivated when the turn signal or hazard warning
signal lamp is activated.
S7.10.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
S7.10.12 Ratio. No requirement.
S7.10.13 Photometry. Each DRL must have a luminous intensity not
less
[[Page 68279]]
than 500 cd at test point H-V, nor more than 3,000 cd at any location
in the beam when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.4 as
specified by this section, unless it is:
(a) A lower beam headlamp intended to operate as a DRL at full
voltage, or a voltage lower than used to operate it as a lower beam
headlamp, or
(b) An upper beam headlamp intended to operate as a DRL, whose
luminous intensity at test point H-V is not more than 7,000 cd, and
whose mounting height is not higher than 864 mm.
S7.10.14 Physical tests. Each DRL that is not combined with another
required lamp must be designed to conform to the performance
requirements of the color test and plastic optical material test of
S14.4.
S7.11 School bus signal lamps.
S7.11.1 Number. See Table I-a.
S7.11.2 Color of light. See Table I-a.
S7.11.3 Mounting location. See Table I-a.
S7.11.4 Mounting height. See Table I-a.
S7.11.5 Activation. See Table I-a.
S7.11.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. See Table IV-c.
S7.11.7 Visibility. See Table V-a.
S7.11.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S7.11.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S7.11.10 Spacing to other lamps. No requirement.
S7.11.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps. No requirement.
S7.11.12 Ratio. No requirement.
S7.11.13 Photometry. Each school bus signal lamp must be designed
to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVII, when tested
according to the procedure of S14.2.1, for the lamp color as specified
by this section.
S7.11.14 Physical tests. Each school bus signal lamp must be
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration
test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the
color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S8 Reflective device requirements.
S8.1 Reflex reflectors.
S8.1.1 Number. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S8.1.2 Color. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S8.1.3 Mounting location. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S8.1.4 Mounting height. See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
S8.1.5 Activation. No requirement.
S8.1.6 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S8.1.7 Visibility. No requirement.
S8.1.8 Indicator. No requirement.
S8.1.9 Markings. See S6.5.
S8.1.10 Spacing to other lamps or reflective devices. No
requirement.
S8.1.11 Photometry. Each reflex reflector must be designed to
conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-a when tested
according to the procedure of S14.2.3 for the reflex reflector color as
specified by this section.
S8.1.12 Physical tests. Each reflex reflector must be designed to
conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture
test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and
plastic optical material test of S14.4.
S8.1.13 Alternative side reflex reflector material. Reflective
material conforming to Federal Specification L-S-300, Sheeting and
Tape, Reflective; Non-exposed Lens, Adhesive Backing, (September 7,
1965) (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), may
be used for side reflex reflectors if this material as used on the
vehicle, meets the performance requirements of Table XVI-a.
S8.2 Conspicuity systems. The requirement for conspicuity systems
may be met with retroreflective sheeting, conspicuity reflex
reflectors, or a combination of retroreflective sheeting and
conspicuity reflex reflectors.
S8.2.1 Retroreflective sheeting.
S8.2.1.1 Retroreflective sheeting must consist of a smooth, flat,
transparent exterior film with retroreflective elements embedded or
suspended beneath the film so as to form a non-exposed retroreflective
optical system.
S8.2.1.2 Retroreflective sheeting material. Retroreflective
sheeting must meet the requirements, except photometry, of ASTM D 4956-
90, Standard for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control,
(incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title) for Type V
Sheeting. Sheeting of Grade DOT-C2 of no less than 50 mm wide, Grade
DOT-C3 of no less than 75 mm wide, or Grade DOT-C4 of no less than 100
mm wide may be used.
S8.2.1.3 Certification marking. The letters DOT-C2, DOT-C3, or DOT-
C4, as appropriate, constituting a certification that the
retroreflective sheeting conforms to the requirements of this standard,
must appear at least once on the exposed surface of each white or red
segment of retroreflective sheeting, and at least once every 300 mm on
retroreflective sheeting that is white only. The characters must be not
less than 3 mm high, and must be permanently stamped, etched, molded,
or printed in indelible ink.
S8.2.1.4 Application pattern.
S8.2.1.4.1 Alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.1.4.1.1 As shown in Figures 12-1 and 12-2, where alternating
material is installed, except for a segment that is trimmed to clear
obstructions, or lengthened to provide red sheeting near red lamps,
alternating material must be installed with each white and red segment
having a length of 300 150 mm.
S8.2.1.4.1.2 Neither white nor red sheeting must represent more
than two thirds the aggregate of any continuous strip marking the width
of a trailer, or any continuous or broken strip marking its length.
S8.2.1.5 Application location. Need not be installed, as
illustrated in Figure 12-2, on discontinuous surfaces such as outside
ribs, stake post pickets on platform trailers, and external protruding
beams, or to items of equipment such as door hinges and lamp bodies on
trailers and body joints, stiffening beads, drip rails, and rolled
surfaces on truck tractors.
S8.2.1.6 Application spacing. As illustrated in Figure 12-2, the
edge of any white sheeting must not be located closer than 75 mm to the
edge of the luminous lens area of any red or amber lamp that is
required by this standard. The edge of any red sheeting must not be
located closer than 75 mm to the edge of the luminous lens area of any
amber lamp that is required by this standard.
S8.2.1.7 Photometry. Each retroreflective sheeting must be designed
to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-c when tested
according to the procedure of S14.2.3 for the color and grade as
specified by this section.
S8.2.2 Conspicuity reflex reflectors.
S8.2.2.1 Certification marking. The exposed surface of each
conspicuity reflex reflector must be marked with the letters DOT-C
which constitutes a certification that the reflector conforms to the
conspicuity reflex reflector requirements of this standard. The
certification must be not less than 3 mm high, and must be permanently
stamped, etched, molded, or printed in indelible ink.
S8.2.2.2 Application pattern.
S8.2.2.2.1 Alternating red and white materials. Conspicuity reflex
reflectors must be installed in a repetitive pattern of two or three
white reflectors alternating with two or three red reflectors, with the
center of each reflector not more than 100 mm from the center of each
adjacent reflector.
S8.2.2.2.2 White material. White conspicuity reflex reflectors must
be installed with the center of each reflector not more than 100 mm
from the center of each adjacent reflector.
[[Page 68280]]
S8.2.2.3 Photometry.
S8.2.2.3.1 Each red conspicuity reflex reflector must be designed
to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-a for a red
reflex reflector and Table XVI-b for a red conspicuity reflex reflector
when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this
section.
S8.2.2.3.2 Each white conspicuity reflex reflector installed in
only a horizontal orientation must be designed to conform to the
photometry requirements of Table XVI-a for a white reflex reflector and
Table XVI-b for a white horizontal conspicuity reflex reflector when
tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this
section.
S8.2.2.3.3 Each white conspicuity reflex reflector installed in a
vertical orientation must be designed to conform to the photometry
requirements of Table XVI-a for a white reflex reflector, and Table
XVI-b for a white horizontal conspicuity reflex reflector and a white
vertical conspicuity reflex reflector when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this section.
S8.2.3 Conspicuity system installation on trailers.
S8.2.3.1 Trailer rear.
S8.2.3.1.1 Element 1--alternating red and white materials. As shown
in Figure 11, a strip of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, as
horizontal as practicable, must be applied across the full width of the
trailer, as close to the extreme edges as practicable, and as close as
practicable to not less than 375 mm and not more than 1525 mm above the
road surface at the strip centerline with the trailer at curb weight.
S8.2.3.1.2 Element 2--white. (not required for container chassis or
for platform trailers without bulkheads).
S8.2.3.1.2.1 As shown in Figure 11, two pairs of strips of sheeting
or conspicuity reflex reflectors, each pair consisting of strips 300 mm
long of Grade DOT-C2, DOT-C3, or DOT-C4, must be applied horizontally
and vertically to the right and left upper contours of the body, as
viewed from the rear, as close to the top of the trailer and as far
apart as practicable.
S8.2.3.1.2.2 If the perimeter of the body, as viewed from the rear,
is other than rectangular, the strips may be applied along the
perimeter, as close as practicable to the uppermost and outermost areas
of the rear of the body on the left and right sides.
S8.2.3.1.3 Element 3--alternating red and white materials. (not
required for trailers without underride protection devices).
S8.2.3.1.3.1 As shown in Figure 11, a strip of Grade DOT-C2
sheeting no less than 38 mm wide or reflectors must be applied across
the full width of the horizontal member of the rear underride
protection device.
S8.2.3.2 Trailer side--alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.3.2.1 As shown in Figure 11, a strip of sheeting or
conspicuity reflex reflectors must be applied to each side, as
horizontal as practicable, originating and terminating as close to the
front and rear as practicable, as close as practicable to not less than
375 mm and not more than 1525 mm above the road surface at the strip
centerline at curb weight, except that at the location chosen the strip
must not be obscured in whole or in part by other motor vehicle
equipment or trailer cargo.
S8.2.3.2.2 The strip need not be continuous as long as not less
than half the length of the trailer is covered and the spaces are
distributed as evenly as practicable.
S8.2.3.2.3 If necessary to clear rivet heads or other similar
obstructions, Grade DOT-C2 sheeting may be separated into two 25 mm
wide strips of the same length and color, separated by a space of not
more than 25 mm and used in place of the retroreflective sheeting that
would otherwise be applied.
S8.2.4 Conspicuity system installation on truck tractors.
S8.2.4.1 Element 1--alternating red and white materials. As shown
in Figure 13, two strips of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors,
each not less than 600 mm long, located as close as practicable to the
edges of the rear fenders, mudflaps, or the mudflap support brackets,
must be applied to mark the width of the truck tractor.
S8.2.4.1.1 The strips must be mounted as horizontal as practicable,
in a vertical plane facing the rear, on the rear fenders, on the
mudflap support brackets, on plates attached to the mudflap support
brackets, or on the mudflaps.
S8.2.4.1.2 Strips on mudflaps must be mounted not lower than 300 mm
below the upper horizontal edge of the mudflap. If the vehicle is
certified with temporary mudflap support brackets, the strips must be
mounted on the mudflaps or on plates transferable to permanent mudflap
support brackets.
S8.2.4.1.3 For a truck tractor without mudflaps, the strips may be
mounted outboard of the frame on brackets behind the rear axle or on
brackets ahead of the rear axle and above the top of the rear tires at
unladen vehicle height, or they may be mounted directly or indirectly
to the back of the cab as close to the outer edges as practicable,
above the top of the tires, and not more than 1525 mm above the road
surface at unladen vehicle height.
S8.2.4.1.4 If the strips are mounted on the back of the cab, no
more than 25% of their cumulative area may be obscured by vehicle
equipment as determined in a rear orthogonal view.
S8.2.4.2 Element 2--white. As shown in Figure 13, two pairs of
strips of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, each pair
consisting of strips 300 mm long, must be applied horizontally and
vertically as practicable to the right and left upper contours of the
cab, as close to the top of the cab and as far apart as practicable.
S8.2.4.2.1 No more than 25% of their cumulative area may be
obscured by vehicle equipment as determined in a rear orthogonal view.
S8.2.4.2.2 If one pair must be relocated to avoid obscuration by
vehicle equipment, the other pair may be relocated in order to be
mounted symmetrically.
S8.2.4.2.3 If the rear window is so large as to occupy all the
practicable space, the material may be attached to the edge of the
window itself.
S9 Associated equipment requirements.
S9.1 Turn signal operating unit.
S9.1.1 The turn signal operating unit installed on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses less than 2032 mm in
overall width must be self-canceling by steering wheel rotation and
capable of cancellation by a manually operated control.
S9.1.2 Physical tests. Each turn signal operating unit must be
designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements of
S14.9.
S9.2 Turn signal flasher.
S9.2.1 The means of producing the turn signal pilot indicator
signal may be incorporated in the flasher. A means of producing an
audible signal may be incorporated in the flasher.
S9.2.2 Physical tests. Each turn signal flasher must be designed to
conform to all applicable performance requirements of S14.9.
S9.3 Turn signal pilot indicator.
S9.3.1 Each vehicle equipped with a turn signal operating unit
where any turn signal lamp is not visible to the driver must also have
an illuminated pilot indicator to provide a clear and unmistakable
indication that the turn signal system is activated.
S9.3.2 The indicator must consist of one or more lights flashing at
the same frequency as the turn signal lamps.
S9.3.3 The indicator must function satisfactorily under all test
conditions
[[Page 68281]]
imposed on the turn signal flasher in S14.9.
S9.3.4 Indicator size and color.
S9.3.4.1 If the indicator is located inside the vehicle it must
emit a green colored light and have a minimum area equivalent to a \3/
16\ in diameter circle.
S9.3.4.2 If the indicator is located outside of the vehicle it must
emit a yellow light and have a minimum projected illuminated area of
0.1 sq in.
S9.3.5 The minimum required illuminated area of the indicator must
be visible to any tangent on the 95th eyellipse as defined in SAE
J941b, Motor Vehicle Driver's Eye Range, February 1969, (incorporated
by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title) with the steering wheel
turned to a straight ahead driving position and in the design location
for an adjustable wheel or column.
S9.3.6 Turn signal lamp failure. Failure of one or more turn signal
lamps such that the minimum photometric performance specified in Tables
VI or VII is not being met must be indicated by the turn signal pilot
indicator by a ``steady on'', ``steady off'', or by a significant
change in the flashing rate, except when a variable-load turn signal
flasher is used on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus 2032
mm or more in overall width, on a truck that is capable of
accommodating a slide in camper, or on any vehicle equipped to tow
trailers.
S9.4 Headlamp beam switching device. Each vehicle must have a means
of switching between lower and upper beams designed and located so that
it may be operated conveniently by a simple movement of the driver's
hand or foot. The switch must have no dead point and, except as
provided by S6.1.5.2, the lower and upper beams must not be energized
simultaneously except momentarily for temporary signaling purposes or
during switching between beams.
S9.4.1 Semi-automatic headlamp beam switching device. As an
alternative to S9.4, a vehicle may be equipped with a semi-automatic
means of switching between lower and upper beams.
S9.4.1.1 Operating instructions. Each semi-automatic headlamp
switching device must include operating instructions to permit a driver
to operate the device correctly including; how to turn the automatic
control on and off, how to adjust the provided sensitivity control, and
any other specific instructions applicable to the particular device.
S9.4.1.2 Manual override. The device must include a means
convenient to the driver for switching to the opposite beam from the
one provided.
S9.4.1.3 Fail safe operation. A failure of the automatic control
portion of the device must not result in the loss of manual operation
of both upper and lower beams.
S9.4.1.4 Automatic dimming indicator. There must be a convenient
means of informing the driver when the device is controlling the
headlamps automatically. The device shall not affect the function of
the upper beam indicator light.
S9.4.1.5 Lens accessibility. The device lens must be accessible for
cleaning when the device is installed on a vehicle.
S9.4.1.6 Mounting height. The center of the device lens must be
mounted no less than 24 in. above the road surface.
S9.4.1.7 Physical tests. Each semi-automatic headlamp beam
switching device must be designed to conform to all applicable
performance requirements of S14.9.
S9.5 Upper beam headlamp indicator. Each vehicle must have a means
for indicating to the driver when the upper beams of the headlighting
system are activated.
S9.5.1 Indicator size and location. The upper beam headlamp
indicator must have a minimum area equivalent to that of a \3/16\ in
diameter circle, and be plainly visible to drivers of all heights under
normal driving conditions when headlamps are required.
S9.6 Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit.
S9.6.1 The unit may be an independent device or it may be combined
with the turn signal operating unit. If combined with the turn signal
operating unit, the actuating motion of the hazard function must differ
from the actuating motion of the turn signal function.
S9.6.2 Operating unit switch. The unit must operate independently
of the ignition or equivalent switch. If the actuation of the hazard
function requires the operation of more than one switch, a means must
be provided for actuating all switches simultaneously by a single
driver action.
S9.6.3 Physical tests. Each vehicular hazard warning signal
operating unit must be designed to conform to all applicable
performance requirements of S14.9.
S9.7 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher.
S9.7.1 The means of producing the hazard warning signal pilot
indicator signal may be incorporated in the flasher. A means of
producing an audible signal may be incorporated in the flasher.
S9.7.2 Physical tests. Each vehicular hazard warning signal flasher
must be designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements
of S14.9.
S9.8 Vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator.
S9.8.1 In vehicles equipped with right hand and left hand turn
signal pilot indicators, both pilot indicators and /or a separate pilot
indicator must flash simultaneously while the vehicle hazard warning
signal operating unit is turned on.
S9.8.2 In vehicles equipped with a single turn signal pilot
indicator, a separate vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator
must flash and the turn signal pilot indicator may flash while the
vehicle hazard warning signal operating unit is turned on.
S9.8.3 The indicator must function satisfactorily under all test
conditions imposed on the vehicular hazard warning signal flasher in
S14.9.
S9.8.4 Indicator size and color. If the vehicular hazard warning
signal pilot indicator is not combined with the turn signal pilot
indicator, it must emit a red color and have a minimum area equivalent
to a 0.5 in diameter circle.
S10 Headlighting system requirements.
S10.1 Vehicle headlighting systems.
S10.1.1 Each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck
and bus must be equipped with a headlighting system conforming to the
requirements of Table II and this standard.
S10.1.2 Each motorcycle must be equipped with a headlighting system
conforming to S10.17 of this standard or one half of any headlighting
system of Table II which provides both a full upper beam and full lower
beam.
S10.2 Aiming. Each headlamp system installed on a motor vehicle
must be aimable in accordance with the requirements of S10.18.
S10.3 Number. See Tables I-a and I-c.
S10.4 Color of light. See Tables I-a and I-c.
S10.5 Mounting location. See Tables I-a and I-c and S6.1.3.5.
S10.6 Mounting height. See Tables I-a and I-c.
S10.7 Activation. See Tables I-a and I-c, Table II, and S6.1.5.
S10.8 Effective projected luminous lens area. No requirement.
S10.9 Visibility. No requirement.
S10.10 Indicator. See S9.5.
S10.11 Markings. See S6.5.
S10.12 Spacing to other lamps. See S6.1.3.5.
S10.13 Sealed beam headlighting systems. All sealed beam
headlighting
[[Page 68282]]
systems must be of a type designated in Table II-a. Each sealed beam
headlamp must be designed to conform to the specifications furnished
with respect to it pursuant to Appendix C of part 564 of this chapter
and Table II-a of this standard. The dimensions applicable to the
design of a specific type are those identified with an ``I'' for
interchangeability specified on the applicable drawing(s) filed in
Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397.
S10.13.1 Installation. A sealed beam headlighting system must
consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified
for the applicable system in Table II-a. The units must have their
beams activated as specified in Table II-a. A system must provide in
total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim. Type F sealed beam headlamps may be
mounted on common or parallel seating and aiming planes to permit
simultaneous aiming of both headlamps provided that there is no
provision for adjustment between the common or parallel aiming and
seating planes of the two lamps. When tested with any conforming Type
UF and LF headlamps in accordance with S14.2.5, the assembly
(consisting of the Type UF and LF headlamps, mounting rings, the
aiming/seating rings, and aim adjustment mechanism) must be designed to
conform to the applicable photometric requirements.
S10.13.3 Photometry. Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to
conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam
and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-a for the
specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.5.
S10.13.4 Physical tests.
S10.13.4.1 Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to
the performance requirements of the corrosion test, vibration test,
inward force test, torque deflection test, headlamp connector test,
headlamp wattage test, and aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
S10.13.4.2 Each sealed beam headlamp except a Type G or Type H must
be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the retaining
ring test of S14.6.
S10.13.4.3 Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to
the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4. Each sealed
beam headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens must be designed
to conform to the plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
S10.14 Integral beam headlighting systems. All integral beam
headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-c.
S10.14.1 Installation. An integral beam headlighting system must
consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified
for the applicable system in Table II-c. The units must have their
beams activated as specified in Table II-c. A system must provide in
total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams.
S10.14.2 Aimability.
S10.14.2.1 A system that incorporates any headlamp or beam
contributor that does not have a VHAD as an integral and indivisible
part of the headlamp or beam contributor must be designed so that the
applicable photometric requirements are met when any correctly aimed
and photometrically conforming headlamp or beam contributor is removed
from its mounting and aiming mechanism, and is replaced without reaim
by any conforming headlamp or beam contributor of the same type.
S10.14.2.2 A system that incorporates more than one beam
contributor providing a lower beam, and/or more than one beam
contributor providing an upper beam, shall be designed to conform to
the on-vehicle aiming requirements specified in S10.18.8.
S10.14.3 Simultaneous aim. An integral beam headlighting system
consisting of four individual headlamps or beam contributors may have
the headlamp units mounted in an assembly to permit simultaneous aiming
of the beam(s) contributors, providing that with any complying
contributor the assembly complete with all lamps meets the applicable
photometric requirements when tested in accordance with S14.2.5.
S10.14.4 Markings. An integral beam headlamp with a single light
source providing the lower beam must have its lens permanently marked
with ``L''. An integral beam headlamp with a single light source
providing the upper beam must have its lens permanently marked with
``U''.
S10.14.5 Additional light sources. An integral beam headlamp may
incorporate light sources that are used for purposes other than
headlighting and are capable of being replaced.
S10.14.6 Photometry. Each integral beam headlamp must be designed
to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam
and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-c for the
specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.5.
S10.14.7 Physical tests.
S10.14.7.1 Each integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform
to the performance requirements of the corrosion test, temperature
cycle test, vibration test, inward force test, headlamp connector test,
and aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
S10.14.7.2 Each integral beam headlamp that is not designed to
conform to the performance requirements of the sealing test of S14.6
must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the
connector-corrosion test, dust test, and humidity test of S14.6.
S10.14.7.3 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a glass
lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the
abrasion test of S14.6.
S10.14.7.4 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a
nonreplaceable glass lens must be designed to conform to the
performance requirements of the chemical resistance test of S14.6.
S10.14.7.5 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a glass
lens and a non-plastic reflector must be designed to conform to the
performance requirements of the internal heat test of S14.6.
S10.14.7.6 Each integral beam headlamp incorporating a replaceable
lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the
chemical resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test
and the corrosion resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens
headlamps test of S14.6.
S10.14.7.7 Each integral beam headlamp capable of being
mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming devices
specified in SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units, (incorporated by reference, see
571.108 S5.2 of this title) must be designed to conform to the
performance requirements of the torque deflection test of S14.6.
S10.14.7.8 Each integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform
to the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4. Each
integral beam headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens must be
designed to conform to the performance requirements of the plastic
optical materials test of S14.4.
S10.15 Replaceable bulb headlighting systems. All replaceable bulb
headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-d.
S10.15.1 Installation. A replaceable bulb headlighting system must
consist of either two or four headlamps as
[[Continued on page 68283]]
From the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov]
]
[[pp. 68283-68332]] Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; Lamps, Reflective
Devices, and Associated Equipment
[[Continued from page 68282]]
[[Page 68283]]
specified for the applicable system in Table II-d. The headlamps must
have their beams activated as specified in Table II-d. A system must
provide in total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams and
must incorporate not more than two replaceable light sources in each
headlamp.
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions. Each replaceable bulb headlamp
designed to conform to the external aiming requirements of S10.18.7
must have no mechanism that allows adjustment of an individual light
source, or if there are two light sources, independent adjustments of
each reflector.
S10.15.3 Replacement lens reflector units. Each lens reflector unit
manufactured as replacement equipment must be designed to conform to
applicable photometry requirements when any replaceable light source
designated for such a unit is inserted in it.
S10.15.4 Markings.
S10.15.4.1 A replaceable bulb headlamp in a four headlamp system
providing lower beam must have its lens permanently marked with ``L''.
A replaceable bulb headlamp in a four headlamp system providing upper
beam must have its lens permanently marked with ``U''.
S10.15.4.1.1 No such markings are required if the light sources in
the headlamp are any combination of dual filament light sources other
than HB2.
S10.15.5 Additional light sources. A replaceable bulb headlamp may
incorporate replaceable light sources that are used for purposes other
than headlighting.
S10.15.6 Photometry. Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be
designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for
upper beam and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-d for
the specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to
the procedure of S14.2.5 using any replaceable light source designated
for use in the system under test.
S10.15.7 Physical tests.
S10.15.7.1 Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to
conform to the performance requirements of the corrosion test,
corrosion-connector test, dust test, temperature cycle test, humidity
test, vibration test, inward force test, headlamp connector test, and
aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
S10.15.7.2 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a glass
lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the
abrasion test of S14.6.
S10.15.7.3 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a
nonreplaceable glass lens must be designed to conform to the
performance requirements of the chemical resistance test of S14.6.
S10.15.7.4 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a glass
lens and a non-plastic reflector must be designed to conform to the
performance requirements of the internal heat test of S14.6.
S10.15.7.5 Each replaceable bulb headlamp incorporating a
replaceable lens must be designed to conform to the performance
requirements of the chemical resistance of reflectors of replaceable
lens headlamps test and the corrosion resistance of reflectors of
replaceable lens headlamps test of S14.6.
S10.15.7.6 Each replaceable bulb headlamp capable of being
mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming devices
specified in SAE J602 OCT80, Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically
Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units, (incorporated by reference, see
571.108 S5.2 of this title) must be designed to conform to the
performance requirements of the torque deflection test of S14.6.
S10.15.7.7 Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to
conform to the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4.
Each replaceable bulb headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens
must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the
plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
S10.16 Combination headlighting systems. All combination
headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-b.
S10.16.1 Installation. A combination headlighting system must
consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified
for the applicable system in Table II-b. The units must have their
beams activated as specified in Table II-b. A system must provide in
total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams. When installed
on a motor vehicle, the headlamps (or parts thereof) that provide the
lower beam must be of the same type, and provide a symmetrical
effective projected luminous lens area when illuminated.
S10.16.2 Photometry. Each combination headlamp must be designed to
conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam
and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-b for the
specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.5.
S10.16.3 Physical tests.
S10.16.3.1 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting
system that is a Type F sealed beam headlamp must be designed to
conform to the performance requirements of S10.13.4.
S10.16.3.2 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting
system that is an integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform to
the performance requirements of S10.14.7.
S10.16.3.3 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting
system that is a replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to conform
to the performance requirements of S10.15.7.
S10.17 Motorcycle headlighting systems. A motorcycle headlighting
system may consist of:
(a) One half of any headlighting system of Table II which provides
both a full upper beam and full lower beam, and is designed to conform
to the requirements for that headlamp type. Where more than one lamp
must be used, the lamps shall be mounted vertically, with the lower
beam as high as practicable, or
(b) A headlighting system designed to conform to the requirements
of paragraphs S10.17.1 through S10.17.5.
S10.17.1 Installation. The headlighting system installed on a
motorcycle must consist of one of the system types specified in this
paragraph, and must be located on the front.
S10.17.1.1 Single headlamp.
S10.17.1.1.1 If the system consists of a single headlamp, it must
be mounted on the vertical centerline of the motorcycle.
S10.17.1.1.2 If the headlamp contains more than one light source,
each light source must be mounted on the vertical centerline with the
upper beam no higher than the lower beam, or horizontally disposed
about the vertical centerline and mounted at the same height.
S10.17.1.1.3 If the light sources are horizontally disposed about
the vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of the
effective projected luminous lens area in front of the light sources
must not be greater than 200 mm.
S10.17.1.2 Two headlamps with both beams.
S10.17.1.2.1 If the system consists of two headlamps, each of which
provides both an upper and lower beam, the headlamps must be mounted
either at the same height and symmetrically
[[Page 68284]]
disposed about the vertical centerline or mounted on the vertical
centerline.
S10.17.1.2.2 If the headlamps are horizontally disposed about the
vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of their
effective projected luminous lens areas must not be greater than 200
mm.
S10.17.1.3 Two headlamps, upper beam and lower beam.
S10.17.1.3.1 If the system consists of two headlamps, one of which
provides an upper beam and one of which provides the lower beam, the
headlamps must be located on the vertical centerline with the upper
beam no higher than the lower beam, or horizontally disposed about the
vertical centerline and mounted at the same height.
S10.17.1.3.2 If the headlamps are horizontally disposed about the
vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of their
effective projected luminous lens areas must not be greater than 200
mm.
S10.17.2 Motorcycle replaceable bulb headlamp marking. Each
replaceable bulb headlamp that is designed to conform to S10.17(b) and
that is equipped with a light source other than a replaceable light
source meeting the requirements of S11, must have the word
``motorcycle'' permanently marked on the lens in characters not less
than 3 mm in height.
S10.17.3 Photometry. Each motorcycle headlamp that is not designed
to conform to S10.17(a), must be designed to conform to the photometry
requirements of Table XX when tested according to the procedure of
S14.2.5.
S10.17.4 Physical tests. Each motorcycle headlamp that is not
designed to conform to S10.17(a) must be designed to conform to the
performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust
test, and corrosion test of S14.5, the out of focus test of S14.3, the
color test of S14.4, and each motorcycle headlamp that does not
incorporate a glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance
requirements of the plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
S10.17.5 Motorcycle headlamp modulation system. A headlamp on a
motorcycle may be activated to modulate either the upper beam or the
lower beam from its maximum intensity to a lesser intensity, provided
that:
S10.17.5.1 Modulation.
(a) The rate of modulation must be 240 40 cycles per
minute.
(b) The headlamp must be operated at maximum power for 50 to 70
percent of each cycle.
(c) The lowest intensity at any test point must be not less than 17
percent of the maximum intensity measured at the same point.
(d) The modulator switch must be wired in the power lead of the
beam filament being modulated and not in the ground side of the
circuit.
(e) Means must be provided so that both the lower beam and upper
beam remain operable in the event of a modulator failure.
(f) The system must include a sensor mounted with the axis of its
sensing element perpendicular to a horizontal plane. Headlamp
modulation must cease whenever the level of light emitted by a tungsten
filament light operating at 3000[deg] Kelvin is either less than 270
lux of direct light for upward pointing sensors or less than 60 lux of
reflected light for downward pointing sensors. The light is measured by
a silicon cell type light meter that is located at the sensor and
pointing in the same direction as the sensor. A Kodak Gray Card (Kodak
R-27) is placed at ground level to simulate the road surface in testing
downward pointing sensors.
(g) When tested in accordance with the test profile shown in Figure
9, the voltage drop across the modulator when the lamp is on at all
test conditions for 12 volt systems and 6 volt systems must not be
greater than 0.45 volt. The modulator must meet all the provisions of
the standard after completion of the test profile shown in Figure 9.
(h) Means must be provided so that both the lower and upper beam
function at design voltage when the headlamp control switch is in
either the lower or upper beam position when the modulator is off.
S10.17.5.2 Replacement modulators. Each modulator not intended as
original equipment, or its container, must be labeled with the maximum
wattage, and the minimum wattage appropriate for its use.
S10.17.5.2.1 Replacement performance. Each modulator, not intended
as original equipment, must comply with S10.17.5.1 (a) through (g) when
connected to a headlamp of the maximum rated power and a headlamp of
the minimum rated power, and must provide means so that the modulated
beam functions at design voltage when the modulator is off.
S10.17.5.2.2 Replacement instructions. Instructions, with a
diagram, must be provided for mounting the light sensor including
location on the motorcycle, distance above the road surface, and
orientation with respect to the light.
S10.18 Headlamp aimability performance requirements.
S10.18.1 Headlamp mounting and aiming. Except as provided in this
paragraph, each headlamp must be installed on a motor vehicle with a
mounting and aiming mechanism that permits aim inspection and
adjustment of both vertical and horizontal aim, and is accessible for
those purposes without removal of any vehicle parts, except for
protective covers removable without the use of tools.
S10.18.1.1 The axis of the light beams must be adjustable to the
left, right, up, or down from the designed setting, the amount of
adjustability to be determined by practical operating conditions and
the type of equipment.
S10.18.1.2 The adjustments must be conveniently made by one person
with tools ordinarily available. When the headlamps are secured, the
aim will not be disturbed under ordinary conditions of service.
S10.18.2 Headlamp aiming systems. When a headlamp system is
installed on a motor vehicle, it must be aimable with at least one of
the following: An externally applied aiming device, as specified in
S10.18.7; an on-vehicle headlamp aiming device installed by the vehicle
or lamp manufacturer, as specified in S10.18.8; or by visual/optical
means, as specified in S10.18.9.
S10.18.3 Aim adjustment interaction. When installed on the vehicle,
adjustment of one aim axis through its full on-vehicle range must not
cause the aim of the other axis to deviate more than
0.76[deg]. If the performance specified is not achievable, the
requirements of S10.18.3.1 apply, except that if the aiming mechanism
is not a VHAD, the requirements specific to VHADs are not applicable,
and the instruction must be specific to the aiming mechanism installed.
S10.18.3.1 Should the mechanism not meet the requirements of
S10.18.3, a cautionary label must be placed adjacent to the mechanism
stating the caution and including either the reason for the caution or
the corrective action necessary. Each such label must also refer the
reader to the vehicle operator's manual for complete instructions. Each
such vehicle must be equipped with an operator's manual containing the
complete instructions appropriate for the mechanism installed.
S10.18.4 Horizontal adjustment-visually aimed headlamp. A visually/
optically aimable headlamp that has a lower beam must not have a
horizontal adjustment mechanism unless such mechanism meets the
requirements of this standard for on vehicle aiming as specified in
S10.18.8.
[[Page 68285]]
S10.18.5 Optical axis marking.
S10.18.5.1 Optical axis marking-vehicle. Each motor vehicle must be
equipped with headlamps or beam contributors which have a mark or
markings that are visible from the front of the headlamp when installed
on the vehicle to identify the optical axis of the headlamp to assure
proper horizontal and vertical alignment of the aiming screen or
optical aiming equipment. The manufacturer is free to choose the design
of the mark or markings. The mark or markings may be on the interior or
exterior of the lens or indicated by a mark or central structure on the
interior or exterior of the headlamp.
S10.18.5.2 Optical axis marking-lamp. Each headlamp or beam
contributor that is not visually/optically aimable in accordance with
S10.18.9 of this standard must be equipped with fiducial marks, aiming
pads, or similar references of sufficient detail and accuracy, for
determination of an appropriate vehicle plane to be used with the
photometric procedures of S14.2.5 for correct alignment with the
photometer axis when being tested for photometric compliance, and to
serve for the aiming reference when the headlamp or beam contributor is
installed on a motor vehicle. The fiducial marks, aiming pads, or
similar references are protrusions, bubble vials, holes, indentations,
ridges, scribed lines, or other readily identifiable marks established
and described by the vehicle or headlamp manufacturer.
S10.18.5.3 Optical axis marking-visual/optical aim headlamp. There
must be a mark or markings identifying the optical axis of the headlamp
visible from the front of the headlamp when installed on the vehicle,
to assure proper horizontal and vertical alignment of the aiming screen
or optical aiming equipment with the headlamp being aimed. The
manufacturer is free to choose the design of the mark or markings. The
mark or markings may be on the interior or exterior of the lens or
indicated by a mark or central structure on the interior or exterior of
the headlamp.
S10.18.6 Moveable reflectors. Each headlamp aimed by moving the
reflector relative to the lens and headlamp housing, or vice versa,
must conform with the photometric requirements applicable to it when
tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5 with the lens at any
position relative to the reflector within the full range of vertical
pitch on the vehicle on which the headlamp system is installed and a
horizontal range of 2.5[deg]. Additionally it must comply
with the aiming adjustment requirements of S14.6.
S10.18.7 External aiming. Each headlighting system that is capable
of being mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming
devices must be mechanically aimable using the equipment specified in
SAE J602 Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam
Headlamp Units, October 1980, (incorporated by reference, see 571.108
S5.2 of this title) without the removal of any ornamental trim rings,
covers, wipers or other vehicle parts.
S10.18.7.1 Headlamp aiming device locating plates. Each
headlighting system which is designed to use the Headlamp Aiming Device
Locating Plates with adjustable legs for the 100x165 mm unit and the
142x200 mm unit, and which has adjustable length legs, must meet the
following requirements:
S10.18.7.1.1 The lens must have three aiming pads which meet the
requirements of Figure 4, Dimensional Specifications for Location of
Aiming Pads on Replaceable Bulb Headlamp Units. The aiming pads need
not be centered at the geometric center of the lens, or on the optical
axis. Except as provided in S10.18.7.1.2, a whole number, which
represents the distance in tenths of an inch (i.e. 0.3 inch = 3) from
the aiming reference plane to the respective aiming pads which are not
in contact with that plane, must be inscribed adjacent to each
respective aiming pad on the lens. The height of these numbers must be
not less than .157 inch (4 mm). If there is interference between the
plane and the area of the lens between the aiming pads, the whole
number represents the distance to a secondary plane. The secondary
plane must be located parallel to the aiming reference plane and as
close to the lens as possible without causing interference.
S10.18.7.1.2 If the most forward aiming pad is the lower inboard
aiming pad, then the dimensions may be placed anywhere on the lens. The
dimension for the outboard aiming pad (Dimension F in Figure 4) must be
followed by the letter ``H'' and the dimension for the center aiming
pad must be followed by the letter ``V.'' The dimensions must be
expressed in tenths of an inch.
S10.18.7.2 Nonadjustable headlamp aiming device locating plates.
Each headlamp may be designed to use the nonadjustable Headlamp Aiming
Device Locating Plate for the 100x165 mm unit, the 142x200 mm unit, the
146 mm diameter unit, or the 178 mm diameter unit of SAE J602 OCT80,
Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp
Units, (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), or
the 92x150 mm Type F unit, and incorporate lens-mounted aiming pads as
specified for those units pursuant to Appendix C of part 564 of this
chapter. If so designed, no additional lens marking is necessary to
designate the type of plate or dimensions.
S10.18.8 On-vehicle aiming. Each headlighting system that is
capable of being aimed by equipment installed on the vehicle must
include a Vehicle Headlamp Aiming Device (VHAD) that conforms to the
following requirements:
S10.18.8.1 Aim. The VHAD must provide for headlamp aim inspection
and adjustment in both the vertical and horizontal axes.
S10.18.8.1.1 Vertical aim. The VHAD must include the necessary
references and scales relative to the horizontal plane to assure
correct vertical aim for photometry and aiming purposes. An off vehicle
measurement of the angle of the plane of the ground is permitted. In
addition, an equal number of graduations from the ``0'' position
representing angular changes in the axis in the upward and downward
directions must be provided.
S10.18.8.1.1.1 Each graduation must represent a change in the
vertical position of the mechanical axis not larger than 0.19[deg] (1
in at 25 ft) to provide for variations in aim at least 1.2[deg] above
and below the horizontal, and have an accuracy relative to the zero
mark of less than 0.1[deg].
S10.18.8.1.1.2 The VHAD must be marked to indicate headlamp aim
movement in the upward and downward directions.
S10.18.8.1.1.3 Each graduation must indicate a linear movement of
the scale indicator of not less than 0.05 in (1.27 mm) if a direct
reading analog indicator is used. If a remote reading indicator is
provided, it must represent the actual aim movement in a clear,
understandable format.
S10.18.8.1.1.4 The vertical indicator must perform through a
minimum range of 1.2[deg].
S10.18.8.1.1.5 Means must be provided in the VHAD for compensating
for deviations in floor slope less than 1.2[deg] from the horizontal
that would affect the correct positioning of the headlamp for vertical
aim.
S10.18.8.1.1.6 The graduations must be legible under an
illumination level not greater than 30 foot candles, measured at the
top of the graduation, by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen),
and must permit aim adjustment to within 0.19[deg] (1 in at 25 ft).
S10.18.8.1.2 Horizontal aim. The VHAD must include references and
scales relative to the longitudinal axis of
[[Page 68286]]
the vehicle necessary to assure correct horizontal aim for photometry
and aiming purposes. An ``0'' mark must be used to indicate alignment
of the headlamps relative to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. In
addition, an equal number of graduations from the ``0'' position
representing equal angular changes in the axis relative to the vehicle
axis must be provided.
S10.18.8.1.2.1 Each graduation must represent a change in the
horizontal position of the mechanical axis not greater than 0.38[deg]
(2 in at 25 ft) to provide for variations in aim at least 0.76[deg] (4
in at 25 ft) to the left and right of the longitudinal axis of the
vehicle, and must have an accuracy relative to the zero mark of less
than 0.1[deg].
S10.18.8.1.2.2 The VHAD must be marked to indicate headlamp aim
movement in the left and right directions.
S10.18.8.1.2.3 The graduations must be legible under an
illumination level not greater than 30 foot candles, measured at the
top of the graduation, by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen),
and must permit aim adjustment to within 0.38[deg] (2 in at 25 ft).
S10.18.8.1.2.4 The horizontal indicator must perform through a
minimum range of 0.76[deg] (4 in at 25 ft); however, the
indicator itself must be capable of recalibration over a movement of
2.5[deg] relative to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle
to accommodate any adjustment necessary for recalibrating the indicator
after vehicle repair from accident damage.
S10.18.8.2 Aiming instructions.
S10.18.8.2.1 The instructions for properly aiming the headlighting
system using the VHAD must be provided on a label permanently affixed
to the vehicle adjacent to the VHAD, or in the vehicle operator's
manual. The instructions must advise that the headlighting system is
properly aimed if the appropriate vertical plane (as defined by the
vehicle manufacturer) is perpendicular to both the longitudinal axis of
the vehicle, and a horizontal plane when the vehicle is on a horizontal
surface, and the VHAD is set at ``0'' vertical and ``0'' horizontal.
S10.18.8.2.2 Should a remote indicator or a remote indicator and
adjuster be provided, the instructions must be placed in the operator's
manual, and may also be placed on a label adjacent to the VHAD.
S10.18.8.3 Permanent calibration. Each headlamp equipped with a
VHAD must be manufactured with its calibration permanently fixed by its
manufacturer. Calibration in this case means the process of accurately
aligning the geometry of the VHAD devices with the beam pattern for the
purposes of compliance with the standard.
S10.18.8.4 Replacement units. When tested according to the
procedure of S14.2.5 with any replacement headlamp unit(s) or light
sources intended for use in the system under test, the VHAD and
headlighting system must be designed to conform to the photometric
performance requirements applicable for the system under test.
S10.18.8.5 Physical tests. Each VHAD must be designed to conform
with the performance requirements of S14.8.
S10.18.9 Visual/optical aiming. Each visually/optically aimable
headlamp must be designed to conform to the following requirements:
S10.18.9.1 Vertical aim, lower beam. Each lower beam headlamp must
have a cutoff in the beam pattern. It may be either on the left side or
the right side of the optical axis, but once chosen for a particular
headlamp system's design, the side chosen for the cutoff must not be
changed for any headlamps intended to be used as replacements for those
system's headlamps.
S10.18.9.1.1 Vertical position of the cutoff. The headlamp must be
aimed vertically so that the cutoff is on the left side, at 0.4[deg]
down from the H-H line, or on the right side, at the H-H line.
S10.18.9.1.2 Vertical gradient. The gradient of the cutoff measured
at either 2.5[deg] L or 2.0[deg] R must be not less than 0.13 based on
the procedure of S10.18.9.1.5.
S10.18.9.1.3 Horizontal position of the cutoff. The width must be
not less than 2[deg], with not less than 2[deg] of its actual width
centered at either 2.5[deg] L, or 2.0[deg] R.
S10.18.9.1.4 Maximum inclination of the cutoff. The vertical
location of the highest gradient at the ends of the minimum width must
be within 0.2[deg] of the vertical location of the maximum
gradient measured at the appropriate vertical line (at either 2.5[deg]
L for a left side cutoff, or 2.0[deg] R for a right side cutoff).
S10.18.9.1.5 Measuring the cutoff parameter.
S10.18.9.1.5.1 The headlamp is mounted on a headlamp test fixture
which simulates its actual design location on any vehicle for which the
headlamp is intended. The fixture, with the headlamp installed, is
attached to the goniometer table in such a way that the fixture
alignment axes are coincident with the goniometer axes. The headlamp is
energized at the specified test voltage. The cutoff parameter must be
measured at a distance of 10 m from a photosensor with a 10 mm
diameter.
S10.18.9.1.5.2 The headlamp beam pattern is aimed with the cutoff
at the H-H axis. There is no adjustment, shimming, or modification of
the horizontal axis of the headlamp or test fixture, unless the
headlamp is equipped with a VHAD. In this case the VHAD is adjusted to
zero.
S10.18.9.1.5.3 A vertical scan of the beam pattern is conducted for
a headlamp with a left side gradient by aligning the goniometer on a
vertical line at 2.5[deg] L and scanning from 1.5[deg] U to 1.5[deg] D.
For a headlamp with a right side gradient, a vertical scan of the beam
pattern is conducted by aligning the goniometer on a vertical line at
2.0[deg] R and scanning from 1.5[deg] U to 1.5[deg] D.
S10.18.9.1.5.4 Determine the maximum gradient within the range of
the scan by using the formula: G = log E(a)-logE(a + 0.1), where ``G''
is the gradient, ``E'' is illumination and ``a'' is vertical angular
position. The maximum value of the gradient ``G'' determines the
vertical angular location of the cutoff. Perform vertical scans at
1.0[deg] L and R of the measurement point of the maximum gradient to
determine the inclination.
S10.18.9.2 Horizontal aim, lower beam. There is no adjustment of
horizontal aim unless the headlamp is equipped with a horizontal VHAD.
If the headlamp has a VHAD, it is set to zero.
S10.18.9.3 Vertical aim, upper beam.
S10.18.9.3.1 If the upper beam is combined in a headlamp with a
lower beam, the vertical aim of the upper beam must not be changed from
the aim set using the procedures of S10.18.9.1 and S10.18.9.2 used for
the lower beam.
S10.18.9.3.2 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with a
lower beam, the vertical aim of the upper beam is adjusted so that the
maximum beam intensity is located on the H-H axis.
S10.18.9.4 Horizontal aim, upper beam.
S10.18.9.4.1 If the upper beam is combined in a headlamp with a
lower beam, the horizontal aim of the upper beam must not be changed
from the aim set using the procedures of S10.18.9.1 and S10.18.9.2 used
for the lower beam.
S10.18.9.4.2 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with
the lower beam and has fixed horizontal aim or has a horizontal VHAD,
then the headlamp is mounted on a headlamp test fixture which simulates
its actual design location on any vehicle for which the headlamp is
intended. The fixture, with the headlamp installed, is attached to the
goniometer table in such a way that the fixture alignment axes are
[[Page 68287]]
coincident with the goniometer axes. The headlamp must be energized at
12.8 0.20 mV. There is no adjustment, shimming, or
modification of the horizontal axis of the headlamp or test fixture,
unless the headlamp is equipped with a VHAD. In this case the VHAD is
adjusted to zero.
S10.18.9.4.3 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with a
lower beam, and it does not have a VHAD, the horizontal aim of the
upper beam is adjusted so that the maximum beam intensity is located on
the V-V axis.
S10.18.9.5 Photometry. When tested according to the procedure of
S14.2.5, a visually/optically aimable headlamp must be designed to
conform to the lower beam requirements of columns; LB1V or LB2V of
Table XIX-a, or LB3V of Table XIX-b, or LB4V of Table XIX-c.
S10.18.9.6 Visual/optical aiming identification marking. Each
letter used in marking according to this paragraph must be not less
than 3 mm high.
S10.18.9.6.1 The lens of a lower beam headlamp must be marked
``VOL'' if the headlamp is intended to be visually/optically aimed
using the left side of the lower beam pattern. The lens of a lower beam
headlamp must be marked ``VOR'' if the headlamp is intended to be
visually/optically aimed using the right side of the lower beam
pattern. The lens of a headlamp that is solely an upper beam headlamp
and intended to be visually/optically aimed using the upper beam must
be marked ``VO''.
S10.18.9.6.2 The lens of each sealed beam or integral beam headlamp
must be marked ``VOR'' if the headlamp is of a type that was
manufactured before May 1, 1997, and if such headlamp type has been
redesigned since then to be visually/optically aimable.
S11 Replaceable light source requirements. Each replaceable light
source must be designed to conform to the dimensions and electrical
specifications furnished with respect to it pursuant to part 564 of
this chapter, on file in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397, and must conform to
the following requirements:
S11.1 Markings. If other than an HB Type, the light source must be
marked with the bulb marking designation specified for it in compliance
with Appendix A or Appendix B of part 564 of this chapter. The base of
each HB Type must be marked with its HB Type designation. Each
replaceable light source must also be marked with the symbol DOT and
with a name or trademark in accordance with S6.5.
S11.2 Ballast markings. If a ballast is required for operation,
each ballast must bear the following permanent markings:
(a) Name or logo of ballast manufacturer;
(b) Ballast part number or unique identification;
(c) Part number or other unique identification of the light source
for which the ballast is designed;
(d) Rated laboratory life of the light source/ballast combination,
if the information for the light source has been filed in Appendix B of
part 564 of this chapter;
(e) A warning that ballast output voltage presents the potential
for severe electrical shock that could lead to permanent injury or
death;
(f) Ballast output power in watts and output voltage in rms volts
AC or DC; and
(g) The symbol `DOT'.
S11.3 Gas discharge laboratory life. For light sources that use
excited gas mixtures as a filament or discharge arc, the ``rated
laboratory life'' is determined in accordance with sections 4.3 and 4.9
of SAE Recommended Practice J2009 FEB93, Forward Discharge Lighting
Systems (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title).
S11.4 Physical tests.
S11.4.1 Each replaceable light source must be designed to conform
with the performance requirements of the deflection test and pressure
test requirements of S14.7.
S11.4.2 Replaceable light sources must be designed to conform with
the requirements of section VII of Appendix A of part 564 of this
chapter, or section IV of Appendix B of part 564 of this chapter, for
maximum power and luminous flux when test by the procedure of S14.7.3.
S12 Headlamp concealment device requirements.
S12.1 While the headlamp is illuminated, its fully opened headlamp
concealment device must remain fully opened should any loss of power to
or within the headlamp concealment device occur.
S12.2 Whenever any malfunction occurs in a component that controls
or conducts power for the actuation of the concealment device, each
closed headlamp concealment device must be capable of being fully
opened by a means not requiring the use of any tools. Thereafter, the
headlamp concealment device must remain fully opened until
intentionally closed.
S12.3 Except for malfunctions covered by S12.2, each headlamp
concealment device must be capable of being fully opened and the
headlamps illuminated by actuation of a single switch, lever, or
similar mechanism, including a mechanism that is automatically actuated
by a change in ambient light conditions.
S12.4 Each headlamp concealment device must be installed so that
the headlamp may be mounted, aimed, and adjusted without removing any
component of the device, other than components of the headlamp
assembly.
S12.5 Except for cases of malfunction covered by S12.2, each
headlamp concealment device must, within an ambient temperature range
of -20 [deg]F to +120 [deg]F, be capable of being fully opened in not
more than 3 seconds after the actuation of a driver-operated control.
S12.6 As an alternative to complying with the requirements of S12.1
through S12.5, a vehicle with headlamps incorporating VHAD or visual/
optical aiming in accordance with this standard may meet the
requirements for Concealable lamps in paragraph 5.14 of the following
version of the Economic Commission for Europe Regulation 48 ``Uniform
Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles With Regard to the
Installation of Lighting and Light-Signaling Devices'': E/ECE/324-E/
ECE/ TRANS/505, Rev.1/Add.47/Rev.1/Corr.2, 26 February 1996 (page 17)
(incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), in the
English language version.
S12.7 Certification election. Manufacturers of vehicles with
headlamps incorporating VHAD or visual/optical aiming must elect to
certify to S12.1 through S12.5 or to S12.6 prior to, or at the time of
certification of the vehicle, pursuant to 49 CFR Part 567. The
selection is irrevocable.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens requirements.
S13.1 A replacement lens for a replaceable bulb headlamp or
integral beam headlamp that is not required to have a bonded lens must
be provided with a replacement seal in a package that includes
instructions for the removal and replacement of the lens, the cleaning
of the reflector, and the sealing of the replacement lens to the
reflector assembly.
S13.2 Each replacement headlamp lens with seal, when installed
according to the lens manufacturer's instructions on an integral beam
or replaceable bulb headlamp, must not cause the headlamp to fail to
comply with any of the requirements of this standard.
S13.3 Each replacement headlamp lens must be marked with the symbol
``DOT'' either horizontally or vertically, to constitute certification.
Each replacement headlamp lens must also be
[[Page 68288]]
marked with manufacturer and the part or trade number of the headlamp
for which it is intended, and with the name and/or trademark of the
lens manufacturer or importer that is registered with the U.S. Patent
and Trademark Office. Nothing in this standard authorizes the marking
of any such name and/or trademark by one who is not the owner, unless
the owner has consented to it.
S14 Physical and photometry test procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.1 General test procedures and performance requirements.
S14.1.1 Each lamp, reflective device, item of conspicuity
treatment, and item of associated equipment required or permitted by
this standard must be designed to conform to all applicable physical
test performance requirements specified for it.
S14.1.2 Plastic optical materials. All plastic materials used for
optical parts such as lenses and reflectors on lamps or reflective
devices required or allowed by this standard must conform to the
material test requirements of S14.4.2.
S14.1.3 All coatings used on optical materials must have added to
their formulations an optical brightener, whose presence is detectable
by ultraviolet light, to aid in testing for their presence. Other
equivalent industry accepted methods may be used as an alternative.
S14.1.4 Samples.
S14.1.4.1 Samples submitted for laboratory test must be new,
unused, manufactured from production tooling and assembled by
production processes, and representative of the devices as regularly
manufactured and marketed.
S14.1.4.2 Each test sample must include not only the device but
also accessory equipment necessary to operate in its intended manner.
Where necessary a mounting bracket shall be provided so that the device
may be rigidly bolted in its operating position on the various test
equipment.
S14.1.4.3 Dust and photometric tests may be made on a second set of
mounted samples, if desired, to expedite completion of the tests.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities. The laboratory must be equipped to
test the sample in accordance with the requirements of the specific
device.
S14.2 Photometric test procedures. Each lamp and reflective device
required or permitted by this standard must be designed to conform to
the applicable photometric requirements.
S14.2.1 Photometry measurements for all lamps except license plate
lamps, headlamps, and DRLs.
S14.2.1.1 Mounting. Photometry measurements are made with the
sample lamp mounted in its normal operating position.
S14.2.1.2 School bus signal lamp aiming. A school bus signal lamp
must be aimed with its aiming plane normal to the photometer axis and
may be reaimed for photometry by \1/2\[deg] vertically and
1[deg] horizontally.
S14.2.1.3 Measurement distance. Photometric measurements are made
at a distance between the light source and the point of measurement of
at least 1.2 m for side marker lamps, clearance lamps, identification
lamps, and parking lamps, and at least 3 m for turn signal lamps, stop
lamps, taillamps, backup lamps, and school bus signal lamps.
S14.2.1.4 Location of test points. Test point location must comply
with the following nomenclature:
(a) The line formed by the intersection of a vertical plane through
the light source of the lamp and normal to the test screen is
designated ``V''.
(b) The line formed by the intersection of a horizontal plane
through the light source and normal to the test screen is designated
``H''.
(c) The point of intersection of these two lines is designated ``H-
V''.
(d) Other test points on the test screen are measured in terms of
angles from the H and V lines.
(e) Angles to the right (R) and to the left (L) are regarded as
being to the right and left of the V line when the observer stands
behind the lamp and looks in the direction of its light beam when it is
properly aimed for photometry. Similarly, the upward angles designated
as U and the downward angles designated as D, refer to light directed
at angles above and below the H line, respectively.
S14.2.1.5 Multiple compartment and multiple lamp photometry of turn
signal lamps, stop lamps, and taillamps.
S14.2.1.5.1 When compartments of lamps or arrangements of multiple
lamps are photometered together, the H-V axis intersects the midpoint
between the optical axes.
S14.2.1.5.2 Luminous intensity measurements of multiple compartment
lamp or multiple lamp arrangements are made either by:
(a) Measuring all compartments together, provided that a line from
the optical axis of each compartment or lamp to the center of the
photometer sensing device does not make an angle more than 0.6[deg]
with the H-V axis, or
(b) Measuring each compartment or lamp separately by aligning its
optical axis with the photometer and adding the value at each test
point.
S14.2.1.5.3 Multiple compartment turn signal lamps or stop lamps or
multiple lamp arrangements of these lamps installed on multipurpose
passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, or buses 2032 mm or more in
overall width must use the method of S14.2.1.5.2(b) only.
S14.2.1.6 Bulbs. Except for a lamp having a sealed-in bulb, a lamp
must meet the applicable requirements of this standard when tested with
a bulb whose filament is positioned within .010 in of the
nominal design position specified in SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed
Units, December 1968, (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of
this title) or specified by the bulb manufacturer and operated at the
bulb's rated mean spherical candela.
S14.2.1.6.1 Each lamp designed to use a type of bulb that has not
been assigned a mean spherical candela rating by its manufacturer and
is not listed in SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968
(incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), must meet
the applicable requirements of this standard when used with any bulb of
the type specified by the lamp manufacturer, operated at the bulb's
design voltage. A lamp that contains a sealed-in bulb must meet these
requirements with the bulb operated at the bulb's design voltage.
S14.2.1.6.2 A bulb that is not listed in SAE J573d, Lamp Bulbs and
Sealed Units, December 1968, (incorporated by reference, see 571.108
S5.2 of this title) is not required to use a socket that conforms to
the requirements of SAE J567b, Bulb Sockets, April 1964 (incorporated
by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title).
S14.2.2 License plate lamp photometry. Photometry compliance of
license plate lamps is determined by measurement of the illumination
falling upon test stations located on a test plate.
S14.2.2.1 Illumination surface. All illumination measurements are
made on a rectangular test plate of clean, white blotting paper mounted
on the license plate holder in the position normally taken by the
license plate. The face of the test plate must be 1.5 mm from the face
of the license plate holder.
S14.2.2.2 Test stations. Test stations must be located on the face
of the test plate as shown in Figure 19 according to the type of
vehicle on which the license plate lamps are installed.
S14.2.2.3 Bulb requirements of S14.2.1.6 apply to license plate
lamp photometry.
S14.2.3 Reflex reflector and retroreflective sheeting photometry.
S14.2.3.1 Mounting. Each reflex reflector is mounted for photometry
[[Page 68289]]
with the center of the reflex area at the center of goniometer rotation
and at the same horizontal level as the source of illumination.
S14.2.3.2 Illumination source. The source of illumination is a lamp
with a 50 mm effective diameter and with a filament operating at 2856
[deg]K.
S14.2.3.3 Measurement distance. The test distance is 30.5 m
[100ft].
S14.2.3.4 Test setup The observation point is located directly
above the source of illumination. The H-V axis of reflex reflectors is
taken as parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle for rear
reflectors and perpendicular to a vertical plane passing through the
longitudinal axis of the vehicle for side reflectors.
S14.2.3.5 Photodetector. The photodetector has an opening of not
more than 13 mm vertically and 25 mm horizontally.
S14.2.3.6 Photometry surface. Reflex reflectors may have any linear
or area dimensions but must have no more than 7740 sq mm projected area
contained within a 254 mm diameter circle exposed for photometry.
S14.2.3.7 Procedure. Photometric measurements of reflex reflectors
and retroreflective sheeting must be made at various observation and
entrance angles as shown in Table XVI.
S14.2.3.7.1 The observation angle is the angle formed by a line
from the observation point to the center of the reflector and a second
line from the center of the reflector to the source of illumination.
S14.2.3.7.2 The entrance angle is the angle between the axis of the
reflex reflector and a line from the center of the reflector to the
source of illumination.
S14.2.3.7.3 The entrance angle is designated left, right, up, and
down in accordance with the position of the source of illumination with
respect to the axis of the reflex reflector as viewed from behind the
reflector.
S14.2.3.7.4 Measurements are made of the luminous intensity which
the reflex reflector is projecting toward the observation point and the
illumination on the reflex reflector from the source of illumination.
S14.2.3.8 Measurements.
S14.2.3.8.1 Reflex reflectors. The required measurement for reflex
reflectors at each test point as shown in Table XVI is the quotient of
the projected luminous intensity divided by the illumination expressed
as millicandela per lux or candela per footcandle.
S14.2.3.8.2 Retroreflective sheeting. The required measurement for
retroreflective sheeting reflectors at each test point as shown in
Table XVI is candela per lux per square meter of area.
S14.2.3.8.3 Reflex reflector photometry measurement adjustments.
S14.2.3.8.3.1 Reflex reflectors, which do not have a fixed
rotational position on the vehicle, are rotated about their axis
through 360[deg] to find the minimum photometric value which must be
reported for each test point. If the output falls below the minimum
requirement at any test point, the reflector is rotated < plus-
minus>5[deg] about its axis from the angle where the minimum output
occurred, and the maximum value within this angle is reported as a
tolerance value.
S14.2.3.8.3.2 Reflex reflectors, which by their design or
construction, permit mounting on a vehicle in a fixed rotational
position, are tested in this position. A visual locator, such as the
word TOP is not considered adequate to establish a fixed rotational
position on the vehicle.
S14.2.3.8.3.3 If uncolored reflections from the front surface
interfere with photometric readings at any test point, additional
readings are taken 1[deg] above, below, right, and left of the test
point, and the lowest of these readings and its location is reported
provided the minimum test point requirement for the test point is met.
S14.2.4 Daytime running lamp (DRL) photometry measurements.
S14.2.4.1 Each DRL is tested to the procedure of S14.2.5 when a
test voltage of 12.8 v 20 mv is applied to the input
terminals of the lamp switch module or voltage-reducing equipment,
whichever is closer to the electrical source on the vehicle.
S14.2.4.2 The test distance from the lamp to the photometer is not
less than 18.3 m if the lamp is optically combined with a headlamp, or
is a separate lamp, and not less than 3 m if the lamp is optically
combined with a lamp, other than a headlamp, that is required by this
standard.
S14.2.4.3 Bulb requirements of S14.2.1.6 apply to DRL photometry.
S14.2.5 Headlamp photometry measurements.
S14.2.5.1 Mounting. Photometry measurements at the applicable test
points are made with the sample headlamp mounted in its normal
operating position.
S14.2.5.2 Test points in the area from 10[deg] U to 90[deg] U must
be measured from the normally exposed surface of the lens face.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance. Photometric measurements are made
at a distance between the light source and the photometer sensor of at
least 18.3 m.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test voltage. All sealed beam headlamps,
integral beam headlamps, beam contributors, and replaceable light
sources are seasoned at design voltage for 1% of its average design
life or 10 hours, whichever is less prior to a photometry test. A
headlamp is tested at 12.8 v. 20 mv, D.C. as measured at
the terminals of the lamp.
S14.2.5.5 Aiming. Each headlamp is aimed prior to a photometry test
in accordance with the procedure appropriate to its aiming system. A
\1/4\[deg] reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point to
allow for variations in readings between laboratories for all headlamps
except a Type F upper beam unit not equipped with a VHAD.
S14.2.5.5.1 Mechanically aimable headlamps using an external aimer.
The headlamp is aimed mechanically with the aiming plane at the design
angle(s) to the photometer axis and the mechanical axis of the headlamp
on the photometer axis.
S14.2.5.5.2 Mechanically aimable headlamps equipped with a VHAD.
The headlamp is aimed mechanically using the VHAD in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions as provided with the vehicle on which
the headlamp is intended to be used.
S14.2.5.5.3 Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-vertical aim.
S14.2.5.5.3.1 A VOL cutoff headlamp must have the location of the
cutoff maximum gradient, as determined by the method of this standard,
positioned at 0.4[deg] down from the H-H line.
S14.2.5.5.3.2 A VOR cutoff headlamp must have the location of the
cutoff maximum gradient, as determined by the method of this standard,
positioned at the H-H line.
S14.2.5.5.4 Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-horizontal aim.
There must be no adjustment of horizontal aim unless the headlamp is
equipped with a horizontal VHAD. If the headlamp has a VHAD, it must be
set to zero.
S14.2.5.5.5 Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-vertical aim.
S14.2.5.5.5.1 A headlamp whose upper beam is combined with a lower
beam must not have its vertical aim changed from that set for the lower
beam.
S14.2.5.5.5.2 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a
lower beam must have its maximum beam intensity positioned on the H-H
axis.
S14.2.5.5.6 Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-horizontal aim.
S14.2.5.5.6.1 A headlamp whose upper beam is combined with a lower
beam must not have its horizontal aim
[[Page 68290]]
changed from that set for the lower beam.
S14.2.5.5.6.2 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a
lower beam and has a fixed horizontal aim or has a horizontal VHAD must
be mounted in its normal operating position on a goniometer such that
the mounting fixture alignment axes are coincident with the goniometer
axes and must be energized at 12.8 v 20 mv. There must be
no adjustment, shimming, or modification of the horizontal axis of the
headlamp or test fixture, unless the headlamp is equipped with a VHAD,
in which case the VHAD must be adjusted to zero.
S14.2.5.5.6.3 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a
lower beam and is not equipped with a horizontal VHAD, the horizontal
aim must be adjusted so that the maximum beam intensity is positioned
on the V-V axis.
S14.2.5.5.7 Simultaneous aim Type F sealed beam headlamps and beam
contributor integral beam headlamps.
S14.2.5.5.7.1 A headlamp system permitted to use simultaneous aim
of lower beams and upper beams must be aimed mechanically for lower
beam photometry by centering the lower beam unit or the geometric
center of all lower beam contributors on the photometer axis and
aligning the aiming plane, aiming reference plane, or other appropriate
vertical plane defined by the manufacturer perpendicular to the
photometer axis.
S14.2.5.5.7.2 The headlamp must be aimed for upper beam photometry
by moving the assembly in a plane parallel to the established lower
beam aiming plane until the upper beam unit or the geometric center of
all upper beam contributors is centered in the photometric axis.
S14.2.5.5.8 Motorcycle headlamp-upper beam headlamps designed to
comply with Table XX. The upper beam of a multiple beam headlamp
designed to comply with the requirements of Table XX must be aimed
photoelectrically so that the center of the zone of highest intensity
falls 0.4[deg] vertically below the lamp axis and is centered
laterally. The center of the zone of highest intensity must be
established by the intersection of a horizontal plane passing through
the point of maximum intensity, and the vertical plane established by
balancing the photometric values at 3[deg]L and 3[deg]R.
S14.2.5.5.9 Motorcycle headlamp-lower beam headlamps designed to
comply with Table XX. The beam from a single beam headlamp designed to
comply with the requirements of Table XX must be aimed straight ahead
with the top of the beam aimed vertically to obtain 2000 cd at H-V.
S14.2.5.6 Positioner. The goniometer configuration, used to
position the sample headlamp when making photometric measurements at
specific angular test points, is horizontal rotation over elevation.
The vertical axis of the goniometer must correspond to the design
position vertical axis of the sample headlamp which is vertical and
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
S14.2.5.7 Photometer.
S14.2.5.7.1 The photometer must be capable of measuring the
luminous intensity of the sample headlamp throughout its illumination
range.
S14.2.5.7.2 Sensor.
S14.2.5.7.2.1 The maximum effective area of the photometric sensor
must fit within a circle whose diameter is equal to 0.009 times the
actual test distance from the light source of the sample headlamp to
the sensor.
S14.2.5.7.2.2 The sensor effective area is defined as the actual
area of intercepted light striking the detector surface of the
photometer. Sensor systems incorporating lens(es) that change the
diameter of the intercepted light beam before it reaches the actual
detector surface, the maximum size requirements must apply to the total
area of the light actually intercepted by the lens surface.
S14.2.5.7.2.3 The sensor must be capable of intercepting all direct
illumination from the largest illuminated dimension of the sample lamp
at the test distance.
S14.2.5.7.3 The color response of the photometer must be corrected
to that of the 1931 International Commission on Illumination (C.I.E.)
Standard Observer (2-degree) Photopic Response Curve, as shown in the
C.I.E. 1931 Chromaticity Diagram (incorporated by reference, see
571.108 S5.2 of this title).
S14.2.5.8 Location of test points.
S14.2.5.8.1 Test point positions are defined by the positioner. The
following nomenclature applies:
S14.2.5.8.1.1 The letters ``V'' and ``H'' designate the vertical
and horizontal planes intersecting both the headlamp light source and
the photometer axis. ``H-V'' designates the zero test point angle at
the intersection of the H and V planes. This intersection is parallel
to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
S14.2.5.8.1.2 The letters ``U'', ``D'', ``L'', and ``R'',
indicating up, down, left and right, respectively, designate the
angular position from the H and V planes to the photometer as viewed
from the headlamp.
S14.2.5.8.1.3 Horizontal angles designated L and R are defined as
the plan view angle between the vertical plane and the projection of
the light ray from the headlamp onto the horizontal plane.
S14.2.5.8.1.4 Vertical angles designated U and D are defined as the
true angle between the horizontal plane and the light ray from the
headlamp.
S14.2.5.9 Beam contributor photometry measurements. In a
headlighting system where there is more than one beam contributor
providing a lower beam, and/or more than one beam contributor providing
an upper beam, each beam contributor must be designed to meet only the
applicable photometric performance requirements based upon the
following mathematical expression: conforming test point value = 2(test
point value)/total number of lower or upper beam contributors for the
vehicle, as appropriate.
S14.2.5.10 Moveable reflector aimed headlamp photometry
measurements.
S14.2.5.10.1 A headlamp aimed by moving the reflector relative to
the lens and headlamp housing, or vice versa, must conform to the
photometry requirements applicable to it with the lens at any position
relative to the reflector.
S14.2.5.10.2 These positions include not less than the full range
of vertical pitch of the vehicle on which the headlamp is installed and
not less than 2.5[deg] from the nominal horizontal aim
position for the vehicle on which the headlamp is installed unless the
headlamp is visually/optically aimed with a fixed horizontal aim.
S14.3 Motorcycle headlamp out of focus test procedure and
performance requirements.
S14.3.1 Procedure. The sample device must be tested for photometry
using bulbs having each of four out-of-focus filament positions. Where
conventional bulbs with two pin bayonet bases are used, tests must be
made with the light source 0.060 in above, below, ahead, and behind the
designated position. If prefocused bulbs are used, the limiting
positions at which tests are made must be 0.020 in above, below, ahead,
and behind the designated position. The sample device may be re-aimed
for each of the out-of-focus positions of the light source.
S14.3.2 Performance requirements. The minimum photometric values
for the out-of-design position must be 80% of the in-design position.
S14.4 General test procedures and performance requirements.
S14.4.1 Color test. The requirement applies to the overall
effective color of light emitted by the device and not to
[[Page 68291]]
the color of the light from a small area of the lens. It does not apply
to any pilot, indicator, or tell-tale lights. The color of the sample
device must comply when tested by either the Visual Method or the
Tristimulus Method.
S14.4.1.1 Samples. A test sample for a reflex reflector may be
either the reflex reflector or a disc of the same material, technique
of fabrication, and dye formulation as the reflex reflector. If a disc
is used, the thickness must be twice the thickness of the reflector as
measured from the face of the lens to the apexes of the reflecting
elements.
S14.4.1.2 General procedure.
S14.4.1.2.1 The device must be operated at design voltage.
S14.4.1.2.2 Components (bulbs, caps, lenses, and the like) must be
tested in a fixture or manner simulating the intended application.
S14.4.1.2.3 The lamp shall be allowed to reach operating
temperature before measurements are made.
S14.4.1.2.4 The entire light emitting surface of the sample must be
visible from any point on the entrance window of the test instrument.
S14.4.1.2.5 The distance between the test instrument and the sample
must be large enough so that further increases in distance will not
affect the results.
S14.4.1.3 Visual method.
S14.4.1.3.1 Visual method procedure. The color of light from the
sample device must be compared visually with the color of the light
from a standard. The standard may consist of a filter or limit glass.
In the case of white, CIE Source A is used only as a color reference.
The chromaticity coordinates of the color standards must be as close as
possible to the limits listed. The color of the standard filters is
determined spectro-photometrically.
S14.4.1.3.2 Visual method performance requirements. The color must
comply with the applicable requirement.
S14.4.1.3.2.1 Red. Red is not acceptable if it is less saturated
(paler), yellower, or bluer than the limit standards.
S14.4.1.3.2.2 Yellow (Amber). Yellow is not acceptable if it is
less saturated (paler), greener, or redder than the limit standards.
S14.4.1.3.2.3 White. White is not acceptable if its color differs
materially from that of CIE Source A.
S14.4.1.4 Tristimulus method.
S14.4.1.4.1 Tristimulus method procedure.
S14.4.1.4.1.1 The color of light from the H-V point of a sample
device must be measured by photoelectric receivers with spectral
responses that approximate CIE standard spectral tristimulus valves.
S14.4.1.4.1.2 A sphere may be used to integrate light from a
colored source provided that the color shift that results from the
spectral selectivity of the sphere paint be corrected by the use of a
filter, correction factor, or an appropriate calibration.
S14.4.1.4.1.3 Where the sample device does not have uniform
spectral characteristics in all useful directions, color measurements
must be made at as many directions of view as are required to evaluate
the color for those directions that apply to the end use of the device.
S14.4.1.4.2 Tristimulus method performance requirements. The color
must comply with the applicable requirement.
S14.4.1.4.2.1 Red. The color of light emitted must fall within the
following boundaries:
y = 0.33 (yellow boundary)
y = 0.98 - x (purple boundary)
S14.4.1.4.2.2 Yellow (Amber). The color of light emitted must fall
within the following boundaries:
y = 0.39 (red boundary)
y = 0.79 - 0.67x (white boundary)
y = x - 0.12 (green boundary)
S14.4.1.4.2.3 White (achromatic). The color of light emitted must
fall within the following boundaries:
x = 0.31 (blue boundary)
y = 0.44 (green boundary)
x = 0.50 (yellow boundary)
y = 0.15 + 0.64x (green boundary)
y = 0.38 (red boundary)
y = 0.05 + 0.75x (purple boundary)
S14.4.2 Plastic optical materials tests. Accelerated weathering
procedures are not permitted.
S14.4.2.1 Samples.
S14.4.2.1.1 Samples of materials shall be injection molded into
polished metal molds to produce test specimens with two flat and
parallel faces. Alternative techniques may be used to produce
equivalent specimens.
S14.4.2.1.2 Test specimens shape may vary, but each exposed surface
must contain a minimum uninterrupted area of 32 sq cm.
S14.4.2.1.3 Samples must be furnished in thicknesses of 1.6 < plus-
minus> 0.25 mm, 2.3 0.25 mm, 3.2 0.25 mm, and
6.4 0.25 mm.
S14.4.2.1.4 All samples must conform to the applicable color test
requirement of this standard prior to testing.
S14.4.2.1.5 A control sample, kept properly protected from
influences which may change its appearance and properties of each
thickness, must be retained.
S14.4.2.2 Outdoor exposure test.
S14.4.2.2.1 Outdoor exposure tests of 3 years in duration must be
made on samples of all materials, including coated and uncoated
versions, used for optical parts of devices covered by this standard.
Tests are to be conducted in Florida and Arizona.
S14.4.2.2.2 Concentrations of polymer components and additives used
in plastic materials may be changed without outdoor exposure testing
provided the changes are within the limits of composition represented
by higher and lower concentrations of these polymer components and
additives previously tested to this section and found to meet its
requirements.
S14.4.2.2.3 Procedure.
S14.4.2.2.3.1 One sample of each thickness of each material must be
mounted at each exposure site so that at least a minimum uninterrupted
area of 32 sq cm of the exposed upper surface of the sample is at an
angle of 45[deg] to the horizontal facing south. The sample must be
mounted in the open no closer than 30 cm (11.8 in) to its background.
S14.4.2.2.3.2 During the exposure time the samples must be cleaned
once every three months by washing with mild soap or detergent and
water, and then rinsing with distilled water. Rubbing must be avoided.
S14.4.2.2.4 Performance requirements. Plastic lenses, other than
those incorporating reflex reflectors, used for inner lenses or those
covered by another material and not exposed directly to sunlight must
meet the optical material test requirements when covered by the outer
lens or other material.
S14.4.2.2.4.1 After completion of the outdoor exposure test the
haze and loss of surface luster as measured by ASTM 1003-92, Haze and
Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastic, (incorporated by
reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title) must not be greater than:
(a) 30% for materials used for outer lenses, other than those
incorporating reflex reflectors;
(b) 7% for materials used for reflex reflectors and lenses used in
front of reflex reflectors.
S14.4.2.2.4.2 After completion of the outdoor exposure test
materials used for headlamp lenses must show no deterioration.
S14.4.2.2.4.3 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all
materials, when compared with the unexposed control samples, must not
show physical changes affecting performance such as color bleeding,
delamination, crazing, or cracking. Additionally materials used for
reflex reflectors and lenses used in front of reflex reflectors
[[Page 68292]]
must not show surface deterioration or dimensional changes.
S14.4.2.2.4.4 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all
materials, when compared with the unexposed control samples, must not
have their luminous transmittance changed by more than 25% when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 308-66 (1973), Spectrophotmetry and
Description of Color in CIE 1931 System (incorporated by reference, see
571.108 S5.2 of this title) using CIE Illuminant A (2856K).
S14.4.2.2.4.5 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all
materials must conform to the color test of this standard in the range
of thickness stated by the material manufacturer.
S14.4.2.3 Heat test.
S14.4.2.3.1 Procedure. Two samples of each thickness of each
material must be supported at the bottom, with at least 51 mm of the
sample above the support, in the vertical position in such a manner
that, on each side, the minimum uninterrupted area of exposed surface
is not less than 3225 sq mm. The samples are placed in a circulating
air oven at 79 3 [deg]C for two hours.
S14.4.2.3.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the heat
exposure and cooling to room ambient temperature, a test specimen must
show no change in shape and general appearance discernable to the naked
eye when compared with an unexposed specimen and continue to conform to
the applicable color test requirement of this standard.
S14.5 Signal lamp and reflective device physical test procedures
and performance requirements.
S14.5.1 Vibration test.
S14.5.1.1 Procedure. The sample device, as mounted on the support
supplied, must be bolted to the anvil end of the table of the vibration
test machine of Figure 21 and vibrated approximately 750 cpm through a
distance of \1/8\ in. The table must be spring mounted at one end and
fitted with steel calks on the underside of the other end. The calks
are to make contact with the steel anvil once during each cycle at the
completion of the fall. The rack must be operated under a spring
tension of 60 to 70 lb. The test must be continued for 1 hour.
S14.5.1.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
vibration test a device showing evidence of material physical weakness,
lens or reflector rotation, displacement or rupture of parts except
bulb failures, must be considered to have failed, providing that the
rotation of lens or reflector must not be considered as a failure when
tests show compliance with specifications despite such rotation.
S14.5.2 Moisture test.
S14.5.2.1 Procedure. The sample device must be mounted in its
normal operating position with all drain holes open and subjected to a
precipitation of 0.1 in of water per minute, delivered at an angle of
45[deg] from a nozzle with a solid cone spray. During the test the
device must revolve about its vertical axis at a rate of 4 rpm for a
period of 12 hours followed by a one hour drain period where the device
does not rotate and the spray stops. After completion of the moisture
test the device must be examined for moisture accumulation.
S14.5.2.2 Performance requirements. Accumulation of moisture in
excess of 2 cc or any visible moisture in a sealed reflex unit must
constitute a failure.
S14.5.3 Dust test.
S14.5.3.1 Samples. A sealed unit is not required to meet the
requirements of this test.
S14.5.3.2 Procedure. The sample device with any drain hole closed
must be mounted in its normal operating position, at least 6 in from
the wall in a cubical box with inside measurements of 3 ft on each side
containing 10 lb of fine powered cement in accordance with ASTM C 150-
56, Standard Specification for Portland Cement (incorporated by
reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title). At intervals of 15 minutes
during a test period of 5 hours, the dust must be agitated by
compressed air or fan blower by projecting blasts of air for a 2 second
period in a downward direction into the dust in such a way that the
dust is completely and uniformly diffused throughout the entire cube
and allowed to settle. After the completion of the dust test the
exterior surface of the device must be cleaned.
S14.5.3.3 Performance requirements. If after a photometry test the
maximum photometric intensity of the device is not more than 10% less
than the maximum photometric intensity of the same device after being
cleaned both inside and outside, the device is considered to have met
the requirements of the dust test.
S14.5.4 Corrosion test.
S14.5.4.1 Procedure. The sample device must be subjected to a salt
spray (fog) test in accordance with the latest version of ASTM B117-73,
Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing (incorporated by reference, see
571.108 S5.2 of this title), for a period of 50 hours, consisting of
two periods of 24 hour exposure followed by a 1 hr drying time.
S14.5.4.2 Performance requirements. After the completion of the
corrosion test there must be no evidence of excessive corrosion which
would affect the proper function of the device.
S14.6 Headlamp physical test procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.6.1 Abrasion test.
S14.6.1.1 Procedure.
S14.6.1.1.1 Abrading pad. A new, unused abrading pad constructed of
0000 steel wool not less than 2.5 .1 cm wide, rubber
cemented to a rigid base shaped to the same vertical contour of the
lens, is used for each test. The abrading pad support is equal in size
to the pad and the center of the support surface is within
2 mm of parallel to the lens surface. The ``grain'' of the pad is
oriented perpendicular to the direction of motion. The density of the
pad is such that when the pad is resting unweighted on the lens, the
base of the pad is no closer than 3.2 mm to the lens at its closest
point.
S14.6.1.1.2 Abrading pad alignment. A sample headlamp is mounted in
the abrasion test fixture of Figure 5 with the lens facing upward. When
mounted on its support and resting on the lens of the test headlamp,
the abrading pad is then weighted such that a pad pressure of 14 < plus-
minus> 1 KPa. exists at the center and perpendicular to the face of the
lens.
S14.6.1.1.3 Abrasion test procedure. The pad is cycled back and
forth (1 cycle) for 11 cycles at 4 0.8 in (10
2 cm) per second over at least 80% of the lens surface, including all
the area between the upper and lower aiming pads, but not including
lens trim rings and edges. A pivot must be used if it is required to
follow the contour of the lens.
S14.6.1.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
abrasion test the sample headlamp must meet the requirements of the
applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg]
reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
S14.6.2 Chemical resistance test.
S14.6.2.1 Procedure.
S14.6.2.1.1 Test fluids. The five test fluids used in the chemical
resistance test include:
(a) ASTM Reference Fuel C, which is composed of Isooctane 50%
volume and Toluene 50% volume. Isooctane must conform to A2.7 in Annex
2 of the Motor Fuels Section of the 1985 Annual Book of ASTM Standards,
Vol. 05.04 (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title),
and Toluene must conform to ASTM specification D362-84, Standard
Specification for Industrial Grade Toluene (incorporated by reference,
see 571.108 S5.2 of this title). ASTM Reference Fuel C must be used as
specified in: Paragraph A2.3.2 and A2.3.3 of Annex 2 to Motor Fuels;
[[Page 68293]]
Section 1 in the 1985 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 05.04
(incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title); and OSHA
Standard 29 CFR 1910.106--Handling Storage and Use of Flammable
Combustible Liquids;
(b) Tar remover (consisting by volume of 45% xylene and 55%
petroleum base mineral spirits);
(c) Power steering fluid (as specified by the vehicle manufacturer
for use in the motor vehicle on which the headlamp is intended to be
installed);
(d) Windshield washer fluid consisting of 0.5% monoethanolamine
with the remainder 50% concentration of methanol/distilled water by
volume; and
(e) Antifreeze (50% concentration of ethylene glycol/distilled
water by volume).
S14.6.2.1.2 Fluid application. The entire exterior lens surface of
the sample headlamp mounted in the headlamp test fixture and top
surface of the lens-reflector joint is wiped once to the left and once
to the right with a 6 inch square soft cotton cloth (with pressure
equally applied) which has been saturated once in a container with 2
ounces of five different test fluids listed above. The lamp is wiped
within 5 seconds after removal of the cloth from the test fluid. A new
lamp sample may be used with each fluid.
S14.6.2.1.3 Test duration. After the headlamp sample has been wiped
with the test fluid, it must be stored in its designed operating
attitude for 48 hours at a temperature of 23[deg]C 4[deg]C
and a relative humidity of 30% 10%. At the end of the 48-
hour period, the headlamp is wiped clean with a soft dry cotton cloth
and visually inspected.
S14.6.2.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
chemical resistance test, the sample headlamp must have no surface
deterioration, coating delamination, fractures, deterioration of
bonding or sealing materials, color bleeding, or color pickup visible
without magnification and the headlamp must meet the requirements of
the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/
4\[deg] reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
S14.6.3 Corrosion test.
S14.6.3.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test
fixture in designed operating position and including all accessory
equipment necessary to operate in its normal manner, is subjected to a
salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM B117-73, Method of Salt
Spray (Fog) Testing (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of
this title), for 50 total hours, consisting of two periods of 24 hours
exposure followed by a 1 hour drying period. If a portion of the device
is completely protected in service, that portion is covered to prevent
salt fog entry during exposure. After removal from the salt spray and
the final 1 hour drying period the sample headlamp is examined for
corrosion that affect any other applicable tests contained in S14.6. If
such corrosion is found, the affected test(s) must be performed on the
corrosion sample and the results recorded.
S14.6.3.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
corrosion test, the sample headlamp must not have any observed
corrosion which would result in the failure of any other applicable
tests contained in S14.6 and no corrosion of the headlamp mounting and
aiming mechanism that would result in the failure of the aiming
adjustment tests, inward force test, or torque deflection test of
S14.6.
S14.6.4 Corrosion-connector test.
S14.6.4.1 Procedure.
S14.6.4.1.1 A headlamp connector test must be performed on each
filament circuit of the sample headlamp prior to the test in
S14.6.4.1.2 according to Figure 4 and S14.6.15. The power source is set
to provide 12.8 volts and the resistance must be set to produce 10
amperes.
S14.6.4.1.2 The headlamp, with connector attached to the terminals,
unfixtured and in its designed operating attitude with all drain holes,
breathing devices or other designed openings in their normal operating
positions, is subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with
ASTM B117-73, Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing (incorporated by
reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), for 240 hours, consisting
of ten successive 24-hour periods.
S14.6.4.1.3 During each period, the headlamp is mounted in the
middle of the chamber and exposed for 23 hours to the salt spray. The
spray is not activated during the 24th hour. The bulb is removed from
the headlamp and from the test chamber during the one hour of salt
spray deactivation and reinserted for the start of the next test
period, at the end of the first and last three 23-hour periods of salt
spray exposure, and at the end of any two of the fourth through seventh
23-hour periods of salt-spray exposure.
S14.6.4.1.4 The test chamber is closed at all times except for a
maximum of 2 minutes which is allowed for removal or replacement of a
bulb during each period.
S14.6.4.1.5 After the ten periods, the lens-reflector unit without
the bulb must be immersed in deionized water for 5 minutes, then
secured and allowed to dry by natural convection only.
S14.6.4.1.6 Using the voltage, resistance and pre-test set up of
S14.6.4.1.1 the current in each filament circuit must be measured after
the test conducted in S14.6.4.1.2.
S14.6.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.4.2.1 After the completion of the corrosion-connector test,
the sample headlamp must show no evidence of external or internal
corrosion or rust visible without magnification.
S14.6.4.2.2 Loss of adhesion of any applied coating must not occur
more than 3.2 mm from any sharp edge on the inside or out.
S14.6.4.2.3 Corrosion may occur on terminals only if the test
current produced during the test of S14.6.4.1.6 is not less than 9.7
amperes.
S14.6.5 Dust test.
S14.6.5.1 Procedure.
S14.6.5.1.1 A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test fixture,
with all drain holes, breathing devices or other designed openings in
their normal operating positions, is positioned within a cubical box,
with inside measurements of 900 mm on each side or larger if required
for adequate wall clearance (i.e., a distance of at least 150 mm
between the headlamp and any wall of the box).
S14.6.5.1.2 The box contains 4.5 kg of fine powdered cement which
conforms to the ASTM C150-77, Standard Specification for Portland
Cement (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title).
Every 15 minutes, the cement is agitated by compressed air or fan
blower(s) by projecting blasts of air for a two-second period in a
downward direction so that the cement is diffused as uniformly as
possible throughout the entire box.
S14.6.5.1.3 This test is continued for five hours after which the
exterior surfaces of the headlamp are wiped clean.
S14.6.5.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the dust
test, the sample headlamp must meet the requirements of the applicable
photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] reaim is
permitted in any direction at any test point.
S14.6.6 Temperature cycle test and internal heat test.
S14.6.6.1 Samples. A sample headlamp with one or more replaceable
light sources is tested according to the procedures of this section for
a temperature cycle test and an internal heat test. The same sample
headlamp is used in the temperature cycle test and then in the internal
heat test.
S14.6.6.2 General procedure.
[[Page 68294]]
S14.6.6.2.1 Tests are made with all filaments lighted at design
voltage that are intended to be used simultaneously in the headlamp and
which in combination draw the highest total wattage. These include but
are not limited to filaments used for turn signal lamps, fog lamps,
parking lamps, and headlamp lower beams lighted with upper beams when
the wiring harness is so connected on the vehicle.
S14.6.6.2.2 If a turn signal is included in the headlamp assembly,
it is operated at 90 flashes a minute with a 75% 2%
current ``on time.''
S14.6.6.2.3 If the lamp produces both the upper and lower beam, it
is tested in both the upper beam mode and the lower beam mode under the
conditions above described, except for a headlamp with a single type
HB1 or type HB2 light source.
S14.6.6.3 Temperature cycle test.
S14.6.6.3.1 Procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.1 A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test
fixture, is subjected to 10 complete consecutive cycles having the
thermal cycle profile shown in Figure 6.
S14.6.6.3.1.2 During the hot cycle, the lamp, is energized
commencing at point ``A'' of Figure 6 and de-energized at point ``B.''
S14.6.6.3.1.3 Separate or single test chambers may be used to
generate the environment of Figure 6.
S14.6.6.3.1.4 All drain holes, breathing devices or other openings
or vents of the headlamps are set in their normal operating positions.
S14.6.6.3.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
temperature cycle test, the sample headlamp must:
(a) show no evidence of delamination, fractures, entry of moisture,
or deterioration of bonding material, color bleeding, warp or
deformation visible without magnification;
(b) show no lens warpage greater than 3 mm when measured parallel
to the optical axis at the point of intersection of the axis of each
light source with the exterior surface of the lens; and
(c) meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of
Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] reaim is permitted in any
direction at any test point.
S14.6.6.4 Internal heat test.
S14.6.6.4.1 Procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.1 A sample headlamp lens surface that would normally be
exposed to road dirt is uniformly sprayed with any appropriate mixture
of dust and water or other materials to reduce the photometric output
at the H-V test point of the upper beam (or the \1/2\[deg]D-1\1/
2\[deg]R test point of the lower beam as applicable) to 25% < plus-
minus> 2% of the output originally measured in the applicable
photometric compliance test.
S14.6.6.4.1.2 A headlamp with a single type HB1 or type HB2 light
source is tested on the upper beam only.
S14.6.6.4.1.3 Such reduction is determined under the same
conditions as that of the original photometric measurement.
S14.6.6.4.1.4 After the photometric output of the lamp has been
reduced as specified above, the sample lamp and its mounting hardware
must be mounted in an environmental chamber in a manner similar to that
indicated in Figure 7 ``Dirt/Ambient Test Setup.''
S14.6.6.4.1.5 The headlamp is soaked for one hour at a temperature
of 35[deg] + 4[deg] - 0 [deg]C) and then the lamp is energized
according to the procedure of this section for one hour in a still air
condition, allowing the temperature to rise from the soak temperature.
S14.6.6.4.1.6 At the end of one hour the sample lamp is returned to
a room ambient temperature of 23[deg] + 4[deg] - 0 [deg]C and a
relative humidity of 30% 10% and allowed to stabilize to
the room ambient temperature. The lens is then cleaned.
S14.6.6.4.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
temperature cycle test and meeting its requirements, and completion of
the internal heat test, the sample headlamp must:
(a) have no lens warpage greater than 3 mm when measured parallel
to the optical axis at the point of intersection of the axis of each
light source with the exterior surface of the lens, and
(b) meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of
Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] reaim is permitted in any
direction at any test point.
S14.6.7 Humidity test.
S14.6.7.1 Procedure.
S14.6.7.1.1 The test fixture consists of a horizontal steel plate
to which three threaded steel or aluminum rods of \1/2\ inch diameter
are screwed vertically behind the headlamp.
S14.6.7.1.2 The sample headlamp assembly is clamped to the vertical
rods, which are behind the headlamp. All attachments to the headlamp
assembly are made behind the lens and vents or openings, and are not
within 2 inches laterally of a vent inlet or outlet.
S14.6.7.1.3 The mounted headlamp assembly is oriented in its design
operating position, and is placed in a controlled environment at a
temperature of 100[deg] + 7[deg]-0[deg] F (38[deg] + 4[deg]-0[deg] C)
with a relative humidity of not less than 90%. All drain holes,
breathing devices, and other openings are set in their normal operation
positions for all phases of the humidity test.
S14.6.7.1.4 The headlamp is subjected to 24 consecutive 3-hour test
cycles. In each cycle, the headlamp is energized for 1 hour at design
voltage with the highest combination of filament wattages that are
intended to be used, and then de-energized for 2 hours. If the headlamp
incorporates a turn signal then the turn signal flashes at 90 flashes
per minute with a 75% 2% current ``on-time.''
S14.6.7.1.5 Within 3 minutes after the completion of the 24th
cycle, the air flow test will begin. The following procedure shall
occur: the mounted assembly is removed, placed in an insulating box and
covered with foam material so that there is no visible air space around
the assembly; the box is closed, taken to the air flow test chamber,
and placed within it. Inside the chamber, the assembly with respect to
the air flow, is oriented in its design operating position. The
assembly is positioned in the chamber so that the center of the lens is
in the center of the opening of the air flow entry duct during the
test. The headlamp has at least 3 inches clearance on all sides, and at
least 4 inches to the entry and exit ducts at the closest points. If
vent tubes are used which extend below the lamp body, the 3 inches are
measured from the bottom of the vent tube or its protection. The
temperature of the chamber is 73[deg] + 7[deg] - 0 [deg]F (23[deg] +
4[deg] - 0 [deg]C) with a relative humidity of 30% + 10% - 0%. The
headlamp is not energized.
S14.6.7.1.6 Before the test specified in paragraph S14.6.7.1.7 of
this section, the uniformity of the air flow in the empty test chamber
at a plane 4 inches downstream of the air entry duct is measured over a
4 inch square grid. The uniformity of air flow at each grid point is
10% of the average air flow specified in paragraph
S14.6.7.1.7 of this section.
S14.6.7.1.7 The mounted assembly in the chamber is exposed, for one
hour, to an average air flow of 330 +0 -30 ft/min as measured with an
air velocity measuring probe having an accuracy of 3% in
the 330 ft/min range. The average air flow is the average of the
velocity recorded at six points around the perimeter of the lens. The
six points are determined as follows: At the center of the lens,
construct a horizontal plane. The first two points are located in the
plane, 1 inch outward from the intersection of the plane and each edge
of the lens. Then, trisect the distance between these two points and
construct longitudinal vertical planes at the two intermediate
locations formed by the
[[Page 68295]]
trisection. The four remaining points are located in the vertical
planes, one inch above the top edge of the lens, and one inch below the
bottom edge of the lens.
S14.6.7.1.8 After one hour, the headlamp is removed and inspected
for moisture.
S14.6.7.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
humidity test, the sample headlamp must show no evidence of interior
delamination or moisture, fogging or condensation visible without
magnification.
S14.6.8 Vibration test.
S14.6.8.1 Samples. The mounting bracket with a sample headlamp
installed must not have a resonant frequency in the 10-55 Hz. range.
S14.6.8.2 Procedure. The mounted sample headlamp is bolted to the
anvil end of the table of the vibration test machine of Figure 21 and
vibrated 750 cpm through a distance of 1/8 in. The table is spring
mounted at one end and fitted with steel calks on the underside of the
other end. The table is of sufficient size to completely contain the
test fixture base with no overhang. The calks are to make contact with
the steel anvil once during each cycle at the completion of the fall.
The rack is operated under a spring tension of 60 to 70 lb. The
vibration is applied in the vertical axis of the headlamp as mounted on
the vehicle. Bulb filaments are not energized during the test. The test
is continued for 1 hour.
S14.6.8.3 Performance requirements. After completion of the
vibration test, there must be no evidence of loose or broken parts,
other than filaments, visible without magnification.
S14.6.9 Sealing test.
S14.6.9.1 Procedure.
S14.6.9.1.1 An unfixtured sample headlamp in its design mounting
position is placed in water at a temperature of 176[deg]
5[deg] F (60[deg] 3[deg] C) for one hour. The headlamp is
energized in its highest wattage mode, with the test voltage at 12.8
0.1V during immersion.
S14.6.9.1.2 The lamp is then de-energized and immediately submerged
in its design mounting position into water at 32[deg] +5[deg] -0[deg] F
(0[deg] +3[deg] -0[deg] C). The water is in a pressurized vessel, and
the pressure is increased to 10 psi (70 kPa), upon placing the lamp in
the water. The lamp must remain in the pressurized vessel for a period
of thirty minutes.
S14.6.9.1.3 This entire procedure is repeated for four cycles.
S14.6.9.1.4 Then the lamp is inspected for any signs of water on
its interior. During the high temperature portion of the cycles, the
lamp is observed for signs of air escaping from its interior.
S14.6.9.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the sealing
test, a sample headlamp confirmed to be sealed need not meet the
corrosion test, dust test, or humidity test of this Section. If any
water is on the interior or air escapes, the lamp is not a sealed lamp.
S14.6.10 Chemical resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens
headlamps test.
S14.6.10.1 Procedure.
S14.6.10.1.1 Test fluids. The three test fluids used in the
chemical resistance test include;
(a) Tar remover (consisting by volume of 45% xylene and 55%
petroleum base mineral spirits);
(b) Mineral spirits; and
(c) Fluids other than water contained in the manufacturer's
instructions for cleaning the reflector.
S14.6.10.1.2 Fluid application. With a sample headlamp in the
headlamp test fixture and the lens removed, the entire surface of the
reflector that receives light from a headlamp light source is wiped
once to the left and once to the right with a 6-inch square soft cotton
cloth (with pressure equally applied) which has been saturated once in
a container with 2 ounces of one of the test fluids listed in
S14.6.10.1.1. The lamp is wiped within 5 seconds after removal of the
cloth from the test fluid.
S14.6.10.1.3 Test duration. After the headlamp has been wiped with
the test fluid, it is stored in its designed operating attitude for 48
hours at a temperature of 73[deg] 7[deg] F (23[deg] 4[deg] C) and a relative humidity of 30% 10%. At
the end of the 48-hour period, the headlamp is wiped clean with a soft
dry cotton cloth and visually inspected.
S14.6.10.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
chemical resistance test, the sample headlamp must have no surface
deterioration, coating delamination, fractures, deterioration of
bonding or sealing materials, color bleeding or color pickup visible
without magnification and the headlamp must meet the requirements of
the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/
4\[deg] re-aim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
S14.6.11 Corrosion resistance test of reflectors of replaceable
lens headlamps test.
S14.6.11.1 Procedure.
S14.6.11.1.1 A sample headlamp with the lens removed, unfixtured
and in its designed operating attitude with all drain holes, breathing
devices or other designed openings in their normal operating positions,
must be subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM
B117-73, Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing (incorporated by reference,
see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), for 24 hours, while mounted in the
middle of the chamber.
S14.6.11.1.2 Afterwards, the headlamp must be stored in its
designed operating attitude for 48 hours at a temperature of 73[deg]
7[deg] F (23[deg] 4[deg] C) and a relative
humidity of 30% 10% and allowed to dry by natural
convection only. At the end of the 48-hour period, the reflector must
be cleaned according to the instructions supplied with the headlamp
manufacturer's replacement lens, and inspected. The lens and seal must
then be attached according to these instructions and the headlamp
tested for photometric performance.
S14.6.11.2 Performance requirements. After the completion of the
corrosion test, the sample headlamp must show no evidence of corrosion
or rust visible without magnification on any part of the headlamp
reflector that receives light from a headlamp light source, on any
metal light or heat shield assembly, or on a metal reflector of any
other lamp. The sample headlamp with the replacement lens installed
must meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table
XIX and Table XVIII. A \1/4\[deg] re-aim is permitted in any direction
at any test point.
S14.6.12 Inward force test.
S14.6.12.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp mechanism, including the
aiming adjusters, must be subjected to an inward force of 222 N
directed normal to the headlamp aiming plane and symmetrically about
the center of the headlamp lens face.
S14.6.12.2 Performance requirements. After the completion of the
inward force test, a sample headlamp must not permanently recede by
more than 2.5 mm. The aim of the headlamp must not permanently deviate
by more than 3.2 mm at a distance of 7.6 m. The aim of any headlamp
that is capable of being mechanically aimed by externally applied
aiming devices must not change by more than 0.30[deg].
S14.6.13 Torque deflection test.
S14.6.13.1 Procedure.
S14.6.13.1.1 The sample headlamp assembly is mounted in designed
vehicle position and set at nominal aim (H=0, V=0).
S14.6.13.1.2 A sealed beam headlamp, except Type G and Type H, is
removed from its mounting and replaced by the applicable deflectometer.
(Type C and Type D-Figure 18, Type A and Type E-Figure 16, Type B-
Figure 17, and Type F-Figure 14).
[[Page 68296]]
S14.6.13.1.3 Sealed beam headlamps Type G and Type H have the
adapter of Figure 15 and the deflectometer of Figure 14 attached to the
headlamp.
S14.6.13.1.4 A torque of 2.25 Nm must be applied to the headlamp
assembly through the deflectometer and a reading on the thumbwheel is
taken. The torque must be removed and a second reading on the
thumbwheel is taken.
S14.6.13.1.5 Headlamps other than sealed beam headlamps must have
the downward force used to create the torque applied parallel to the
aiming reference plane, through the aiming pads, and displaced forward
using a lever arm such that the force is applied on an axis that is
perpendicular to the aiming reference plane and originates at the
center of the aiming pad pattern (see Figure 3).
S14.6.13.1.6 For headlamps using the aiming pad locations of Group
I, the distance between the point of application of force and the
aiming reference plane is not less than 168.3 mm plus the distance from
the aiming reference plane to the secondary plane, if used.
S14.6.13.1.7 For headlamps using the aiming pad locations of Group
II, the distance between the point of application of force and the
aiming reference plane is not less than 167.9 mm plus the distance to
the secondary plane, if used.
S14.6.13.1.8 For headlamps using the nonadjustable Headlamp Aiming
Device Locating Plates for the 146 mm diameter, the 176 mm diameter,
and the 92x150 mm sealed beam, the distance between the point of
application of force and the aiming plane is not, respectively, less
than 177.4 mm, 176.2 mm, and 193.7 mm.
S14.6.13.2 Performance requirements. The aim of each sample
headlamp must not deviate more than 0.30[deg] when the downward torque
is removed.
S14.6.14 Retaining ring test.
S14.6.14.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp with the minimum flange
thickness of: Type A-31.5 mm, Type B-10.1 mm, Type C-11.8 mm, Type D-
11.8 mm, Type E-31.5 mm, and Type F-8.6 mm, is secured between the
appropriate mounting ring and retaining ring (mounting ring and aiming
ring for Type F).
S14.6.14.2 Performance requirements. The sample headlamp when
secured per the procedure must be held tight enough that it will not
rattle.
S14.6.15 Headlamp connector test.
S14.6.15.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp connected into the test
circuit of Figure 4 has the power supply adjusted until 10 amperes DC
are flowing through the circuit. The test is repeated for each filament
circuit of the headlamp.
S14.6.15.2 Performance requirements. The voltage drop, as measured
in the test circuit of Figure 4, must not exceed 40 mv DC in any
applicable filament circuit of the sample headlamp.
S14.6.16 Headlamp wattage test.
S14.6.16.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp that has been seasoned is
energized so as to have 12.8v 20 mv DC applied across each
filament circuit and the current flowing in each circuit is measured.
S14.6.16.2 Performance requirements. The wattage of each filament
circuit of the sample headlamp must not exceed the applicable value for
that type of headlamp as shown in Table II.
S14.6.17 Aiming adjustment test-laboratory.
S14.6.17.1 Procedure. A sample headlamp is mounted in design
position at nominal (H = 0, V = 0) aim with an accurate measuring
device such as a spot projector or other equally accurate means
attached. The headlamp is adjusted to the extremes of travel in each
horizontal and vertical direction.
S14.6.17.2 Performance requirements. Visually aimed lower beam
headlamps without a VHAD are required not to have a horizontal
adjustment mechanism and horizontal aim range requirements do not
apply.
S14.6.17.2.1 A sample sealed beam headlamp, other than a Type F,
tested per the procedure must provide a minimum of
4.0[deg] adjustment range in both the vertical and horizontal planes
and if equipped with independent vertical and horizontal aiming screws,
the adjustment must be such that neither the vertical nor horizontal
aim must deviate more than 100 mm from horizontal or vertical planes,
respectively, at a distance of 7.6 m through an angle of
4.0[deg].
S14.6.17.2.2 A sample Type F sealed beam, integral beam,
replaceable bulb, or combination headlamp tested per the procedure must
provide a minimum of 4.0[deg] adjustment range in the
vertical plane and 2.5[deg] in the horizontal plane and if
equipped with independent vertical and horizontal aiming screws, the
adjustment must be such that neither the vertical nor horizontal aim
must deviate more than 100 mm from horizontal or vertical planes,
respectively, at a distance of 7.6 m through an angle of
2.5[deg] and 4.0[deg], respectively.
S14.6.17.2.3 A sample headlamp that is aimed by moving the
reflector relative to the lens and headlamp housing, and vice versa
must provide a minimum adjustment range in the vertical plane not less
than the full range of the pitch on the vehicle on which it is
installed and 2.5[deg] in the horizontal plane.
S14.6.18 Aiming adjustment test-on vehicle.
S14.6.18.1 Procedure.
S14.6.18.1.1 A sample headlamp is mounted on the vehicle at nominal
(H = 0, V = 0) aim with an accurate measuring device such as a spot
projector or other equally accurate means attached.
S14.6.18.1.2 The installed range of static pitch angle is, at a
minimum, determined from unloaded vehicle weight to gross vehicle
weight rating, and incorporates pitch angle effects from maximum
trailer or trunk loadings, the full range of tire intermix sizes and
suspensions recommended and/or installed by the vehicle manufacturer,
and the anticipated effects of variable passenger loading.
S14.6.18.1.3 The headlamp is adjusted to the extremes of travel in
each horizontal and vertical direction.
S14.6.18.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.18.2.1 A sample headlamp tested per the procedure must
provide a minimum vertical adjustment range not less than the full
range of pitch of the vehicle on which it is installed.
S14.6.18.2.2 The vertical aim mechanism must be continuously
variable over the full range.
S14.6.18.2.3 The adjustment of one aim axis through its full on-
vehicle range must not cause the aim of the other axis to deviate more
than 0.76[deg]. If this performance is not achievable, the
requirements of S10.18.3.1 apply, except that if the aiming mechanism
is not a VHAD, the requirements specific to VHADs are not applicable,
and the instruction must be specific to the aiming mechanism installed.
S14.7 Replaceable light source physical test procedures and
performance requirements.
S14.7.1 Deflection test for replaceable light sources.
S14.7.1.1 Procedure.
S14.7.1.1.1 With the sample light source rigidly mounted in a
fixture in a manner indicated in Figure 8, a force 4.0 0.1
pounds (17.8 0.4N) is applied at a distance ``A'' from the
reference plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the glass
capsule and parallel to the smallest dimension of the pressed glass
capsule seal.
[[Page 68297]]
S14.7.1.1.2 The force is applied (using a rod with a hard rubber
tip with a minimum spherical radius of .039 in [1 mm]) radially to the
surface of the glass capsule in four locations in a plane parallel to
the reference plane and spaced at a distance ``A'' from that plane.
These force applications are spaced 90[deg] apart starting at the point
perpendicular to the smallest dimension of the pressed seal of the
glass capsule.
S14.7.1.1.3. The bulb deflection is measured at the glass capsule
surface at 180[deg] opposite to the force application. Distance ``A''
for a replaceable light source other than an HB Type is the dimension
provided in accordance with Appendix A of part 564 of this chapter,
section I.A.1 if the light source has a lower beam filament, or as
specified in section I.B.1 if the light source has only an upper beam
filament.
S14.7.1.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
deflection test, a sample light source must have no permanent
deflection of the glass envelope exceeding 0.13 mm in the direction of
applied force.
S14.7.2 Pressure test for replaceable light sources.
S14.7.2.1 Procedure.
S14.7.2.1.1 The capsule, lead wires and/or terminals, and seal on
each sample Type HB1, Type HB3, Type HB4, and Type HB5 light source,
and on any other replaceable light source which uses a seal, is
installed in a pressure chamber as shown in Figure 10 so as to provide
an airtight seal. The diameter of the aperture in Figure 10 on a
replaceable light source (other than an HB Type) must be that dimension
furnished for such light source in compliance with Appendix A or
Appendix B of part 564 of this chapter.
S14.7.2.1.2 The light source is immersed in water for one minute
while inserted in a cylindrical aperture specified for the light
source, and subjected to an air pressure of 70 KPa (10 psig) on the
glass capsule side.
S14.7.2.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
pressure test, the sample light source with an airtight seal on the low
pressure (connector side) must show no evidence of air bubbles on that
side.
S14.7.3 Replaceable light source power and flux measurement
procedure. The measurement of maximum power and luminous flux that is
submitted in compliance with section VII of Appendix A of part 564 of
this chapter, or section IV of Appendix B of part 564 of this chapter,
is made in accordance with this paragraph.
S14.7.3.1 Seasoning. The filament or discharge arc is seasoned
before measurement of either maximum power and luminous flux.
S14.7.3.1.1 Resistive filament source. Seasoning of a light source
with a resistive element type filament is made in accordance with this
S14.2.5.4 of this standard.
S14.7.3.1.2 Discharge source. For a light source using excited gas
mixtures as a filament or discharge arc, seasoning of the light source
system, including any ballast required for its operation, is made in
accordance with section 4.0 of SAE Recommended Practice J2009 FEB93,
Discharge Forward Lighting Systems.
S14.7.3.2 Test voltage. Measurements are made with a direct current
test voltage of 12.8 v regulated within one quarter of one percent.
S14.7.3.3 Luminous flux measurement. The measurement of luminous
flux is made in accordance with the Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America, LM 45; IES Approved Method for Electrical and
Photometric Measurements of General Service Incandescent Filament Lamps
(April 1980) (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this
title).
S14.7.3.3.1 Resistive filament light source setup. Luminous flux
measurements are made with the black cap installed on Type HB1, Type
HB2, Type HB4, and Type HB5, and on any other replaceable light source
so designed; and is with the electrical conductor and light source base
shrouded with an opaque white cover, except for the portion normally
located within the interior of the lamp housing. The measurement of
luminous flux for the Types HB3 and HB4 is made with the base covered
with a white cover as shown in the drawings for Types HB3 and HB4 filed
in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397. The white covers are used to eliminate the
likelihood of incorrect lumen measurement that will occur should the
reflectance of the light source base and electrical connector be low.
S14.7.3.3.2 Discharge light source setup. With the test voltage
applied to the ballast input terminals, the measurement of luminous
flux is made with the black cap installed, if so designed, and is made
with an opaque white colored cover, except for the portion normally
located within the interior of the lamp housing.
S14.8 Vehicle headlamp aiming devices (VHAD) physical test
procedures and performance requirements.
S14.8.1 Samples. The same VHAD and associated headlamp(s) or
headlamp assembly must be rigidly mounted in a headlamp test fixture
with the aiming plane horizontal and vertical and with the scale on the
device set at 0.
S14.8.2 Scale graduation test.
S14.8.2.1 Procedure. Check each graduation on the horizontal and
vertical aim scales.
S14.8.2.2 Performance requirements. Scale graduation from correct
aim must not exceed 0.2[deg] horizontally and
0.1[deg] vertically.
S14.8.3 Cold scale graduation test.
S14.8.3.1 Procedure. The VHAD and an unlighted headlamp assembly
must then be stabilized at -7[deg] 3[deg]C in a
circulating air environmental test chamber for a 30 minute temperature
soak.
S14.8.3.2 Performance requirements. After completion of a 30 minute
temperature soak the variation from correct aim shown by the sample
VHAD must not exceed 0.2[deg] horizontally and 0.1[deg] vertically.
S14.8.4 Hot scale graduation test.
S14.8.4.1 Procedure. The VHAD and the headlamp assembly with its
highest wattage filament, or combination of filaments intended to be
used simultaneously, energized at its design voltage, is then
stabilized at 38[deg] 3 [deg]C in a circulating air
environmental test chamber for a 30 minute temperature soak.
S14.8.4.2 Performance requirements. After completion of a 30 minute
temperature soak the variation from correct aim shown by the sample
VHAD must not exceed 0.2[deg] horizontally and 0.1[deg] vertically.
S14.8.5 Thermal cycle test.
S14.8.5.1 Procedure. The VHAD and an unlighted headlamp assembly
are then placed in a circulating air environmental test chamber and
exposed to a temperature of 60[deg] 3[deg]C for 24 hours,
followed by a temperature of -40[deg] 3[deg]C for 24
hours, and are then permitted to return to room temperature.
S14.8.5.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the thermal
cycle test the variation from correct aim shown by the sample VHAD must
not exceed 0.2[deg] horizontally and 0.1[deg]
vertically and the VHAD and headlamp assembly must show no damage which
would impair its ability to perform as specified in this standard.
S14.8.6 Corrosion test.
S14.8.6.1 Procedure. The VHAD and headlamp assembly are then tested
according to the headlamp corrosion test of S14.6.3.
S14.8.6.2 Performance requirements. After completion of the
corrosion test the sample VHAD and headlamp must not have any observed
corrosion that would result in the failure of any other
[[Page 68298]]
applicable tests contained in this section.
S14.8.7 Photometry test.
S14.8.7.1 Procedure. The VHAD and headlamp assembly are then tested
for photometric compliance according to the procedure of S14.2.5 and
for replacement units per S10.18.8.4.
S14.8.7.2 Performance requirements. The sample headlamp must comply
with the applicable photometric requirements of Table XIX and Table
XVIII and with replacement units installed per S10.18.8.4.
S14.9 Associated equipment physical test procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.9.1 Turn signal operating unit durability test.
S14.9.1.1 Power supply specifications. During the test, the unit is
operated at 6.4 volts for 6 volt systems or 12.8 volts for 12 volt
systems from a power supply meeting the following requirements:
(a) An output current that is at least 10 times the load current;
(b) Voltage regulation that allows a voltage change of less than
5%;
(c) Ripple voltage of not more than 5%;
(d) A response time of not more than 25 milliseconds rise time from
0 to rated current at rated voltage in a pure resistance circuit; and
(e) An output impedance of not more than 0.005 ohms dc.
S14.9.1.2 Procedure.
S14.9.1.2.1 The sample unit is operated with the maximum bulb load
it will experience on the vehicle on which it will be installed. Bulbs
that fail during the test are replaced. The turn signal flasher is not
to be included in the test circuit. When the unit includes a self-
canceling means, the test equipment is arranged so that the unit will
be turned ``off'' in its normal operating manner.
S14.9.1.2.2 The test is conducted at a rate not to exceed 15
complete cycles per minute. One complete cycle consists of the
following sequence: Off, left turn, off, right turn, and return to off.
S14.9.1.2.3 The voltage drop from the input terminal of the device
to each lamp output terminal, including 3 in of 16 or 18 gage wire, is
measured at the start of the test, at intervals of not more than 25,000
cycles during the test, and at the completion of the test.
S14.9.1.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.1.3.1 A turn signal operating unit is considered to have met
the requirements of the durability test if it remains operational after
completing at least 100,000 cycles, and the voltage drop between the
input contact and any output contact, including required length of
wire, does not exceed 0.25 volts.
S14.9.1.3.2 A turn signal operating unit is considered to have met
the requirements of the durability test if it remains operational after
completing at least 175,000 cycles for a unit installed on a
multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus 2032 mm or more in
overall width, and the voltage drop between the input contact and any
output contact, including required length of wire, does not exceed 0.25
volts.
S14.9.1.3.3 If stop signals also operate through the turn signal
operating unit, the voltage drop of any additional switch contacts must
meet the same requirements as the turn signal contacts.
S14.9.2 Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit durability
test.
S14.9.2.1 Procedure.
S14.9.2.1.1 The sample unit is operated at its rated voltage with
the maximum bulb load it will experience on the vehicle on which it
will be installed. Bulbs that fail during the test are replaced. The
hazard warning signal flasher is not to be included in the test
circuit.
S14.9.2.1.2 The unit is turned ``on'' and ``off'' in its normal
operating manner at a rate not to exceed 15 complete cycles per minute.
One complete cycle consists of the sequence: Off, on, and return to
off. The test consists of 10,000 cycles at an ambient temperature of
75[deg] 10 [deg]F followed by 1 hour constant ``on'' at
the same temperature.
S14.9.2.1.3 The voltage drop from the input terminal of the device
to each lamp output terminal, including 3 in of 16 or 18 gage wire, is
measured at the start of the test and at the completion of the test.
S14.9.2.2 Performance requirements. A hazard warning signal
operating unit is considered to have met the requirements of the
durability test if it remains operational after completing 10,000
cycles and the 1 hour constant ``on'' and the voltage drop between the
input contact and any output contact, including required length of
wire, does not exceed 0.3 volts for either 6.4 or 12.8 line voltage
both at the start and completion of the test.
S14.9.3 Turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning signal
flasher tests.
S14.9.3.1 Standard test circuit. All turn signal flasher and
vehicular hazard warning signal flasher tests use the standard test
circuit of Figure 22.
S14.9.3.1.1 Test circuit setup.
S14.9.3.1.1.1 The effective series resistance in the total circuit
between the power supply and the bulb sockets (excluding the flasher
and bulb load(s) using shorting bars) is 0.10 0.01 ohm.
S14.9.3.1.1.2 The circuit resistance at A-B of Figure 22 is
measured with flasher and bulb load(s) each shorted out with an
effective shunt resistance not to exceed 0.005 ohms.
S14.9.3.1.1.3 The voltage to the bulbs at C-D of Figure 22 is
adjusted to 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) with the flasher shorted out by
an effective shunt resistance not to exceed 0.005 ohms. The load
current is adjusted by simultaneously adjusting trimmer resistors, R.
S14.9.3.1.1.4 For testing fixed-load flashers at other required
voltages, adjust the power supply to provide required voltages, at the
required temperatures, at C-D of Figure 22, without readjustment of
trimming resistors, R.
S14.9.3.1.1.5 For variable-load flashers, the circuit is first
adjusted for 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) at C-D of Figure 22, with the
minimum required load, and the power supply is adjusted to provide
other required test voltages, at required temperatures, at C-D of
Figure 22, without readjustment of trimming resistors, R (each such
required voltage being set with the minimum required load in place).
The required voltage tests with the maximum load are conducted without
readjusting each corresponding power supply voltage, previously set
with minimum bulb load.
S14.9.3.1.1.6 A suitable high impedance measuring device connected
to points X-Y in Figure 22 is used for measuring flash rate, percent
current ``on'' time, and voltage drop across the flasher. The
measurement of these quantities does not affect the circuit.
S14.9.3.2 Power supply specifications.
S14.9.3.2.1 Starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent
current ``on'' time tests. The power supply used in the standard test
circuit for conducting the starting time, the voltage drop, and the
flash rate and percent current ``on'' time tests must comply with the
following specifications:
(a) Must not generate any adverse transients not present in motor
vehicles;
(b) Be capable of supplying 11-16 vdc for 12 volt flashers and 5-9
vdc for 6 volt flashers to the input terminals of the standard test
circuit;
(c) Be capable of supplying required design current(s) continuously
and inrush currents as required by the design bulb load complement;
(d) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate
more than 2% with changes in the static load from 0 to maximum (not
including inrush
[[Page 68299]]
current) nor for static input line voltage variations;
(e) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate
more than 1.0 vdc from 0 to maximum load (including inrush current) and
must recover 63% of its maximum excursion within 100 [mu]sec; and
(f) Have a ripple voltage of 75mv, peak to peak.
S14.9.3.2.2 Durability tests. The power supply used in the standard
test circuit for conducting durability tests must comply with the
following specifications:
(a) Must not generate any adverse transients not present in motor
vehicles;
(b) Be capable of supplying 13 vdc and 14 vdc for 12 volt flashers
and 6.5 vdc and 7 vdc for 6 volt flashers to the input terminals of the
standard test circuit;
(c) Be capable of supplying a continuous output current of the
design load for one flasher times the number of flashers and inrush
currents as required by the design bulb load complement;
(d) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate
more than 2% with changes in the static load from 0 to maximum (not
including inrush current) and means must be provided to compensate for
static input line voltage variations;
(e) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate
more than 1.0 vdc from 0 to maximum load (including inrush current) and
must recover 63% of its maximum excursion within 5 [mu]sec; and
(f) Have a ripple voltage of 300 mv, peak to peak.
S14.9.3.3 Turn signal flasher starting time test.
S14.9.3.3.1 Samples. Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from
fifty representative samples are subjected to a starting time test
using the standard test circuit.
S14.9.3.3.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.3.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of 75
10 [deg]F with the design load (variable load flashers are
tested with their minimum and their maximum design load) connected and
the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply design voltage
at the bulbs.
S14.9.3.3.2.2 The time measurement starts when the voltage is
initially applied. Compliance is based on an average of three starts
for each sample separated by a cooling interval of 5 minutes.
S14.9.3.3.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the
starting time test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples
comply with the following:
(a) A flasher having normally closed contacts must open (turn off)
within 1.0 second for a device designed to operate two signal lamps, or
within 1.25 seconds for a device designed to operate more than two
lamps, or
(b) A flasher having normally open contacts must complete the first
cycle (close the contacts and then open the contacts) within 1.5
seconds.
S14.9.3.4 Turn signal flasher voltage drop test.
S14.9.3.4.1 Samples. The same twenty sample flashers used in the
starting time test are subjected to a voltage drop test using the
standard test circuit.
S14.9.3.4.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.4.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of 75
10 [deg]F with the design load (variable load flashers are
tested with their maximum design load) connected and the power source
for the standard test circuit adjusted to apply 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts
at the bulbs according to the flasher rating.
S14.9.3.4.2.2 The voltage drop is measured between the input and
load terminals of the flasher during the ``on'' period after the
flashers have completed at least five consecutive cycles.
S14.9.3.4.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the
voltage drop test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples
comply with the lowest voltage drop across any flasher not exceeding
0.80 volt.
S14.9.3.5 Turn signal flasher flash rate and percent current ``on''
time test.
S14.9.3.5.1 Samples. The same twenty sample flashers used in the
voltage drop test are subjected to a flash rate and percent of current
``on'' time test.
S14.9.3.5.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2.1 The test is conducted using the standard test circuit
with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their
minimum and their maximum design load) connected and design voltage
applied to the bulbs.
S14.9.3.5.2.2 Compliance is determined using the following
combinations of ambient temperature and bulb voltage:
(a) 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) and 75[deg] 10 [deg]F,
(b) 12.0 volts (or 6.0 volts) and 0[deg] 5 [deg]F,
(c) 15.0 volts (or 7.5 volts) and 0[deg] 5 [deg]F,
(d) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 125[deg] 5 [deg]F,
and
(e) 14.0 volts (or 7.0 volts) and 125[deg] 5 [deg]F.
S14.9.3.5.2.3 Flash rate and percent current ``on'' time are
measured after the flashers have completed five consecutive cycles and
are determined by an average of at least three consecutive cycles.
S14.9.3.5.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the flash
rate and percent current ``on'' time test are considered to have been
met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the following:
(a) The performance of a normally closed type flasher must be
within the unshaded portion of the polygon shown in Figure 2, or
(b) The performance of a normally open type flasher must be within
the entire rectangle including the shaded areas shown in Figure 2.
S14.9.3.6 Turn signal flasher durability test.
S14.9.3.6.1 Samples. Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from
the thirty samples not used in the previous tests are subjected to a
durability test.
S14.9.3.6.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2.1 Conformance of the samples to the starting time,
voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current ``on'' time tests
(limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75[deg]
10[deg] F test condition only) is established.
S14.9.3.6.2.2 The test is conducted on each sample with the design
load (variable load flashers are tested with their maximum design load)
connected and 14 volts or 7.0 volts, according to the flasher rating,
applied to the input terminals of the standard test circuit.
S14.9.3.6.2.3 The test cycle consists of 15 seconds on followed by
15 seconds off for a total time of 200 hours in an ambient temperature
of 75[deg] 10[deg] F.
S14.9.3.6.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the
durability test are considered to have been met if, after completion,
17 of 20 samples comply with the performance requirements of the
starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current
``on'' time tests (limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75[deg]
10[deg] F test condition only) when tested in the standard
test circuit with design load and 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) applied to
the bulbs.
S14.9.3.7 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher starting time
test.
S14.9.3.7.1 Samples. Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from
fifty representative samples are subjected to a starting time test
using the standard test circuit.
S14.9.3.7.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.7.2.1 The test is conducted test in an ambient temperature
of 75[deg] 10[deg] F with the minimum and maximum load
connected and the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply
design voltage at the bulbs.
[[Page 68300]]
S14.9.3.7.2.2 The time measurement starts when the voltage is
initially applied.
S14.9.3.7.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the
starting time test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples
comply with the following:
(a) A flasher having normally closed contacts must open (turn off)
within 1.5 seconds after the voltage is applied, or
(b) A flasher having normally open contacts must complete the first
cycle (close the contacts and then open the contacts) within 1.5
seconds after the voltage is applied.
S14.9.3.8 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher voltage drop
test.
S14.9.3.8.1 Samples. The same twenty sample flashers used in the
starting time test are subjected to a voltage drop test using the
standard test circuit.
S14.9.3.8.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.8.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of
75[deg] 10[deg] F with the maximum design load connected
and the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply design
voltage at the bulbs.
S14.9.3.8.2.2 The voltage drop is measured between the input and
load terminals of the flasher during the ``on'' period after the
flashers have completed at least five consecutive cycles.
S14.9.3.8.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the
voltage drop test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples
comply with the lowest voltage drop across any flasher must not exceed
0.8 volt.
S14.9.3.9 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher flash rate and
percent ``on'' time test.
S14.9.3.9.1 Samples. The same twenty sample flashers used in the
voltage drop test are subjected to a flash rate and percent of current
``on'' time test.
S14.9.3.9.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2.1 The test is conducted using the standard test circuit
by and applying loads of from two signal lamps to the maximum design
loading including pilot indicator.
S14.9.3.9.2.2 Compliance is determined using the following
combinations of ambient temperature and bulb voltage:
(a) 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) and 75[deg] 10[deg] F,
(b) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 125[deg] 5[deg] F,
(c) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 0[deg] 5[deg] F,
(d) 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) and 125[deg] 5[deg] F,
and
(e) 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) and 0[deg] 5[deg] F.
S14.9.3.9.2.3 Flash rate and percent current ``on'' time are
measured after the flashers have completed five consecutive cycles and
are determined by an average of at least three consecutive cycles.
S14.9.3.9.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the flash
rate and percent current ``on'' time test are considered to have been
met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the following:
(a) The performance of a normally closed type flasher must be
within the unshaded portion of the polygon shown in Figure 2, or
(b) The performance of a normally open type flasher must be within
the entire rectangle including the shaded areas shown in Figure 2.
S14.9.3.10 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher durability test.
S14.9.3.10.1 Samples. Twenty sample flashers chosen from random
from the thirty samples not used in the previous tests are subjected to
a durability test.
S14.9.3.10.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2.1 Conformance of the samples to the starting time,
voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current ``on'' time tests
(limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75[deg]
10[deg] F test condition only) is established.
S14.9.3.10.2.2 The test is conducted on each sample with the
maximum design load connected and 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) applied to
the input terminals of the standard test circuit.
S14.9.3.10.2.3 The flasher is subjected to continuous flashing for
a total time of 36 hours in an ambient temperature of 75[deg] < plus-
minus> 10[deg] F.
S14.9.3.10.3 Performance requirements. The requirements of the
durability test are considered to have been met if, after completion,
17 of 20 samples comply with the performance requirements of the
starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current
``on'' time tests (limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75[deg]
10[deg] F test condition only) when tested in the standard
test circuit with the power source adjusted to provide design voltage
to the bulbs and with a minimum load of two signal lamp bulbs and the
maximum design load, including pilot lamps, as specified by the
manufacturer at an ambient temperature of 75[deg] 10[deg]
F.
S14.9.3.11 Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device tests.
S14.9.3.11.1 Test conditions. All tests are conducted with 13 volts
input to the device unless otherwise specified.
S14.9.3.11.2 Sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.2.1 Samples. The sample device is mounted in and
operated in the laboratory in the same environment as that encountered
on the vehicle, that is tinted glass, grille work, etc.
S14.9.3.11.2.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.1 The sample device is adjusted for sensitivity in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. It is exposed to a
light source capable of providing a variable intensity of at least 1.5
cd to 150 cd at 100 feet from the sample device.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.2 The device is switched to the lower beam mode in
accordance with the ``dim'' limits specified and switched back to the
upper beam mode in accordance with the ``hold'' limits specified for
the specified test positions.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.3 To provide more complete information on
sensitivity throughout the required vertical and horizontal angles, a
set of constant footcandle curves are made at ``dim'' sensitivities of
17, 25, and 100 cd at 100 ft.
S14.9.3.11.2.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 Operating limits.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test position (degrees) Dim (cd at 100 ft) Hold (cd at 100 ft)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H V...................................... Adjust to 15............... 1.5 min to 3.75 max.
H 2L..................................... 25 max..................... 1.5 min.
H 4L..................................... 40 max..................... 1.5 min.
H 6L..................................... 75 max..................... 1.5 min.
H 2R..................................... 25 max..................... 1.5 min.
H 5R..................................... 150 max to 40 min.......... 1.5 min.
1D V..................................... 30 max..................... 1.5 min.
1U V..................................... 30 max..................... 1.5 min.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68301]]
S14.9.3.11.2.3.2 There must be no sensitivity voids shown in the
constant footcandle curves within the area limited by the test
positions.
S14.9.3.11.3 Voltage regulation test.
S14.9.3.11.3.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.3.1.2 The ``dim'' sensitivity is measured at the H-V
test position at 11 volts input to the device and at 15 volts input to
the device.
S14.9.3.11.3.2 Performance requirements. The device must switch to
the lower beam mode at between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft)
with the input voltage at 11 volts and at 15 volts.
S14.9.3.11.4 Manual override test.
S14.9.3.11.4.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.2 The device is exposed to a test light that causes
it to switch to the lower beam mode.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.3 The manufacturer's instructions are followed to
cause the device to override the test light and switch to upper beam.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.4 In a similar manner, the test light is
extinguished to cause the device to switch to the upper beam mode.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.5 Again the manufacturer's instructions are followed
to cause the device to switch to lower beam.
S14.9.3.11.4.2 Performance requirements. The device, when operated
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, must switch to the
opposite beam with the test light energized and with the test light
extinguished.
S14.9.3.11.5 Warmup test.
S14.9.3.11.5.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.5.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted
so that it complies with the sensitivity test and the test lamp
extinguished.
S14.9.3.11.5.1.2 The test lamp will then be energized at a level of
25 (cd at 100 ft) at the H-V position of the device and the time for
the device to switch to lower beam is measured.
S14.9.3.11.5.2 Performance requirements. If the warmup time of the
device exceeds 10 seconds it shall maintain the headlamps on lower beam
during warmup.
S14.9.3.11.6 Temperature test.
S14.9.3.11.6.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.1 The sample device is exposed for 1 hour in a
temperature corresponding to that at the device mounting location.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.2 For a device mounted in the passenger compartment
or the engine compartment, the temperature is 210[deg] F, mounted
elsewhere, the temperature is 150[deg] F.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.3 After this exposure the H-V ``dim'' sensitivity of
the sample device is measured over the temperature range of -30[deg] F
to +100[deg] F.
S14.9.3.11.6.2 Performance requirements. The device must switch to
the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft) over
the temperature range of -30[deg] F to +100[deg] F.
S14.9.3.11.7 Dust test.
S14.9.3.11.7.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.2 The device is then subjected to the dust test of
S14.5.3.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.3 At the conclusion of the dust exposure the lens of
the device must be wiped clean and the H-V ``dim'' sensitivity of the
sample device is measured.
S14.9.3.11.7.2 Performance requirements. The device must switch to
the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
S14.9.3.11.8 Corrosion test.
S14.9.3.11.8.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.2 All system components located outside the
passenger compartment must be subjected to the corrosion test of
S14.5.4 with the device not operating.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.3 Water is not permitted to accumulate on any
connector socket.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.4 At the conclusion of the test the H-V ``dim''
sensitivity of the sample device must be measured.
S14.9.3.11.8.2 Performance requirements. The sample device must
switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at
100 ft).
S14.9.3.11.9 Vibration test.
S14.9.3.11.9.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted
so that it complies with the sensitivity test and the mechanical aim of
the photounit determined.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.2 The sample device must be mounted in proper
vehicle position and subjected to vibration of 5g constant acceleration
for \1/2\ hour in each of three directions: vertical; horizontal and
parallel to the vehicle longitudinal axis; and horizontal and normal to
the vehicle longitudinal axis.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.3 The vibration frequency must be varied from 30 to
200 and back to 30 cycles per second over a period of approximately 1
minute.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.4 The device must be operating during the test.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.5 At the conclusion of the test the H-V ``dim''
sensitivity of the sample device and the mechanical aim of the
photounit must be measured.
S14.9.3.11.9.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9.2.1 The sample device must switch to the lower beam
mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
S14.9.3.11.9.2.2 The mechanical aim of the device photounit must
not have changed by more than 0.25[deg] from the initial value.
S14.9.3.11.10 Sunlight test.
S14.9.3.11.10.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.1.1 The sample device must be exposed for 1 hour in
bright noonday sunlight (5000 fc minimum illumination with a clear sky)
with the photounit aimed as it would be in service and facing an
unobstructed portion of the horizon in the direction of the sun.
S14.9.3.11.10.1.2 The device must then be rested for 1 hour in
normal room light at room temperature and the H-V ``dim'' sensitivity
of the sample device is measured.
S14.9.3.11.10.2 Performance requirements. The sample device must
switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at
100 ft).
S14.9.3.11.11 Durability test.
S14.9.3.11.11.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.2 The device photounit operated at a 13.0 input
voltage on a cycle of 90 minutes on and 30 minutes off must be
activated by a 60 cd light source at 100 ft, or equivalent, which is
cycled on and off 4 times per minute for a period of 200 hours.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.3 The device must then rest for 2 hours in a
lighted area of 50 to 150 fc after which the H-V ``dim'' sensitivity
must be measured.
S14.9.3.11.11.2 Performance requirements. The sample device must
switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at
100 ft).
S14.9.3.11.12 Return to upper beam test.
S14.9.3.11.12.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted
so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.12.1.2 The lens of the photounit must be exposed to
light of 100 fc for 10 seconds.
S14.9.3.11.12.2 Performance requirements. The sample device must
switch to upper beam mode within 2 seconds after the 100 fc light is
extinguished.
[[Page 68302]]
Table I.-a--Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting device Number and color Mounting location Mounting height Device activation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and Buses
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lower Beam Headlamps............ White, of a On the front, at Not less than 55.9
headlighting the same height, cm nor more than
system listed in symmetrically 137.2 cm.
Table II. about the The wiring harness
vertical or connector
centerline, as assembly of each
far apart as headlighting
practicable. system must be
designed so that
only those light
sources intended
for meeting lower
beam photometrics
are energized
when the beam
selector switch
is in the lower
beam position,
and that only
those light
sources intended
for meeting upper
beam photometrics
are energized
when the beam
selector switch
is in the upper
beam position,
except for
certain systems
listed in Table
II..
Steady burning,
except that may
be flashed for
signaling
purposes..
Upper Beam Headlamps............ White, of a On the front, at Not less than 55.9
headlighting the same height, cm nor more than
system listed in symmetrically 137.2 cm.
Table II. about the
vertical
centerline, as
far apart as
practicable.
Turn Signal Lamps............... 2 Amber........... At or near the Not less than 15 Flash when the
front, at the inches, nor more turn signal
same height, than 83 inches. flasher is
symmetrically actuated by the
about the turn signal
vertical operating unit.
centerline, as
far apart as
practicable.
2 Amber or red On the rear, at
Truck tractor the same height,
exception, see symmetrically
S6.1.1.3. about the
vertical
centerline, as
far apart as
practicable.
Taillamps....................... 2 Red............. On the rear, at Not less than 15 Steady burning.
the same height, inches, nor more Must be activated
symmetrically than 72 inches. when the
about the headlamps are
vertical activated in a
centerline, as steady burning
far apart as state or the
practicable. parking lamps on
passenger cars
and MPVs, trucks,
and buses less
than 80 inches in
overall width are
activated.
May be activated
when the
headlamps are
activated at less
than full
intensity as
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stop Lamps...................... 2 Red............. On the rear, at Not less than 15 Steady burning.
the same height, inches, nor more Must be activated
symmetrically than 72 inches. upon application
about the of the service
vertical brakes. When
centerline, as optically
far apart as combined with a
practicable. turn signal lamp,
the circuit must
be such that the
stop signal
cannot be
activated if the
turn signal lamp
is flashing.
[[Page 68303]]
May also be
activated by a
device designed
to retard the
motion of the
vehicle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Side Marker Lamps............... 2 Amber On each side as Not less than 15 Steady burning
far to the front inches. except may be
as practicable. flashed for
signaling
purposes. Must be
activated when
the headlamps are
activated in a
steady burning
state or the
parking lamps on
passenger cars
and MPVs, trucks,
and buses less
than 80 inches in
overall width are
activated.
2 Red (not On each side as
required on truck far to the rear
tractor). as practicable.
Reflex Reflectors............... On each side as 2 Amber........... Not less than 15 Not applicable.
far to the front inches, nor more
as practicable. than 60 inches.
2 Red (not On each side as
required on truck far to the rear
tractor). as practicable.
2 Red............. On the rear, at
the same height,
symmetrically
about the
vertical
centerline, as
far apart as
practicable.
On a truck tractor
may be mounted on
the back of the
cab not less than
4 inches above
the height of the
rear tires..
Backup Lamp..................... 1 White. On the rear. No requirement. Steady burning.
Additional lamps Must be activated
permitted to meet when the ignition
requirements. switch is
energized and
reverse gear is
engaged.
Must not be
energized when
the vehicle is in
forward motion.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
License Plate Lamp.............. 1 White. On the rear to No requirement. Steady burning.
Additional lamps illuminate Must be activated
permitted to meet license plate when the
requirements. from top or headlamps are
sides. activated in a
steady burning
state or when the
parking lamps on
passenger cars
and MPVs, trucks,
and buses less
than 80 inches in
overall width are
activated.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Lamps Required on All Passenger Cars, and on Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and
Buses, Less Than 2032 MM in Overall Width
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parking lamps................... 2 Amber or white. On the front, at Not less than 15 Steady burning.
the same height, inches, nor more Must be activated
symmetrically than 72 inches. when the
about the headlamps are
vertical activated in a
centerline, as steady burning
far apart as state.
practicable.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Lamp(s) Required on All Passenger Cars, and on Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and
Buses, Less Than 2032 MM in Overall Width and With a GVWR of 10,000 LBS or Less
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High mounted stop lamp.......... 1 Red, or 2 red On the rear Not less than 34 Steady burning.
where exceptions including inches except for Must only be
apply. See glazing, with the passenger cars. activated upon
Section 6.1.1.2. lamp center on See Section application of
the vertical 6.1.4.1. the service
centerline as brakes or by a
viewed from the device designed
rear. to retard the
motion of the
vehicle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68304]]
Additional Lamps and Reflective Devices Required on All Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV),
Trucks, and Buses, 30 Feet or Longer
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate side marker lamps.. 2 Amber........... On each side Not less than 15 Steady burning
located at or inches. except may be
near the midpoint flashed for
between the front signaling
and rear side purposes.
marker lamps. Must be activated
when the
headlamps are
activated in a
steady burning
state or when the
parking lamps on
passenger cars
and MPVs, trucks,
and buses less
than 80 inches in
overall width are
activated.
Intermediate side reflex 2 Amber........... On each side Not less than 15 Not applicable.
reflectors. located at or inches, nor more
near the midpoint than 60 inches.
between the front
and rear side
reflex
reflectors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Lamps Required on All Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Truck, and Buses, 2032 MM or More in
Overall Width
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clearance lamps................. 2 Amber........... On the front to As near the top as Steady burning.
indicate the practicable.
overall width of
the vehicle, or
width of cab on
truck tractor, at
the same height,
symmetrically
about the
vertical
centerline.
.................. May be located at
a location other
than the front if
necessary to
indicate the
overall width of
the vehicle, or
for protection
from damage
during normal
operation of the
vehicle.
2 Red (not On the rear to As near the top as Steady burning.
required on truck indicate the practicable,
tractor). overall width of except where the
the vehicle, at rear
the same height, identification
symmetrically lamps are mounted
about the at the extreme
vertical height of the
centerline. vehicle.
May be located at Practicability of
a location other locating lamps on
than the rear if the vehicle
necessary to header is
indicate the presumed when the
overall width of header extends at
the vehicle, or least 25 mm (1
for protection inch) above the
from damage rear doors..
during normal
operation of the
vehicle..
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Lamps Required on All Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Truck, and Buses, 2032 MM or More in
Overall Width
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identification lamps............ 3 Amber........... On the front, at As near the top of Steady burning.
the same height, the vehicle or
as close as top of the cab as
practicable to practicable.
the vertical
centerline, with
lamp centers
spaced not less
than 6 inches or
more than 12
inches apart.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68305]]
3 Red (not On the rear, at As near the top as Steady burning.
required on truck the same height, practicable.
tractor). as close as Practicability of
practicable to locating lamps on
the vertical the vehicle
centerline, with header is
lamp centers presumed when the
spaced not less header extends at
than 6 inches or least 25 mm (1
more than 12 inch) above the
inches apart. rear doors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Lamps Required on All School Buses Except Multifunction School Activity Buses
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signal warning lamps............ 2 Red plus 2 amber On the front of As high as Flashing
optional. the cab as far practicable but alternately
apart as at least above between 60 to 120
practicable, but the windshield. cycles per
in no case shall minute, with an
the spacing activation period
between lamps be sufficient to
less than 40 allow the lamp to
inches. reach full
Amber lamps, when brightness, when
installed, at the actuated by a
same height as manual switch.
and just inboard Amber lamps, when
of the red lamp.. installed, may
only be activated
by manual or foot
operation, and
must be
automatically
deactivated and
the red lamps
must be
automatically
activated when
the bus entrance
door is opened.
2 Red plus 2 amber On the rear cab as As high as Flashing
optional. far apart as practicable but alternately
practicable, but at least above between 60 to 120
in no case shall the top of any cycles per
the spacing side window minute, with an
between lamps be opening. activation period
less than 40 sufficient to
inches. allow the lamp to
Amber lamps, when reach full
installed, at the brightness, when
same height as actuated by a
and just inboard manual switch.
of the red lamp.. Amber lamps, when
installed, may
only be activated
by manual or foot
operation, and
must be
automatically
deactivated and
the red lamps
must be
automatically
activated when
the bus entrance
door is opened.
Daytime Running Lamps Permitted But Not Required on Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV),
Trucks, and Buses
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daytime running lamp (DRL)...... 2 identically On the front, Not more than Steady burning.
colored either symmetrically 1.067 meters Automatically
white, white to disposed about above the road activated as
yellow, white to the vertical surface if not a determined by the
selective yellow, centerline if not pair of lamps vehicle
selective yellow, a pair of lamps required by this manufacturer and
or yellow. required by this standard or if automatically
standard or if not optically deactivated when
not optically combined with a the headlamp
combined with a pair of lamps control is in any
pair of lamps required by this ``on'' position.
required by this standard. Each DRL optically
standard. See S7.10.13(b) combined with a
for additional turn signal lamp
height must be
limitation.. automatically
deactivated as a
DRL when the turn
signal lamp or
hazard warning
lamp is
activated, and
automatically
reactivated as a
DRL when the turn
signal lamp or
hazard warning
lamp is
deactivated.
See S7.10.10.1(c)
for additional
activation
requirements when
mounted close to,
or combined with,
a turn signal
lamp.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68306]]
Table I-b.--Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting device Number and color Mounting location Mounting height Device activation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Trailers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn Signal Lamps............... 2 Red or amber.... On the rear, at Not less than 15 Flash when the
the same height, inches, nor more turn signal
symmetrically than 83 inches. flasher is
about the actuated by the
vertical turn signal
centerline, as operating unit.
far apart as
practicable.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taillamps....................... 2 Red or 1 red on On the rear, at Not less than 15 Steady burning.
trailers less the same height, inches, nor more
than 30 inches symmetrically than 72 inches.
wide. about the
vertical
centerline, as
far apart as
practicable. When
a single lamp is
installed it must
be mounted at or
near the vertical
centerline.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stop Lamps...................... 2 Red, or 1 red on On the rear, at Not less than 15 Steady burning.
trailers less the same height, inches, nor more Must be activated
than 30 inches symmetrically than 72 inches. upon application
wide. about the of the service
vertical brakes.
centerline, as When optically
far apart as combined with a
practicable. When turn signal lamp,
a single lamp is the circuit must
installed it must be such that the
be mounted at or stop signal
near the vertical cannot be
centerline. activated if the
turn signal lamp
is flashing.
May also be
activated by a
device designed
to retard the
motion of the
vehicle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Side Marker Lamps............... 2 Amber. None On each side as Not less than 15 Steady burning
required on far to the front inches. except may be
trailers less as practicable flashed for
than 1829 mm [6 exclusive of the signaling
ft] in overall trailer tongue. purposes.
length including
the trailer
tongue.
2 Red............. On each side as Not less than 15
far to the rear inches. Not more
as practicable. than 60 inches on
trailers 2032 mm
or more in
overall width.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reflex Reflectors. A trailer 2 Amber. None On each side as Not less than 15 Not applicable.
equipped with a conspicuity required on far to the front inches, nor more
treatment in conformance with trailers less as practicable than 60 inches.
S8.2 of this standard need not than 1829 mm [6 exclusive of the
be equipped with reflex ft] in overall trailer tongue.
reflectors if the conspicuity length including ..................
material is placed at the the trailer On each side as
locations of the required tongue. far to the rear
reflex reflectors. 2 Red............. as practicable..
.................. On the rear, at
.................. the same height,
2 Red or 1 red on symmetrically
trailers less about the
than 30 inches vertical
wide. centerline, as
far apart as
practicable..
When a single
reflector is
installed it must
be mounted at or
near the vertical
centerline.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
License Plate Lamp.............. 1 White........... On the rear to No requirement.... Steady burning.
Additional lamps illuminate
permitted to meet license plate
requirements. from top or sides.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68307]]
Additional Lamps and Reflective Devices Required on all Trailers 30 Feet or Longer
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate side marker lamps.. 2 Amber........... On each side Not less than 15 Steady burning
located at or inches. except may be
near the midpoint flashed for
between the front signaling
and rear side purposes.
marker lamps.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intermediate side reflex 2 Amber........... On each side Not less than 15 Not applicable.
reflectors. A trailer equipped located at or inches, nor more
with a conspicuity treatment in near the midpoint than 60 inches.
conformance with S8.2 of this between the front
standard need not be equipped and rear side
with reflex reflectors if the reflex reflectors.
conspicuity material is placed
at the locations of the
required reflex reflectors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Lamps Required on all Trailers 2032 MM or More in Overall Width
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clearance lamps................. 2 Amber........... On the front to As near the top as Steady burning.
indicate the practicable.
overall width of
the vehicle, at
the same height,
symmetrically
about the
vertical
centerline.
May be located at
a location other
than the front if
necessary to
indicate the
overall width of
the vehicle, or
for protection
from damage
during normal
operation of the
vehicle.
2 Red............. On the rear to As near the top as Steady burning.
indicate the practicable,
overall width of except where the
the vehicle, at rear
the same height, identification
symmetrically lamps are mounted
about the at the extreme
vertical height of the
centerline. vehicle.
May be located at Practicability of
a location other locating lamps on
than the rear if the vehicle
necessary to header is
indicate the presumed when the
overall width of header extends at
the vehicle, or least 25 mm (1
for protection inch) above the
from damage rear doors.
during normal
operation of the
vehicle.
[[Page 68308]]
2 Amber to front On a boat trailer As near the top as Steady burning.
and red to rear. the requirement practicable.
for front and
rear clearance
lamps may be met
by installation
at or near the
midpoint on each
side of a dual
facing lamp so as
to indicate the
extreme width.
May be located at
a location other
than the front
and the rear if
necessary to
indicate the
overall width of
the vehicle, or
for protection
from damage
during normal
operation of the
vehicle.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identification lamps............ 3 Red............. On the rear, at As near the top as Steady burning.
the same height, practicable.
as close as Practicability of
practicable to locating lamps on
the vertical the vehicle
centerline, with header is
lamp centers presumed when the
spaced not less header extends at
than 6 inches or least 25 mm (1
more than 12 inch) above the
inches apart. rear doors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table I-c.--Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting device Number and color Mounting location Mounting height Device activation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Motorcycles
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lower Beam Headlamps............ White, of a On the front, at Not less than 55.9 The wiring harness
headlighting the same height, cm nor more than or connector
system listed in symmetrically 137.2 cm assembly of each
S10.17. about the headlighting
vertical system must be
centerline, as designed so that
far apart as only those light
practicable. See sources intended
additional for meeting lower
requirements in beam photometrics
S6.1.4.2.1.3, are energized
S10.17.1.1, when the beam
S10.17.1.2, and selector switch
S10.17.1.3. is in the lower
beam position,
and that only
those light
sources intended
for meeting upper
beam photometrics
are energized
when the beam
selector switch
is in the upper
beam position,
except for
certain systems
listed in Table
II.
Steady burning,
except that may
be flashed for
signaling
purposes.
The upper beam or
the lower beam,
but not both, may
be wired to
modulate from a
higher intensity
to a lower
intensity in
accordance with
S10.17.5.
Upper Beam Headlamps............ White, of a On the front, at Not less than 55.9
headlighting the same height, cm nor more than
system listed in symmetrically 137.2 cm.
S10.17. about the
vertical
centerline, as
far apart as
practicable.
[[Page 68309]]
Turn Signal Lamps............... 2 Amber. None At or near the Not less than 15 Flash when the
required on a front, at the inches, nor more turn signal
motor driven same height, than 83 inches. flasher is
cycle whose speed symmetrically actuated by the
attainable in 1 about the turn signal
mile is 30 mph or vertical operating unit.
less. centerline, and
having a minimum
horizontal
separation
distance
(centerline of
lamps) of 16
inches. Minimum
edge to edge
separation
distance between
a turn signal
lamp and headlamp
is 4 inches.
2 Amber or red. At or near the
None required on rear, at the same
a motor driven height,
cycle whose speed symmetrically
attainable in 1 about the
mile is 30 mph or vertical
less. centerline, and
having a minimum
horizontal
separation
distance
(centerline to
centerline of
lamps) of 9
inches.
Minimum edge to
edge separation
distance the turn
signal lamp and
the taillamp or
stop lamp is 4
inches, when a
single stop and
taillamp is
installed on the
vertical
centerline and
the turn signal
lamps are red.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taillamps....................... 1 Red............. On the rear, on Not less than 15 Steady burning.
the vertical inches, nor more Must be activated
centerline except than 72 inches. when the
that if two are headlamps are
used, they must activated in a
be symmetrically steady burning
disposed about state.
the vertical
centerline.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stop Lamps...................... 1 Red............. On the rear, on Not less than 15 Steady burning.
the vertical inches, nor more Must be activated
centerline except than 72 inches. upon application
that if two are of the service
used, they must brakes.
be symmetrically When optically
disposed about combined with a
the vertical turn signal lamp,
centerline. the circuit must
be such that the
stop signal
cannot be
activated if the
turn signal lamp
is flashing. May
also be activated
by a device
designed to
retard the motion
of the vehicle.
Reflex Reflectors............... 2 Amber........... On each side as Not less than 15 Not applicable.
far to the front inches, nor more
as practicable. than 60 inches.
2 Red............. On each side as
far to the rear
as practicable.
1 Red............. On the rear, on
the vertical
centerline except
that, if two are
used on the rear,
they must be
symmetrically
disposed about
the vertical
centerline.
License Plate Lamp.............. 1 White. On the rear to No requirement. Steady burning.
Additional lamps illuminate Must be activated
permitted to meet license plate. when the
requirements. headlamps are
activated in a
steady burning
state.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BILLING CODE 4910-59-P
[[Page 68310]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.000
[[Page 68311]]
Table II-b.--Headlighting Systems--Combination
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Photometry requirements reference
-------------------------------------------------------------
Table XVIII Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c
System designation System -------------------------------------------------------------
composition Upper beam
mechanical and Lower beam mech Lower beam visual aim
visual aim aim
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 LAMP SYSTEM.................. A COMBINATION OF UB2 \(1)\........ LB2M \(1)\....... LB2V \(1)\
TWO DIFFERENT
HEADLAMPS CHOSEN
FROM; TYPE F, AN
INTEGRAL BEAM
HEADLAMP, OR A
REPLACEABLE BULB
HEADLAMP.
4 LAMP SYSTEM.................. ANY COMBINATION UB1.............. LB1M \(2)\....... LB1V \(2)\
OF FOUR
DIFFERENT
HEADLAMPS CHOSEN
FROM; TYPE F, AN
INTEGRAL BEAM
HEADLAMP \(3)\,
OR A REPLACEABLE
BULB HEADLAMP.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower
beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light
source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
\(2)\ Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.
\(3)\ Beam contributor photometric allocation formula of S14.2.5.9 may apply.
Table II-c.--Headlighting Systems--Integral Beams
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Photometry requirements reference
-------------------------------------------------------------
Table XVIII Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c
System designation Beam composition -------------------------------------------------------------
Upper beam
mechanical and Lower beam mech Lower beam visual aim
visual aim aim
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 LAMP SYSTEM.................. UPPER BEAM & UB2 \(1)\ OR UB3. LB2M \(1)\ OR LB2V \(1)\ OR LB3V
LOWER BEAM. LB3M.
4 LAMP SYSTEM.................. UPPER BEAM....... UB4.............. N.A.............. N.A.
UPPER BEAM & UB5.............. LB4M............. LB2V
LOWER BEAM.
4 LAMP SYSTEM.................. UPPER BEAM (U)... UB1.............. N.A.............. N.A.
LOWER BEAM (L)... N.A.\(2)\........ LB1M \(2)\....... LB1V \(2)\
4 LAMP SYSTEM.................. UPPER BEAM....... UB6.............. N.A.............. N.A.
LOWER BEAM....... N.A.\(3)\........ LB5M \(3)\....... LB4V \(3)\
BEAM CONTRIBUTOR............... UPPER BEAM & UB1 \(4)\........ LB1M \(2)(4)\.... LB1V \(2)(4)\
LOWER BEAM.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower
beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light
source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
\(2)\ Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.
\(3)\ Lower beams must remain activated when upper beams are activated.
\(4)\ Beam contributor photometric allocation formula of S14.2.5.9 applies.
Table II-d.--Headlighting Systems--Replaceable Bulb
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Photometry requirements reference
-----------------------------------------------------------
Table XVIII Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c
System designation Light source -----------------------------------------------------------
composition Upper beam
mechanical and Lower beam mech Lower beam visual
visual aim aim aim
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 LAMP SYSTEM................... ANY DUAL FILAMENT UB2 \(1)\ OR UB3.. LB2M \(1)\ OR LB3M LB2V \(1)\ OR LB3V
TYPE, OTHER THAN
HB2, USED ALONE
OR WITH ANOTHER
DUAL FILAMENT
TYPE OTHER THAN
HB2.
2 LAMP SYSTEM................... HB2 OR ANY SINGLE UB2 \(1)\ OR UB3.. LB2M \(1)\........ LB2V \(1)\
FILAMENT TYPE
USED ALONE OR
WITH ANY OTHER
SINGLE OR DUAL
FILAMENT TYPE.
4 LAMP SYSTEM................... ANY DUAL FILAMENT UB1 \(2)\ OR UB3.. LB1M \(2)\ OR LB3M LB1V \(2)\ OR LB3V
TYPE, OTHER THAN
HB2, USED ALONE
OR WITH ANOTHER
DUAL FILAMENT
TYPE OTHER THAN
HB2.
4 LAMP SYSTEM................... HB2 OR ANY SINGLE UB1 \(2)\......... LB1M \(2)\........ LB1V \(2)\
FILAMENT TYPE
USED ALONE OR
WITH ANY OTHER
SINGLE OR DUAL
FILAMENT TYPE. (U
& L).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower
beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light
source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
\(2)\ Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.
[[Page 68312]]
Table III.--Marking Requirements Location
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lamp, reflective device, or other
component Marking Marking location Requirement
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Headlamps, Beam Contributors, or ``DOT''................ Lens................... S6.5.1
Headlamp Replaceable Lens. Optical axis marking... See requirement........ S10.18.5
Manufacturer name and/ Lens................... S6.5.3
or trademark.
Voltage................ See requirement........ S6.5.3
Part number or trade See requirement........ S6.5.3
number.
Headlamp Replaceable Lens........... Manufacturer Lens................... S13.3
identification.
Headlamp identification
Replaceable Bulb Headlamps.......... ``U'' or ``L'' (4 lamp Lens................... S10.15.4
system). Lens................... S6.5.4.3
Replaceable bulb type..
Sealed Beam Headlamps............... ``Sealed Beam''........ Lens................... S6.5.3.3
Type designation.......
Integral Beam Headlamps............. ``U'' or ``L'' (4 lamp Lens................... S10.14.4
system).
Motorcycle Headlamps................ ``motorcycle''......... Lens................... S10.17.2
Visually/Optically Aimed Headlamps.. ``VOR'' or ``VOL'' or Lens................... S10.18.9.6
``VO''.
Externally Aimed Headlamps.......... Aim pad location & Lens................... S10.18.7.1
``H'' or ``V''.
Vehicle Headlamp Aiming Devices Aiming scale(s)........ See requirement........ S10.18.8
(VHAD).
(Headlamp) Replaceable Light Sources ``DOT''................ See requirement........ S11.1
Replaceable light See requirement........
source designation.
Manufacturer name and/ See requirement........
or trademark.
Replaceable Light Source Ballasts... Manufacturer name or See requirement........ S11.2
logo.
Part number............
Light source
identification.
Rated laboratory life..
High voltage warning...
Output in watts and
volts.
``DOT''................
Lamps (Other Than Headlamps), ``DOT''................ See requirement........ S6.5.1.2
Reflective Devices, and Associated
Equipment.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)......... ``DRL''................ Lens................... S6.5.2
Conspicuity Reflex Reflectors....... ``DOT-C''.............. Exposed surface........ S8.2.2.1
Retroreflective Sheeting............ ``DOT-C2'' or ``DOT- Exposed surface........ S8.2.1.3
C3'' or ``DOT-C4''.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table IV-a.--Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger Multipurpose
vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses of less passenger
than 2032 MM in overall width--Minimum vehicles,
effective projected luminous lens area (sq mm) trucks,
------------------------------------------------ trailers, and
Multiple compartment lamp or buses 2032 MM Motorcycles--Minimum
multiple lamps or more in effective projected
Lighting device -------------------------------- overall width-- luminous lens area
Single Minimum (sq mm)
compartment effective
lamp Each Combined projected
compartment or compartments luminous lens
lamp or lamps area each lamp
(sq mm)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front turn signal lamp............................................ 2200 -- 2200 7500 2258
Rear turn signal lamp............................................. 5000 2200 5000 7500 2258
Stop lamp......................................................... 5000 2200 5000 7500 \(1)\5000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) A motor driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 mph or less may be equipped with a stop lamp whose minimum effective projected luminous
lens area is not less than 2258 sq mm.
Table IV-b.--Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multipurpose passenger
Passenger cars, multipurpose vehicles, trucks, and buses
passenger vehicles, trucks, of less than 2032 MM in
and buses of less than 2032 overall width and with a GVWR
Lighting device MM in overall width and with of 10,000 lbs or less using
a GVWR of 10,000 lbs or less dual lamps of identical size
using a single lamp--Minimum and shape--Minimum effective
effective projected luminous projected luminous lens area
lens area (sq mm) each lamp ( sq mm)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-mounted stop lamp............................ 2903 1452
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68313]]
Table IV-c.--Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
School bus--Minimum effective
Lighting device projected luminous lens area
each lamp (sq mm)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
School bus signal lamp................... 12,258
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table V-a.--Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting device Required visibility
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Backup lamp............................ Lamps must be mounted so that
the optical center of at least
one lamp is visible from any
eye point elevation from at
least 1828 mm to 610 mm above
the horizontal plane on which
the vehicle is standing; and
from any position in the area,
rearward of a vertical plane
perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of the
vehicle, 914 mm to the rear of
the vehicle and extending 914
mm beyond each side of the
vehicle.
High-mounted stop lamp................. Signal must be visible to the
rear through a horizontal
angle from 45[deg] to the left
to 45[deg] to the right of the
longitudinal axis of the
vehicle. (Single lamp or two
lamps together where required
by S6.1.1.2 of this standard)
School bus signal lamp................. Signal of front lamps to the
front and rear lamps to the
rear must be unobstructed
within area bounded by 5[deg]
up to 10[deg] down and 30[deg]
left to 30[deg] right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table V-b.--Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices--Lens Area Visibility Option
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting device Corner points \(1)\ \(2)\ Required visibility
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn signal lamp \(3)\............... 15[deg]UP-45[deg] IB... 15 UP-45[deg] OB....... Unobstructed minimum
Stop lamp............................ 15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB 15[deg] DOWN--45[deg] effective projected
Taillamp............................. 15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB.. OB. luminous lens area of
Parking lamp......................... 15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB 15[deg] UP-45[deg] OB.. 1250 sq mm in any
15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB.. 15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] OB direction throughout
15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB 15[deg] UP-45[deg] OB.. the pattern defined by
15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB.. 15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] OB the specified corner
15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB 15[deg] UP-45[deg] OB.. points.
15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] OB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an
outboard direction.
\(2)\ Where a lamp is mounted with its axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, the vertical
test point angles located below the horizontal plane subject to visibility requirements may be reduced to
5[deg] down.
\(3)\ Where more than one lamp or optical area is lighted at the front on each side of a multipurpose passenger
vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus, of 2032 mm or more overall width, only one such area need comply.
Table V-c.--Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices--Luminous Intensity Visibility Option
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting device Corner points \(1)\ \(2)\ Required visibility--
Minimum luminous
intensity in any
direction throughout
the pattern defined by
the specified corner
points. Candela
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn signal lamp..................... 15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB.. 15[deg] UP-80[deg] OB.. 0.3
15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB 15[deg] DOWN-80[deg] OB
Stop lamp............................ 15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB.. 15[deg] UP-45[deg] OB.. 0.3
15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB 15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] OB
Taillamp \(3)\....................... 15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB.. 15[deg] UP-80[deg] OB.. 0.05
15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB 15[deg] DOWN-80[deg] OB
Parking lamp......................... 15[deg] UP-45[deg] IB.. 15[deg] UP-80[deg] OB.. 0.05
15[deg] DOWN-45[deg] IB 15[deg] DOWN-80[deg] OB
.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an
outboard direction.
\(2)\ Where a lamp is mounted with its axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, the vertical
test point angles located below the horizontal plane subject to visibility requirements may be reduced to
5[deg] down.
\(3)\ Inboard and outboard corner points are 80[deg] for a single taillamp installed on a motorcycle.
Table V-d.--Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
(Legacy Visibility Alternative)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting device Required visibility \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turn signal lamp:
All passenger cars, multipurpose Unobstructed minimum effective
passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, projected luminous lens area
motorcycles, and trailers of less of 1250 sq mm through
than 2032 mm overall width. horizontal angle of H-V to H-
45[deg] OB.
[[Page 68314]]
All multipurpose passenger Unobstructed minimum effective
vehicles, trucks, buses, and projected luminous lens area
trailers of 2032 mm or more of 1300 sq mm through
overall width. horizontal angle of H-V to H-
45[deg] OB. Where more than
one lamp or optical area is
lighted on each side of the
vehicle, only one such area on
each side need comply.
Stop lamp.............................. Unobstructed minimum effective
projected luminous lens area
of 1250 sq mm through
horizontal angle of H-45[deg]
IB to H-45[deg] OB. Where more
than one lamp or optical area
is lighted on each side of the
vehicle, only one such area on
each side need comply.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taillamp............................... Unobstructed minimum effective
projected luminous lens area
of 2 sq in through horizontal
angle of H-45[deg] IB to H-
45[deg] OB. Where more than
one lamp or optical area is
lighted on each side of the
vehicle, only one such area on
each side need comply.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's
longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an outboard direction.
BILLING CODE 4910-59-P
[[Page 68315]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.001
[[Page 68316]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.002
[[Page 68317]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.003
[[Page 68318]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.004
[[Page 68319]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.005
[[Page 68320]]
Table X.--Side Marker Lamp Photometry Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum photometric Minimum photometric
Test point (degrees) intensity (cd) \(2)\ red intensity (cd) \(2)\ amber
lamps lamps
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10U:
45L \(1)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
V............................................... 0.25 0.62
45R \(1)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
H:
45L \(1)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
V............................................... 0.25 0.62
45R \(1)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
10D: \(3)\
45L \(1)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
V............................................... 0.25 0.62
45R \(1)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Where a side marker lamp installed on a motor vehicle less than 30 feet in overall length and less than 80
inches (2 m) in overall width has the lateral angle nearest the other required side marker lamp on the same
side of the vehicle reduced from 45[deg] by design as specified by S7.4.13.2, the photometric intensity
measurement may be met at the lesser angle.
\(2)\ The photometric intensity values between test points must not be less than the lower specified minimum
value of the two closest adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line.
\(3)\ Where side marker lamps are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface,
photometry requirements below 5[deg] down may be met at 5[deg] down rather than at the specified required
downward angle.
Table XI.--Clearance and Identification Lamps Photometry Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum photometric Minimum photometric
Test point (degrees) intensity (cd) \(2)\ red intensity (cd) \(2)\ amber
lamps lamps
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10U:
45L \(4)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
V............................................... 0.25 0.62
45R \(4)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
H:
45L \(4)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
V............................................... 0.25 0.62
45R \(4)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
10D: \(1)\
45L \(4)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
V............................................... 0.25 0.62
45R \(4)\....................................... 0.25 0.62
Maximum photometric intensity \(3)\ (cd) red lamps.. 15
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Where clearance lamps or identification lamps are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750mm
above the road surface, photometry requirements below 5[deg] down may be met at 5[deg] down rather than at the
specified required downward angle.
\(2)\ The photometric intensity values between test points must not be less than the lower specified minimum
value of the two closest adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line.
\(3)\ When optically combined with a stop lamp or turn signal lamp, this maximum applies on or above the
horizontal.
\(4)\ Where clearance lamps are installed at locations other than on the front and rear due to the necessity to
indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the
vehicle, they need not meet the photometric intensity requirement at any test point that is 45[deg] inboard.
[[Page 68321]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.007
[[Page 68322]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.008
[[Page 68323]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.009
[[Page 68324]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.010
[[Page 68325]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.011
[[Page 68326]]
Table XVI-a.--Reflex Reflector Photometry Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum performance
---------------------------------------------------------
Red reflectors Amber reflectors White reflectors
Observation angle (degrees) Entrance angle ---------------------------------------------------------
(degrees) (cd/ (cd/ (cd/
incident (mcd/ incident (mcd/ incident (mcd/
ft-c) lux) ft-c) lux) ft-c) lux)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2.............................. 0.................. 4.5 420 11.25 1050 18 1680
10U................ 3.0 280 7.5 700 12 1120
10D \(1)\.......... 3.0 280 7.5 700 12 1120
20L................ 1.5 140 3.75 350 6 560
20R................ 1.5 140 3.75 350 6 560
1.5.............................. 0.................. 0.07 6 0.175 15 0.28 24
10U................ 0.05 5 0.125 12.5 0.2 20
10D \(1)\.......... 0.05 5 0.125 12.5 0.2 20
20L................ 0.03 3 0.075 7.5 0.12 12
20R................ 0.03 3 0.075 7.5 0.12 12
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Where reflex reflectors are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface,
photometry requirements below 5[deg] down may be met at 5[deg] down rather than at the required specified
downward angle.
Table XVI-b.--Additional Photometry Requirements for Conspicuity Reflex Reflectors
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum performance
--------------------------------------------------------
Observation angle (degrees) Entrance angle White horizontal White vertical
(degrees) Red (mcd/lux) orientation (mcd/ orientation (mcd/
lux) lux)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2.............................. 0................... 300 1250 1680
20L TO 20R.......... ................. ................. 560
30L TO 30R.......... 300 1250 .................
45L TO 45R.......... 75 300 .................
10U TO 10D.......... ................. ................. 1120
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table XVI-c.--Retroreflective Sheeting Photometry Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum performance
-----------------------------------------------------
Grade dot-C2 Grade dot-C3 Grade dot-C4
Entrance -----------------------------------------------------
Observation angle (degrees) angle White Red White Red White Red
(degrees) -----------------------------------------------------
(cd/
(cd/lux/ (cd/lux/ (cd/lux/ (cd/lux/ (cd/lux/ lux/sq
sq m) sq m) sq m) sq m) sq m) m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2............................................ -4 250 60 165 40 125 30
30 250 60 165 40 125 30
45 60 15 40 10 30 8
0.5............................................ -4 65 15 43 10 33 8
30 65 15 43 10 33 8
45 15 4 10 3 8 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table XVII.--School Bus Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Minimum
photometric photometric
Test point (degrees) intensity (cd) intensity (cd)
\(2)\ red lamps amber lamps
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5U:
20L........................... 150 375
10L........................... 300 750
5L............................ 300 750
V............................. 300 750
5R............................ 300 750
10R........................... 300 750
20R........................... 150 375
------------------------------------------------------------------------
H:
30L........................... 30 75
20L........................... 180 450
10L........................... 400 1000
5L............................ 500 1250
[[Page 68327]]
V............................. 600 1500
5R............................ 500 1250
10R........................... 400 1000
20R........................... 180 450
30R........................... 30 75
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5D:
30L........................... 30 75
20L........................... 200 500
10L........................... 300 750
5L............................ 450 1125
V............................. 450 1125
5R............................ 450 1125
10R........................... 300 750
20R........................... 200 500
30R........................... 30 75
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10D: \(1)\
5L............................ 40 100
V............................. 40 100
5R............................ 40 100
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\(1)\ Where school bus signal lamps are mounted with their axis of
reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, photometry
requirements below 5[deg] down may be met at 5[deg] down rather than
at the specified required downward angle.
\(2)\ The photometric intensity values between test points must not be
less than the lower specified minimum value of the two closest
adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line.
[[Page 68328]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.012
[[Page 68329]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.013
[[Page 68330]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.014
[[Page 68331]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.015
[[Page 68332]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.016
[[Continued on page 68333]]
From the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov]
]
[[pp. 68333-68382]] Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; Lamps, Reflective
Devices, and Associated Equipment
[[Continued from page 68332]]
[[Page 68333]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.017
[[Page 68334]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.018
[[Page 68335]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.019
[[Page 68336]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.020
[[Page 68337]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.021
[[Page 68338]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.022
[[Page 68339]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.023
[[Page 68340]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.024
[[Page 68341]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.025
[[Page 68342]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.026
[[Page 68343]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.027
[[Page 68344]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.028
[[Page 68345]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.029
[[Page 68346]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.030
[[Page 68347]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.031
[[Page 68348]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.032
[[Page 68349]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.033
[[Page 68350]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.034
[[Page 68351]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.035
[[Page 68352]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.036
[[Page 68353]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.037
[[Page 68354]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.038
[[Page 68355]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04DE07.039
[[Page 68356]]
Appendix to Sec. 571.108: Table of Contents
Sec.
571.108 Standard No. 108; Lamps, reflective devices, and associated
equipment.
S1 Scope.
S2 Purpose.
S3 Application.
S4 Definitions.
S5 References to SAE publications.
S5.2 Incorporation by reference.
S6 Vehicle requirements.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment by
vehicle type.
S6.1.1 Quantity.
S6.1.1.1 Conspicuity systems.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamps.
S6.1.1.3 Truck tractor rear turn signal lamps.
S6.1.1.4 Daytime running lamps.
S6.1.2 Color.
S6.1.3 Mounting location.
S6.1.3.3 License plate lamp.
S6.1.3.4 High-mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.3.4.1 Interior mounting.
S6.1.3.4.2 Accessibility.
S6.1.3.5 Headlamp beam mounting.
S6.1.3.5.1 Vertical headlamp arrangement.
S6.1.3.5.2 Horizontal headlamp arrangement.
S6.1.3.6 Auxiliary lamps mounted near identification lamps.
S6.1.4 Mounting height.
S6.1.4.1 High-mounted stop lamps.
S6.1.5 Activation.
S6.1.5.1 Hazard warning signal.
S6.1.5.2 Simultaneous beam activation.
S6.2 Impairment.
S6.2.3 Headlamp obstructions.
S6.3 Equipment combinations.
S6.4 Lens area, visibility and school bus signal lamp aiming.
S6.4.1 Effective projected luminous lens area requirements.
S6.4.2 Visibility.
S6.4.3 Visibility options.
S6.4.3(a) Lens area option.
S6.4.3(b) Luminous intensity option.
S6.4.4 Legacy visibility alternative.
S6.4.5 School bus signal lamp aiming.
S6.5 Marking.
S6.5.1 DOT marking.
S6.5.2 DRL marking.
S6.5.3 Headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.1 Trademark.
S6.5.3.2 Voltage and trade number.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.4 Replaceable bulb headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.5 Additional headlamp markings.
S6.6 Associated equipment.
S6.6.3 License plate holder.
S6.7 Replacement equipment.
S6.7.1 General.
S6.7.2 Version of this standard.
S7 Signal lamp requirements.
S7.1 Turn signal lamps.
S7.1.1 Front turn signal lamps.
S7.1.1.1 Number.
S7.1.1.2 Color of light.
S7.1.1.3 Mounting location.
S7.1.1.4 Mounting height.
S7.1.1.5 Activation.
S7.1.1.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.1.1.7 Visibility.
S7.1.1.8 Indicator.
S7.1.1.9 Markings.
S7.1.1.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.1.1.10.2 Spacing measurement for non-reflector lamps.
S7.1.1.10.3 Spacing measurement for lamps with reflectors.
S7.1.1.10.4 Spacing based photometric multipliers.
S7.1.1.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall
width.
S7.1.1.12 Ratio to parking lamps and clearance lamps.
S7.1.1.13 Photometry.
S7.1.1.14 Physical tests.
S7.1.2 Rear turn signal lamps.
S7.1.2.1 Number.
S7.1.2.2 Color of light.
S7.1.2.3 Mounting location.
S7.1.2.4 Mounting height.
S7.1.2.5 Activation.
S7.1.2.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.1.2.7 Visibility.
S7.1.2.8 Indicator.
S7.1.2.9 Markings.
S7.1.2.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.1.2.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall
width.
S7.1.2.12 Ratio to taillamps and clearance lamps.
S7.1.2.13 Photometry.
S7.1.2.14 Physical tests.
S7.1.3 Combined lamp bulb indexing.
S7.2 Taillamps.
S7.2.1 Number.
S7.2.2 Color of light.
S7.2.3 Mounting location.
S7.2.4 Mounting height.
S7.2.5 Activation.
S7.2.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.2.7 Visibility.
S7.2.8 Indicator.
S7.2.9 Markings.
S7.2.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.2.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.4 Taillamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall
width.
S7.2.12 Ratio.
S7.2.13 Photometry.
S7.2.14 Physical tests.
S7.3 Stop lamps.
S7.3.1 Number.
S7.3.2 Color of light.
S7.3.3 Mounting location.
S7.3.4 Mounting height.
S7.3.5 Activation.
S7.3.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.3.7 Visibility.
S7.3.8 Indicator.
S7.3.9 Markings.
S7.3.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.3.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.4 Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall
width.
S7.3.12 Ratio to taillamps.
S7.3.13 Photometry.
S7.3.14 Physical tests.
S7.3.15 Combined lamp bulb indexing.
S7.4 Side marker lamps.
S7.4.1 Number.
S7.4.2 Color of light.
S7.4.3 Mounting location.
S7.4.4 Mounting height.
S7.4.5 Activation.
S7.4.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.4.7 Visibility.
S7.4.8 Indicator.
S7.4.9 Markings.
S7.4.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.4.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.4.12 Ratio.
S7.4.13 Photometry.
S7.4.13.2 Inboard photometry.
S7.4.14 Physical tests.
S7.5 Clearance and identification lamps.
S7.5.1 Number.
S7.5.2 Color of light.
S7.5.3 Mounting location.
S7.5.4 Mounting height.
S7.5.5 Activation.
S7.5.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.5.7 Visibility.
S7.5.8 Indicator.
S7.5.9 Markings.
S7.5.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.5.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.5.12 Ratio.
S7.5.12.1 Clearance lamps.
S7.5.12.2 Identification lamps.
S7.5.13 Photometry.
S7.5.14 Physical tests.
S7.6 Backup lamps.
S7.6.1 Number.
S7.6.2 Color of light.
S7.6.3 Mounting location.
S7.6.4 Mounting height.
S7.6.5 Activation.
S7.6.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.6.7 Visibility.
S7.6.8 Indicator.
S7.6.9 Markings.
S7.6.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.6.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.6.12 Ratio.
S7.6.13 Photometry.
S7.6.14 Physical tests.
S7.7 License plate lamps.
S7.7.1 Number.
S7.7.2 Color of light.
S7.7.3 Mounting location.
S7.7.4 Mounting height.
S7.7.5 Activation.
S7.7.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.7.7 Visibility.
S7.7.8 Indicator.
S7.7.9 Markings.
S7.7.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.7.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.7.12 Ratio.
S7.7.13 Photometry.
S7.7.14 Physical tests.
S7.7.15 Installation.
S7.7.15.4 Incident light from single lamp.
S7.7.15.5 Incident light from multiple lamps.
[[Page 68357]]
S7.8 Parking lamps.
S7.8.1 Number.
S7.8.2 Color of light.
S7.8.3 Mounting location.
S7.8.4 Mounting height.
S7.8.5 Activation.
S7.8.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.8.7 Visibility.
S7.8.8 Indicator.
S7.8.9 Markings.
S7.8.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.8.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.8.12 Ratio.
S7.8.13 Photometry.
S7.8.14 Physical tests.
S7.9 High-mounted stop lamps.
S7.9.1 Number.
S7.9.2 Color of light.
S7.9.3 Mounting location.
S7.9.4 Mounting height.
S7.9.5 Activation.
S7.9.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.9.7 Visibility.
S7.9.8 Indicator.
S7.9.9 Markings.
S7.9.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.9.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.9.12 Ratio.
S7.9.13 Photometry.
S7.9.14 Physical tests.
S7.10 Daytime running lamps (DRLs).
S7.10.1 Number.
S7.10.2 Color of light.
S7.10.3 Mounting location.
S7.10.4 Mounting height.
S7.10.5 Activation.
S7.10.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.10.7 Visibility.
S7.10.8 Indicator.
S7.10.9 Markings.
S7.10.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.10.10.1 Spacing to turn signal lamps.
S7.10.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.10.12 Ratio.
S7.10.13 Photometry.
S7.10.14 Physical tests.
S7.11 School bus signal lamps.
S7.11.1 Number.
S7.11.2 Color of light.
S7.11.3 Mounting location.
S7.11.4 Mounting height.
S7.11.5 Activation.
S7.11.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S7.11.7 Visibility.
S7.11.8 Indicator.
S7.11.9 Markings.
S7.11.10 Spacing to other lamps.
S7.11.11 Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.
S7.11.12 Ratio.
S7.11.13 Photometry.
S7.11.14 Physical tests.
S8 Reflective device requirements.
S8.1 Reflex reflectors.
S8.1.1 Number.
S8.1.2 Color.
S8.1.3 Mounting location.
S8.1.4 Mounting height.
S8.1.5 Activation.
S8.1.6 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S8.1.7 Visibility.
S8.1.8 Indicator.
S8.1.9 Markings.
S8.1.10 Spacing to other lamps or reflective devices.
S8.1.11 Photometry.
S8.1.12 Physical tests.
S8.1.13 Alternative side reflex reflector material.
S8.2 Conspicuity systems.
S8.2.1 Retroreflective sheeting.
S8.2.1.2 Retroreflective sheeting material.
S8.2.1.3 Certification marking.
S8.2.1.4 Application pattern.
S8.2.1.4.1 Alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.1.5 Application location.
S8.2.1.6 Application spacing.
S8.2.1.7 Photometry.
S8.2.2 Conspicuity reflex reflectors.
S8.2.2.1 Certification marking.
S8.2.2.2 Application pattern.
S8.2.2.2.1 Alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.2.2.2 White material.
S8.2.2.3 Photometry.
S8.2.3 Conspicuity system installation on trailers.
S8.2.3.1 Trailer rear.
S8.2.3.1.1 Element 1-alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.3.1.2 Element 2-white.
S8.2.3.1.3 Element 3-alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.3.2 Trailer side-alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.4 Conspicuity system installation on truck tractors.
S8.2.4.1 Element 1-alternating red and white materials.
S8.2.4.2 Element 2-white.
S9 Associated equipment requirements.
S9.1 Turn signal operating unit.
S9.1.2 Physical tests.
S9.2 Turn signal flasher.
S9.2.2 Physical tests.
S9.3 Turn signal pilot indicator.
S9.3.4 Indicator size and color.
S9.3.6 Turn signal lamp failure.
S9.4 Headlamp beam switching device.
S9.4.1 Semi-automatic headlamp beam switching device.
S9.4.1.1 Operating instructions.
S9.4.1.2 Manual override.
S9.4.1.3 Fail safe operation.
S9.4.1.4 Automatic dimming indicator.
S9.4.1.5 Lens accessibility.
S9.4.1.6 Mounting height.
S9.4.1.7 Physical tests.
S9.5 Upper beam headlamp indicator.
S9.5.1 Indicator size and location.
S9.6 Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit.
S9.6.2 Operating unit switch.
S9.6.3 Physical tests.
S9.7 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher.
S9.7.2 Physical tests.
S9.8 Vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator.
S9.8.4 Indicator size and color.
S10 Headlighting system requirements.
S10.1 Vehicle headlighting systems.
S10.2 Aiming.
S10.3 Number.
S10.4 Color of light.
S10.5 Mounting location.
S10.6 Mounting height.
S10.7 Activation.
S10.8 Effective projected luminous lens area.
S10.9 Visibility.
S10.10 Indicator.
S10.11 Markings.
S10.12 Spacing to other lamps.
S10.13 Sealed beam headlighting systems.
S10.13.1 Installation.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim.
S10.13.3 Photometry.
S10.13.4 Physical tests.
S10.14 Integral beam headlighting systems.
S10.14.1 Installation.
S10.14.2 Aimability.
S10.14.3 Simultaneous aim.
S10.14.4 Markings.
S10.14.5 Additional light sources.
S10.14.6 Photometry.
S10.14.7 Physical tests.
S10.15 Replaceable bulb headlighting systems.
S10.15.1 Installation.
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions.
S10.15.3 Replacement lens reflector units.
S10.15.4 Markings.
S10.15.5 Additional light sources.
S10.15.6 Photometry.
S10.15.7 Physical tests.
S10.16 Combination headlighting systems.
S10.16.1 Installation.
S10.16.2 Photometry.
S10.16.3 Physical tests.
S10.17 Motorcycle headlighting systems.
S10.17.1 Installation.
S10.17.1.1 Single headlamp.
S10.17.1.2 Two headlamps with both beams.
S10.17.1.3 Two headlamps, upper beam and lower beam.
S10.17.2 Motorcycle replaceable bulb headlamp marking.
S10.17.3 Photometry.
S10.17.4 Physical tests.
S10.17.5 Motorcycle headlamp modulation system.
S10.17.5.1. Modulation.
S10.17.5.2 Replacement modulators.
S10.17.5.2.1 Replacement performance.
S10.17.5.2.2 Replacement instructions.
S10.18 Headlamp aimability performance requirements.
S10.18.1 Headlamp mounting and aiming.
S10.18.2 Headlamp aiming systems.
S10.18.3 Aim adjustment interaction.
S10.18.4 Horizontal adjustment-visually aimed headlamp.
S10.18.5 Optical axis marking.
S10.18.5.1 Optical axis marking-vehicle.
S10.18.5.2 Optical axis marking-lamp.
S10.18.5.3 Optical axis marking-visual aim headlamp.
S10.18.6 Moveable reflectors.
S10.18.7 External aiming.
S10.18.7.1 Headlamp aiming device locating plates.
S10.18.7.2 Nonadjustable headlamp aiming device locating plates.
S10.18.8 On-vehicle aiming.
S10.18.8.1 Aim.
S10.18.8.1.1 Vertical aim.
S10.18.8.1.2 Horizontal aim.
[[Page 68358]]
S10.18.8.2 Aiming instructions.
S10.18.8.3 Permanent calibration.
S10.18.8.4 Replacement units.
S10.18.8.5 Physical tests.
S10.18.9 Visual/optical aiming.
S10.18.9.1 Vertical aim, lower beam.
S10.18.9.1.1 Vertical position of the cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.2 Vertical gradient.
S10.18.9.1.3 Horizontal position of the cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.4 Maximum inclination of the cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.5 Measuring the cutoff parameter.
S10.18.9.2 Horizontal aim, lower beam.
S10.18.9.3 Vertical aim, upper beam.
S10.18.9.4 Horizontal aim, upper beam.
S10.18.9.5 Photometry.
S10.18.9.6 Visual/optical identification marking.
S11 Replaceable light source requirements.
S11.1 Markings.
S11.2 Ballast markings.
S11.3 Gas discharge laboratory life.
S11.4 Physical tests.
S12 Headlamp concealment device requirements.
S12.7 Certification election.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens requirements.
S14 Physical and photometry test procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.1 General test procedures and performance requirements.
S14.1.2 Plastic optical materials.
S14.1.4 Samples.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities.
S14.2 Photometric test procedures.
S14.2.1 Photometry measurements for all lamps except license lamps,
headlamps, and DRLs.
S14.2.1.1 Mounting.
S14.2.1.2 School bus signal lamp aiming.
S14.2.1.3 Measurement distance.
S14.2.1.4 Location of test points.
S14.2.1.5 Multiple compartment and multiple lamp photometry of turn
signal lamps, stop lamps, and taillamps.
S14.2.1.6 Bulbs.
S14.2.2 License plate lamp photometry.
S14.2.2.1 Illumination surface.
S14.2.2.2 Test stations.
S14.2.3 Reflex reflector and retroreflective sheeting photometry.
S14.2.3.1 Mounting.
S14.2.3.2 Illumination source.
S14.2.3.3 Measurement distance.
S14.2.3.4 Test setup.
S14.2.3.5 Photodetector .
S14.2.3.6 Photometry surface.
S14.2.3.7 Procedure.
S14.2.3.8 Measurements.
S14.2.3.8.1 Reflex reflectors.
S14.2.3.8.2 Retroreflective sheeting.
S14.2.3.8.3 Reflex reflector photometry measurement adjustments.
S14.2.4 Daytime running lamp (DRL) photometry measurements.
S14.2.5 Headlamp photometry measurements.
S14.2.5.1 Mounting.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test voltage.
S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S14.2.5.5.1 Mechanically aimable headlamps using an external aimer.
S14.2.5.5.2 Mechanically aimable headlamps equipped with a VHAD.
S14.2.5.5.3 Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-vertical aim.
S14.2.5.5.4 Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-horizontal aim.
S14.2.5.5.5 Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-vertical aim.
S14.2.5.5.6 Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-horizontal aim.
S14.2.5.5.7 Simultaneous aim Type F sealed beam headlamps and beam
contributor integral beam headlamps.
S14.2.5.5.8 Motorcycle headlamp-upper beam headlamps designed to
comply with Table XX.
S14.2.5.5.9 Motorcycle headlamp-lower beam headlamps designed to
comply with Table XX.
S14.2.5.6 Positioner.
S14.2.5.7 Photometer.
S14.2.5.7.2 Sensor.
S14.2.5.8 Location of test points.
S14.2.5.9 Beam contributor photometry measurements.
S14.2.5.10 Moveable reflector aimed headlamp photometry
measurements.
S14.3 Motorcycle headlamp out of focus test procedure and
performance requirements.
S14.3.1 Procedure.
S14.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.4 General test procedures and performance requirements.
S14.4.1 Color test.
S14.4.1.1 Samples.
S14.4.1.2 General procedure.
S14.4.1.3 Visual method.
S14.4.1.3.1 Visual method procedure.
S14.4.1.3.2 Visual method performance requirements.
S14.4.1.3.2.1 Red.
S14.4.1.3.2.2 Yellow (Amber).
S14.4.1.3.2.3 White.
S14.4.1.4 Tristimulus method.
S14.4.1.4.1 Tristimulus method procedure.
S14.4.1.4.2 Tristimulus method performance requirements.
S14.4.1.4.2.1 Red.
S14.4.1.4.2.2 Yellow (Amber).
S14.4.1.4.2.3 White (achromatic).
S14.4.2 Plastic optical materials tests.
S14.4.2.1 Samples.
S14.4.2.2 Outdoor exposure test.
S14.4.2.2.3 Procedure.
S14.4.2.2.4 Performance requirements.
S14.4.2.3 Heat test.
S14.4.2.3.1 Procedure.
S14.4.2.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.5 Signal lamp and reflective device physical test procedures and
performance requirements.
S14.5.1 Vibration test.
S14.5.1.1 Procedure.
S14.5.1.2 Performance requirements.
S14.5.2 Moisture test.
S14.5.2.1 Procedure.
S14.5.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.5.3 Dust test.
S14.5.3.1 Samples.
S14.5.3.2 Procedure.
S14.5.3.3 Performance requirements.
S14.5.4 Corrosion test.
S14.5.4.1 Procedure.
S14.5.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6 Headlamp physical test procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.6.1 Abrasion test.
S14.6.1.1 Procedure.
S14.6.1.1.1 Abrading pad.
S14.6.1.1.2 Abrading pad alignment.
S14.6.1.1.3 Abrasion test procedure.
S14.6.1.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.2 Chemical resistance test.
S14.6.2.1 Procedure.
S14.6.2.1.1 Test fluids.
S14.6.2.1.2 Fluid application.
S14.6.2.1.3 Test duration.
S14.6.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.3 Corrosion test.
S14.6.3.1 Procedure.
S14.6.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.4 Corrosion-connector test.
S14.6.4.1 Procedure.
S14.6.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.5 Dust test.
S14.6.5.1 Procedure.
S14.6.5.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.6 Temperature cycle test and internal heat test.
S14.6.6.1 Samples.
S14.6.6.2 General procedure.
S14.6.6.3 Temperature cycle test.
S14.6.6.3.1 Procedure.
S14.6.6.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.6.4 Internal heat test.
S14.6.6.4.1 Procedure.
S14.6.6.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.7 Humidity test.
S14.6.7.1 Procedure.
S14.6.7.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.8 Vibration test.
S14.6.8.1 Samples.
S14.6.8.2 Procedure.
S14.6.8.3 Performance requirements.
S14.6.9 Sealing test.
S14.6.9.1 Procedure.
S14.6.9.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.10 Chemical resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens
headlamps.
S14.6.10.1 Procedure.
S14.6.10.1.1 Test fluids.
S14.6.10.1.2 Fluid application.
S14.6.10.1.3 Test duration.
S14.6.10.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.11 Corrosion resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens
headlamps.
S14.6.11.1 Procedure.
S14.6.11.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.12 Inward force test.
S14.6.12.1 Procedure.
S14.6.12.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.13 Torque deflection test.
S14.6.13.1 Procedure.
S14.6.13.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.14 Retaining ring test.
S14.6.14.1 Procedure.
S14.6.14.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.15 Headlamp connector test.
S14.6.15.1 Procedure.
S14.6.15.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.16 Headlamp wattage test.
S14.6.16.1 Procedure.
S14.6.16.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.17 Aiming adjustment test-laboratory.
S14.6.17.1 Procedure.
S14.6.17.2 Performance requirements.
S14.6.18 Aiming adjustment test-on vehicle.
S14.6.18.1 Procedure.
S14.6.18.2 Performance requirements.
S14.7 Replaceable light source physical test procedures and
performance requirements.
[[Page 68359]]
S14.7.1 Deflection test for replaceable light sources.
S14.7.1.1 Procedure.
S14.7.1.2 Performance requirements.
S14.7.2 Pressure test for replaceable light sources.
S14.7.2.1 Procedure.
S14.7.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.7.3 Replaceable light source power and flux measurement
procedure.
S14.7.3.1 Seasoning.
S14.7.3.1.1 Resistive filament source.
S14.7.3.1.2 Discharge source.
S14.7.3.2 Test voltage.
S14.7.3.3 Luminous flux measurement.
S14.7.3.3.3.2 Discharge light source setup.
S14.8 Vehicle headlamp aiming devices (VHAD) physical test
procedures and performance requirements.
S14.8.1 Samples.
S14.8.2 Scale graduation test.
S14.8.2.1 Procedure.
S14.8.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.3 Cold scale graduation test.
S14.8.3.1 Procedure.
S14.8.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.4 Hot scale graduation test.
S14.8.4.1 Procedure.
S14.8.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.5 Thermal cycle test.
S14.8.5.1 Procedure.
S14.8.5.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.6 Corrosion test.
S14.8.6.1 Procedure.
S14.8.6.2 Performance requirements.
S14.8.7 Photometry test.
S14.8.7.1 Procedure.
S14.8.7.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9 Associated equipment physical test procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.9.1 Turn signal operating unit durability test.
S14.9.1.1 Power supply specifications.
S14.9.1.2 Procedure.
S14.9.1.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.2 Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit durability
test.
S14.9.2.1 Procedure.
S14.9.2.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3 Turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning flasher
tests.
S14.9.3.1 Standard test circuit.
S14.9.3.1.1 Test circuit setup.
S14.9.3.2 Power supply specifications.
S14.9.3.2.1 Starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent
current ``on'' time tests.
S14.9.3.2.2 Durability tests.
S14.9.3.3 Turn signal flasher starting time test.
S14.9.3.3.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.3.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.3.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.4 Turn signal flasher voltage drop test.
S14.9.3.4.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.4.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.4.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.5 Turn signal flasher flash rate and percent current ``on''
time test.
S14.9.3.5.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.5.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.5.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.6 Turn signal flasher durability test.
S14.9.3.6.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.6.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.6.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.7 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher starting time
test.
S14.9.3.7.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.7.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.7.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.8 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher voltage drop test.
S14.9.3.8.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.8.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.8.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.9 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher flash rate and
percent ``on'' time test.
S14.9.3.9.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.9.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.9.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.10 Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher durability test.
S14.9.3.10.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.10.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.10.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11 Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device tests.
S14.9.3.11.1 Test conditions.
S14.9.3.11.2 Sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.2.1 Samples.
S14.9.3.11.2.2 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.3 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 Operating limits.
S14.9.3.11.3 Voltage regulation test.
S14.9.3.11.3.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.4 Manual override test.
S14.9.3.11.4.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.5 Warmup test.
S14.9.3.11.5.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.5.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.6 Temperature test.
S14.9.3.11.6.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.7 Dust test.
S14.9.3.11.7.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.8 Corrosion test.
S14.9.3.11.8.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9 Vibration test.
S14.9.3.11.9.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.10 Sunlight test.
S14.9.3.11.10.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.11 Durability test.
S14.9.3.11.11.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.2 Performance requirements.
S14.9.3.11.12 Return to upper beam test.
S14.9.3.11.12.1 Procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.2 Performance requirements.
Table I-a Required lamps and reflective devices--All passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles (MPV), trucks, and buses
Table I-b Required lamps and reflective devices--All trailers
Table I-c Required lamps and reflective devices--All motorcycles
Table II-a Headlighting systems--Sealed beams
Table II-b Headlighting systems--Combination
Table II-c Headlighting systems--Integral beams
Table II-d Headlighting systems--Replaceable bulb
Table III Marking requirements location
Table IV-a Effective projected luminous lens area requirements
Table IV-b Effective projected luminous lens area requirements
Table IV-c Effective projected luminous lens area requirements
Table V-a Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices
Table V-b Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices--
Lens area visibility option
Table V-c Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices--
Luminous intensity visibility option
Table V-d Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices
(Legacy visibility alternative)
Table VI-a Front turn signal lamp photometry requirements
Table VI-b Front turn signal lamp photometry requirements
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp photometry requirements
Table VIII Taillamp photometry requirements
Table IX Stop lamp photometry requirements
Table X Side marker lamp photometry requirements
Table XI Clearance and identification lamps photometry requirements
Table XII Backup lamp photometry requirements
Table XIII-a Motorcycle turn signal lamp alternative photometry
requirements
Table XIII-b Motor driven cycle stop lamp alternative photometry
requirements
Table XIV Parking lamp photometry requirements
Table XV High-mounted stop lamp photometry requirements
Table XVI-a Reflex reflector photometry requirements
Table XVI-b Additional photometry requirements for conspicuity
reflex reflectors
Table XVI-c Retroreflective sheeting photometry requirements
Table XVII School bus signal lamp photometry requirements
Table XVIII Headlamp upper beam photometry requirements
Table XIX-a Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements
Table XIX-b Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements
Table XIX-c Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements
Table XX Motorcycle and motor driven cycle headlamp photometry
requirements
Figure 1 Chromaticity diagram
Figure 2 Flasher performance chart
Figure 3 Replaceable bulb headlamp aim pads
Figure 4 Headlamp connector test setup
Figure 5 Headlamp abrasion test fixture
Figure 6 Thermal cycle test profile
Figure 7 Dirt/Ambient test setup
Figure 8 Replaceable light source deflection test setup
Figure 9 Environmental test profile
Figure 10 Replaceable light source pressure test setup
Figure 11 Trailer conspicuity treatment examples
[[Page 68360]]
Figure 12-1 Trailer conspicuity detail I
Figure 12-2 Trailer conspicuity detail II
Figure 13 Tractor conspicuity treatment examples
Figure 14 92x150 Headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 15 Types G and H headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 16 Types A and E headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 17 Type B headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 18 Types C and D headlamp aim deflection test setup
Figure 19 License plate lamp target locations
Figure 20 License plate lamp measurement of incident light angle
Figure 21 Vibration test machine
Figure 22 Flasher standard test circuit
Issued: August 8, 2007.
Nicole R. Nason,
Administrator.
Editorial Note: This document was received at the Office of the
Federal Register on Thursday, November 8, 2007.
Note: The following appendixes will not appear in the Code of
Federal Regulations.
Appendix A.--FMVSS No. 108 Rewrite Cross Reference
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FMVSS No. 108 FMVSS No. 108
Current FMVSS No. 108 or rewrite NPRM rewrite final rule
incorporated document citation citation citation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
S1 Scope........................ S1 Scope.......... S1 Scope.
S2 Purpose...................... S2 Purpose........ S2 Purpose.
S3 Application (except section S3 Application.... S3 Application.
citation).
S4 Definitions.................. S4 Definitions.... S4 Definitions.
S4 Definitions--Aiming reference S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
plane. Aiming reference Aiming reference
plane. plane.
S4 Definitions--Axis of S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
reference. Axis of reference. Axis of
reference.
S4 Definitions--Beam contributor S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Beam contributor. Beam contributor.
S4 Definitions--Cargo lamp...... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Cargo lamp. Cargo lamp.
S4 Definitions--Cutoff.......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Cutoff. Cutoff.
S4 Definitions--Direct reading S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
indicator. Direct reading Direct reading
indicator. indicator.
S4 Definitions--Effective light- S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
emitting surface. Effective light- Effective light-
emitting surface. emitting surface.
S4 Definitions--Effective S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
projected luminous lens area. Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S4 Definitions--Filament........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Filament. Filament.
S4 Definitions--Flash........... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Flash. Flash.
S4 Definitions--Fully opened.... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Fully opened. Fully opened.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
concealment device. Headlamp Headlamp
concealment concealment
device. device.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp test S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
fixture. Headlamp test Headlamp test
fixture. fixture.
S4 Definitions--Integral beam S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
headlamp. Integral beam Integral beam
headlamp. headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Multiple S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
compartment lamp. Multiple Multiple
compartment lamp. compartment lamp.
S4 Definitions--Multiple lamp S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
arrangement. Multiple lamp Multiple lamp
arrangement. arrangement.
S4 Definitions--Remote reading S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
indicator. Remote reading Remote reading
indicator. indicator.
S4 Definitions--Replaceable bulb S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
headlamp. Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamp. headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Replaceable S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
light source. Replaceable light Replaceable light
source. source.
S4 Definitions--Vehicle headlamp S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
aiming device or VHAD. Vehicle headlamp Vehicle headlamp
aiming device or aiming device or
VHAD. VHAD.
S4 Definitions--Visually/ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
optically aimable headlamp. Visually/ Visually/
optically aimable optically aimable
headlamp. headlamp.
S5.1.1.......................... S6.1.1 Quantity... S6.1.1 Quantity.
S5.1.1.......................... S6.6 Associated S6.6.1 All except
equipment. trailers.
S5.1.1.......................... S6.6 Associated S6.6.2 All except
equipment. trailers and
motorcycles.
S5.1.1.1 Truck tractor S6.1.1.3 Truck S6.1.1.3.
exemption--TS. tractor rear turn
signal lamps.
S5.1.1.1 Truck tractor Table I Number and Table I-a Number
exemption--TS. color. and color.
S5.1.1.1 Truck tractor Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
exemption--TS. 6. 6.
S5.1.1.2 Truck tractor exemption Table I Number and Table I-a Number
color. and color.
S5.1.1.3 Intermediate side Table I Number and Table I-a Number
marker exemption. color--Intermedia and color--
te side marker Intermediate side
lamps. marker lamps.
S5.1.1.3 Intermediate side Table I Number and Table I-b Number
marker exemption. color--Intermedia and color--
te side marker Intermediate side
lamps. marker lamps.
S5.1.1.3 Intermediate side S7.4.1.1 Inboard S7.4.13.2 Inboard
marker exemption. photometry. photometry.
S5.1.1.4 Alternative side reflex S7.10.1.1 S8.1.13
material. Alternative side Alternative side
reflex reflectors. reflex reflector
material.
S5.1.1.4 Alternative side reflex Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
material. device. device.
S5.1.1.4 Alternative side reflex Table I Lighting Table I-b Lighting
material. device. device.
S5.1.1.4 Alternative side reflex Table I Lighting Table I-c Lighting
material. device. device.
S5.1.1.5........................ S7.14.1 Turn S9.1.1 Canceling.
signal operating
unit.
S5.1.1.6........................ Table VIII Table VIII
footnote 2. footnote 2.
S5.1.1.6........................ Table XIV footnote Table XIV footnote
2. 2.
S5.1.1.6........................ S7.2.1 Photometry. S7.2.13
Photometry.
S5.1.1.6........................ S7.8.1 Photometry. S7.8.13
Photometry.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal S7.1.2.1 S7.1.2.13.2
lamp. Photometry. Motorcycle
alternative.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1 Table XIII-a
lamp. Motorcycle turn
signal lamp--
Individual point
photometry.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1 Table XIII-a
lamp. Motorcycle turn
signal lamp--
Group photometry.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1 Table XIII-a
lamp. Motorcycle turn
signal lamp--
Photometric
ratio.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13
lamp. Photometry. Photometry.
[[Page 68361]]
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13.1.
lamp. Photometry.
S5.1.1.7 Motorcycle turn signal S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13.2.
lamp. Photometry.
S5.1.1.8 Inboard photometry..... S7.4.1.1 Inboard S7.4.13.2 Inboard
photometry. photometry.
S5.1.1.8 Inboard photometry..... Table X footnote 1 Table X footnote
1.
S5.1.1.9 Boat trailer exemption. Table I Number and Table I-b Number
color--Clearance and color--
lamp. Clearance lamp.
S5.1.1.10 Multiple license plate S6.1.1 Quantity... S6.1.1 Quantity.
lamps and backup lamps.
S5.1.1.10 Multiple license plate Table I Number and Table I-a Number
lamps and backup lamps. color. and color.
S5.1.1.10 Multiple license plate Table I Number and Table I-b Number
lamps and backup lamps. color. and color.
S5.1.1.10 Multiple license plate Table I Number and Table I-c Number
lamps and backup lamps. color. and color.
S5.1.1.11 Stop lamp and turn S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
signal lamp activation Optically Optically
interaction. combined. combined.
S5.1.1.11 Stop lamp and turn S6.1.5 Activation. S6.1.5 Activation.
signal lamp activation
interaction.
S5.1.1.11 Stop lamp and turn Table I Table I-a
signal lamp activation Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
interaction. lamps. lamps.
S5.1.1.11 Stop lamp and turn Table I Table I-b
signal lamp activation Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
interaction. lamps. lamps.
S5.1.1.12....................... S7.1.1.3.1 Lamps S7.1.1.11.4 Lamps
installed on installed on
vehicles 2032 mm vehicles 2032 mm
or more in or more in
overall width. overall width.
S5.1.1.12....................... S7.1.2.2.1 Lamps S7.1.2.11.4 Lamps
installed on installed on
vehicles 2032 mm vehicles 2032 mm
or more in or more in
overall width. overall width.
S5.1.1.12....................... S7.3.1.1.1 Lamps S7.3.11.4 Lamps
installed on installed on
vehicles 2032 mm vehicles 2032 mm
or more in or more in
overall width. overall width.
S5.1.1.13....................... Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.3.1
signal operating Voltage drop
unit durability (< 2032 mm wide).
test--performance
requirements.
S5.1.1.13....................... Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.3
signal operating Performance
unit durability requirements.
test--performance
requirements.
S5.1.1.14 Trailer exemption-- Table I Number and Table I-b Number
rear. color. and color.
S5.1.1.15 Trailer exemption-- Table I Number and Table I-b Number
front. color. and color.
S5.1.1.16....................... S6.8.5.2.1 Bulbs S14.2.1.6.1 Bulbs
without MSCD. without MSCD.
S5.1.1.17....................... S6.8.5.2 Bulbs.... S14.2.1.6 Bulbs.
S5.1.1.17....................... S6.8.5.2 Bulbs.... S14.2.2.3 Bulbs.
S5.1.1.17....................... S6.8.5.2 Bulbs.... S14.2.4.3 Bulbs.
S5.1.1.18 Backup lamp photometry Table XII Single Table XII Single
backup lamp lamp system--
system--Individua Individual point
l point photometry.
photometry.
S5.1.1.18 Backup lamp photometry Table XII Two Table XII Two lamp
backup lamp systems Each
system--Individua lamp--Individual
l point point photometry.
photometry.
S5.1.1.18 Backup lamp photometry Table XII footnote Table XII footnote
4. 4.
S5.1.1.19 Variable load turn Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3.2.1
signal flasher. signal flasher Setup.
starting time
test--procedure.
S5.1.1.19 Variable load turn Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.4.2.1
signal flasher. signal flasher Setup.
voltage drop
test--procedure.
S5.1.1.19 Variable load turn Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.2.1
signal flasher. signal flasher Setup.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
S5.1.1.20 Flasher voltage drop.. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.4.3
signal flasher Performance
voltage drop requirements.
test--performance
requirements.
S5.1.1.20 Flasher voltage drop.. Table XXI S14.9.3.8.3
Vehicular hazard Performance
warning signal requirements.
flasher voltage
drop test--
performance
requirements.
S5.1.1.21 Motor driven cycle Table I Number and Table I-c Number
turn signal exemption. color. and color.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle S6.4.1 Effective S6.4.1 Effective
stop lamp exemptions. projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area requirements. area
requirements.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle Table IV Stop Table IV-a Stop
stop lamp exemptions. lamp--Effective lamp--Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle Table IV footnote Table IV footnote
stop lamp exemptions. 1. 1.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle Table IX Motor Table XIII-b Motor
stop lamp exemptions. driven cycle stop driven cycle stop
lamp zone lamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle S7.3.1 Photometry. S7.3.13.2 Motor
stop lamp exemptions. driven cycle
alternative.
S5.1.1.22 Motor driven cycle Table IX footnote Table XIII-b
stop lamp exemptions. 5. footnote 3.
S5.1.1.25 Motor cycle turn S6.4.1 Effective S6.4.1 Effective
signal lamp EPLLA. projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area requirements. area
requirements.
[[Page 68362]]
S5.1.1.25 Motor cycle turn Table IV Front Table IV-a Front
signal lamp EPLLA. turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.25 Motor cycle turn Table IV Rear turn Table IV-a Rear
signal lamp EPLLA. signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.26(a).................... S6.4.1 Effective S6.4.1 Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area requirements. area
requirements.
S5.1.1.26(a).................... Table IV Rear turn Table IV-a Rear
signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.26(a).................... Table IV Stop Table IV-a Stop
lamp--Effective lamp--Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.26(b).................... S6.4.1 Effective S6.4.1 Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area requirements. area
requirements.
S5.1.1.26(b).................... Table IV Rear turn Table IV-a Rear
signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.26(b).................... Table IV Stop Table IV-a Stop
lamp--Effective lamp--Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.27(a).................... S6.1.1.2 High S6.1.1.2 High
mounted stop lamp. mounted stop
lamp.
S5.1.1.27(a).................... Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
device. device.
S5.1.1.27(a)(1)................. S6.4.1 Effective S6.4.1 Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area requirements. area
requirements.
S5.1.1.27(a)(1)................. Table IV High Table IV-b High
mounted stop mounted stop
lamp--Effective lamp--Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.27(a)(2)................. Table V HMSL-- Table V-a HMSL--
Visibility. Visibility.
S5.1.1.27(a)(3)................. S7.9.3 Photometry. S7.9.13
Photometry.
S5.1.1.27(b)(3)................. S7.9.3 Photometry. S7.9.13
Photometry.
S5.1.1.27(a)(4)................. S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.1.27(a)(4)................. S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.1 External
tests. mount.
S5.1.1.27(a)(4)................. S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.2 Internal
tests. mount.
S5.1.1.27(a)(5)................. S7.9.1 High S6.1.4.1.3
mounted stop lamp Accessibility.
design.
S5.1.1.27(b).................... S6.1.1.2 High S6.1.1.2 High
mounted stop lamp. mounted stop
lamp.
S5.1.1.27(b).................... Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
device. device.
S5.1.1.27(b)(1)................. S6.1.1.2 High S6.1.1.2 High
mounted stop lamp. mounted stop
lamp.
S5.1.1.27(b)(1)................. S6.4.1 Effective S6.4.1 Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area requirements. area
requirements.
S5.1.1.27(b)(1)................. Table IV High Table IV-b High
mounted stop mounted stop
lamp--Effective lamp--Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S5.1.1.27(b)(2)................. Table V HMSL-- Table V-a HMSL--
Visibility. Visibility.
S5.1.1.27(b)(3)................. Table XV footnote Table XV footnote
3. 3.
S5.1.1.27(b)(4)................. S7.9.1 High S6.1.4.1.3
mounted stop lamp Accessibility.
design.
S5.1.1.29 Conspicuity system S6.1.1.1.1 Table I-b Reflex
replace reflex on trailers. Conspicuity and reflectors.
reflex.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S6.8.4 Plastic S14.1.2 Plastic
optical materials. optical
materials.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.1.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.2.2 Physical S7.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.3.2 Physical S7.3.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.4.2 Physical S7.4.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.5.2 Physical S7.5.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.6.3 Physical S7.6.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.7.3 Physical S7.7.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.8.2 Physical S7.8.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.1 External
tests. mount.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.2 Internal
tests. mount.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.10.2 Physical S8.1.12 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.11.3 Physical S7.10.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S7.13.2 Physical S7.11.14 Physical
test requirements. tests.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.3
tests. Material test.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.8
tests. Material test.
S5.1.2 Plastic optical materials S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.7
tests. Material test.
S5.1.2(a)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4
optical material Performance
tests--performanc requirements.
e requirements.
S5.1.2(b)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.1(a)
optical material Except reflex.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S5.1.2(b)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.1
optical material Haze.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S5.1.2(c)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.1
optical material Haze.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S5.1.2(c)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.1(b)
optical material Reflex.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
[[Page 68363]]
S5.1.2(c)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.3
optical material Physical changes.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S5.1.2(d)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.1.3
optical material Thickness.
tests--samples.
S5.1.2(e)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.3.2
optical material Performance
tests--performanc requirements.
e requirements.
S5.1.2(e)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.3 Heat
optical material test.
tests.
S5.1.2(f)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.3 Heat
optical material test.
tests.
S5.1.2(f)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.3.1
optical material Procedure.
tests--procedure.
S5.1.2(g)....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.1
optical material Location and
tests. duration.
S5.1.3 Impairment............... S6.2.1 Impairment S6.2.1 Impairment
due to additional due to additional
lamps or lamps or
reflective reflective
devices. devices.
S5.1.4 School bus signal lamps.. Table I Additional Table I-a
Lamps Required on Additional Lamps
All School Buses Required on All
except School Buses
Multifunction except
School Activity Multifunction
Buses. School Activity
Buses.
S5.1.4(a)....................... Table I Number and Table I-a Number
color--School bus and color--School
signal lamps. bus signal lamps.
S5.1.4(b)....................... Table XVII Amber Table XVII Amber
lamp photometry. lamp photometry.
S5.1.4(b)(i).................... Table I Number and Table I-a Number
color--School bus and color--School
signal lamps. bus signal lamps.
S5.1.4(b)(ii)................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Schoo Activation--Schoo
l bus signal l bus signal
lamps. lamps.
S5.1.4(b)....................... S7.13.1 Photometry S7.11.13
Photometry.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S6.1.2 Color...... S6.1.2 Color.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.1.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.2.2 Physical S7.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.3.2 Physical S7.3.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.4.2 Physical S7.4.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.5.2 Physical S7.5.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.6.3 Physical S7.6.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.7.3 Physical S7.7.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.8.2 Physical S7.8.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.10.2 Physical S8.1.12 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.11.3 Physical S7.10.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.13.2 Physical S7.11.14 Physical
test requirements. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.1 External
tests. mount.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.2 Internal
tests. mount.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.3 Color
tests. test.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.8 Color
tests. test.
S5.1.5 Color.................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.7 Color
tests. test.
S5.1.5 Color.................... Table XXII Color S14.4.1.3.2
test--performance Performance
requirements. requirements.
S5.1.5 Color.................... Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.2
test--performance Performance
requirements. requirements.
S5.2.1.......................... S5.1 SAE S5.1 SAE
Publications. Publications.
S5.2.2.......................... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
S5.3 Location................... S6.1.3 Mounting S6.1.3.1.
location and
height.
S5.3 Location................... S6.1.3 Mounting S6.1.3.2.
location and
height.
S5.3.1.2 Truck tractor rear Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
reflex. location--Reflex location--Reflex
reflectors. reflectors.
S5.3.1.3 Trailer front reflex Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
and side marker. location--Reflex location--Reflex
reflectors. reflectors.
S5.3.1.3 Trailer front reflex Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
and side marker. location--Side location--Side
marker lamps. marker lamps.
S5.3.1.4 Rear clearance lamp Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
mounting. height--Clearance height--Clearance
lamps. lamps.
S5.3.1.4 Rear clearance lamp Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
mounting. height--Clearance height--Clearance
lamps. lamps.
S5.3.1.6 Truck tractor clearance Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
lamps. location--Clearan location--Clearan
ce lamps. ce lamps.
S5.3.1.7 Turn signal spacing.... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base zone 2.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
S5.3.1.7 Turn signal spacing.... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base 2.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
S5.3.1.7 Turn signal spacing.... S7.1.1.2.3 Spacing S7.1.1.10.4
based photometric Spacing based
multipliers. photometric
multipliers.
S5.3.1.8(a)(1).................. Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
location--High location--High-
mounted stop lamp. mounted stop
lamp.
S5.3.1.8(a)(2).................. S6.1.3.2.1 High S6.1.4.1.1 High-
mounted stop lamp mounted stop lamp
mounting. mounting.
S5.3.1.8(a)(3).................. S7.9.2 Interior S6.1.4.1.2.
mounting.
[[Page 68364]]
S5.3.1.8(a)(3).................. S6.1.3.2.2. High S6.1.4.1.2. High-
mounted stop lamp mounted stop lamp
reflections. reflections.
S5.3.1.8(b)..................... S6.1.1.2 High S6.1.1.2.1 High-
mounted stop lamp. mounted stop
lamp.
S5.3.2(a)....................... S6.2.1 Impairment S6.2.1 Impairment
due to additional due to additional
lamps or lamps or
reflective reflective
devices. devices.
S5.3.2(b)....................... S6.4.3 Visibility S6.4.3 Visibility
options. requirement
options.
S5.3.2(b)(1).................... S6.4.3(a) Lens S6.4.3(a) Lens
area option. area option.
S5.3.2(b)(1).................... Table V Lens area Table V-c Lens
visibility. area visibility.
S5.3.2(b)(2).................... S6.4.3(b) Luminous S6.4.3(b) Luminous
intensity option. intensity option.
S5.3.2(b)(2).................... Table V Luminous Table V-d Luminous
intensity intensity
visibility. visibility.
S5.3.2(c)....................... S6.4.2 Visibility. S6.4.2 Visibility.
S5.3.2(c)....................... Table V High Table V-a High
mounted stop lamp mounted stop lamp
visibility. visibility.
S5.3.2(d)....................... S6.4.2 Visibility. S6.4.2 Visibility.
S5.3.2(d)....................... Table V High Table V-a High
mounted stop lamp mounted stop lamp
visibility. visibility.
S5.3.2(e)....................... S6.4.2 Visibility. S6.4.2 Visibility.
S5.3.2(e)....................... Table V Backup Table V-a Backup
lamp visibility. lamp visibility.
S5.3.2.1........................ Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
location--Clearan location--Clearan
ce lamps. ce lamps.
S5.3.2.1........................ Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
location--Clearan location--Clearan
ce lamps. ce lamps.
S5.3.2.1........................ Table XI footnote Table XI footnote
4. 4.
S5.3.2.2........................ S6.2.2 Lamp or S6.2.2 Lamp or
reflective device reflective device
obstructed. obstructed.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table V footnote 2 Table V footnote
2.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table VI footnote Table VI footnote
3. 3.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
3. 3.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table VIII Table VIII
footnote 3. footnote 3.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
4. 4.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table X footnote 3 Table X footnote
3.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table XI footnote Table XI footnote
1. 1.
S5.3.2.3........................ Standard note--new Table XIII-a
table. footnote 4.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table XIV footnote Table XIV footnote
3. 3.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table XVI footnote Table XVI-a
1. footnote 1.
S5.3.2.3........................ Table XVII Table XVII
footnote 1. footnote 1.
S5.3.2.4........................ S6.4.4 SAE S6.4.4 Legacy
visibility visibility
alternative to option.
S6.4.3.
S5.4 Equipment combinations..... S6.3 Equipment S6.3 Equipment
combinations. combinations.
S5.4(a)......................... S6.3.1 High S6.3.1 High-
mounted stop lamp mounted stop lamp
and cargo lamp. and cargo lamp.
S5.4(b)......................... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Optically Optically
combined. combined.
S5.4(b)......................... S6.3.2 Optically S6.3.2 Optically
combined HSML and combined HSML and
cargo lamp cargo lamp
prohibition. prohibition.
S5.4(c)......................... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Optically Optically
combined. combined.
S5.4(c)......................... S6.3.3. Clearance S6.3.3. Clearance
lamp and taillamp. lamp and
taillamp.
S5.5.1 Headlamp beam switching.. S7.14.4 Headlamp S9.4 Headlamp beam
beam switching switching device.
device.
S5.5.1 Headlamp beam switching.. S7.14.4.1 Semi- S9.4.1 Semi-
automatic automatic
headlamp beam headlamp beam
switching device. switching device.
S5.5.2 Upper beam indicator..... S7.14.5 Upper beam S9.5 Upper beam
headlamp headlamp
indicator. indicator.
S5.5.2 Upper beam indicator..... S7.14.5.1 S9.5.1 Indicator
Indicator size size, location,
and location. and color.
S5.5.3.......................... S6.1.5 Activation. S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.3.......................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.3.......................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.4.......................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--High Activation--High
mounted stop mounted stop
lamps. lamps.
S5.5.4.......................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
lamps. lamps.
S5.5.4.......................... Table I Table I-b
Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
lamps. lamps.
S5.5.4.......................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
lamps. lamps.
S5.5.5.......................... S6.1.1.4 Hazard S6.1.5.1 Hazard
warning lamps. warning signal.
S5.5.5.......................... S7.14.6.1 S9.6.2 Operation.
Operating unit
switch.
S5.5.6.......................... S7.14.3.2 Turn S9.3.6 Turn signal
signal lamp lamp failure.
failure.
S5.5.6.......................... S7.14.3 Turn S9.3 Turn signal
signal pilot pilot indicator.
indicator.
S5.5.6.......................... S7.14.3 Turn S9.3.1 TS lamps
signal pilot not visible.
indicator.
S5.5.6.......................... S7.14.3 Turn S9.3.2 Indicator
signal pilot light(s).
indicator.
S5.5.6.......................... S7.14.3 Turn S9.3.3 Function.
signal pilot
indicator.
S5.5.7.......................... S6.1.5 Activation. S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.7(a)....................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.7(a)....................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Licen Activation--Licen
se plate lamps. se plate lamps.
S5.5.7(a)....................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Parki Activation--Parki
ng lamps. ng lamps.
S5.5.7(a)....................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Side Activation--Side
marker lamps. marker lamps.
S5.5.7(a)....................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.7(a)....................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Licen Activation--Licen
se plate lamps. se plate lamps.
S5.5.7(b)....................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.7(b)....................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Licen Activation--Licen
se plate lamps. se plate lamps.
[[Page 68365]]
S5.5.7(b)....................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Parki Activation--Parki
ng lamps. ng lamps.
S5.5.7(b)....................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Side Activation--Side
marker lamps. marker lamps.
S5.5.7(b)....................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.7(b)....................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Licen Activation--Licen
se plate lamps. se plate lamps.
S5.5.8.......................... S8.2 Simultaneous S6.1.5.2.1.
beam activation.
S5.5.8.......................... S8.2 Simultaneous S6.1.5.2.2.
beam activation.
S5.5.8.......................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Headl Activation--Headl
amp. amp.
S5.5.8.......................... Table II footnote Table II footnote
1. 1.
S5.5.8.......................... Table II footnote Table II footnote
3. 3.
S5.5.8.......................... Table II footnote Table II footnote
4. 4.
S5.5.8.......................... Table II footnote Table II footnote
5. 5.
S5.5.9.......................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Headl Activation--Headl
amp. amp.
S5.5.9.......................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Headl Activation--Headl
amp. amp.
S5.5.9.......................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Motor Activation--Motor
cycle headlamps. cycle headlamps.
S5.5.10(a)...................... S6.1.5 Activation. S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.10(a)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Schoo Activation--Schoo
l bus signal l bus signal
lamps. lamps.
S5.5.10(a)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Turn Activation--Turn
signals. signals.
S5.5.10(a)...................... Table I Table I-b
Activation--Turn Activation--Turn
signals. signals.
S5.5.10(a)...................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Turn Activation--Turn
signals. signals.
S5.5.10(b)...................... S6.1.5 Activation. S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.10(b)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Headl Activation--Headl
amp. amp.
S5.5.10(b)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Side Activation--Side
marker lamps. marker lamps.
S5.5.10(b)...................... Table I Table I-b
Activation--Side Activation--Side
marker lamps. marker lamps.
S5.5.10(b)...................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Motor Activation--Motor
cycle headlamps. cycle headlamps.
S5.5.10(c)...................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Motor Activation--Motor
cycle headlamps. cycle headlamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... S6.1.5 Activation. S6.1.5 Activation.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Backu Activation--Backu
p lamps. p lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Clear Activation--Clear
ance lamps. ance lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--DRL. Activation--DRL.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Headl Activation--Headl
amp. amp.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--High Activation--High
mounted stop mounted stop
lamps. lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Ident Activation--Ident
ification lamps. ification lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Licen Activation--Licen
se plate lamps. se plate lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Parki Activation--Parki
ng lamps. ng lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Side Activation--Side
marker lamps. marker lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-b
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-b
Activation--Clear Activation--Clear
ance lamps. ance lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-b
Activation--Side Activation--Side
marker lamps. marker lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-b
Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
lamps. lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Taill Activation--Taill
amps. amps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Headl Activation--Headl
amp. amp.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Licen Activation--Licen
se plate lamps. se plate lamps.
S5.5.10(d)...................... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
lamps. lamps.
S5.5.11(a) Daytime running lamps S6.2.4 Daytime S6.1.1.4 Daytime
(DRL). running lamps running lamps
(DRL). (DRL).
S5.5.11(a) Daytime running lamps Table I Table I-a
(DRL). Activation--DRL. Activation--DRL.
S5.5.11(a) Daytime running lamps Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
(DRL). device. device.
S5.5.11(a)(1)................... S7.11.1 Photometry S7.10.13
Photometry.
S5.5.11(a)(1)(i)................ S7.11.1(a)........ S7.10.13(a).
S5.5.11(a)(1)(ii)............... S7.11.1(b)........ S7.10.13(b).
S5.5.11(a)(2)................... S6.5.2 DRL marking S6.5.2 DRL
marking.
S5.5.11(a)(3)................... S7.11.3 Physical S7.10.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S5.5.11(a)(3)................... Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
device. device.
S5.5.11(a)(3)................... Table I Number and Table I-a Number
color. and color.
S5.5.11(a)(4)................... S7.11.2 Spacing to S7.10.10 Spacing
turn signal lamps. to other lamps.
S5.5.11(a)(4)(i)................ S7.11.2.2(a) Not S7.10.10.1(a).
optically
combined with
turn signal lamp.
S5.5.11(a)(4)(iii).............. S7.11.2.2(b) Not S7.10.10.1(b).
optically
combined with
turn signal lamp.
S5.5.11(a)(4)(iv)............... S7.11.2.2(c) Not S7.10.10.1(c).
optically
combined with
turn signal lamp.
S5.5.11(a)(5)................... Table I Table I-a
Activation--DRL. Activation--DRL.
S5.5.11(b)...................... Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
device. device.
S5.5.11(b)...................... Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
height. height.
S5.7 Conspicuity systems........ S6.1.1.1 S6.1.1.1
Conspicuity Conspicuity
systems. systems.
S5.7.1 Retroreflective sheeting. S6.1.1.1 S6.1.1.1
Conspicuity Conspicuity
systems. systems.
S5.7.1 Retroreflective sheeting. S7.12.1 S8.2.1
Retroreflective Retroreflective
sheeting. sheeting.
S5.7.1.1 Construction........... S7.12.1 S8.2.1.1
Retroreflective Construction.
sheeting.
S5.7.1.2 Performance S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
requirements. tests. test procedures.
[[Page 68366]]
S5.7.1.2 Performance S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S14.2.3.8.2
requirements. reflector and Retroreflective
retroreflective sheeting.
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S5.7.1.2 Performance S7.12.1.2 S8.2.1.7
requirements. Photometry. Photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance Table XVI Red C2 Table XVI-c Red C2
requirements. sheeting sheeting
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance Table XVI Red C3 Table XVI-c Red C3
requirements. sheeting sheeting
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance Table XVI Red C4 Table XVI-c Red C4
requirements. sheeting sheeting
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance Table XVI White C2 Table XVI-c White
requirements. sheeting C2 sheeting
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance Table XVI White C3 Table XVI-c White
requirements. sheeting C3 sheeting
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance Table XVI White C4 Table XVI-c White
requirements. sheeting C4 sheeting
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.1.2 Performance S7.12.1 S8.2.1.2
requirements. Retroreflective Performance
sheeting. requirements.
S5.7.1.3 Sheeting pattern, Table III S8.2.1.4.1
dimensions, and relative Application Alternating red
coefficients of retroreflection. pattern--Alternat and white
ing--Retroreflect materials.
ive sheeting.
S5.7.1.3(b)..................... Table III S8.2.1.4.1.1
Application Segments.
pattern--Alternat
ing--Retroreflect
ive sheeting.
S5.7.1.3(c)..................... Table III S8.2.1.4.1.2
Application Proportion.
pattern--Alternat
ing--Retroreflect
ive sheeting.
S5.7.1.3(d)..................... S7.12.1 S8.2.1.2
Retroreflective Performance
sheeting. requirements.
S5.7.1.4(a)..................... Table III S8.2.1.5
Application Application
location--Retrore location.
flective sheeting.
S5.7.1.4(b)..................... Table III S8.2.1.6
Application Application
spacing--Retroref spacing.
lective sheeting.
S5.7.1.4(c)..................... Table III S8.2.1.6
Application Application
spacing--Retroref spacing.
lective sheeting.
S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of trailers..... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.1 Trailer
rear. rear.
S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of trailers..... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.1.2 Element
rear--Element 2-- 2--white &
White. Exceptions.
S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of trailers..... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.1.3 Element
rear--Element 3-- 3--alternating
Alternating. red and white
materials &
Exceptions.
S5.7.1.4.1(a)................... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.1.1 Element
rear--Element 1-- 1--alternating
Alternating. red and white
materials.
S5.7.1.4.1(b)................... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.1.2.1 Upper
rear--Element 2-- corners.
White--requiremen
t.
S5.7.1.4.1(b)................... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.1.2.2 Non
rear--Element 2-- rectangular body.
White--requiremen
t.
S5.7.1.4.1(c)................... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.1.3.2
rear--Element 3-- Underride device.
Alternating--requ
irement.
S5.7.1.4.2 Side of trailers..... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.2 Trailer
side--Alternating. side--alternating
red and white
materials.
S5.7.1.4.2(a)................... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.2.1
side--Alternating Horizontal strip.
-requirement.
S5.7.1.4.2(a)................... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.2.2 Non-
side--Alternating continuous.
-requirement.
S5.7.1.4.2(b)................... Table III Trailer S8.2.3.2.3
side--Alternating Obstructions.
-requirement.
S5.7.1.4.3 Rear of truck Table III Truck S8.2.4 Conspicuity
tractors. tractor. system
installation on
truck tractors.
S5.7.1.4.3 Rear of truck Table III Truck S8.2.4.1 Element
tractors. tractor--Element 1--alternating
1--Alternating. red and white
materials.
S5.7.1.4.3(a)................... Table III Truck S8.2.4.1.1 Lower
tractor--Element horizontal.
1--Alternating--r
equirement.
S5.7.1.4.3(a)................... Table III Truck S8.2.4.1.2 Mudflap
tractor--Element mounting.
1--Alternating--r
equirement.
S5.7.1.4.3(a)................... Table III Truck S8.2.4.1.3
tractor--Element Mounting
1--Alternating--r alternatives.
equirement.
S5.7.1.4.3(a)................... Table III Truck S8.2.4.1.4
tractor--Element Obstruction.
1--Alternating--r
equirement.
S5.7.1.4.3(b)................... Table III Truck S8.2.4.2 Element
tractor--Element 2--white.
2--White.
S5.7.1.4.3(b)................... Table III Truck S8.2.4.2.1
tractor--Element Obstruction.
2--White--require
ment.
S5.7.1.4.3(b)................... Table III Truck S8.2.4.2.2
tractor--Element Symmetrical
2--White--require relocation.
ment.
S5.7.1.4.3(b)................... Table III Truck S8.2.4.2.3 Window
tractor--Element mounting.
2--White--require
ment.
S5.7.1.5 Certification.......... S6.5.1.1 DOT S6.5.1.1 DOT
marking--conspicu marking--conspicu
ity sheeting. ity sheeting.
S5.7.1.5 Certification.......... S7.12.1.1 S8.2.1.3
Certification Certification
marking. marking.
S5.7.2 Reflex reflectors........ S7.12.2 S8.2.2 Conspicuity
Conspicuity reflex
reflex reflectors. reflectors.
S5.7.2 Reflex reflectors........ S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S14.2.3.8.1 Reflex
reflector and reflectors.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S5.7.2.1........................ S7.12.2.2 S8.2.2.3
Photometry. Photometry.
S5.7.2.1(a)..................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S5.7.2.1(a)..................... S7.12.2.2 S8.2.2.3.1 Red
Photometry. reflectors.
[[Page 68367]]
S5.7.2.1(a)..................... S7.12.2.2 S8.2.2.3.2 White
Photometry. reflectors--horiz
ontal
orientation.
S5.7.2.1(a)..................... S7.12.2.2 S8.2.2.3.3 White
Photometry. reflectors--verti
cal orientation.
S5.7.2.1(b)..................... S7.12.2.2 S8.2.2.3.1 Red
Photometry. reflectors.
S5.7.2.1(b)..................... Table XVI Red Table XVI-b Red
conspicuity conspicuity
reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.2.1(c)..................... S7.12.2.2 S8.2.2.3.2 White
Photometry. reflectors--horiz
ontal
orientation.
S5.7.2.1(c)..................... Table XVI White Table XVI-b White
horizontal horizontal
conspicuity conspicuity
reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.2.1(d)..................... S7.12.2.2 S8.2.2.3.3 White
Photometry. reflectors--verti
cal orientation.
S5.7.2.1(d)..................... Table XVI White Table XVI-b White
vertical vertical
conspicuity conspicuity
reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
S5.7.2.2........................ Table III S8.2.2.2
Application Application
pattern. pattern.
S5.7.2.2(a)..................... Table III S8.2.2.2.1
Application Alternating red
pattern--Alternat and white
ing--Conspicuity materials.
reflex reflectors.
S5.7.2.2(b)..................... Table III S8.2.2.2.2 White
Application material.
pattern--White--C
onspicuity reflex
reflectors.
S5.7.2.3 Certification.......... S7.12.2.1 S8.2.2.1
Certification Certification
marking. marking.
S5.7.3 Combination of sheeting S7.12 Conspicuity S8.2 Conspicuity
and reflectors. systems. systems.
S5.8 Replacement equipment...... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
S5.8.1.......................... S6.7.1 General S6.7.1 General
requirements. requirements.
S5.8.2.......................... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
S5.8.3.......................... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
S5.8.4.......................... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
S5.8.5.......................... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
S5.8.6.......................... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
S5.8.7.......................... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
S5.8.8.......................... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
S5.8.9.......................... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
S5.8.10......................... S6.5.1.2 DOT S6.5.1.2 DOT
marking--except marking--except
headlamps. headlamps.
S5.8.11......................... S18 Replaceable S13 Replaceable
headlamp lens headlamp lens
requirements. requirements.
S6 Subreferenced SAE Standards S5 References to S5 References to
and Recommended Practices. SAE publications. SAE publications.
S6.1............................ S5.1 S5.1
Recommended=manda Recommended=manda
tory. tory.
S6.2............................ S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.1.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.2.2 Physical S7.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.3.2 Physical S7.3.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.4.2 Physical S7.4.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.5.2 Physical S7.5.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.6.3 Physical S7.6.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.7.3 Physical S7.7.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.8.2 Physical S7.8.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.1 External
tests. mount.
S6.2............................ S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.2 Internal
tests. mount.
S6.2............................ S7.10.2 Physical S8.1.12 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.11.3 Physical S7.10.14 Physical
tests. tests.
S6.2............................ S7.13.2 Physical S7.11.14 Physical
test requirements. tests.
S6.3............................ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S7 Headlighting requirements.... S8 Headlighting S10 Headlighting
system system
requirements. requirements.
S7.1............................ S8.1 Headlighting S10.1.1 Vehicles
systems. ex motorcycles &
trailers.
S7.2(a)......................... S6.5.1 DOT marking S6.5.1 DOT
marking.
S7.2(b)......................... S17.1 Trademark... S6.5.3.1
Trademark.
S7.2(c)......................... S17.2 Voltage and S6.5.3.2 Voltage
trade number. and trade number.
S7.2(d)......................... S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming. S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S7.2(d)......................... S6.8.5.6.5 S14.2.5.2 Glare
Location of test area.
points.
S7.2(e)......................... S6.5.1 DOT marking S6.5.1 DOT
marking.
S7.2(e)......................... S18 Replaceable S13 Replaceable
headlamp lens headlamp lens
requirements. requirements.
S7.3 Sealed beam headlighting S9 Sealed beam S10.13 Sealed beam
system. headlamp headlighting
requirements. system.
S7.3............................ S8.1.1 Redundant--elimina
Headlighting ted.
system type.
S7.3............................ S8.1.2 Headlamp Redundant--elimina
category. ted.
S7.3.1.......................... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
S7.3.2 Type A headlighting S9.1 Installation. S10.13.1
system. Installation.
S7.3.2 Type A headlighting Table II Sealed Table II-a Sealed
system. beam headlamps beam headlamps
Type A. Type A.
[[Page 68368]]
S7.3.2(a)(3).................... S9.3 Photometry... S10.13.3
Photometry.
S7.3.2(a)(3).................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.2(b)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.15 Headlamp
Headlamp connector test.
connector test.
S7.3.2(c)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Vibration.
S7.3.2(c)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.8.3
Vibration test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.2(d)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Wattage.
S7.3.2(d)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.16.2
Headlamp wattage Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.3 Type B headlighting S9.1 Installation. S10.13.1
system. Installation.
S7.3.3 Type B headlighting Table II Sealed Table II-a Sealed
system. beam headlamps beam headlamps
Type B. Type B.
S7.3.3(a)....................... S9.3 Photometry... S10.13.3
Photometry.
S7.3.3(a)....................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.3(b)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Wattage.
S7.3.3(b)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.16.2
Headlamp wattage Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.4 Type C headlighting S9.1 Installation. S10.13.1
system. Installation.
S7.3.4 Type C headlighting S9.3 Photometry... S10.13.3
system. Photometry.
S7.3.4 Type C headlighting S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
system. tests. test procedures.
S7.3.4 Type C headlighting Table II Sealed Table II-a Sealed
system. beam headlamps beam headlamps
Type C. Type C.
S7.3.5 Type D headlighting S9.1 Installation. S10.13.1
system. Installation.
S7.3.5 Type D headlighting Table II Sealed Table II-a Sealed
system. beam headlamps beam headlamps
Type D. Type D.
S7.3.5(a)....................... S9.3 Photometry... S10.13.3
Photometry.
S7.3.5(a)....................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.5(b)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Wattage.
S7.3.5(b)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.16.2
Headlamp wattage Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.6 Type E headlighting S9.1 Installation. S10.13.1
system. Installation.
S7.3.6 Type E headlighting Table II Sealed Table II-a Sealed
system. beam headlamps beam headlamps
Type E. Type E.
S7.3.6(a)....................... S9.3 Photometry... S10.13.3
Photometry.
S7.3.6(a)....................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.6(b)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Wattage.
S7.3.6(b)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.16.2
Headlamp wattage Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.7 Type F headlighting S9.1 Installation. S10.13.1
system. Installation.
S7.3.7 Type F headlighting Table II Sealed Table II-a Sealed
system. beam headlamps beam headlamps
Type F. Type F.
S7.3.7(b)....................... S9.3 Photometry... S10.13.3
Photometry.
S7.3.7(b)....................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.7(b)....................... S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming. S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S7.3.7(d)....................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.7(e)(1).................... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Mounting ring Mounting ring
(type F sealed (type F sealed
beam). beam).
S7.3.7(e)(2).................... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Retaining ring Retaining ring
(type F sealed (type F sealed
beam). beam).
S7.3.7(e)(5).................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.2 Type
adjustment test F, replaceable
laboratory--perfo bulb, integral
rmance beam, and
requirements. combination.
S7.3.7(e)(7).................... Table XXIII S14.6.14.1
Retaining ring Procedure.
test--procedure.
S7.3.7(f)....................... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
S7.3.7(g)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Wattage.
S7.3.7(g)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.16.2
Headlamp wattage Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.7(h)....................... S9.2 Simultaneous S10.13.2
aim. Simultaneous aim.
S7.3.7(h)(1).................... S9.2 Simultaneous S10.13.2
aim. Simultaneous aim.
S7.3.7(h)(1).................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.7(h)(2).................... S9.2 Simultaneous S10.13.2
aim. Simultaneous aim.
S7.3.7(i)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Vibration.
S7.3.7(i)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.8.3
Vibration test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.8 Type G headlighting S9.1 Installation. S10.13.1
system. Installation.
S7.3.8 Type G headlighting Table II Sealed Table II-a Sealed
system. beam headlamps beam headlamps
Type G. Type G.
S7.3.8(b)....................... S9.3 Photometry... S10.13.3
Photometry.
S7.3.8(b)....................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.8(c)(1).................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.2
tests. Retaining ring
test ex types G &
H.
S7.3.8(c)(2).................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13 Torque
deflection test. deflection test.
S7.3.8(c)(2).................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1
deflection test-- Procedure.
procedure.
S7.3.8(c)(2).................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.1
deflection test-- Mounting.
procedure.
S7.3.8(c)(2).................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.2
deflection test-- Deflectometers.
procedure.
S7.3.8(c)(2).................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.3
deflection test-- Deflectometer
procedure. adapters.
S7.3.8(c)(2).................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.4
deflection test-- Torque.
procedure.
S7.3.8(d)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Vibration.
[[Page 68369]]
S7.3.8(d)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.8.3
Vibration test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.8(e)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Wattage.
S7.3.8(e)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.16.2
Headlamp wattage Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.8(f)....................... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
S7.3.9 Type H headlighting S9.1 Installation. S10.13.1
system. Installation.
S7.3.9 Type H headlighting Table II Sealed Table II-a Sealed
system. beam headlamps beam headlamps
Type H. Type H.
S7.3.9(a)....................... S9.3 Photometry... S10.13.3
Photometry.
S7.3.9(a)....................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.3.9(b)....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Wattage.
S7.3.9(b)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.16.2
Headlamp wattage Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.3.9(c)....................... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
S7.4 Integral Beam Headlighting S10 Integral beam S10.14 Integral
System. headlamp beam
requirements. headlighting.
S7.4 Integral Beam Headlighting S10.1 Installation S10.14.1
System. Installation.
S7.4 Integral Beam Headlighting S8.1.1 Redundant--elimina
System. Headlighting ted.
system type.
S7.4 Integral Beam Headlighting S8.1.2 Headlamp Redundant--elimina
System. category. ted.
S7.4(a)......................... S10.1 Installation S10.14.1
Installation.
S7.4(a)......................... S10.6 Photometry.. S10.14.6
Photometry.
S7.4(a)(1)(i)................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.4(a)(1)(i)................... Table II Integral Table II-c
beam headlamps--4 Integral beam
lamp system. headlamps--4 lamp
system.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii).................. S8.2 Simultaneous S6.1.5.2.3.
beam activation.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii).................. S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii).................. Table II Integral Table II-c
beam headlamps--4 Integral beam
lamp system-- headlamps--4 lamp
simultaneous system--simultane
activation. ous activation.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii).................. Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 6 beam 6
photometry. photometry.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii).................. Table XIX Lower Table XIX-b Lower
beam 5M beam 5M
photometry. photometry.
S7.4(a)(1)(ii).................. Table XIX Lower Table XIX-c Lower
beam 4V beam 4V
photometry. photometry.
S7.4(a)(1)(iii)................. S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.4(a)(1)(iii)................. Table II Integral Table II-c
beam headlamps--4 Integral beam
lamp system U & L. headlamps--4 lamp
system U & L.
S7.4(a)(2)...................... Table II Integral Table II-c
beam headlamps--2 Integral beam
lamp system. headlamps--2 lamp
system.
S7.4(a)(2)(i)................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.4(a)(2)(ii).................. S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.4(a)(3)...................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.4(a)(3)...................... S6.8.5.6.6 Beam S14.2.5.9 Beam
contributor contributor
photometry. photometry
measurements.
S7.4(a)(3)...................... Table II Integral Table II-c
beam headlamps-- Integral beam
beam contributor headlamps--beam
system. contributor
system.
S7.4(a)(3)...................... Table II footnote Table II footnote
6. 6.
S7.4(a)(3)...................... Omitted........... Table II footnote
7.
S7.4(b)......................... S8.1.3 Vertical S6.1.3.5.1
headlamp Vertical headlamp
arrangement. arrangement.
S7.4(b)......................... S8.1.4 Horizontal S6.1.3.5.2
headlamp Horizontal
arrangement. headlamp
arrangement.
S7.4(c)(1)...................... S10.4 Markings.... S10.14.4 Markings.
S7.4(c)(2)...................... S10.4 Markings.... S10.14.4 Markings.
S7.4(d)......................... S10.3 Simultaneous S10.14.3
aim. Simultaneous aim.
S7.4(d)......................... Table II footnote Table II footnote
2. 2.
S7.4(e)......................... S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S14.2.5.3
photometry Measurement
measurements. distance.
S7.4(f)......................... S10.2 Aimability.. S10.14.2
Aimability.
S7.4(g)......................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.1
tests. Corrosion test.
S7.4(g)......................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.2 Sealing
tests. test.
S7.4(g)......................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.2 Dust
tests. test.
S7.4(g)......................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.2
tests. Humidity test.
S7.4(g)......................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.3
tests. Abrasion test.
S7.4(g)......................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.4
tests. Chemical
resistance test.
S7.4(g)......................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.5
tests. Internal heat
test.
S7.4(g)......................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Corrosion test.
S7.4(g)......................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1 Dust
tests. test.
S7.4(g)......................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Humidity test.
S7.4(g)......................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.2
tests. Abrasion test.
S7.4(g)......................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.3
tests. Chemical
resistance test.
S7.4(g)......................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.4
tests. Internal heat
test.
S7.4(g)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.9.2
Sealing test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.4(h)(1)...................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.3
tests. Abrasion test.
S7.4(h)(1)...................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.2
tests. Abrasion test.
[[Page 68370]]
S7.4(h)(1); S8.1................ Table XXIII S14.6.1.2
Abrasion test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.4(h)(2)...................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.6
tests. Chemical
resistance--refle
ctor.
S7.4(h)(2)...................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.5
tests. Chemical
resistance--refle
ctor.
S7.4(h)(2)...................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.4
tests. Chemical
resistance test.
S7.4(h)(2)...................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.3
tests. Chemical
resistance test.
S7.4(h)(2); S8.1................ Table XXIII S14.6.2.2
Chemical Performance
resistance test-- requirements.
performance
requirements.
S7.4(h)(2); S8.1................ Table XXIII S14.6.10.2
Chemical Performance
resistance of requirements.
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
performance
requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)...................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.6
tests. Corrosion
resistance--refle
ctor.
S7.4(h)(3)...................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.5
tests. Corrosion
resistance--refle
ctor.
S7.4(h)(3)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.2
Corrosion- Performance
connector test-- requirements.
performance
requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.2.1
Corrosion- Corrosion.
connector test--
performance
requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.2.2
Corrosion- Adhesion.
connector test--
performance
requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.2.3
Corrosion- Terminal
connector test-- corrosion.
performance
requirements.
S7.4(h)(3)...................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.1
tests. Corrosion test.
S7.4(h)(3)...................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Corrosion test.
S7.4(h)(3); S8.1................ Table XXIII S14.6.11.2
Corrosion Performance
resistance of requirements.
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
performance
requirements.
S7.4(h)(4)...................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.2 Dust
tests. test.
S7.4(h)(4)...................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1 Dust
tests. test.
S7.4(h)(4); S8.1................ Table XXIII Dust S14.6.5.2
test--performance Performance
requirements. requirements.
S7.4(h)(5)(i)................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.1
tests. Temperature cycle
test.
S7.4(h)(5)(i)................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Temperature cycle
test.
S7.4(h)(5)(i); S8.1............. Table XXIII S14.6.6.3.2
Temperature cycle Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.4(h)(5)(ii).................. S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.5
tests. Internal heat
test.
S7.4(h)(5)(ii).................. S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.4
tests. Internal heat
test.
S7.4(h)(5)(ii); S8.1............ Table XXIII S14.6.6.4.2
Internal heat Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.4(h)(6)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.2
Humidity test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.4(h)(6)...................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.2
tests. Humidity test.
S7.4(h)(6)...................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Humidity test.
S7.4(h)(7)...................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.1
tests. Vibration test.
S7.4(h)(7)...................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Vibration test.
S7.4(h)(7)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.8.3
Vibration test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.4(i)......................... S10.5 Additional S10.14.5
light sources. Additional light
sources.
S7.5 Replaceable bulb S11 Replaceable S10.15 Replaceable
headlighting system. bulb headlamp bulb headlighting
requirements. system.
S7.5 Replaceable bulb S8.1.1 Redundant--elimina
headlighting system. Headlighting ted.
system type.
S7.5 Replaceable bulb S8.1.2 Headlamp Redundant--elimina
headlighting system. category. ted.
S7.5(a)......................... S11.1 Installation S10.15.1
Installation.
S7.5(b)......................... S11.6 Photometry.. S10.15.6
Photometry.
S7.5(b)......................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.5(c)......................... S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S14.2.5.3
photometry Measurement
measurements. distance.
S7.5(d)......................... S8.1.3 Vertical S6.1.3.5.1
headlamp Vertical headlamp
arrangement. arrangement.
S7.5(d)......................... S8.1.4 Horizontal S6.1.3.5.2
headlamp Horizontal
arrangement. headlamp
arrangement.
S7.5(d)......................... Table II Table II-d
Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamps--2 lamp headlamps--2 lamp
system--without system--without
HB2. HB2.
S7.5(d)......................... Table II Table II-d
Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamps--4 lamp headlamps--4 lamp
system--without system--without
HB2. HB2.
S7.5(d)(1)...................... S11.2 Aiming S10.15.2 Aiming
restrictions. restrictions.
S7.5(d)(2)...................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.5(d)(3)(i)(A)................ Omitted........... S10.15.4.1.1
Exception.
S7.5(d)(3)(i)(B)................ S11.5 Markings.... S10.15.4.1 U & L.
S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(A)............... Omitted........... S10.15.4.1.1
Exception.
S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(B)............... S11.5 Markings.... S10.15.4.1 U & L.
S7.5(e)......................... Table II Table II-d
Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamps--2 lamp headlamps--2 lamp
system--with HB2. system--with HB2.
S7.5(e)......................... Table II Table II-d
Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamps--4 lamp headlamps--4 lamp
system--with HB2. system--with HB2.
[[Page 68371]]
S7.5(e)(1)...................... S11.2 Aiming S10.15.2 Aiming
restrictions. restrictions.
S7.5(e)(2)...................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.5(e)(3)(i)................... S11.5 Markings.... S10.15.4.1 U & L.
S7.5(e)(3)(ii).................. S11.5 Markings.... S10.15.4.1 U & L.
S7.5(f)......................... S11.4 Replacement S10.15.3
equipment. Replacement
equipment.
S7.5(g)......................... S17.4 Replaceable S6.5.3.4
bulb headlamp Replaceable bulb
markings. headlamp
markings.
S7.5(h)......................... S11.2 Aiming S10.15.2 Aiming
restrictions. restrictions.
S7.5(i)......................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7 Physical
tests. tests.
S7.5(i)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.9.2
Sealing test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.5(j)......................... S11.3 Additional S10.15.5.
light sources. Additional light
sources.
S7.6 Combination Headlighting S12 Combination S10.16 Combination
System. headlamps. headlighting
system.
S7.6 Combination Headlighting S8.1.1 Redundant--elimina
System. Headlighting ted.
system type.
S7.6 Combination Headlighting S8.1.2 Headlamp Redundant--elimina
System. category. ted.
S7.6.1.......................... S12.1 Installation S10.16.1
Installation.
S7.6.2.......................... S12.2 Photometry.. S10.16.2
Photometry.
S7.6.2.......................... S12.3 Physical S10.16.3.1 Type F
tests. sealed beam.
S7.6.2.......................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.6.2.......................... Table II Table II-b
Combination Combination
headlamps--2 lamp headlamps--2 lamp
system. system.
S7.6.2.1........................ S12.2 Photometry.. S10.16.2
Photometry.
S7.6.2.1........................ S12.3 Physical S10.16.3.2
tests. Integral beam.
S7.6.2.2........................ S12.2 Photometry.. S10.16.2
Photometry.
S7.6.2.2........................ S12.3 Physical S10.16.3.3
tests. Replaceable bulb.
S7.6.3.......................... S12.2 Photometry.. S10.16.2
Photometry.
S7.6.3.......................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.6.3.......................... Table II Table II-b
Combination Combination
headlamps--4 lamp headlamps--4 lamp
system. system.
S7.7 Replaceable light sources.. S15 Replaceable S11 Replaceable
light sources. light sources.
S7.7(a)......................... S15.1 Markings.... S11.1 Markings.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2 Power and S11.4.2 Power &
flux measurement. Luminous flux
tests.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3
Replaceable light
source power and
flux measurement
procedure.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.1
Seasoning.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.1.1
Resistive
filament source.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.1.2
Discharge source.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.2 Test
voltage.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.3 Luminous
flux measurement.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.3.1
Resistive
filament light
source setup.
S7.7(b)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.3.2
Discharge light
source setup.
S7.7(c)......................... S15.6 Physical S11.4.1 Pressure
tests. test.
S7.7(c)......................... Table XXIII S14.7.2 Pressure
Pressure test for test for
replaceable light replaceable light
sources. sources.
S7.7(c)......................... Table XXIII S14.7.2.1
Pressure test for Procedure.
replaceable light
sources--procedur
e.
S7.7(c)......................... Table XXIII S14.7.2.1.1 Force
Pressure test for application.
replaceable light
sources--procedur
e.
S7.7(c)......................... Table XXIII S14.7.2.1.2
Pressure test for Application
replaceable light sequence.
sources--procedur
e.
S7.7(c)......................... Table XXIII S14.7.2.2
Pressure test for Performance
replaceable light requirements.
sources--performa
nce requirements.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3
Replaceable light
source power and
flux measurement
procedure.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.1
Seasoning.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.1.1
Resistive
filament source.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.1.2
Discharge source.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.2 Test
voltage.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.3 Luminous
flux measurement.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.3.1
Resistive
filament light
source setup.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.2; S15.3...... S14.7.3.3.2
Discharge light
source setup.
S7.7(d)......................... S15.3 Power and S11.4.2 Power &
flux measurement. Luminous flux
tests.
S7.7(e)......................... S15.4 Ballast S11.2 Ballast
markings. markings.
S7.7(f)......................... S15.5 Gas S11.3 Gas
discharge discharge
laboratory life. laboratory life.
S7.7(g)......................... S15.6 Physical S11.4.1 Deflection
tests. test.
S7.7(g)......................... Table XXIII S14.7.1.2
Deflection test Performance
for replaceable requirements.
light sources--
performance
requirements.
S7.8 Aimability Performance Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17 Aiming
Requirements. adjustment test adjustment test--
laboratory. laboratory.
S7.8 Aimability Performance Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18 Aiming
Requirements. adjustment test adjustment test--
on vehicle. on vehicle.
[[Page 68372]]
S7.8 Aimability Performance Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.2
Requirements. adjustment test Performance
on vehicle-- requirements.
performance
requirements.
S7.8.1.......................... S14.6 Optical axis S10.18.5 Optical
marking. axis marking.
S7.8.1(a)....................... S14.6.2 Optical S10.18.5.2 Optical
axis marking-- axis marking--
lamp. lamp.
S7.8.1(b)....................... S14.6.1 Optical S10.18.5.1 Optical
axis marking-- axis marking--
vehicle. vehicle.
S7.8.1(c)....................... S14.6.3 Optical S10.18.5.3 Optical
axis marking-- axis marking--
visual aim visual aim
headlamp. headlamp.
S7.8.2.......................... S14.1 Headlamp S10.18.1 Headlamp
mounting and mounting and
aiming. aiming.
S7.8.2.1(a)..................... S14.4 Aim S10.18.3 Aim
adjustment adjustment
interaction. interaction.
S7.8.2.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.2.3 Aim
adjustment test interaction.
on vehicle--
performance
requirements.
S7.8.2.1(b)..................... S14.4 Aim S10.18.3 Aim
adjustment adjustment
interaction. interaction.
S7.8.2.1(c)..................... S14.5 Horizontal S10.18.4
adjustment--visua Horizontal
lly aimed adjustment--visua
headlamp. lly aimed
headlamp.
S7.8.2.1(c)..................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.2.3 Aim
adjustment test interaction.
on vehicle--
performance
requirements.
S7.8.2.1(c)..................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2
adjustment test Performance
laboratory--perfo requirements.
rmance
requirements.
S7.8.2.2(a)..................... S14.7 Moveable S10.18.6 Moveable
reflectors. reflector
requirements.
S7.8.2.2(a)..................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.3
adjustment test Moveable
laboratory--perfo reflector.
rmance
requirements.
S7.8.2.2(b)..................... S14.7 Moveable S10.18.6 Moveable
reflectors. reflector
requirements.
S7.8.2.2(b)..................... S6.8.5.6.2(h) S14.2.5.10.1.
Aiming--Moveable
reflector.
S7.8.2.2(c)..................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.3
adjustment test Moveable
laboratory--perfo reflector.
rmance
requirements.
S7.8.2.2(d)..................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2
adjustment test Performance
laboratory--perfo requirements.
rmance
requirements.
S7.8.3.......................... S6.8.5.6.2(h) S14.2.5.10.2.
Aiming--Moveable
reflector.
S7.8.3.......................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.1.2
adjustment test Vehicle pitch.
on vehicle--
procedure.
S7.8.3.......................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.2.1
adjustment test Vertical range.
on vehicle--
performance
requirements.
S7.8.3.......................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.2.2
adjustment test Continuous
on vehicle-- vertical
performance adjustment.
requirements.
S7.8.3.......................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.1
adjustment test Sealed beam
laboratory--perfo except Type F.
rmance
requirements.
S7.8.3.......................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.2 Type
adjustment test F, replaceable
laboratory--perfo bulb, integral
rmance beam, and
requirements. combination.
S7.8.4.......................... S6.8.5.6.2(h) S14.2.5.10.3.
Aiming--Moveable
reflector.
S7.8.4.......................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.1
adjustment test Sealed beam
laboratory--perfo except Type F.
rmance
requirements.
S7.8.4.......................... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.2 Type
adjustment test F, replaceable
laboratory--perfo bulb, integral
rmance beam, and
requirements. combination.
S7.8.5.......................... S14.2 Headlamp S6.2.3 Headlamp
obstructions. Obstructions.
S7.8.5.......................... S14.2 Headlamp S6.2.3.1
obstructions. Coverings.
S7.8.5.......................... S14.2 Headlamp S6.2.3.2 Wipers.
obstructions.
S7.8.5.......................... S10.2 Aimability.. S10.2 Aiming.
S7.8.5.......................... S14.3 Headlamp S10.18.2 Headlamp
aiming systems. aiming systems.
S7.8.5.1 External aiming........ S14.8 External S10.18.7 External
aiming. aiming.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.7 Torque
tests. deflection test.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.6 Torque
tests. deflection test.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13 Torque
deflection test. deflection test.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1
deflection test-- Procedure.
procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.1
deflection test-- Mounting.
procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.2
deflection test-- Deflectometers.
procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.3
deflection test-- Deflectometer
procedure. adapters.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.4
deflection test-- Torque.
procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.5
deflection test-- Torque
procedure. application.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.6 Group
deflection test-- I aiming pads.
procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.7 Group
deflection test-- II aiming pads.
procedure.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.1.8 Non-
deflection test-- adjustable
procedure. locating plates.
S7.8.5.1(a)..................... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.2
deflection test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.8.5.1(b)..................... Table XXIII Inward S14.6.12 Inward
force test. force test.
S7.8.5.1(b)..................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.1 Inward
tests. force test.
S7.8.5.1(b)..................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1 Inward
tests. force test.
S7.8.5.1(b)..................... Table XXIII Inward S14.6.12.2
force test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.8.5.1(c)..................... Table XXIII S14.6.3.1
Corrosion test-- Procedure.
procedure.
S7.8.5.1(c)..................... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.6.1
corrosion test-- Procedure.
procedure.
[[Page 68373]]
S7.8.5.1(c)..................... Table XXIII S14.6.3.2
Corrosion test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.8.5.1(c)..................... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.6.2
corrosion test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.8.5.1(d)..................... S14.8.1 Headlamp S10.18.7.1
aiming device Headlamp aiming
locating plates. device locating
plates.
S7.8.5.1(d)(1).................. S14.8.1.1 Aiming S10.18.7.1.1
pads. Aiming pads.
S7.8.5.1(d)(2).................. S14.8.1.2 Aiming S10.18.7.1.2
dimension marking. Aiming dimension
marking.
S7.8.5.1(e)..................... S14.8.2 S10.18.7.2
Nonadjustable Nonadjustable
headlamp aiming headlamp aiming
device locating device locating
plates. plates.
S7.8.5.2 On-vehicle aiming...... S14.9 On-vehicle S10.18.8 On-
aiming. vehicle aiming.
S7.8.5.2(a) Aim................. S14.9.1 Aim....... S10.18.8.1 Aim.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1) Vertical axis.... S14.9.1.1 Vertical S10.18.8.1.1
aim. Vertical aim.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(i)............... S14.9.1.1.1 S10.18.8.1.1.1
Graduations. Graduations.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(ii).............. S14.9.1.1.2 VHAD S10.18.8.1.1.2
markings. VHAD markings.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(iii)............. S14.9.1.1.3 S10.18.8.1.1.3
Graduation scale. Graduation scale.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(iv).............. S14.9.1.1.4 S10.18.8.1.1.4
Vertical Vertical
indicator range. indicator range.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(v)............... S14.9.1.1.5 Floor S10.18.8.1.1.5
slope Floor slope
compensation. compensation.
S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(vi).............. S14.9.1.1.6 S10.18.8.1.1.6
Graduation Graduation
legibility. legibility.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2) Horizontal aim... S14.9.1.2 S10.18.8.1.2
Horizontal aim. Horizontal aim.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(i)............... S14.9.1.2.1 S10.18.8.1.2.1
Graduation scale. Graduation scale.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(ii).............. S14.9.1.2.2 S10.18.8.1.2.2
Horizontal Horizontal
markings. markings.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(iii)............. S14.9.1.2.3 S10.18.8.1.2.3
Graduation Graduation
legibility. legibility.
S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(iv).............. S14.9.1.2.4 S10.18.8.1.2.4
Horizontal Horizontal
indicator range. indicator range.
S7.8.5.2(b) Aiming instructions. S14.9.2 Aiming S10.18.8.2 Aiming
instructions. instructions.
S7.8.5.2(b)(1).................. S14.9.2.1 Aiming S10.18.8.2.1
instruction Aiming
location and instruction
content. location and
content.
S7.8.5.2(b)(2).................. S14.9.2.2 Remote S10.18.8.2.2
indicator Remote indicator
instructions. instructions.
S7.8.5.2(b)(3).................. S14.4.1 Excess aim S10.18.3.1 Excess
interaction. aim interaction.
S7.8.5.2(c)..................... S14.9.3 Permanent S10.18.8.3
calibrations. Permanent
calibration.
S7.8.5.2(d) Testing the VHAD.... S14.9.5 Physical S10.18.8.5
tests. Physical tests.
S7.8.5.2(d)(1).................. S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S14.2.5.3
photometry Measurement
measurements. distance.
S7.8.5.2(d)(1).................. S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming. S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S7.8.5.2(d)(1).................. S6.8.5.6.2(b) S14.2.5.5.2
Aiming--VHAD. Mechanically
aimable headlamps
equipped with a
VHAD.
S7.8.5.2(d)(2).................. S14.9.4 S10.18.8.4
Replacement units. Replacement
units.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i)............... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.2 Scale
scale graduation graduation test.
test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i)............... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.2.1
scale graduation Procedure.
test--procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i)............... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.2.2
scale graduation Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii).............. Table XXIII....... S14.8.1 Samples.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(A)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.3 Cold scale
cold scale graduation test.
graduation test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(A)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.3.1
cold scale Procedure.
graduation test--
procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(A)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.3.2
cold scale Performance
graduation test-- requirements.
performance
requirements.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(B)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.4 Hot scale
hot scale graduation test.
graduation test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(B)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.4.1
hot scale Procedure.
graduation test--
procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(B)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.4.2
hot scale Performance
graduation test-- requirements.
performance
requirements.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(C)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.5 Thermal
thermal cycle cycle test.
test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(C)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.5.1
thermal cycle Procedure.
test--procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(C)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.5.2
thermal cycle Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(D)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.6 Corrosion
corrosion test. test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(E)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.7 Photometry
photometry test. test.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(E)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.7.1
photometry test-- Procedure.
procedure.
S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)(E)........... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.7.2
photometry test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S7.8.5.3 Visual/optical aiming.. S14.10 Visual/ S10.18.9 Visual/
optical aiming. optical aiming.
S7.8.5.3(a) Vertical aim, lower S14.10.1 Vertical S10.18.9.1
beam. aim, lower beam. Vertical aim,
lower beam.
S7.8.5.3(a)(1) Vertical position S14.10.1.1 S10.18.9.1.1
of cutoff. Vertical position Vertical position
of the cutoff. of the cutoff.
S7.8.5.3(a)(1) Vertical position S6.8.5.6.2(c) S14.2.5.5.3.1 VOL.
of cutoff. Aiming--LB VOL/
VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(a)(1) Vertical position S6.8.5.6.2(c) S14.2.5.5.3.2 VOR.
of cutoff. Aiming--LB VOL/
VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(a)(2) Vertical gradient S14.10.1.2 S10.18.9.1.2
Vertical gradient. Vertical
gradient.
S7.8.5.3(a)(3) Horizontal S14.10.1.3 S10.18.9.1.3
position of the cutoff. Horizontal Horizontal
position of the position of the
cutoff. cutoff.
[[Page 68374]]
S7.8.5.3(a)(4) Maximum S14.10.1.4 Maximum S10.18.9.1.4
inclination of cutoff. inclination of Maximum
the cutoff. inclination of
the cutoff.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(i)............... S14.10.1.5 S10.18.9.1.5
Measuring the Measuring the
cutoff parameter. cutoff parameter.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(i)............... S14.10.1.5.1 Test S10.18.9.1.5.1
position. Test position.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(ii).............. S14.10.1.5.2 S10.18.9.1.5.2
Headlamp aiming. Headlamp aiming.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(iii)............. S14.10.1.5.3 Beam S10.18.9.1.5.3
scanning. Beam scanning.
S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(iv).............. S14.10.1.5.4 S10.18.9.1.5.4
Gradient Gradient
calculation. calculation.
S7.8.5.3(b) Horizontal aim, S14.10.2 S10.18.9.2
lower beam. Horizontal aim, Horizontal aim,
lower beam. lower beam.
S7.8.5.3(b) Horizontal aim, S6.8.5.6.2(d) S14.2.5.5.4
lower beam. Aiming--LB VOL/ Visually aimable
VOR horizontal. lower beam
headlamps--horizo
ntal aim.
S7.8.5.3(c) Vertical aim, upper S14.10.3 Vertical S10.18.9.3
beam. aim, upper beam. Vertical aim,
upper beam.
S7.8.5.3(c)(1).................. S14.10.3.1 S10.18.9.3.1
Combined upper Combined upper
and lower beams. and lower beams.
S7.8.5.3(c)(1).................. S6.8.5.6.2(e) S14.2.5.5.5.1
Aiming--UB VOL/ Combined UB & LB.
VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(c)(2).................. S14.10.3.2 Upper S10.18.9.3.2 Upper
beam without beam without
lower beam. lower beam.
S7.8.5.3(c)(2).................. S6.8.5.6.2(e) S14.2.5.5.5.2 Non-
Aiming--UB VOL/ combined UB & LB.
VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(d) Horizontal aim, S14.10.4 S10.18.9.4
upper beam. Horizontal aim, Horizontal aim,
upper beam. upper beam.
S7.8.5.3(d)(1).................. S6.8.5.6.2(f) S14.2.5.5.6.1
Aiming--UB VOL/ Combined UB & LB.
VOR horizontal.
S7.8.5.3(d)(1).................. S14.10.4.1 S10.18.9.4.1
Combined upper Combined upper
and lower beams. and lower beams.
S7.8.5.3(d)(2).................. S6.8.5.6.2(f) S14.2.5.5.6.2 Non-
Aiming--UB VOL/ combined UB & LB
VOR horizontal. with VHAD.
S7.8.5.3(d)(2).................. S14.10.4.2 Upper S10.18.9.4.2 Upper
beam without beam without
lower beam. lower beam.
S7.8.5.3(d)(3).................. S6.8.5.6.2(f) S14.2.5.5.6.3 Non-
Aiming--UB VOL/ combined UB & LB
VOR horizontal. without VHAD.
S7.8.5.3(d)(3).................. S14.10.4.3 Upper S10.18.9.4.3 Upper
beam without beam without
lower beam of lower beam of
VHAD. VHAD.
S7.8.5.3(e)(1).................. S14.10.5 S10.18.9.5
Photometric Photometry.
measurements.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2).................. S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming. S14.2.5.5 Aiming.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2).................. S6.8.5.6.2(c) S14.2.5.5.3.1 VOL.
Aiming--LB VOL/
VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2).................. S6.8.5.6.2(c) S14.2.5.5.3.2 VOR.
Aiming--LB VOL/
VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2).................. S6.8.5.6.2(e) S14.2.5.5.5.1
Aiming--UB VOL/ Combined UB &LB.
VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(e)(2).................. S6.8.5.6.2(e) S14.2.5.5.5.2 Non-
Aiming--UB VOL/ combined UB & LB.
VOR vertical.
S7.8.5.3(f)(1).................. S14.6.3 Optical S10.18.5.3 Optical
axis marking-- axis marking--
visual aim visual aim
headlamp. headlamp.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(i)............... S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/
VO markings. VOR/VO markings.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(ii).............. S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/
VO markings. VOR/VO markings.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(iii)............. S14.10.6.2 VOR/VO S10.18.9.6.2 VOR/
markings on VO markings on
sealed beams. sealed beams.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(iv).............. S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/
VO markings. VOR/VO markings.
S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(v)............... S14.10.6 Visual/ S10.18.9.6 Visual/
optical optical
identification identification
marking. marking.
S7.9.1(b)....................... S8.1 Headlighting S6.1.3.5.3
systems. Motorcycle
headlamp
arrangement.
S7.9.2.......................... S13 Motorcycle S10.17 Motorcycle
headlamp headlighting
requirements. system.
S7.9.2.......................... S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
tests. test procedures.
S7.9.2(a)....................... S13.2 Photometry.. S10.17.3
Photometry.
S7.9.2(b)....................... S8.1 Headlighting S10.1.2
systems. Motorcycles.
S7.9.3.......................... S6.8.5.6.2(i) S14.2.5.5.8
Aiming--Motorcycl Motorcycle
e UB. headlamp--upper
beam headlamps
designed to
comply with Table
XX.
S7.9.4.1........................ S13.5 Motorcycle S10.17.5
headlamp Motorcycle
modulation system. headlamp
modulation
system.
S7.9.4.1(a)..................... S13.5.1(a) Rate... S10.17.5.1(a)
Rate.
S7.9.4.1(b)..................... S13.5.1(b) Maximum S10.17.5.1(b)
power. Maximum power.
S7.9.4.1(c)..................... S13.5.1(c) Minimum S10.17.5.1(c)
intensity. Minimum
intensity.
S7.9.4.1(d)..................... S13.5.1(d) Wiring. S10.17.5.1(d)
Wiring.
S7.9.4.1(e)..................... S13.5.1(e) Failure S10.17.5.1(e)
mode. Failure mode.
S7.9.4.1(f)..................... S13.5.1(f) Sensor. S10.17.5.1(f)
Sensor.
S7.9.4.1(g)..................... S13.5.1(g) Voltage S10.17.5.1(g)
drop. Voltage drop.
S7.9.4.1(h)..................... S13.5.1(h) Full S10.17.5.1(h) Full
voltage operation. voltage
operation.
S7.9.4.2(a)..................... S13.5.2 S10.17.5.2
Replacement Replacement
modulators. modulators.
S7.9.4.2(a)..................... S13.5.2.1 S10.17.5.2.1
Replacement Replacement
performance. performance.
S7.9.4.2(b)..................... S13.5.2.2 S10.17.5.2.2
Replacement Replacement
instructions. instructions.
S7.9.5.......................... S13.4 Motorcycle S10.17.2
replaceable bulb Motorcycle
headlamp marking. replaceable bulb
headlamp marking.
S7.9.6.1........................ S13.1 Installation S10.17.1
Installation.
S7.9.6.2(a)..................... S13.1.1 Single S10.17.1.1 Single
headlamp. headlamp.
S7.9.6.2(b)..................... S13.1.2 Two S10.17.1.2 Two
headlamps with headlamps with
both beams. both beams.
[[Page 68375]]
S7.9.6.2(c)..................... S13.1.3 Two S10.17.1.3 Two
headlamps, upper headlamps, upper
beam and lower beam and lower
beam. beam.
S8.2 Abrasion................... Table XXIII S14.6.1 Abrasion
Abrasion test. test.
S8.2 Abrasion................... Table XXIII S14.6.1.1
Abrasion test-- Procedure.
procedure.
S8.2(a)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.1.1.2
Abrasion test-- Abrading pad
procedure. alignment.
S8.2(b)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.1.1.3
Abrasion test-- Abrasion test
procedure. procedure.
S8.2(c)(1)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.1.1.1
Abrasion test-- Abrading pad.
procedure.
S8.2(c)(3)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.1.1.1
Abrasion test-- Abrading pad.
procedure.
S8.2(c)(4)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.1.1.2
Abrasion test-- Abrading pad
procedure. alignment.
S8.2(d)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.1.1.3
Abrasion test-- Abrasion test
procedure. procedure.
S8.2(e)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.1.1.1
Abrasion test-- Abrading pad.
procedure.
S8.3 Chemical resistance........ Table XXIII S14.6.2 Chemical
Chemical resistance test.
resistance test.
S8.3 Chemical resistance........ Table XXIII S14.6.2.1
Chemical Procedure.
resistance test--
procedure.
S8.3(a)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.2.1.2 Fluid
Chemical application.
resistance test--
procedure.
S8.3(b)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.2.1.1 Test
Chemical fluids.
resistance test--
procedure.
S8.3(c)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.2.1.3 Test
Chemical duration.
resistance test--
procedure.
S8.4 Corrosion.................. Table XXIII S14.6.4 Corrosion--
Corrosion--connec connector test.
tor test.
S8.4 Corrosion.................. Table XXIII S14.6.4.1
Corrosion--connec Procedure.
tor test--
procedure.
S8.4(a)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.1.1
Corrosion--connec Connector test.
tor test--
procedure (a).
S8.4(a)......................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.2
tests. Connector--corros
ion test.
S8.4(a)......................... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Corrosion--connec
tor test.
S8.4(b)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.1.2 Salt
Corrosion--connec spray.
tor test--
procedure (b).
S8.4(b)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.1.3 Cycle.
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure (b).
S8.4(b)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.1.4
Corrosion--connec Chamber.
tor test--
procedure (b).
S8.4(b)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.1.5 Wash.
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure (b).
S8.4(c)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.4.1.6
Corrosion--connec Connector test.
tor test--
procedure (c).
S8.5 Dust....................... Table XXIII Dust S14.6.5 Dust test.
test.
S8.5 Dust....................... Table XXIII Dust S14.6.5.1
test--procedure. Procedure.
S8.5 Dust....................... Table XXIII Dust S14.6.5.1.1 Setup.
test--procedure.
S8.5 Dust....................... Table XXIII Dust S14.6.5.1.2 Cycle.
test--procedure.
S8.5 Dust....................... Table XXIII Dust S14.6.5.1.3 Test
test--procedure. duration.
S8.6 Temperature and internal Table XXIII....... S14.6.6
heat test. Temperature cycle
test and internal
heat test.
S8.6 Temperature and internal Table XXIII S14.6.6.1 Samples.
heat test. Temperature cycle
test and internal
heat test--
procedure.
S8.6 Temperature and internal Table XXIII S14.6.6.2 General
heat test. Temperature cycle procedure.
test and internal
heat test--
procedure.
S8.6 Temperature and internal Table XXIII S14.6.6.2.1
heat test. Temperature cycle General
test and internal activation.
heat test--
procedure.
S8.6 Temperature and internal Table XXIII S14.6.6.2.2 Turn
heat test. Temperature cycle signal
test and internal activation.
heat test--
procedure.
S8.6 Temperature and internal Table XXIII S14.6.6.2.3
heat test. Temperature cycle Headlamp beam
test and internal activation.
heat test--
procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........ Table XXIII S14.6.6.3
Temperature cycle Temperature cycle
test. test.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........ Table XXIII S14.6.6.3.1
Temperature cycle Procedure.
test--procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........ Table XXIII S14.6.6.3.1.1
Temperature cycle Cycle.
test--procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........ Table XXIII S14.6.6.3.1.2
Temperature cycle Activation.
test--procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........ Table XXIII S14.6.6.3.1.3 Test
Temperature cycle chamber(s).
test--procedure.
S8.6.1 Temperature cycle........ Table XXIII S14.6.6.3.1.4
Temperature cycle Vents and drains.
test--procedure.
S8.6.2 Internal heat test....... Table XXIII S14.6.6.4 Internal
Internal heat heat test.
test.
S8.6.2 Internal heat test....... Table XXIII S14.6.6.4.1
Internal heat Procedure.
test--procedure.
S8.6.2(a)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.6.4.1.1
Internal heat Photometric
test--procedure. output reduction.
S8.6.2(a)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.6.4.1.2 HB1
Internal heat or HB2 light
test--procedure. sources.
S8.6.2(a)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.6.4.1.3
Internal heat Photometric
test--procedure. measurements.
S8.6.2(b)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.6.4.1.4
Internal heat Setup.
test--procedure.
[[Page 68376]]
S8.6.2(b)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.6.4.1.5
Internal heat Cycle.
test--procedure.
S8.6.2(c)....................... Table XXIII S14.6.6.4.1.6
Internal heat Cleaning.
test--procedure.
S8.7(a)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1.1 Test
Humidity test-- fixture.
procedure(a).
S8.7(a)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1.2
Humidity test-- Headlamp
procedure(a). mounting.
S8.7(b)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1.3 Setup.
Humidity test--
procedure(b).
S8.7(b)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1.4 Cycle.
Humidity test--
procedure(b).
S8.7(c)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1.5 Air
Humidity test-- flow test setup.
procedure(c).
S8.7(d)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1.6 Air
Humidity test-- flow uniformity.
procedure(d).
S8.7(e)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1.7 Air
Humidity test-- flow procedure.
procedure(e).
S8.7(f)......................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1.8
Humidity test-- Inspection.
procedure(f).
S8.8 Vibration.................. Table XXIII S14.6.8 Vibration
Vibration test. test.
S8.8 Vibration.................. Table XXIII S14.6.8.2
Vibration test-- Procedure.
procedure.
S8.9 Sealing.................... Table XXIII S14.6.9 Sealing
Sealing test. test.
S8.9 Sealing.................... Table XXIII S14.6.9.1
Sealing test-- Procedure.
procedure.
S8.9 Sealing.................... Table XXIII S14.6.9.1.1
Sealing test-- Immersion.
procedure.
S8.9 Sealing.................... Table XXIII S14.6.9.1.2
Sealing test-- Pressurized
procedure. immersion.
S8.9 Sealing.................... Table XXIII S14.6.9.1.3 Cycle.
Sealing test--
procedure.
S8.9 Sealing.................... Table XXIII S14.6.9.1.4
Sealing test-- Inspection.
procedure.
S8.9 Sealing.................... Table XXIII S14.6.9.2
Sealing test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
S8.10 Chemical and corrosion Table XXIII S14.6.10 Chemical
resistance of reflectors of Chemical resistance of
replaceable lens headlamps. resistance of reflectors of
reflectors of replaceable lens
replaceable lens headlamps test.
headlamps test.
S8.10 Chemical and corrosion Table XXIII S14.6.11 Corrosion
resistance of reflectors of Corrosion resistance of
replaceable lens headlamps. resistance of reflectors of
reflectors of replaceable lens
replaceable lens headlamps test.
headlamps test.
S8.10.1 Chemical resistance..... Table XXIII S14.6.10.1
Chemical Procedure.
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S8.10.1(a)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.10.1.2 Fluid
Chemical application.
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S8.10.1(b)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.10.1.1 Test
Chemical fluids.
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S8.10.1(c)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.10.1.3 Test
Chemical duration.
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S8.10.2 Corrosion............... Table XXIII S14.6.11.1
Corrosion Procedure.
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S8.10.2(a)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.11.1.1 Salt
Corrosion spray.
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S8.10.2(b)...................... Table XXIII S14.6.11.1.2
Corrosion Drying and
resistance of cleaning.
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S9 Deflection test for Table XXIII S14.7.1 Deflection
replaceable light sources. Deflection test test for
for replaceable replaceable light
light sources. sources.
S9 Deflection test for Table XXIII S14.7.1.1
replaceable light sources. Deflection test Procedure.
for replaceable
light sources--
procedure.
S9 Deflection test for Table XXIII S14.7.1.1.1 Force
replaceable light sources. Deflection test application.
for replaceable
light sources--
procedure.
S9 Deflection test for Table XXIII S14.7.1.1.2
replaceable light sources. Deflection test Application
for replaceable sequence.
light sources--
procedure.
S9 Deflection test for Table XXIII S14.7.1.1.3
replaceable light sources. Deflection test Measurement.
for replaceable
light sources--
procedure.
S10(a).......................... S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S14.2.5.3
photometry Measurement
measurements. distance.
S10(a).......................... S6.8.5.6.2(g) S14.2.5.5.7
Aiming--Simultane Simultaneous aim
ous aim. Type F sealed
beam headlamps
and beam
contributor
integral beam
headlamps.
S10(b).......................... S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S14.2.5.3
photometry Measurement
measurements. distance.
S10(b).......................... S6.8.5.6.2(g) S14.2.5.5.7
Aiming--Simultane Simultaneous aim
ous aim. Type F sealed
beam headlamps
and beam
contributor
integral beam
headlamps.
S11 Photometric Test............ S6.8.5.5 Daytime S14.2.4.1.
running lamp
(DRL) photometry
measurements.
S11 Photometric Test............ S6.8.5.5 Daytime S14.2.4.2.
running lamp
(DRL) photometry
measurements.
S12 Headlamp concealment devices S16 Headlamp S12 Headlamp
concealment concealment
device device
requirements. requirements.
[[Page 68377]]
S12.1........................... S16.1 Power loss S12.1 Power loss
during headlamp during headlamp
use. use.
S12.2........................... S16.2 Manual S12.2 Manual
device actuation. device actuation.
S12.3........................... S16.3 Single step S12.3 Single step
actuation. actuation.
S12.4........................... S16.4 Headlamp S12.4 Headlamp
aiming and aiming and
replacement. replacement.
S12.5........................... S16.5 Operational S12.5 Operational
temperature range temperature range
and time and time
limitation. limitation.
S12.6........................... S16.6 ECE S12.6 ECE
compliance compliance
alternative. alternative.
S12.7 Certification election.... S16.7 S12.7
Certification Certification
election. election.
Figure 1a....................... S7.2.1 Photometry. S7.2.13
Photometry.
Figure 1a....................... S7.8.1 Photometry. S7.8.13
Photometry.
Figure 1a....................... Table VIII Table VIII
Taillamp--Individ Taillamp--Individ
ual point ual point
photometry. photometry.
Figure 1a....................... Table VIII Table VIII
Taillamp--Zone Taillamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
Figure 1a....................... Table XIV Parking Table XIV Parking
lamp--Individual lamp--Individual
point photometry. point photometry.
Figure 1a....................... Table XIV Parking Table XIV Parking
lamp--Zone lamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
Figure 1b....................... S7.2.1 Photometry. S7.2.13
Photometry.
Figure 1b....................... S7.8.1 Photometry. S7.8.13
Photometry.
Figure 1b....................... Table VIII Table VIII
Taillamp--Individ Taillamp--Individ
ual point ual point
photometry. photometry.
Figure 1b....................... Table VIII Table VIII
Taillamp--Zone Taillamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
Figure 1b....................... Table XIV Parking Table XIV Parking
lamp--Individual lamp--Individual
point photometry. point photometry.
Figure 1b....................... Table XIV Parking Table XIV Parking
lamp--Zone lamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
Figure 1b, footnote 1........... Table VIII Table VIII
Taillamp--Maximum Taillamp--Maximum
photometric photometric
intensity. intensity.
Figure 1b, footnote 2........... Table XIV Parking Table XIV Parking
lamp--Maximum lamp--Maximum
photometric photometric
intensity. intensity.
Figure 1c....................... S7.2.1 Photometry. S7.2.13
Photometry.
Figure 1c....................... S7.8.1 Photometry. S7.8.13
Photometry.
Figure 1c....................... Table VIII Table VIII
Taillamp--Individ Taillamp--Individ
ual point ual point
photometry. photometry.
Figure 1c....................... Table VIII Table VIII
Taillamp--Zone Taillamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
Figure 1c....................... Table XIV Parking Table XIV Parking
lamp--Individual lamp--Individual
point photometry. point photometry.
Figure 1c....................... Table XIV Parking Table XIV Parking
lamp--Zone lamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
Figure 2........................ S7.6.1 Photometry. S7.6.13
Photometry.
Figure 2, footnote 1............ Table XII footnote Table XII footnote
2. 2.
Figure 2, footnote 1............ Table XII footnote Table XII footnote
3. 3.
Figure 2, footnote 1............ Table XII Single Table XII Single
backup lamp lamp system--
system--Zone Group photometry.
photometry.
Figure 2, footnote 1............ Table XII Two Table XII Two lamp
backup lamp system--Each
system--Zone lamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
Figure 4-1...................... Figure 3.......... Figure 3.
Figure 4-2...................... Figure 3.......... Figure 3.
Figure 4-3...................... Figure 3.......... Figure 3.
Figure 4-4...................... Figure 3.......... Figure 3.
Figure 5........................ Figure 5.......... Figure 5.
Figure 6........................ Figure 6.......... Figure 6.
Figure 7........................ Figure 7.......... Figure 7.
Figure 8........................ Figure 8.......... Figure 8.
Figure 9........................ Figure 9.......... Figure 9.
Figure 10....................... S7.9.3 Photometry. S7.9.13
Photometry.
Figure 10....................... Table XV High Table XV High
mounted stop mounted stop
lamp--Individual lamp--Individual
point photometry. point photometry.
Figure 10....................... Table XV High Table XV High
mounted stop mounted stop
lamp--Zone lamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
Figure 10, footnote 1........... Table XV footnote Table XV footnote
4. 4.
Figure 10, footnote 2........... Table XV footnote Table XV footnote
2. 2.
Figure 11....................... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
Figure 12....................... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
Figure 13....................... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
Figure 14....................... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
Figure 15-1..................... Table XIX Lower Table XIX-a Lower
beam 1M beam 1M
photometry. photometry.
Figure 15-1..................... Table XIX Lower Table XIX-b Lower
beam 5M beam 5M
photometry. photometry.
Figure 15-1..................... Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 6 beam 6
photometry. photometry.
Figure 15-1..................... Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 1 beam 1
photometry. photometry.
Figure 15-2..................... Table XIX Lower Table XIX-a Lower
beam 1V beam 1V
photometry. photometry.
Figure 15-2..................... Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 1 beam 1
photometry. photometry.
Figure 15-2..................... Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 6 beam 6
photometry. photometry.
Figure 15-2..................... Table XIX Lower Table XIX-c Lower
beam 4V beam 4V
photometry. photometry.
[[Page 68378]]
Figure 16....................... Figure 14......... Figure 14.
Figure 17-1..................... Table XIX Lower Table XIX-a Lower
beam 2M beam 2M
photometry. photometry.
Figure 17-1..................... Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 2 beam 2
photometry. photometry.
Figure 17-2..................... Table XIX Lower Table XIX-a Lower
beam 2V beam 2V
photometry. photometry.
Figure 17-2..................... Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 2 beam 2
photometry. photometry.
Figure 18....................... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
Figure 19....................... Table V Lens area Table V-c Lens
visibility. area visibility.
Figure 19, footnote 2........... Table V footnote 3 Table V footnote
3.
Figure 20....................... Table V Luminous Table V-d Luminous
intensity intensity
visibility. visibility.
Figure 20, footnote 2........... Table V footnote 4 Table V footnote
4.
Figure 21....................... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
Figure 22....................... Figure 15......... Figure 15.
Figure 25....................... Figure 10......... Figure 10.
Figure 26....................... Table II Table II-d
Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamps--2 lamp headlamps--2 lamp
system--with HB2. system--with HB2.
Figure 26....................... Table II Table II-d
Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamps--2 lamp headlamps--2 lamp
system--without system--without
HB2. HB2.
Figure 26....................... Table II Table II-d
Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamps--4 lamp headlamps--4 lamp
system--with HB2. system--with HB2.
Figure 26....................... Table II Table II-d
Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamps--4 lamp headlamps--4 lamp
system--without system--without
HB2. HB2.
Figure 27-1..................... Table XIX Lower Table XIX-b Lower
beam 3M beam 3M
photometry. photometry.
Figure 27-1..................... Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 3 beam 3
photometry. photometry.
Figure 27-2..................... Table XIX Lower Table XIX-b Lower
beam 3V beam 3V
photometry. photometry.
Figure 27-2..................... Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
beam 3 beam 3
photometry. photometry.
Figure 28-1, Types 1A1, 1C1, and Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
1G1. beam 4 beam 4
photometry. photometry.
Figure 28-1, Types 2A1, 2C1, and Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
2G1. beam 5 beam 5
photometry. photometry.
Figure 28-2, Types 1A1, 1C1, and Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
1G1. beam 4 beam 4
photometry. photometry.
Figure 28-2, Types 2A1, 2C1 and Table XIX Lower Table XIX-a Lower
2G1. beam 2V beam 2V
photometry. photometry.
Figure 28-2, Types 2A1, 2C1, and Table XIX Lower Table XIX-b Lower
2G1. beam 4M beam 4M
photometry. photometry.
Figure 28-2, Types 2A1, 2C1, and Table XVIII Upper Table XVIII Upper
2G1. beam 5 beam 5
photometry. photometry.
Figure 29....................... S7.12.1.2 S8.2.1.7
Photometry. Photometry.
Figure 29....................... Table XVI Red C2 Table XVI-c Red C2
sheeting sheeting
photometry. photometry.
Figure 29....................... Table XVI Red C3 Table XVI-c Red C3
sheeting sheeting
photometry. photometry.
Figure 29....................... Table XVI Red C4 Table XVI-c Red C4
sheeting sheeting
photometry. photometry.
Figure 29....................... Table XVI White C2 Table XVI-c White
sheeting C2 sheeting
photometry. photometry.
Figure 29....................... Table XVI White C3 Table XVI-c White
sheeting C3 sheeting
photometry. photometry.
Figure 29....................... Table XVI White C4 Table XVI-c White
sheeting C4 sheeting
photometry. photometry.
Figure 30-1..................... Figure 11......... Figure 11.
Figure 30-2..................... Figure 11......... Figure 11.
Figure 30-3..................... Figure 11......... Figure 11.
Figure 30-4..................... Figure 11......... Figure 11.
Figure 31....................... Figure 13......... Figure 13.
Figure 32....................... Table XX Motor Table XX Motor
driven cycle driven cycle
photometry. photometry.
Figure 32....................... Table XX Motor Table XX Motor
driven cycle with driven cycle with
single lamp single lamp
photometry. photometry.
Figure 32....................... Table XX Table XX
Motorcycle Motorcycle
photometry. photometry.
Table I......................... S1 Scope.......... S1 Scope.
Table I......................... S6.1 Required S6.1 Required
lamps, reflective lamps, reflective
devices, and devices, and
associated associated
equipment by equipment by
vehicle type. vehicle type.
Table I......................... S6.1.1 Quantity... S6.1.1 Quantity.
Table I......................... S6.1.2 Color...... S6.1.2 Color.
Table I......................... S6.6 Associated S6.6.1 All except
equipment. trailers.
Table I......................... S6.6 Associated S6.6.2 All except
equipment. trailers and
motorcycles.
Table I......................... S7.14 Associated S9 Associated
equipment. equipment
requirements.
Table I......................... Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
device. device.
Table I......................... Table I Lighting Table I-b Lighting
device. device.
Table I......................... Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
height. height.
Table I......................... Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
height. height.
Table I......................... Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
location. location.
Table I......................... Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
location. location.
Table I......................... Table I Number and Table I-a Number
color. and color.
Table I......................... Table I Number and Table I-b Number
color. and color.
Table II........................ S6.1 Required S6.1 Required
lamps, reflective lamps, reflective
devices, and devices, and
associated associated
equipment by equipment by
vehicle type. vehicle type.
Table II........................ S6.1.1 Quantity... S6.1.1 Quantity.
Table II........................ S6.1.2 Color...... S6.1.2 Color.
Table II........................ S6.1.3 Mounting S6.1.3.1.
location and
height.
Table II........................ S6.1.3 Mounting S6.1.3.2.
location and
height.
Table II........................ Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
device. device.
Table II........................ Table I Lighting Table I-b Lighting
device. device.
[[Page 68379]]
Table II........................ Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
height. height.
Table II........................ Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
height. height.
Table II........................ Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
location. location.
Table II........................ Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
location. location.
Table II........................ Table I Number and Table I-a Number
color. and color.
Table II........................ Table I Number and Table I-b Number
color. and color.
Table II heading................ S6.1.3.1 Mounting S6.1.4 Mounting
height. height.
Table III....................... S1 Scope.......... S1 Scope.
Table III....................... S6.1 Required S6.1 Required
lamps, reflective lamps, reflective
devices, and devices, and
associated associated
equipment by equipment by
vehicle type. vehicle type.
Table III....................... S6.1.1 Quantity... S6.1.1 Quantity.
Table III....................... S6.1.2 Color...... S6.1.2 Color.
Table III....................... S6.6 Associated S6.6.1 All except
equipment. trailers.
Table III....................... S6.6 Associated S6.6.2 All except
equipment. trailers and
motorcycles.
Table III....................... S7.14 Associated S9 Associated
equipment. equipment
requirements.
Table III....................... Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
device. device.
Table III....................... Table I Lighting Table I-b Lighting
device. device.
Table III....................... Table I Lighting Table I-c Lighting
device. device.
Table III....................... Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
height. height.
Table III....................... Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
height. height.
Table III....................... Table I Mounting Table I-c Mounting
height. height.
Table III....................... Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
location. location.
Table III....................... Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
location. location.
Table III....................... Table I Mounting Table I-c Mounting
location. location.
Table III....................... Table I Number and Table I-a Number
color. and color.
Table III....................... Table I Number and Table I-b Number
color. and color.
Table III....................... Table I Number and Table I-c Number
color. and color.
Table IV........................ S6.1 Required S6.1 Required
lamps, reflective lamps, reflective
devices, and devices, and
associated associated
equipment by equipment by
vehicle type. vehicle type.
Table IV........................ S6.1.1 Quantity... S6.1.1 Quantity.
Table IV........................ S6.1.2 Color...... S6.1.2 Color.
Table IV........................ S6.1.3 Mounting S6.1.3.1.
location and
height.
Table IV........................ S6.1.3 Mounting S6.1.3.2.
location and
height.
Table IV........................ Table I Lighting Table I-a Lighting
device. device.
Table IV........................ Table I Lighting Table I-b Lighting
device. device.
Table IV........................ Table I Lighting Table I-c Lighting
device. device.
Table IV........................ Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
height. height.
Table IV........................ Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
height. height.
Table IV........................ Table I Mounting Table I-c Mounting
height. height.
Table IV........................ Table I Mounting Table I-a Mounting
location. location.
Table IV........................ Table I Mounting Table I-b Mounting
location. location.
Table IV........................ Table I Mounting Table I-c Mounting
location. location.
Table IV........................ Table I Number and Table I-a Number
color. and color.
Table IV........................ Table I Number and Table I-b Number
color. and color.
Table IV........................ Table I Number and Table I-c Number
color. and color.
Table IV, footnotes 2 and 3..... Omitted........... S14.2.1.6.2 Socket
exemption.
Table IV heading................ S6.1.3.1 Mounting S6.1.4 Mounting
height. height.
Table IV, footnote 1............ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Overall width. Overall width.
SAE device documents for S6.8.5.1 S14.2.1.3
photometry distance. Photometry ex Measurement
headlamp, license distance.
lamp, & DRL.
SAE device documents referencing S6.8.1 Physical S14.1.1 Physical
SAE J575. test requirements. test
requirements.
SAE device documents referencing S6.8.5 Photometric S14.2 Photometric
SAE J575. tests. test procedures.
SAE J186a, Sep 1977, 2.1........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
High mounted stop High mounted stop
lamp. lamp.
SAE J186a, Sep 1977, 3.......... S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J186a, Sep 1977, 3.......... S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.1 External
tests. mount.
SAE J186a, Sep 1977, 3.......... S7.9.4 Physical S7.9.14.2 Internal
tests. mount.
SAE J222, Dec 1970, 2........... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Parking lamps. Parking lamps.
SAE J222, Dec 1970, 3........... S7.8.2 Physical S7.8.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J387, Nov 1987.............. S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Optically Optically
combined. combined.
SAE J564a, Apr 1964............. S7.14.4 Headlamp S9.4 Headlamp beam
beam switching switching device.
device.
SAE J564a, Apr 1964............. S7.14.5.1 S9.5.1 Indicator
Indicator size size, location,
and location. and color.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969............. S7.14.4.1 Semi- S9.4.1 Semi-
automatic automatic
headlamp beam headlamp beam
switching device. switching device.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969............. Table XXI......... S9.4.1.7 Physical
tests.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969............. Table XXI S14.9.3.11
Semiautomatic Semiautomatic
headlamp beam headlamp beam
switching device switching device
tests. tests.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 1.......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Semiautomatic Semiautomatic
headlamp beam headlamp beam
switching device. switching device.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 2.......... S7.14.4.1.1 S9.4.1.1 Operating
Operating instructions.
instructions.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.......... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2
Semiautomatic Sensitivity test.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test.
[[Page 68380]]
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.1........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2.1
Semiautomatic Samples.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2.3
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
sensitivity test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2.3.1
Semiautomatic Operating limits.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2.3.2
Semiautomatic Sensitivity
headlamp beam voids.
switching device
sensitivity test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2.2
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2.2.1
Semiautomatic Adjustment.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2.2.2
Semiautomatic Switching.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.2.2.3
Semiautomatic Sensitivity
headlamp beam curves.
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.2........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.1 Test
Semiautomatic conditions.
headlamp beam
switching device
tests--applicable
item.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.3
Semiautomatic Voltage
headlamp beam regulation test.
switching device
voltage
regulation test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.3.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
voltage
regulation test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.3.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
voltage
regulation test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.3.1.1
Semiautomatic Adjustment.
headlamp beam
switching device
voltage
regulation test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.3........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.3.1.2
Semiautomatic Measurement.
headlamp beam
switching device
voltage
regulation test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ S7.14.4.1.2 Manual S9.4.1.2 Manual
override. override.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.4
Semiautomatic Manual override
headlamp beam test.
switching device
manual override
test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.4.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
manual override
test--performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.4.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.4.1.1
Semiautomatic Adjustment.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.4.1.2
Semiautomatic Exposure.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.4.1.3
Semiautomatic Override.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.4.1.4
Semiautomatic Switch to upper
headlamp beam beam.
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.4........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.4.1.5
Semiautomatic Switch to lower
headlamp beam beam.
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.5
Semiautomatic Warmup test.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.5.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
warmup test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.5.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.5.1.1
Semiautomatic Adjustment.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.5........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.5.1.2
Semiautomatic Measurement.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.6........ S7.14.4.1.3 Fail S9.4.1.3 Fail safe
safe operation. operation.
[[Page 68381]]
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.6
Semiautomatic Temperature test.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.6.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
temperature test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.6.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.6.1.1
Semiautomatic Exposure.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.6.1.2
Semiautomatic Temperature.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.7........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.6.1.3
Semiautomatic Measurement.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.7 Dust
Semiautomatic test.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.7.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
dust test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.7.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.7.1.1
Semiautomatic Sensitivity.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.7.1.2
Semiautomatic Dust exposure.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.8........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.7.1.3
Semiautomatic Measurement.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.8
Semiautomatic Corrosion test.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.8.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
corrosion test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.8.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.8.1.1
Semiautomatic Sensitivity.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.8.1.2
Semiautomatic Applicability.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.8.1.3
Semiautomatic Sockets.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.9........ Table XXI S14.9.3.11.8.1.4
Semiautomatic Measurement.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9
Semiautomatic Vibration test.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
vibration test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.2.1
Semiautomatic Beam switching.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.2.2
Semiautomatic Mechanical aim.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.1.1
Semiautomatic Sensitivity.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.1.5
Semiautomatic Measurement.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10(a).... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.1.2
Semiautomatic Acceleration.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10(b).... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.1.3
Semiautomatic Frequency.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.10(c).... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.9.1.4
Semiautomatic Operation.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.10
Semiautomatic Sunlight test.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test.
[[Page 68382]]
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.10.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
sunlight test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.10.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.10.1.1
Semiautomatic Exposure.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.11....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.10.1.2
Semiautomatic Rest.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.11
Semiautomatic Durability test.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.11.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
durability test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.11.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.11.1.1
Semiautomatic Sensitivity.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.11.1.3
Semiautomatic Measurement.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12(a).... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.11.1.2
Semiautomatic Cycle.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.12(b).... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.11.1.2
Semiautomatic Cycle.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.13....... S7.14.4.1.4 S9.4.1.4 Automatic
Automatic dimming dimming
indicator. indicator.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.12
Semiautomatic Return to upper
headlamp beam beam test.
switching device
return to upper
beam test.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.12.2
Semiautomatic Performance
headlamp beam requirements.
switching device
return to upper
beam test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.12.1
Semiautomatic Procedure.
headlamp beam
switching device
return to upper
beam test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.12.1.1
Semiautomatic Sensitivity.
headlamp beam
switching device
return to upper
beam test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.15....... Table XXI S14.9.3.11.12.1.2
Semiautomatic Exposure.
headlamp beam
switching device
return to upper
beam test--
procedure.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.16....... S7.14.4.1.5 Lens S9.4.1.5 Lens
accessibility. accessibility.
SAE J565b, Feb 1969, 4.17....... S7.14.4.1.6 S9.4.1.6 Mounting
Mounting height. height.
SAE J566, Jan 1960, 1........... S8.1.5 Headlamp S10.18.1.1
adjustments. Adjustments.
SAE J566, Jan 1960, 2........... S8.1.5 Headlamp S10.18.1.2
adjustments. Procedure &
security.
SAE J566, Jan 1960, 3........... S8.1.5 Headlamp S10.18.1.2
adjustments. Procedure &
security.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 2.1......... S6.8.2 Samples for S14.1.4.2 Mounting
test. bracket.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 2.3......... S6.8.2 [fourth S14.6.8.1 Samples.
sentence].
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 2.3......... S6.8.2 Samples for S14.1.4.2 Mounting
test. bracket.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 3........... S6.8.3 Laboratory S14.1.5 Laboratory
facilities. facilities.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.1......... Table XXIII S14.6.8.2
Vibration test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.4......... Table XXIII S14.6.3.2
Corrosion test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.4......... Table XXIII S14.6.3.1
Corrosion test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.4......... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.6.2
corrosion test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.4......... Table XXIII VHAD S14.8.6.1
corrosion test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.1..... S6.8.5.6.3 S14.2.5.6
Positioner. Positioner.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.2..... S6.8.5.6.4 S14.2.5.7.1 Range.
Photometer.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3..... S6.8.5.6.4 S14.2.5.7.2
Photometer. Sensor.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.1... S6.8.5.6.4 S14.2.5.7.2.1
Photometer. Effective area.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.1... S6.8.5.6.4 S14.2.5.7.2.2
Photometer. Intercepted
light.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.1... S6.8.5.6.4 S14.2.5.7.2.3
Photometer. Direct
illumination.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.2.3.2... S6.8.5.6.4 S14.2.5.7.3 Color
Photometer. response.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3....... S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S14.2.5.1
photometry Mounting.
measurements.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3..... S6.8.5.6.5 S14.2.5.8 Location
Location of test of test points.
points.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3..... S6.8.5.6.5 S14.2.5.8.1
Location of test Nomenclature.
points.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3..... S6.8.5.6.5 S14.2.5.8.1.1 ``H-
Location of test V''.
points.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3..... S6.8.5.6.5 S14.2.5.8.1.2
Location of test ``U'' ``D'' ``L''
points. ``R''.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.3..... S6.8.5.6.5 S14.2.5.8.1.3
Location of test Angles.
points.
SAE J575, Dec 1988, 4.6.3.4..... S6.8.5.6.1 S14.2.5.4
Seasoning and Seasoning and
test voltage. test voltage.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, B.......... S6.8.2 Samples for S14.1.4.3 Second
test. sample set.
[[Continued on page 68383]]
From the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov]
]
[[pp. 68383-68432]] Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; Lamps, Reflective
Devices, and Associated Equipment
[[Continued from page 68382]]
[[Page 68383]]
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, D.......... S6.8.3 Laboratory S14.1.5 Laboratory
facilities. facilities.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, E.......... Table XXII S14.5.1 Vibration
Vibration test. test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, E.......... Table XXII S14.5.1.2
Vibration test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, E.......... Table XXII S14.5.1.1
Vibration test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, F.......... Table XXII S14.5.2 Moisture
Moisture test. test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, F.......... Table XXII S14.5.2.2
Moisture test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, F.......... Table XXII S14.5.2.1
Moisture test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3 Dust test.
test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3.1 Samples.
test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3.2
test--performance Procedure (third
requirements. sentence).
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3.3 Dust
test--performance test--performance
requirements. requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3.2
test--procedure. Procedure.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, H.......... Table XXII S14.5.4 Corrosion
Corrosion test. test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, H.......... Table XXII S14.5.4.2
Corrosion test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, H.......... Table XXII S14.5.4.1
Corrosion test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J.......... S6.8.5.1 S14.2.1.1
Photometry ex Mounting.
headlamp, license
lamp, & DRL.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J.......... S6.8.5.1.1 S14.2.1.4 Location
Location of test of test points.
points.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J.......... Table X footnote 2 Table X footnote
2.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J.......... Table XI footnote Table XI footnote
2. 2.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J.......... Table XII footnote Table XII footnote
1. 1.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J.......... Table XIV footnote Table XIV footnote
1. 1.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J.......... Table XVII Table XVII
footnote 2. footnote 2.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, J.......... Table XVII Red Table XVII Red
lamp photometry. lamp photometry.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, K.......... Table XXII Out of S14.3 Out of focus
focus test. test.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, K.......... Table XXII Out of S14.3.2
focus test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575d, Aug 1967, K.......... Table XXII Out of S14.3.1 Procedure.
focus test--
procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, B.......... S6.8.2 Samples for S14.1.4.3 Second
test. sample set.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, D.......... S6.8.3 Laboratory S14.1.5 Laboratory
facilities. facilities.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, E.......... Table XXII S14.5.1 Vibration
Vibration test. test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, E.......... Table XXII S14.5.1.2
Vibration test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, E.......... Table XXII S14.5.1.1
Vibration test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, F.......... Table XXII S14.5.2 Moisture
Moisture test. test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, F.......... Table XXII S14.5.2.2
Moisture test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, F.......... Table XXII S14.5.2.1
Moisture test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3 Dust test.
test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3.1 Samples.
test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3.2
test--performance Procedure (third
requirements. sentence).
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3.3 Dust
test--performance test--performance
requirements. requirements.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, G.......... Table XXII Dust S14.5.3.2
test--procedure. Procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, H.......... Table XXII S14.5.4 Corrosion
Corrosion test. test.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, H.......... Table XXII S14.5.4.2
Corrosion test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, H.......... Table XXII S14.5.4.1
Corrosion test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J.......... S6.8.5.1 S14.2.1.1
Photometry ex Mounting.
headlamp, license
lamp, & DRL.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J.......... S6.8.5.1.1 S14.2.1.4 Location
Location of test of test points.
points.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J.......... Standard note--new Table XIII-a
table. footnote 2.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J.......... Table VI footnote Table VI footnote
2. 2.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J.......... Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
2. 2.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J.......... Table VIII Table VIII
footnote 1. footnote 1.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J.......... Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
2. 2.
SAE J575e, Aug 1970, J.......... Table XV footnote Table XV footnote
1. 1.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.1....... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Material [OUT OF Material.
ALPHABETICAL
ORDER].
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.1.1..... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Coated materials. Coated materials.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.2.1..... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Exposed. Exposed.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.2.2..... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Protected. Protected.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.1..... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Color bleeding. Color bleeding.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.2..... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Crazing. Crazing.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.3..... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Cracking. Cracking.
[[Page 68384]]
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.4..... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Haze. Haze.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 2.2.3.5..... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Delamination. Delamination.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3........... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.3
optical material Procedure.
tests--procedure.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.1......... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.2
optical material Material
tests. composition.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2......... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.1 Samples.
optical material
tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2 Note.... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.1.5
optical material Control samples.
tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2.1....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.1.1 Molded
optical material samples.
tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2.1....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.1.2
optical material Exposed area.
tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.2.2....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.1.3
optical material Thickness.
tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.3......... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2 Outdoor
optical material exposure test.
tests.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.3.1....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.1
optical material Location and
tests. duration.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.3.2....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.3.1
optical material Mounting.
tests--procedure.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.3.3....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.3.2
optical material Cleaning.
tests--procedure.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 3.4.1....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.4
optical material Luminous
tests--performanc transmittance.
e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.1......... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.1.4 Color.
optical material
tests--samples.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2......... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4
optical material Performance
tests--performanc requirements.
e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.1....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.4
optical material Luminous
tests--performanc transmittance.
e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.2....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.5
optical material Color test.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.3....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.2
optical material Headlamps.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 4.2.4....... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2.2.4.3
optical material Physical changes.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
SAE J576, Jul 1991, 5........... S6.8.4.1 UV tracer S14.1.3 UV tracer.
SAE J577, Apr 1964, Figure 1.... SAE J577, Apr Figure 21.
1964, Figure 1.
SAE J577, Apr 1964, Table 1..... SAE J577, Apr Figure 21.
1964, Table 1.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977............. Table XXII Color S14.4.1 Color
test. test.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Color. Color.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.1........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.2
test--performance Performance
requirements. requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.1........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.2.1 Red.
test--performance
requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.2........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.2
test--performance Performance
requirements. requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.2........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.2.2
test--performance Yellow (Amber).
requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.3........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.2
test--performance Performance
requirements. requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 2.3........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.2.3
test--performance White.
requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.......... Table XXII Color S14.4.1.2.1 Design
test. voltage.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.......... Table XXII Color S14.4.1.2.2
test. Components.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.3.2
test--performance Performance
requirements. requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.3.2.1 Red.
test--performance
requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.3.2.2
test--performance Yellow (Amber).
requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.3.2.3
test--performance White.
requirements.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.3 Visual
test--procedure. method.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.1........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.3.1
test--procedure. Procedure.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4
test--procedure. Tristimulus
method.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.1
test--procedure. Procedure.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.1.1
test--procedure. Receiver spectral
response.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.1.2
test--procedure. Integrating
sphere.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, 3.2........ Table XXII Color S14.4.1.4.1.3 Non
test--procedure. uniform color.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, A2(b)...... Table XXII Color S14.4.1.2.3
test. Operating
temperature.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, A2(c)...... Table XXII Color S14.4.1.2.5 Test
test. distance.
[[Page 68385]]
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, A2(d)...... Table XXII Color S14.4.1.2.4
test. Visible surface.
SAE J578c, Feb 1977, Figure 1... Figure 1.......... Figure 1.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 2.1......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Sealed beam Sealed beam
headlamp assembly. headlamp
assembly.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 2.2......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Mounting ring. Mounting ring.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 2.3......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Retaining ring. Retaining ring.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 2.4......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Aiming screws. Aiming screws.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.1.2....... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Corrosion.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.1.2....... Table XXIII S14.6.3 Corrosion
Corrosion test. test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2......... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.1 Aiming
tests. adjustment tests.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2......... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1 Aiming
tests. adjustment tests.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2......... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1 Aiming
tests. adjustment test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2......... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.1
adjustment test Procedure.
laboratory--proce
dure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2......... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.1
adjustment test Procedure.
on vehicle--
procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2......... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.1.1
adjustment test Setup.
on vehicle--
procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.2......... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.18.1.3
adjustment test Adjustments.
on vehicle--
procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.3......... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.1 Inward
tests. force test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.3......... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1 Inward
tests. force test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.3......... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1 Inward
tests. force test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.3......... Table XXIII Inward S14.6.12.1
force test-- Procedure.
procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4......... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.1
tests. Connector test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4......... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7.2
tests. Connector--corros
ion test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4......... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Connector test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4......... S11.7 Physical S10.15.7.1
tests. Corrosion--connec
tor test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4......... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1
tests. Connector test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.4......... Table XXIII S14.6.15.1
Headlamp Procedure.
connector test--
procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 4.5......... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.1 Torque
tests. deflection test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.1.2..... Table XXIII S14.6.3 Corrosion
Corrosion test. test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.2.1..... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.1
adjustment test Sealed beam
laboratory--perfo except Type F.
rmance
requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.2.1..... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.2 Type
adjustment test F, replaceable
laboratory--perfo bulb, integral
rmance beam, and
requirements. combination.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.2.2..... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.1
adjustment test Sealed beam
laboratory--perfo except Type F.
rmance
requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.2.2..... Table XXIII Aiming S14.6.17.2.2 Type
adjustment test F, replaceable
laboratory--perfo bulb, integral
rmance beam, and
requirements. combination.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.3....... Table XXIII Inward S14.6.12.2
force test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.4....... Table XXIII S14.6.15.2
Headlamp Performance
connector test-- requirements.
performance
requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.5....... Table XXIII Torque S14.6.13.2
deflection test-- Performance
performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.6....... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4.2
tests. Retaining ring
test ex types G &
H.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.6....... Table XXIII S14.6.14 Retaining
Retaining ring ring test.
test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.6....... Table XXIII S14.6.14.2
Retaining ring Performance
test--performance requirements.
requirements.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, 5.1.6....... Table XXIII S14.6.14.1
Retaining ring Procedure.
test--procedure.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 1.... Figure 4.......... Figure 4.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 1.... Table XXIII S14.6.15 Headlamp
Headlamp connector test.
connector test.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 2.... Figure 18......... Figure 18.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 3.... Figure 16......... Figure 16.
SAE J580, Dec 1986, Figure 4.... Figure 17......... Figure 17.
SAE J584, Apr 1964.............. S13.3 Physical S10.17.4 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J584, Apr 1964.............. S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Motor driven Motor driven
cycle. cycle.
SAE J584, Apr 1964.............. S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Motorcycle or Motorcycle or
motor driven motor driven
cycle headlamp. cycle headlamp.
SAE J584, Apr 1964.............. S6.8.5.6.2(j) S14.2.5.5.9
Aiming--Motorcycl Motorcycle
e LB. headlamp--lower
beam headlamps
designed to
comply with Table
XX.
SAE J584, Oct 1993.............. S6.8.5.6.2(i) S14.2.5.5.8
Aiming--Motorcycl Motorcycle
e UB. headlamp--upper
beam headlamps
designed to
comply with Table
XX.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 2.1........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Taillamps. Taillamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.......... S7.2.2 Physical S7.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
[[Page 68386]]
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........ S7.2.1.1 Multiple S7.2.11 Multiple
compartments and compartments and
multiple lamps. multiple lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........ S7.2.1.1 Multiple S7.2.11.1.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........ S7.2.1.1 Multiple S7.2.11.2.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........ S7.2.1.1 Multiple S7.2.11.3.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.1........ S7.2.1.1.1 Lamps S7.2.11.4
installed on Taillamps
vehicles 2032 mm installed on
or more in vehicles 2032 mm.
overall width. or more in
overall width.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.6.2...... S6.8.5.1.2 S14.2.1.5.1 All
Multiple photometered
compartment & together.
multiple lamp
photometry.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.6.2(a)... S6.8.5.1.2.1 S14.2.1.5.2(a)
Photometry of all Measuring
compartments/ together.
lamps together.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 3.6.2(b)... S6.8.5.1.2.2 S14.2.1.5.2(b)
Photometry of Measuring
individual individually.
compartments/
lamps.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, 4.......... Table V SAE Table V-b SAE
taillamp taillamp
visibility. visibility.
SAE J585e, Sep 1977, Table 1, Omitted........... Table VIII
footnote 5. footnote 4.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 2.1......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Stop lamps. Stop lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 4.1.5.2..... S6.8.5.1.2 S14.2.1.5.1 All
Multiple photometered
compartment & together.
multiple lamp
photometry.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 4.1.5.2.1... S6.8.5.1.2.1 S14.2.1.5.2(a)
Photometry of all Measuring
compartments/ together.
lamps together.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 4.1.5.2.2... S6.8.5.1.2.2 S14.2.1.5.2(b)
Photometry of Measuring
individual individually.
compartments/
lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5........... S7.3.2 Physical S7.3.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.3.1.1 Multiple S7.3.11 Multiple
compartments and compartments and
multiple lamps. multiple lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.3.1.1 Multiple S7.3.11.1.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.3.1.1 Multiple S7.3.11.2.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.3.1.1 Multiple S7.3.11.3.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12 Ratio to
taillamps. taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12.1.
taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12.2.
taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12.3.
taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12.4.
taillamps.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
6. 6.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
7. 5.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... Table IX footnote Table XIII-a
7. footnote 5, Table
XIII-b, footnote
4.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... Table IX Stop Table IX Stop
lamp--Photometric lamp--Photometric
ratio. ratio.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.1.5.3..... Table IX Stop Table XIII-b
lamp--Photometric Motorcycle stop
ratio. lamp--Photometric
ratio.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.3.1....... S7.3.3 Combined S7.3.15 Combined
lamp bulb lamp bulb
indexing. indexing.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.3.1....... S7.3.3 Combined S7.3.15.1 Dual
lamp bulb filament bulbs.
indexing.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.3.1....... S7.3.3 Combined S7.3.15.2 Socket
lamp bulb indexing.
indexing.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, 5.4.1....... Table V SAE stop Table V-b SAE stop
lamp visibility. lamp visibility.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1..... S7.3.1 Photometry. S7.3.13
Photometry.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1..... S7.3.1 Photometry. S7.3.13.1.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1..... Table IX Stop Table IX Stop
lamp--Individual lamp--Individual
point photometry. point photometry.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1..... Table IX Stop Table IX Stop
lamp--Zone lamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1, Standard note--new Table XIII-a
footnote a. table. footnote 1.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1, Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
footnote a. 1. 1.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1, Standard note--new Table XIII-a
footnote b. table. footnote 3, Table
XIII-b footnote
1.
SAE J586, Feb 1984, Table 1, Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
footnote b. 3. 3.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 2........... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
License plate License plate
lamps. lamps.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 3........... S7.7.3 Physical S7.7.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 4........... S7.7.3 Physical S7.7.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 5........... S7.7.3 Physical S7.7.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.1......... S6.6.1 License S6.6.3 License
plate holder. plate holder.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.2......... S6.6.1 License S6.6.3 License
plate holder. plate holder.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.3......... S6.8.5.3 License S14.2.2 License
plate lamp plate lamp
photometry. photometry.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.3......... S7.7.1 S7.7.15.1.
Installation.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.3......... S7.7.1 S7.7.15.2.
Installation.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.3......... S7.7.1 S7.7.15.3.
Installation.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.4......... S6.1.4 License S6.1.3.3 License
plate lamp. plate lamp.
[[Page 68387]]
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.5......... S7.7.1.1 Incident S7.7.15.4 Incident
light from a light from a
single lamp. single lamp.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.6......... S7.7.1.2 Incident S7.7.15.5 Incident
light from light from
multiple lamps. multiple lamps.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.7......... S6.8.5.3.1 S14.2.2.1
Illumination Illumination
surface. surface.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 6.8......... S6.8.5.3.2 Test S14.2.2.2 Test
stations. stations.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7........... S7.7.2 Photometry S7.7.13
requirements. Photometry.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7........... S7.7.2 Photometry S7.7.13. Ratio--
requirements. motorcycles and
motor driven
cycles.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7........... S7.7.2 Photometry S7.7.13.1.
requirements.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7........... S7.7.2 Photometry S7.7.13.2
requirements. Illumination.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, 7........... S7.7.2 Photometry S7.7.13.3 Ratio
requirements. except
motorcycles and
motor driven
cycles.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, Figure 1.... Table XIII........ Figure 19.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, Figure 2.... Table XIII........ Figure 19.
SAE J587, Oct 1981, Figure 3.... Not included...... Figure 20.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 2.1......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Turn signal lamps. Turn signal
lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4........... S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.1.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4........... S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4.1.5.2..... S6.8.5.1.2 S14.2.1.5.1 All
Multiple photometered
compartment & together.
multiple lamp
photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4.1.5.2.1... S6.8.5.1.2.1 S14.2.1.5.2(a)
Photometry of all Measuring
compartments/ together.
lamps together.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 4.1.5.2.2... S6.8.5.1.2.2 S14.2.1.5.2(b)
Photometry of Measuring
individual individually.
compartments/
lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.1.1.3 Multiple S7.1.1.11 Multiple
compartments and compartments and
multiple lamps. multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.1.1.3 Multiple S7.1.1.11.1.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.1.1.3 Multiple S7.1.1.11.2.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.1.1.3 Multiple S7.1.1.11.3.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.1.2.2 Multiple S7.1.2.11 Multiple
compartments and compartments and
multiple lamps. multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.1.2.2 Multiple S7.1.2.11.1.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.1.2.2 Multiple S7.1.2.11.2.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.2..... S7.1.2.2 Multiple S7.1.2.11.3.
compartments and
multiple lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12 Ratio to
to parking lamps parking lamps and
and clearance clearance lamps.
lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12.1.
to parking lamps
and clearance
lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12.2.
to parking lamps
and clearance
lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12.3.
to parking lamps
and clearance
lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12.4.
to parking lamps
and clearance
lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to S7.1.2.12 Ratio to
taillamps and taillamps and
clearance lamps. clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to S7.1.2.12.1.
taillamps and
clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to S7.1.2.12.2.
taillamps and
clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to S7.1.2.12.3.
taillamps and
clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to S7.1.2.12.4.
taillamps and
clearance lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... Table VI Front Table VI Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Photometric ratio. Photometric
ratio.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
8. 8.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.3..... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Photometric ratio. Photometric
ratio.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4..... S7.1.1.2 Spacing S7.1.1.10 Spacing
to other lamps. to other lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4..... S7.1.1.2 Spacing S7.1.1.10.1.
to other lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4..... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
1.5 x base 1.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4..... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
1.5 x base zone 1.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
[[Page 68388]]
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4..... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2 x base 2 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4..... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2 x base zone 2 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4..... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base 2.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4..... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base zone 2.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.1... S7.1.1.2.1 Spacing S7.1.1.10.2
measurement for Spacing
non reflector measurement for
lamps. non reflector
lamps.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.1.5.4.2... S7.1.1.2.2 Spacing S7.1.1.10.3
measurement for Spacing
lamps with measurement for
reflectors. lamps with
reflectors.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.3.1....... S7.1.4 Combined S7.1.3 Combined
lamp bulb lamp bulb
indexing. indexing.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.3.1....... S7.1.4 Combined S7.1.3.1 Dual
lamp bulb filament bulbs.
indexing.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.3.1....... S7.1.4 Combined S7.1.3.2 Socket
lamp bulb indexing.
indexing.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.3.2....... Table IV Front Table IV-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, 5.4.1....... Table V SAE turn Table V-b SAE turn
signal lamp signal lamp
visibility. visibility.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13
Photometry. Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13.1.
Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13.2.
Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... S7.1.2.1 S7.1.2.13
Photometry. Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... S7.1.2.1 S7.1.2.13.1.
Photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Base zone Base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
5. 5.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Amber lamp zone Amber lamp group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1..... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Red lamp zone Red lamp group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1, Standard note--new Table XIII-a
footnote a. table. footnote 1.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1, Table VI footnote Table VI footnote
footnote a. 1. 1.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1, Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
footnote a. 1. 1.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 1, Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
footnote b. 4. 4.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2..... S7.1.1.2.3 Spacing S7.1.1.10.4
based photometric Spacing based
multipliers. photometric
multipliers.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2..... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
1.5 x base 1.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2..... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2 x base 2 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2..... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2 x base zone 2 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2..... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base 2.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2..... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base zone 2.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 2..... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
1.5 x base zone 1.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 3..... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Base individual Base individual
point photometry. point photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 3..... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Amber lamp Amber lamp
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588, Nov 1984, Table 3..... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Red lamp Red lamp
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970............. S7.14.3 Turn S9.3 Turn signal
signal pilot pilot indicator.
indicator.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970............. S7.14.3 Turn S9.3.1 TS lamps
signal pilot not visible.
indicator.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970............. S7.14.3 Turn S9.3.2 Indicator
signal pilot light(s).
indicator.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970............. S7.14.3 Turn S9.3.3 Function.
signal pilot
indicator.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970............. S7.14.3.1 S9.3.4 Indicator
Indicator size size and color.
and color.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970............. S7.14.3.1 S9.3.4.1 Interior
Indicator size mounted.
and color.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970............. S7.14.3.1 S9.3.4.2 Exterior
Indicator size mounted.
and color.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970............. S7.14.3.1 S9.3.5 Visibility.
Indicator size
and color.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970, 3.4........ SAE J588e, Sep S6.1.1.3.1.
1970, 3.4.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970, 3.9.1...... SAE J588e, Sep S6.1.1.3.
1970, 3.9.1.
SAE J588e, Sep 1970, 3.9.1...... Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
6. 6.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Turn signal Turn signal
operating unit. operating unit.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI......... S9.1.2 Physical
tests.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1 Turn
signal operating Signal operating
unit durability unit durability
test. test.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.3
signal operating Performance
unit durability requirements.
test--performance
requirements.
[[Page 68389]]
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.3.2
signal operating Voltage drop
unit durability (2032 mm or
test--performance wider).
requirements.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.3.3 Stop
signal operating contacts.
unit durability
test--performance
requirements.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.1 Power
signal operating supply
unit durability specifications.
test--procedure.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.2
signal operating Procedure.
unit durability
test--procedure.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.2.1
signal operating Circuit.
unit durability
test--procedure.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.2.2 Cycle.
signal operating
unit durability
test--procedure.
SAE J589, Apr 1964.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.1.2.3
signal operating Voltage drop.
unit durability
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Turn signal Turn signal
flasher. flasher.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. S7.14.2 Turn S9.2.1 Indicator
signal flasher. signals.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI......... S9.2.2 Physical
tests.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3 Turn
signal flasher signal flasher
and vehicular and vehicular
hazard warning hazard warning
signal flasher signal warning
tests. flasher tests.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.6 Turn
signal flasher signal flasher
durability test. durability test.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.6.3
signal flasher Performance
durability test-- requirements.
performance
requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.6.1
signal flasher Samples.
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.6.2
signal flasher Procedure.
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.6.2.1
signal flasher Setup.
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.6.2.2
signal flasher Temperature and
durability test-- voltage.
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.6.2.3
signal flasher Duration.
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5 Turn
signal flasher signal flasher
flash rate and flash rate and
percent current percent current
``on'' time test. ``on'' time test.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3.1
signal flasher Samples.
starting time
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.4 Turn
signal flasher signal flasher
voltage drop test. voltage drop
test.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.4.3
signal flasher Performance
voltage drop requirements.
test--performance
requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.4.1
signal flasher Samples.
voltage drop
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3 Turn
signal flasher signal flasher
starting time starting time
test. test.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3.3
signal flasher Performance
starting time requirements.
test--performance
requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3.3(a)
signal flasher Normally closed
starting time contacts.
test--performance
requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3.3(b)
signal flasher Normally open
starting time contacts.
test--performance
requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3.2
signal flasher Procedure.
starting time
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3.2.1
signal flasher Setup.
starting time
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 1.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.3.2.2
signal flasher Measurement.
starting time
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 2.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.4.2
signal flasher Procedure.
voltage drop
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 2.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.4.2.1
signal flasher Setup.
voltage drop
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 2.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.4.2.2
signal flasher Measurement.
voltage drop
test--procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.3
signal flasher Performance
flash rate and requirements.
percent current
``on'' time test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.3(a)
signal flasher Normally closed
flash rate and contacts.
percent current
``on'' time test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.3(b)
signal flasher Normally open
flash rate and contacts.
percent current
``on'' time test--
performance
requirements.
[[Page 68390]]
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.1
signal flasher Samples.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.2
signal flasher Procedure.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.2.1
signal flasher Setup.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.2.2
signal flasher Temperature and
flash rate and voltage.
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, 3.......... Table XXI Turn S14.9.3.5.2.3
signal flasher Measurement.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
SAE J590b, Oct 1965, Figure 1... Figure 2.......... Figure 2.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 2.1........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Clearance lamps. Clearance lamps.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 2.2........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Side marker lamps. Side marker
lamps.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 2.3........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Combination Combination
clearance and clearance and
side marker lamps. side marker
lamps.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 2.4........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Identification Identification
lamps. lamps.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 3.......... S7.4.2 Physical S7.4.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, 3.......... S7.5.2 Physical S7.5.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1.... S7.4.1 Photometry. S7.4.13
Photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1.... S7.4.1 Photometry. S7.4.13.1.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1.... S7.5.1 Photometry. S7.5.13
Photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1.... Table X Amber side Table X Amber side
marker lamp marker lamp
photometry. photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1.... Table X Red side Table X Red side
marker lamp marker lamp
photometry. photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1.... Table XI Amber Table XI Amber
clearance and clearance and
identification identification
lamp photometry. lamp photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1.... Table XI Red Table XI Red
clearance and clearance and
identification identification
lamp photometry. lamp photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1, Table XI footnote Table XI footnote
footnote a. 3. 3.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1, S7.4.1.1 Inboard S7.4.13.2 Inboard
footnote b. photometry. photometry.
SAE J592e, Jul 1972, Table 1, Table X footnote 1 Table X footnote
footnote b. 1.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968............. S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Backup lamp. Backup lamp.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968............. S7.6.2 Color...... S7.6.2.2
Incidental light.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968............. S7.6.3 Physical S7.6.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968............. Table I Table I-a
Activation--Backu Activation--Backu
p lamps. p lamps.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968, Table 1, Table XII Single Table XII Single
footnote a. backup lamp lamp system--
system--Individua Individual point
l point photometry.
photometry.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968, Table 1, Table XII Two Table XII Two lamp
footnote b. backup lamp systems Each
system--Individua lamp--Individual
l point point photometry.
photometry.
SAE J593c, Feb 1968, Table 1, Table XII Backup Table XII Backup
footnote c. lamp--Maximum lamp--Maximum
photometric photometric
intensity. intensity any
single lamp.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 2.......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Reflex reflectors. Reflex
reflectors.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.......... S7.10.2 Physical S8.1.12 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4 Reflex S14.2.3 Reflex
reflector reflector and
photometry. retroreflective
sheeting
photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4 Reflex S14.2.3.1
reflector Mounting.
photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4 Reflex S14.2.3.2
reflector Illumination
photometry. source.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4 Reflex S14.2.3.3
reflector Measurement
photometry. distance.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4 Reflex S14.2.3.4 Test
reflector setup.
photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4 Reflex S14.2.3.5
reflector Photodetector.
photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4 Reflex S14.2.3.6
reflector Photometry
photometry. surface.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S14.2.3.7
reflector and Procedure.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S14.2.3.7.1
reflector and Observation
retroreflective angle.
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S14.2.3.7.2
reflector and Entrance angle.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S14.2.3.7.3
reflector and Convention.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S14.2.3.7.4
reflector and Luminous
retroreflective intensity and
sheeting illumination.
photometry
measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S14.2.3.8
reflector and Measurements.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1.1 S14.2.3.8.3 Reflex
Reflex reflector reflector
photometry photometry
measurement measurement
adjustments. adjustments.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1.1 S14.2.3.8.3.1
Reflex reflector Reflectors with
photometry non fixed
measurement rotation.
adjustments.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1.1 S14.2.3.8.3.2
Reflex reflector Reflectors with
photometry fixed rotation.
measurement
adjustments.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.7...... S6.8.5.4.1.1 S14.2.3.8.3.3
Reflex reflector Additional
photometry photometric
measurement readings.
adjustments.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, 3.1.8...... S6.8.2 Samples for S14.4.1.1 Samples.
test.
[[Page 68391]]
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1.... S7.10.1 Photometry S8.1.11
Photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1.... S7.10.1.1 S8.1.13
Alternative side Alternative side
reflex reflectors. reflex reflector
material.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1.... Table XVI Red Table XVI-a Red
reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1, Table XVI White Table XVI-a White
footnote a. reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1, Table XVI Amber Table XVI-a Amber
footnote a. reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A... S7.10.1 Photometry S8.1.11
Photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A... S7.10.1.1 S8.1.13
Alternative side Alternative side
reflex reflectors. reflex reflector
material.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A... Table XVI Red Table XVI-a Red
reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A, Table XVI Amber Table XVI-a Amber
footnote a. reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
SAE J594f, Jan 1977, Table 1A, Table XVI White Table XVI-a White
footnote a. reflex reflector reflex reflector
photometry. photometry.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968............. SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.1 Standard
1968. test circuit.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968............. SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.1.1 Test
1968. circuit setup.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 4.......... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.1.1.1
1968, 4. Series
resistance.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 5.......... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.1.1.2 A-B
1968, 5. resistance.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 6.......... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.1.1.3 C-D
1968, 6. voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 7.......... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.1.1.4
1968, 7. Voltage
adjustments--fixe
d load flashers.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 8.......... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.1.1.5
1968, 8. Voltage
adjustments--vari
able load
flashers.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 8.......... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.1.1.6
1968, 8. Measurements.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10......... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.1
1965, 10. Starting time,
voltage drop, and
flash rate &
percent current
``on'' time
tests.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10......... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.1(a)
1965, 10. Transients.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10......... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.2 Power
1968, 10 and 11. supply
specifications.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(a)...... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.2.1(b)
1968, 10(a). Output voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(b)...... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.2.1(c)
1968, 10(b). Output current.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(c)...... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.2.1(d)
1968, 10(c). Static
regulation.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(c)...... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.2.1(e)
1968, 10(c). Dynamic
regulation.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 10(d)...... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.2.1(f)
1968, 10(d). Ripple voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11......... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.2
1965, 11. Durability tests.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11......... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.2(a)
1965, 11. Transients.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11......... SAE J823b, Apr S14.9.3.2 Power
1968, 10 and 11. supply
specifications.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(a)...... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.2(b)
1965, 11(a). Output voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(b)...... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.2(c)
1965, 11(b). Output current.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(c)...... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.2(d)
1965, 11(c). Static
regulation.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(c)...... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.2(e)
1965, 11(c). Dynamic
regulation.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, 11(d)...... SAE J590b, Oct S14.9.3.2.2(f)
1965, 11(d). Ripple voltage.
SAE J823b, Apr 1968, Figure 1... SAE J823b, Apr Figure 22.
1968, Figure 1.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
School bus signal School bus signal
lamps. lamps.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. S6.4.1 Effective S6.4.1 Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area requirements. area
requirements.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. S6.4.2 Visibility. S6.4.2 Visibility.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. S6.4.6 School bus S6.4.5 School bus
signal lamp signal lamp
aiming. aiming.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. S6.8.5.1 S14.2.1.2 School
Photometry ex bus signal lamp
headlamp, license aiming.
lamp, & DRL.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. S7.13.2 Physical S7.11.14 Physical
test requirements. tests.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. Table I Table I-a
Activation--Schoo Activation--Schoo
l bus signal l bus signal
lamps. lamps.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. Table IV School Table IV-c School
bus signal lamp-- bus signal lamp--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
SAE J887, Jul 1964.............. Table V School bus Table V-a School
signal lamp bus signal lamp
visibility. visibility.
SAE J887, Jul 1964, Table 1..... S7.13.1 Photometry S7.11.13
Photometry.
SAE J887, Jul 1964, Table 1..... Table XVII School Table XVII School
bus signal lamp bus signal lamp
photometry. photometry.
SAE J910, Jan 1966.............. Table XXI......... S9.6.3 Physical
tests.
SAE J910, Jan 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.2 Vehicular
Vehicular hazard hazard warning
warning signal signal operating
operating unit unit durability
durability test. test.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 1........... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Vehicular hazard Vehicular hazard
warning signal warning signal
operating unit. operating unit.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 3(b)........ S7.14.6 Vehicular S9.6.1
hazard warning Combinations.
signal operating
unit.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 3(c)........ S7.14.6.1 S9.6.2 Operation.
Operating unit
switch.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 3(d)........ S7.14.6 Vehicular S9.6.1
hazard warning Combinations.
signal operating
unit.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 3(e)........ S7.14.6.1 S9.6.2 Operation.
Operating unit
switch.
[[Page 68392]]
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.2.2
Vehicular hazard Performance
warning signal requirements.
operating unit
durability test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.2.1
Vehicular hazard Procedure.
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.2.1.1
Vehicular hazard Circuit.
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.2.1.2 Cycle.
Vehicular hazard
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.2.1.3
Vehicular hazard Voltage drop.
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 5........... S7.14.8 Vehicular S9.8.2 Single TS
hazard warning indicators.
signal pilot
indicator.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 5........... S7.14.8 Vehicular S9.8.3 Function.
hazard warning
signal pilot
indicator.
SAE J910, Jan 1966, 5........... S7.14.8.1 S9.8.4 Indicator
Indicator size size and color.
and color.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Vehicular hazard Vehicular hazard
warning signal warning signal
flasher. flasher.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. S7.14.7 Vehicular S9.7.1 Indicator
hazard warning signals.
signal flasher.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. S7.14.8 Vehicular S9.8.2 Single TS
hazard warning indicators.
signal pilot
indicator.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. S7.14.8 Vehicular S9.8.3 Function.
hazard warning
signal pilot
indicator.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. S7.14.8.1 S9.8.4 Indicator
Indicator size size and color.
and color.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI......... S9.7.2 Physical
tests.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI Turn S14.9.3 Turn
signal flasher signal flasher
and vehicular and vehicular
hazard warning hazard warning
signal flasher signal warning
tests. flasher tests.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.3.10
Vehicular hazard Vehicular hazard
warning signal warning signal
flasher flasher
durability test. durability test.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.3.9
Vehicular hazard Vehicular hazard
warning signal warning signal
flasher flash flasher flash
rate and percent rate and percent
current ``on'' current ``on''
time test. time test.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.3.9.1
Vehicular hazard Samples.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.3.7
Vehicular hazard Vehicular hazard
warning signal warning signal
flasher starting flasher starting
time test. time test.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.3.7.1
Vehicular hazard Samples.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.3.8
Vehicular hazard Vehicular hazard
warning signal warning signal
flasher voltage flasher voltage
drop test. drop test.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.3.8.3
Vehicular hazard Performance
warning signal requirements.
flasher voltage
drop test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966.............. Table XXI S14.9.3.8.1
Vehicular hazard Samples.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1........... Table XXI S14.9.3.7.3
Vehicular hazard Performance
warning signal requirements.
flasher starting
time test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1........... Table XXI S14.9.3.7.3(a)
Vehicular hazard Normally closed
warning signal contacts.
flasher starting
time test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1........... Table XXI S14.9.3.7.3(b)
Vehicular hazard Normally open
warning signal contacts.
flasher starting
time test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1........... Table XXI S14.9.3.7.2
Vehicular hazard Procedure.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1........... Table XXI S14.9.3.7.2.1
Vehicular hazard Setup.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 1........... Table XXI S14.9.3.7.2.2
Vehicular hazard Measurement.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 2........... Table XXI S14.9.3.8.2
Vehicular hazard Procedure.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 2........... Table XXI S14.9.3.8.2.1
Vehicular hazard Setup.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 2........... Table XXI S14.9.3.8.2.2
Vehicular hazard Measurement.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3........... Table XXI S14.9.3.9.3
Vehicular hazard Performance
warning signal requirements.
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
performance
requirements.
[[Page 68393]]
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3........... Table XXI S14.9.3.9.3(a)
Vehicular hazard Normally closed
warning signal contacts.
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3........... Table XXI S14.9.3.9.3(b)
Vehicular hazard Normally open
warning signal contacts.
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3........... Table XXI S14.9.3.9.2
Vehicular hazard Procedure.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3........... Table XXI S14.9.3.9.2.1
Vehicular hazard Setup.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3........... Table XXI S14.9.3.9.2.2
Vehicular hazard Temperature and
warning signal voltage.
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 3........... Table XXI S14.9.3.9.2.3
Vehicular hazard Measurement.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.3.10.3
Vehicular hazard Performance
warning signal requirements.
flasher
durability test--
performance
requirements.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.3.10.1
Vehicular hazard Samples.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.3.10.2
Vehicular hazard Procedure.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.3.10.2.1
Vehicular hazard Setup.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.3.10.2.2
Vehicular hazard Temperature and
warning signal voltage.
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, 4........... Table XXI S14.9.3.10.2.3
Vehicular hazard Duration.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
SAE J945, Feb 1966, Figure 1.... Figure 2.......... Figure 2.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.1........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Headlamp. Headlamp.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.1.1...... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.1.1...... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Sealed beam Sealed beam
headlamp. headlamp.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.2........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Upper beam. Upper beam.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.3........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Lower beam. Lower beam.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.4........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Mechanically Mechanically
aimable headlamp aimable headlamp.
[OUT OF
ALPHABETICAL
ORDER].
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.5........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Aiming plane. Aiming plane.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.6........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Headlamp Headlamp
mechanical axis. mechanical axis.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.7........ S4 Definitions--H- S4 Definitions--H-
V axis. V axis.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.9........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Seasoning. Seasoning.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.10....... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Design Voltage. Design Voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.11....... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Test voltage. Test voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 2.12....... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Rated voltage. Rated voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.1.4.1.... S6.8.5.6.1 S14.2.5.4
Seasoning and Seasoning and
test voltage. test voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.1.4.2.... S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S14.2.5.3
photometry Measurement
measurements. distance.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.1.4.3.... S6.8.5.6.1 S14.2.5.4
Seasoning and Seasoning and
test voltage. test voltage.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.1.4.3.... S6.8.5.6.2(a) S14.2.5.5.1
Aiming--mechanica Mechanically
l. aimable headlamps
using an external
aimer.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.5.1...... S6.8.2 Samples for S14.1.4.1
test. Representative
samples.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.7........ Table XXIII S14.6.16 Headlamp
Headlamp wattage wattage test.
test.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 4.7........ Table XXIII S14.6.16.1
Headlamp wattage Procedure.
test--procedure.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.3........ Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.3.3...... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.3...... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.4...... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.4.1.... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.4.2.... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.4.3.... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, 5.4.5...... S17.3 Sealed beam S6.5.3.3 Sealed
headlamp markings. beam headlamp
markings.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 5... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 6... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 7... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 8... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 9... Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 10.. Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
[[Page 68394]]
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 11.. Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 11.. Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 12.. Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 13.. Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 14.. Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1383, Apr 1985, Figure 15.. Relocated to Part Relocated to Part
564, Appendix C. 564, Appendix C.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 2.1........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Turn signal lamps. Turn signal
lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 4.......... S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.1.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 4.1.5.2.... S6.8.5.1.2 S14.2.1.5.1 All
Multiple photometered
compartment & together.
multiple lamp
photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 4.1.5.2.... S6.8.5.1.2.2 S14.2.1.5.2(b)
Photometry of Measuring
individual individually.
compartments/
lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 4.1.5.2.... S6.8.5.1.2.3 S14.2.1.5.3
Multiple Multiple on 2032
compartment/lamp mm or wider.
photometry for
wide vehicles.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12 Ratio to
to parking lamps parking lamps and
and clearance clearance lamps.
lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12.1.
to parking lamps
and clearance
lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12.2.
to parking lamps
and clearance
lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12.3.
to parking lamps
and clearance
lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio S7.1.1.12.4.
to parking lamps
and clearance
lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... Table VI footnote Table VI footnote
4. 4.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... Table VI Front Table VI Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Photometric ratio. Photometric
ratio.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
7. 7.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
8. 8.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.2.... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Photometric ratio. Photometric
ratio.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.3.... Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
6. 6.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4.... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
1.5 x base 1.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4.... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
1.5 x base zone 1.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4.... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2 x base 2 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4.... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2 x base zone 2 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4.... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base 2.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.4.... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base zone 2.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.5.... S7.1.1.2.1 Spacing S7.1.1.10.2
measurement for Spacing
non reflector measurement for
lamps. non reflector
lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.1.5.6.... S7.1.1.2.2 Spacing S7.1.1.10.3
measurement for Spacing
lamps with measurement for
reflectors. lamps with
reflectors.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.1...... S7.1.3 Physical S7.1.2.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.1...... S7.1.4 Combined S7.1.3 Combined
lamp bulb lamp bulb
indexing. indexing.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.1...... S7.1.4 Combined S7.1.3.1 Dual
lamp bulb filament bulbs.
indexing.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.1...... S7.1.4 Combined S7.1.3.2 Socket
lamp bulb indexing.
indexing.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.2...... Table IV Front Table IV-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.3.2...... Table IV Rear turn Table IV-a Rear
signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, 5.4.1...... Table V SAE turn Table V-b SAE turn
signal lamp signal lamp
visibility. visibility.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13
Photometry. Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13.1.
Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... S7.1.1.1 S7.1.1.13.2.
Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... S7.1.2.1 S7.1.2.13
Photometry. Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... S7.1.2.1 S7.1.2.13.1.
Photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to S7.1.2.12 Ratio to
taillamps and taillamps and
clearance lamps. clearance lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to S7.1.2.12.1.
taillamps and
clearance lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to S7.1.2.12.4.
taillamps and
clearance lamps.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Base zone Base group
photometry. photometry.
[[Page 68395]]
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Amber lamp zone Amber lamp group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Red lamp zone Red lamp group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 1.... Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
5. 5.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2.... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
1.5 x base 1.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2.... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
1.5 x base zone 1.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2.... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2 x base 2 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2.... Table VI Front Table VI-b Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2 x base zone 2 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2.... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base 2.5 x base
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 2.... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
2.5 x base zone 2.5 x base group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 3.... Table VI Front Table VI-a Front
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Base individual Base individual
point photometry. point photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 3.... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Amber lamp Amber lamp
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, Table 3.... Table VII Rear Table VII Rear
turn signal lamp-- turn signal lamp--
Red lamp Red lamp
individual point individual point
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, footnote a. Table VI footnote Table VI footnote
1. 1.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, footnote a. Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
1. 1.
SAE J1395, Apr 1985, footnote b. Table VII footnote Table VII footnote
4. 4.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 2.1........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Stop lamps. Stop lamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 4.1.5.2.... S6.8.5.1.2 S14.2.1.5.1 All
Multiple photometered
compartment & together.
multiple lamp
photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 4.1.5.2.... S6.8.5.1.2.2 S14.2.1.5.2(b)
Photometry of Measuring
individual individually.
compartments/
lamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 4.1.5.2.... S6.8.5.1.2.3 S14.2.1.5.3
Multiple Multiple on 2032
compartment/lamp mm or wider.
photometry for
wide vehicles.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.......... S7.3.2 Physical S7.3.14 Physical
tests. tests.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12 Ratio to
taillamps. taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12.1.
taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12.2.
taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12.3.
taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2.... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to S7.3.12.4.
taillamps.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2.... Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
6. 6.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2.... Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
7. 5.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.1.5.2.... Table IX Stop Table IX Stop
lamp--Photometric lamp--Photometric
ratio. ratio.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.3.1...... S7.3.3 Combined S7.3.15 Combined
lamp bulb lamp bulb
indexing. indexing.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.3.1...... S7.3.3 Combined S7.3.15.1 Dual
lamp bulb filament bulbs.
indexing.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.3.1...... S7.3.3 Combined S7.3.15.2 Socket
lamp bulb indexing.
indexing.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.3.2...... Table IV Stop Table IV-a Stop
lamp--Effective lamp--Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
SAE J1398, May 1985, 5.4.1...... Table V SAE stop Table V-b SAE stop
lamp visibility. lamp visibility.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1.... S7.3.1 Photometry. S7.3.13
Photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1.... S7.3.1 Photometry. S7.3.13
Photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1.... S7.3.1 Photometry. S7.3.13.1.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1.... S7.3.1 Photometry. S7.3.13.1.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1.... Table IX Stop Table IX Stop
lamp--Individual lamp--Individual
point photometry. point photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, Table 1.... Table IX Stop Table IX Stop
lamp--Zone lamp--Group
photometry. photometry.
SAE J1398, May 1985, footnote a. Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
1. 1.
SAE J1398, May 1985, footnote a. Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
1. 1.
SAE J1398, May 1985, footnote b. Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
3. 3.
SAE J1398, May 1985, footnote b. Table IX footnote Table IX footnote
3. 3.
64 FR 16358..................... 64 FR 16358....... Table I-a Mounting
height--Clearance
lamps--rear.
64 FR 16358..................... 64 FR 16358....... Table I-a Mounting
height--Identific
ation lamps--
rear.
64 FR 16358..................... 64 FR 16358....... Table I-b Mounting
height--Clearance
lamps--rear.
64 FR 16358..................... 64 FR 16358....... Table I-b Mounting
height--Identific
ation lamps--
rear.
70 FR 65972..................... S6.7 Replacement S6.7 Replacement
equipment. equipment.
Interpretation--Alkire 11/28/89. S6.2.2 Lamp or S6.2.2 Lamp or
reflective device reflective device
obstructed. obstructed.
Interpretation--Camp 6/17/97.... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Overall width. Overall width.
Interpretation--Clarke 7/28/05.. S6.2.5 Auxiliary S6.1.3.6 Auxiliary
identification lamp.
lamps.
[[Page 68396]]
Interpretation--Faber 5/26/00... Table I Table I-a
Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
lamps. lamps.
Interpretation--Faber 5/26/00... Table I Table I-b
Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
lamps. lamps.
Interpretation--Faber 5/26/00... Table I Table I-c
Activation--Stop Activation--Stop
lamps. lamps.
Interpretation--King 7/12/00.... S6.1.3 Mounting S6.1.3.1.
location and
height.
Interpretation--King 7/12/00.... S6.1.3 Mounting S6.1.3.2.
location and
height.
Interpretation--Nakaya 6/18/85.. S6.1.3.2.1 High S6.1.4.1.1 High
mounted stop lamp mounted stop lamp
mounting. mounting.
Interpretation--Parkyn 6/1/98... Table IX footnote Table XIII-b
5. footnote 3.
Interpretation--Spingler 4/6/ S14.10.1.5 S10.18.9.1.5
2000. Measuring the Measuring the
cutoff parameter. cutoff parameter.
Interpretation--Spingler 7/2/99. Table XIX 10[deg] Table XIX 10[deg]
U-90[deg]U Test U-90[deg]U Test
area. area.
Various......................... S17 Headlamp S6.5.3 Headlamp
marking marking
requirements. requirements.
New figure...................... Figure 12-1....... Figure 12-1.
New figure...................... Figure 12-2....... Figure 12-2.
New language.................... Table V footnote 1 Table V footnote
1.
New reference to other sections. S17.5 Additional S6.5.3.5
headlamp markings. Additional
headlamp
markings.
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.1 Number
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.5
Activation [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--points
to Table IV-a].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.7
Visibility [New
section--points
to S6.4].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.8 Indicator
[New section--
points to S9.3.
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.1.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.1 Number
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I and
S6.1.3.2].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.5
Activation [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--points
to Table IV-a].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.7
Visibility [New
section--points
to S6.4].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.8 Indicator
[New section--
points to S9.3].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.1.2.10 Spacing
to other lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2 Taillamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I and
S6.1.3.2].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.7 Visibility
[New section--
points to S6.4].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
[[Page 68397]]
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.2.12 Ratio [New
section--points
to S7.1.2.12 and
7.3.12].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3 Stop lamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I and
S6.1.3.2].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--points
to Table IV-a].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.7 Visibility
[New section--
points to S6.4].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.3.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4 Side marker
lamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.7 Visibility
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.11 Multiple
compartments and
multiple lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.4.12 Ratio [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5 Clearance and
identification
lamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.7 Visibility
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.11 Multiple
compartments and
multiple lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
[[Page 68398]]
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.12 Ratio.
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.12.1
Clearance lamps
[New section--
points to
S7.1.1.12 and
S7.1.2.12].
New section..................... New section....... S7.5.12.2
Identification
lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6 Backup lamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.2 Color of
light.
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.2.1 [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.4 Mounting
height [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.7 Visibility
[New section--see
Table V-a].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.11 Multiple
compartments and
multiple lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.6.12 Ratio [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7 License plate
lamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I and
S6.1.1].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.4 Mounting
height [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.7 Visibility
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.11 Multiple
compartments and
multiple lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.12 Ratio [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.7.15
Installation.
New section..................... New section....... S7.8 Parking
lamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.7 Visibility
[New section--
points to S6.4].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
[[Page 68399]]
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.11 Multiple
compartments and
multiple lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.8.12 Ratio [New
section--points
to S7.1.1.12].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9 High-mounted
lamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I and
S6.1.1.2].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I and
S6.1.4.1].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--points
to Table IV-b].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.7 Visibility
[New section--
points to Table V-
a].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.11 Multiple
compartments and
multiple lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.9.12 Ratio [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10 Daytime
running lamps
(DRLs).
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.1 Number
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I and
S7.10.13(b)].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table I
and
S7.10.10.1(c)].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.7 Visibility
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.11 Multiple
compartments and
multiple lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.10.12 Ratio
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11 School bus
signal lamps.
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.1 Number
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.2 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.5 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--points
to Table IV-c].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.7 Visibility
[New section--
points to Table V-
a].
[[Page 68400]]
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.10 Spacing
to other lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.11 Multiple
compartments and
multiple lamps
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S7.11.12 Ratio
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.1 Number [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.2 Color [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.3 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.4 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.5 Activation
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.6 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.7 Visibility
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.8 Indicator
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.9 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S8.1.10 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S10.3 Number [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S10.4 Color of
light [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S10.5 Mounting
location [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S10.6 Mounting
height [New
section--points
to Table I].
New section..................... New section....... S10.7 Activation
[New section--
points to Table
I, Table II, and
S6.1.5].
New section..................... New section....... S10.8 Effective
projected
luminous lens
area [New
section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S10.9 Visibility
[New section--No
requirement].
New section..................... New section....... S10.10 Indicator
[New section--
points to S9.5].
New section..................... New section....... S10.11 Markings
[New section--
points to S6.5].
New section..................... New section....... S10.12 Spacing to
other lamps [New
section--points
to S6.1.3.5].
New table....................... New table......... Table III Marking
Requirements
Locations [New
Table--points to
marking
requirements].
New title....................... S6 Vehicle S6 Vehicle
requirements. requirements.
New title....................... New title......... S6.1.3 Mounting
location.
New title....................... New title......... S6.1.3.5 Headlamp
beam mounting.
New title....................... S6.2 Impairment... S6.2 Impairment.
New title....................... S6.4 Visibility, S6.4 Lens area,
and aiming. visibility, and
aiming.
New title....................... S6.5 Marking...... S6.5 Marking.
New title....................... S8.2 Simultaneous S6.1.5.2
beam activation. Simultaneous beam
activation.
New title....................... New title......... S6.6 Associated
equipment.
New title....................... S7 Signal lamps, S7 Signal lamp
reflective requirements.
devices, and
associated
equipment
requirements.
New title....................... S7.1 Turn signal S7.1 Turn signal
lamps. lamps.
New title....................... S7.1.1 Front turn S7.1.1 Front turn
signal lamps. signal lamps.
New title....................... New title......... S7.1.2 Rear turn
signal lamps.
New title....................... S7.10 Reflex S8.1 Reflex
reflectors. reflectors.
New title....................... Table III S8.2.1.4
Application Application
pattern. pattern.
New title....................... New title......... S9.1 Turn signal
operating unit.
New title....................... New title......... S9.2 Turn signal
flasher.
New title....................... New title......... S9.6 Vehicular
hazard warning
signal operating
unit.
[[Page 68401]]
New title....................... New title......... S9.7 Vehicular
hazard warning
signal flasher.
New title....................... New title......... S9.8 Vehicular
hazard warning
signal pilot
indicator.
New title....................... S7.14.8 Vehicular S9.8.1 Two TS
hazard warning indicators.
signal pilot
indicator.
New title....................... New title......... S10.1 Vehicle
headlighting
systems.
New title....................... S9.4 Physical S10.13.4 Physical
tests. tests.
New title....................... S10.7 Physical S10.14.7 Physical
tests. tests.
New title....................... S11.5 Markings.... S10.15.4 Markings.
New title....................... S12.3 Physical S10.16.3 Physical
tests. tests.
New title....................... New title......... S11.4 Physical
tests.
New title....................... New title......... S14 Physical and
photometry test
procedures and
performance
requirements.
New title....................... New title......... S14.1 General test
procedures and
performance
requirements.
New title....................... S6.8.5.1 S14.2.1 Photometry
Photometry ex measurements for
headlamp, license all lamps except
lamp, & DRL. license lamps,
headlamps, and
DRLs.
New title....................... S6.8.5.1.2 S14.2.1.5 Multiple
Multiple compartment and
compartment & multiple lamp
multiple lamp photometry of
photometry. turn signal
lamps, stop
lamps, and
taillamps.
New title....................... S6.8.5.5 Daytime S14.2.4 Daytime
running lamp running lamp
(DRL) photometry (DRL) photometry
measurements. measurements.
New title....................... S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S14.2.5 Headlamp
photometry photometry
measurements. measurements.
New title....................... S6.8.5.6.2(c) S14.2.5.5.3
Aiming--LB VOL/ Visually aimable
VOR vertical. lower beam
headlamps--vertic
al aim.
New title....................... S6.8.5.6.2(e) S14.2.5.5.5
Aiming--UB VOL/ Visually aimable
VOR vertical. upper beam
headlamps--vertic
al aim.
New title....................... S6.8.5.6.2(f) S14.2.5.5.6
Aiming--UB VOL/ Visually aimable
VOR horizontal. upper beam
headlamps--horizo
ntal aim.
New title....................... S6.8.5.6.4 S14.2.5.7
Photometer. Photometer.
New title....................... S6.8.5.6.2(h) S14.2.5.10
Aiming--Moveable Moveable
reflector. reflector aimed
headlamp
photometry
measurements.
New title....................... New title......... S14.4 General test
procedures and
performance
requirements.
New title....................... New title......... S14.4.1.2 General
procedure.
New title....................... Table XXII Plastic S14.4.2 Plastic
optical material optical materials
tests--applicatio tests.
n.
New title....................... Table XXII........ S14.5 Signal lamp
and reflective
device physical
test procedures
and performance
requirements.
New title....................... Table XXIII....... S14.6 Headlamp
physical test
procedures and
performance
requirements.
New title....................... Table XXIII S14.6.7 Humidity
Humidity test. test.
New title....................... Table XXIII S14.6.7.1
Humidity test-- Procedure.
procedure.
New title....................... Table XXIII....... S14.7 Replaceable
light source
physical test
procedures and
performance
requirements.
New title....................... Table XXIII....... S14.8 Vehicle
headlamp aiming
device (VHAD)
physical test
procedures and
performance
requirements.
New title....................... Table XXI......... S14.9 Associated
equipment
physical test
procedures and
performance
requirements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix B.--FMVSS No. 108 Rewrite Cross Reference
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FMVSS No. 108 FMVSS No. 108
Current FMVSS No. 108 or rewrite NPRM rewrite final rule
incorporated document citation citation citation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
S1 Scope........................ S1 Scope.......... S1; Table I; Table
III.
S2 Purpose...................... S2 Purpose........ S2 Purpose.
S3 Application.................. S3 Application.... S3 Application
(except section
citation).
S4 Definitions.................. S4 Definitions.... S4 Definitions.
S4 Definitions--Aiming plane.... S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
Aiming plane. 1985, 2.5.
S4 Definitions--Aiming reference S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
plane. Aiming reference Aiming reference
plane. plane.
S4 Definitions--Aiming screws... S4 Definitions-- SAE J580, Dec
Aiming screws. 1986, 2.4.
S4 Definitions--Axis of S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
reference. Axis of reference. Axis of
reference.
S4 Definitions--Backup lamp..... S4 Definitions-- SAE J593c, Feb
Backup lamp. 1968.
S4 Definitions--Beam contributor S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Beam contributor. Beam contributor.
S4 Definitions--Cargo lamp...... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Cargo lamp. Cargo lamp.
[[Page 68402]]
S4 Definitions--Clearance lamps. S4 Definitions-- SAE J592e, Jul
Clearance lamps. 1972, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Coated materials S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Coated materials. 1991, 2.2.1.1.
S4 Definitions--Color........... S4 Definitions-- SAE J578c, Feb
Color. 1977, 2.
S4 Definitions--Color bleeding.. S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Color bleeding. 1991, 2.2.3.1.
S4 Definitions--Combination S4 Definitions-- SAE J592e, Jul
clearance and side marker lamps. Combination 1972, 2.3.
clearance and
side marker lamps.
S4 Definitions--Cracking........ S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Cracking. 1991, 2.2.3.3.
S4 Definitions--Crazing......... S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Crazing. 1991, 2.2.3.2.
S4 Definitions--Cutoff.......... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Cutoff. Cutoff.
S4 Definitions--Delamination.... S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Delamination. 1991, 2.2.3.5.
S4 Definitions--Design Voltage.. S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
Design Voltage. 1985, 2.10.
S4 Definitions--Direct reading S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
indicator. Direct reading Direct reading
indicator. indicator.
S4 Definitions--Effective light- S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
emitting surface. Effective light- Effective light-
emitting surface. emitting surface.
S4 Definitions--Effective S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
projected luminous lens area. Effective Effective
projected projected
luminous lens luminous lens
area. area.
S4 Definitions--Effective S4 Definitions-- S6.3.
projected luminous lens area. Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
S4 Definitions--Exposed......... S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Exposed. 1991, 2.2.2.1.
S4 Definitions--Filament........ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Filament. Filament.
S4 Definitions--Flash........... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Flash. Flash.
S4 Definitions--Fully opened.... S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
Fully opened. Fully opened.
S4 Definitions--Haze............ S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Haze. 1991, 2.2.3.4.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp........ S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
Headlamp. 1985, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
concealment device. Headlamp Headlamp
concealment concealment
device. device.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
mechanical axis. Headlamp 1985, 2.6.
mechanical axis.
S4 Definitions--Headlamp test S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
fixture. Headlamp test Headlamp test
fixture. fixture.
S4 Definitions--High mounted S4 Definitions-- SAE J186a, Sep
stop lamp. High mounted stop 1977, 2.1.
lamp.
S4 Definitions--H-V axis........ S4 Definitions--H- SAE J1383, Apr
V axis. 1985, 2.7.
S4 Definitions--Identification S4 Definitions-- SAE J592e, Jul
lamps. Identification 1972, 2.4.
lamps.
S4 Definitions--Integral beam S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
headlamp. Integral beam Integral beam
headlamp. headlamp.
S4 Definitions--License plate S4 Definitions-- SAE J587, Oct
lamps. License plate 1981, 2.
lamps.
S4 Definitions--Lower beam...... S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
Lower beam. 1985, 2.3.
S4 Definitions--Material........ S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Material [OUT OF 1991, 2.2.1.
ALPHABETICAL
ORDER].
S4 Definitions--Mechanically S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
aimable headlamp. Mechanically 1985, 2.4.
aimable headlamp
[OUT OF
ALPHABETICAL
ORDER].
S4 Definitions--Motor driven S4 Definitions-- SAE J584, Apr
cycle. Motor driven 1964.
cycle.
S4 Definitions--Motorcycle or S4 Definitions-- SAE J584, Apr
motor driven cycle headlamp. Motorcycle or 1964.
motor driven
cycle headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Mounting ring... S4 Definitions-- SAE J580, Dec
Mounting ring. 1986, 2.2.
S4 Definitions--Mounting ring S4 Definitions-- S7.3.7(e)(1).
(type F sealed beam). Mounting ring
(type F sealed
beam).
S4 Definitions--Multiple S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
compartment lamp. Multiple Multiple
compartment lamp. compartment lamp.
S4 Definitions--Multiple lamp S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
arrangement. Multiple lamp Multiple lamp
arrangement. arrangement.
S4 Definitions--Optically S4 Definitions-- S5.1.1.11.
combined. Optically
combined.
S4 Definitions--Optically S4 Definitions-- S5.4(b).
combined. Optically
combined.
S4 Definitions--Optically S4 Definitions-- S5.4(c).
combined. Optically
combined.
S4 Definitions--Optically S4 Definitions-- SAE J387, Nov
combined. Optically 1987.
combined.
S4 Definitions--Overall width... S4 Definitions-- Interpretation--Ca
Overall width. mp 6/17/97.
S4 Definitions--Overall width... S4 Definitions-- Table IV, footnote
Overall width. 1.
S4 Definitions--Parking lamps... S4 Definitions-- SAE J222, Dec
Parking lamps. 1970, 2.
S4 Definitions--Protected....... S4 Definitions-- SAE J576, Jul
Protected. 1991, 2.2.2.2.
S4 Definitions--Rated voltage... S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
Rated voltage. 1985, 2.12.
S4 Definitions--Reflex S4 Definitions-- SAE J594f, Jan
reflectors. Reflex reflectors. 1977, 2.
S4 Definitions--Remote reading S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
indicator. Remote reading Remote reading
indicator. indicator.
S4 Definitions--Replaceable bulb S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
headlamp. Replaceable bulb Replaceable bulb
headlamp. headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Replaceable S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
light source. Replaceable light Replaceable light
source. source.
S4 Definitions--Retaining ring.. S4 Definitions-- SAE J580, Dec
Retaining ring. 1986, 2.3.
S4 Definitions--Retaining ring S4 Definitions-- S7.3.7(e)(2).
(type F sealed beam). Retaining ring
(type F sealed
beam).
S4 Definitions--School bus S4 Definitions-- SAE J887, Jul
signal lamps. School bus signal 1964.
lamps.
S4 Definitions--Sealed beam S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
headlamp. Sealed beam 1985, 2.1.1.
headlamp.
S4 Definitions--Sealed beam S4 Definitions-- SAE J580, Dec
headlamp assembly. Sealed beam 1986, 2.1.
headlamp assembly.
S4 Definitions--Seasoning....... S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
Seasoning. 1985, 2.9.
S4 Definitions--Semiautomatic S4 Definitions-- SAE J565b, Feb
headlamp beam switching device. Semiautomatic 1969, 1.
headlamp beam
switching device.
S4 Definitions--Side marker S4 Definitions-- SAE J592e, Jul
lamps. Side marker lamps. 1972, 2.2.
[[Page 68403]]
S4 Definitions--Stop lamps...... S4 Definitions-- SAE J1398, May
Stop lamps. 1985, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Stop lamps...... S4 Definitions-- SAE J586, Feb
Stop lamps. 1984, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Taillamps....... S4 Definitions-- SAE J585e, Sep
Taillamps. 1977, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Test voltage.... S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
Test voltage. 1985, 2.11.
S4 Definitions--Turn signal S4 Definitions-- SAE J590b, Oct
flasher. Turn signal 1965.
flasher.
S4 Definitions--Turn signal S4 Definitions-- SAE J1395, Apr
lamps. Turn signal lamps. 1985, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Turn signal S4 Definitions-- SAE J588, Nov
lamps. Turn signal lamps. 1984, 2.1.
S4 Definitions--Turn signal S4 Definitions-- SAE J589, Apr
operating unit. Turn signal 1964.
operating unit.
S4 Definitions--Upper beam...... S4 Definitions-- SAE J1383, Apr
Upper beam. 1985, 2.2.
S4 Definitions--Vehicle headlamp S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
aiming device or VHAD. Vehicle headlamp Vehicle headlamp
aiming device or aiming device or
VHAD. VHAD.
S4 Definitions--Vehicular hazard S4 Definitions-- SAE J945, Feb
warning signal flasher. Vehicular hazard 1966.
warning signal
flasher.
S4 Definitions--Vehicular hazard S4 Definitions-- SAE J910, Jan
warning signal operating unit. Vehicular hazard 1966, 1.
warning signal
operating unit.
S4 Definitions--Visually/ S4 Definitions-- S4 Definitions--
optically aimable headlamp. Visually/ Visually/
optically aimable optically aimable
headlamp. headlamp.
S5 References to SAE S5 References to S6 Subreferenced
publications. SAE publications. SAE Standards and
Recommended
Practices.
S5.1 Recommended=mandatory...... S5.1 S6.1.
Recommended=manda
tory.
S5.1 SAE Publications........... S5.1 SAE S5.2.1.
Publications.
S6 Vehicle requirements......... S6 Vehicle New title.
requirements.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective S6.1 Required Table I.
devices, and associated lamps, reflective
equipment by vehicle type. devices, and
associated
equipment by
vehicle type.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective S6.1 Required Table II.
devices, and associated lamps, reflective
equipment by vehicle type. devices, and
associated
equipment by
vehicle type.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective S6.1 Required Table III.
devices, and associated lamps, reflective
equipment by vehicle type. devices, and
associated
equipment by
vehicle type.
S6.1 Required lamps, reflective S6.1 Required Table IV.
devices, and associated lamps, reflective
equipment by vehicle type. devices, and
associated
equipment by
vehicle type.
S6.1.1 Quantity................. S6.1.1 Quantity... S5.1.1.
S6.1.1 Quantity................. S6.1.1 Quantity... S5.1.1.10 Multiple
license plate
lamps and backup
lamps.
S6.1.1 Quantity................. S6.1.1 Quantity... Table I.
S6.1.1 Quantity................. S6.1.1 Quantity... Table II.
S6.1.1 Quantity................. S6.1.1 Quantity... Table III.
S6.1.1 Quantity................. S6.1.1 Quantity... Table IV.
S6.1.1.1 Conspicuity systems.... S6.1.1.1 S5.7 Conspicuity
Conspicuity systems.
systems.
S6.1.1.1 Conspicuity systems.... S6.1.1.1 S5.7.1
Conspicuity Retroreflective
systems. sheeting.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamp. S6.1.1.2 High S5.1.1.27(a).
mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamp. S6.1.1.2 High S5.1.1.27(b).
mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamp. S6.1.1.2 High S5.1.1.27(b)(1).
mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.1.2 High-mounted stop lamp. S6.1.1.2 High S5.3.1.8(b).
mounted stop lamp.
S6.1.1.3 Truck tractor rear S6.1.1.3 Truck S5.1.1.1 Truck
double faced turn signal lamps. tractor rear turn tractor
signal lamps. exemption; SAE
J588e, Sep 1970,
3.9.1.
S6.1.1.3.1...................... SAE J588e, Sep SAE J588e, Sep
1970, 3.4. 1970, 3.4.
S6.1.1.4 Daytime running lamps S6.2.4 Daytime S5.5.11(a) Daytime
(DRL). running lamps running lamps
(DRL). (DRL).
S6.1.2 Color.................... S6.1.2 Color...... S5.1.5.
S6.1.2 Color.................... S6.1.2 Color...... Table I.
S6.1.2 Color.................... S6.1.2 Color...... Table II.
S6.1.2 Color.................... S6.1.2 Color...... Table III.
S6.1.2 Color.................... S6.1.2 Color...... Table IV.
S6.1.3 Mounting location........ New title......... New title.
S6.1.3.1........................ S6.1.3 Mounting Interpretation--Ki
location and ng 7/12/00.
height.
S6.1.3.1........................ S6.1.3 Mounting S5.3.
location and
height.
S6.1.3.1........................ S6.1.3 Mounting Table II.
location and
height.
S6.1.3.1........................ S6.1.3 Mounting Table IV.
location and
height.
S6.1.3.2........................ S6.1.3 Mounting Interpretation--Ki
location and ng 7/12/00.
height.
S6.1.3.2........................ S6.1.3 Mounting S5.3.
location and
height.
S6.1.3.2........................ S6.1.3 Mounting Table II.
location and
height.
S6.1.3.2........................ S6.1.3 Mounting Table IV.
location and
height.
S6.1.3.3 License plate lamp..... S6.1.4 License SAE J587, Oct
plate lamp. 1981, 6.4.
S6.1.3.5 Headlamp beam mounting. New title......... New title.
S6.1.3.5.1 Vertical headlamp S8.1.3 Vertical S7.4(b); S7.5(d).
arrangement. headlamp
arrangement.
S6.1.3.5.2 Horizontal headlamp S8.1.4 Horizontal S7.4(b); S7.5(d).
arrangement. headlamp
arrangement.
S6.1.3.5.3 Motorcycle headlamp S8.1 Headlighting S7.9.1(b).
arrangement. systems.
S6.1.3.6 Auxiliary lamp......... S6.2.5 Auxiliary Interpretation--Cl
identification arke 7/28/05.
lamps.
S6.1.4 Mounting height.......... S6.1.3.1 Mounting Table II heading.
height.
S6.1.4 Mounting height.......... S6.1.3.1 Mounting Table IV heading.
height.
S6.1.4.1.1 High-mounted stop S6.1.3.2.1 High S5.3.1.8(a)(2);
lamp mounting. mounted stop lamp Interpretation--N
mounting. akaya 6/18/85.
[[Page 68404]]
S6.1.4.1.2...................... S7.9.2 Interior S5.3.1.8(a)(3).
mounting.
S6.1.4.1.2. High-mounted stop S6.1.3.2.2. High S5.3.1.8(a)(3).
lamp reflections. mounted stop lamp
reflections.
S6.1.4.1.3 Accessibility........ S7.9.1 High S5.1.1.27(a)(5).
mounted stop lamp
design.
S6.1.4.1.3 Accessibility........ S7.9.1 High S5.1.1.27(b)(4).
mounted stop lamp
design.
S6.1.5 Activation............... S6.1.5 Activation. S5.1.1.11 Stop
lamp and turn
signal lamp
activation
interaction.
S6.1.5 Activation............... S6.1.5 Activation. S5.5.10(a).
S6.1.5 Activation............... S6.1.5 Activation. S5.5.10(b).
S6.1.5 Activation............... S6.1.5 Activation. S5.5.10(d).
S6.1.5 Activation............... S6.1.5 Activation. S5.5.3.
S6.1.5 Activation............... S6.1.5 Activation. S5.5.7.
S6.1.5.1 Hazard warning signal.. S6.1.1.4 Hazard S5.5.5.
warning lamps.
S6.1.5.2 Simultaneous beam S8.2 Simultaneous New title.
activation. beam activation.
S6.1.5.2.1...................... S8.2 Simultaneous S5.5.8.
beam activation.
S6.1.5.2.2...................... S8.2 Simultaneous S5.5.8.
beam activation.
S6.1.5.2.3...................... S8.2 Simultaneous S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
beam activation.
S6.2 Impairment................. S6.2 Impairment... New title.
S6.2.1 Impairment due to S6.2.1 Impairment S5.1.3 Impairment.
additional lamps or reflective due to additional
devices. lamps or
reflective
devices.
S6.2.1 Impairment due to S6.2.1 Impairment S5.3.2(a).
additional lamps or reflective due to additional
devices. lamps or
reflective
devices.
S6.2.2 Lamp or reflective device S6.2.2 Lamp or Interpretation--Al
obstructed. reflective device kire 11/28/89.
obstructed.
S6.2.2 Lamp or reflective device S6.2.2 Lamp or S5.3.2.2.
obstructed. reflective device
obstructed.
S6.2.3 Headlamp obstructions.... S14.2 Headlamp S7.8.5.
obstructions.
S6.2.3.1 Coverings.............. S14.2 Headlamp S7.8.5.
obstructions.
S6.2.3.2 Wipers................. S14.2 Headlamp S7.8.5.
obstructions.
S6.3 Equipment combinations..... S6.3 Equipment S5.4 Equipment
combinations. combinations.
S6.3.1 High mounted stop lamp S6.3.1 High S5.4(a).
and cargo lamp. mounted stop lamp
and cargo lamp.
S6.3.2 Optically combined HSML S6.3.2 Optically S5.4(b).
and cargo lamp prohibition. combined HSML and
cargo lamp
prohibition.
S6.3.3. Clearance lamp and S6.3.3. Clearance S5.4(c).
taillamp. lamp and taillamp.
S6.4 Lens area, visibility, and S6.4 Visibility, New title.
aiming. and aiming.
S6.4.1 Effective projected S6.4.1 Effective S5.1.1.22 Motor
luminous lens area requirements. projected driven cycle stop
luminous lens lamp exemptions.
area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected S6.4.1 Effective S5.1.1.25
luminous lens area requirements. projected Motorcycle turn
luminous lens signal lamp
area requirements. EPLLA.
S6.4.1 Effective projected S6.4.1 Effective S5.1.1.26(a).
luminous lens area requirements. projected
luminous lens
area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected S6.4.1 Effective S5.1.1.26(b).
luminous lens area requirements. projected
luminous lens
area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected S6.4.1 Effective S5.1.1.27(a)(1).
luminous lens area requirements. projected
luminous lens
area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected S6.4.1 Effective S5.1.1.27(b)(1).
luminous lens area requirements. projected
luminous lens
area requirements.
S6.4.1 Effective projected S6.4.1 Effective SAE J887, Jul
luminous lens area requirements. projected 1964.
luminous lens
area requirements.
S6.4.2 Visibility............... S6.4.2 Visibility. S5.3.2(c).
S6.4.2 Visibility............... S6.4.2 Visibility. S5.3.2(d).
S6.4.2 Visibility............... S6.4.2 Visibility. S5.3.2(e).
S6.4.2 Visibility............... S6.4.2 Visibility. SAE J887, Jul
1964.
S6.4.3 Visibility requirement S6.4.3 Visibility S5.3.2(b).
options. options.
S6.4.3(a) Lens area option...... S6.4.3(a) Lens S5.3.2(b)(1).
area option.
S6.4.3(b) Luminous intensity S6.4.3(b) Luminous S5.3.2(b)(2).
option. intensity option.
S6.4.4 Legacy visibility option. S6.4.4 SAE S5.3.2.4.
visibility
alternative to
S6.4.3.
S6.4.5 School bus signal lamp S6.4.6 School bus SAE J887, Jul
aiming. signal lamp 1964.
aiming.
S6.5 Marking.................... S6.5 Marking...... New title.
S6.5.1 DOT marking.............. S6.5.1 DOT marking S7.2(a).
S6.5.1 DOT marking.............. S6.5.1 DOT marking S7.2(e).
S6.5.1.1 DOT marking-- S6.5.1.1 DOT S5.7.1.5
conspicuity sheeting. marking--conspicu Certification.
ity sheeting.
S6.5.1.2 DOT marking--except S6.5.1.2 DOT S5.8.10.
headlamps. marking--except
headlamps.
S6.5.2 DRL marking.............. S6.5.2 DRL marking S5.5.11(a)(2).
S6.5.3 Headlamp markings........ S17 Headlamp Various.
marking
requirements.
S6.5.3.1 Trademark.............. S17.1 Trademark... S7.2(b).
S6.5.3.2 Voltage and trade S17.2 Voltage and S7.2(c).
number. trade number.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam S5.2.2.
markings. headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam S5.8.2.
markings. headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam S7.3.1.
markings. headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam S7.3.7(f).
markings. headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam S7.3.8(f).
markings. headlamp markings.
[[Page 68405]]
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam S7.3.9(c).
markings. headlamp markings.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam SAE J1383, Apr
markings. headlamp markings. 1985, 2.1.1.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam SAE J1383, Apr
markings. headlamp markings. 1985, 5.3.3.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam SAE J1383, Apr
markings. headlamp markings. 1985, 5.4.3.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam SAE J1383, Apr
markings. headlamp markings. 1985, 5.4.4.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam SAE J1383, Apr
markings. headlamp markings. 1985, 5.4.4.1.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam SAE J1383, Apr
markings. headlamp markings. 1985, 5.4.4.2.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam SAE J1383, Apr
markings. headlamp markings. 1985, 5.4.4.3.
S6.5.3.3 Sealed beam headlamp S17.3 Sealed beam SAE J1383, Apr
markings. headlamp markings. 1985, 5.4.5.
S6.5.3.4 Replaceable bulb S17.4 Replaceable S7.5(g).
headlamp markings. bulb headlamp
markings.
S6.5.3.5 Additional headlamp S17.5 Additional New reference to
markings. headlamp markings. other sections.
S6.6 Associated equipment....... New title......... New title.
S6.6.1 All except trailers...... S6.6 Associated S5.1.1; Table I;
equipment. Table III.
S6.6.2 All except trailers and S6.6 Associated S5.1.1; Table I;
motorcycles. equipment. Table III.
S6.6.3 License plate holder..... S6.6.1 License SAE J587, Oct
plate holder. 1981, 6.1 and
6.2.
S6.7 Replacement equipment...... S6.7 Replacement S5.8.1; S5.8.3;
equipment. S5.8.4; S5.8.5;
S5.8.6; S5.8.7;
S5.8.8; S5.8.9.
S6.7.1 General requirements..... S6.7.1 General 70 FR 65972.
requirements.
S6.7.1.1(a)..................... S6.7.1.1(a)....... 70 FR 65972.
S6.7.1.1(b)..................... S6.7.1.1(b)....... 70 FR 65972.
S6.7.1.2........................ S6.7.1.2.......... 70 FR 65972.
S6.7.1.3........................ S6.7.1.3.......... 70 FR 65972.
S6.7.2 Version of this Standard. S6.7.2 Version of 70 FR 65972.
this Standard.
S7 Signal lamp requirements..... S7 Signal lamps, New title.
reflective
devices, and
associated
equipment
requirements.
S7.1 Turn signal lamps.......... S7.1 Turn signal New title.
lamps.
S7.1.1 Front turn signal lamps.. S7.1.1 Front turn New title.
signal lamps.
S7.1.1.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.1.1.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.1.1.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.1.1.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.1.1.5 Activation [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.1.1.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--points to Table IV-a].
S7.1.1.7 Visibility [New New section....... New section.
section--points to S6.4].
S7.1.1.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S9.3.
S7.1.1.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.1.1.10 Spacing to other lamps S7.1.1.2 Spacing SAE J588, Nov
to other lamps. 1984, 5.1.5.4.
S7.1.1.10.1..................... S7.1.1.2 Spacing SAE J588, Nov
to other lamps. 1984, 5.1.5.4.
S7.1.1.10.2 Spacing measurement S7.1.1.2.1 Spacing SAE J588, Nov
for non-reflector lamps. measurement for 1984, 5.1.5.4.1;
non reflector SAE J1395, Apr
lamps. 1985, 5.1.5.5.
S7.1.1.10.3 Spacing measurement S7.1.1.2.2 Spacing SAE J588, Nov
for lamps with reflectors. measurement for 1984, 5.1.5.4.2;
lamps with SAE J1395, Apr
reflectors. 1985, 5.1.5.6.
S7.1.1.10.4 Spacing based S7.1.1.2.3 Spacing S5.3.1.7; SAE
photometric multipliers. based photometric J588, Nov 1984,
multipliers. Table 2.
S7.1.1.11 Multiple compartments S7.1.1.3 Multiple SAE J588, Nov
and multiple lamps. compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.1..................... S7.1.1.3 Multiple SAE J588, Nov
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.2..................... S7.1.1.3 Multiple SAE J588, Nov
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.3..................... S7.1.1.3 Multiple SAE J588, Nov
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.1.1.11.4 Lamps installed on S7.1.1.3.1 Lamps S5.1.1.12.
vehicles 2032 mm or more in installed on
overall width. vehicles 2032 mm
or more in
overall width.
S7.1.1.12 Ratio to parking lamps S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio SAE J588, Nov
and clearance lamps. to parking lamps 1984, 5.1.5.3;
and clearance SAE J1395, Apr
lamps. 1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.1.1.12.1..................... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio SAE J588, Nov
to parking lamps 1984, 5.1.5.3;
and clearance SAE J1395, Apr
lamps. 1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.1.1.12.2..................... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio SAE J588, Nov
to parking lamps 1984, 5.1.5.3;
and clearance SAE J1395, Apr
lamps. 1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.1.1.12.3..................... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio SAE J588, Nov
to parking lamps 1984, 5.1.5.3;
and clearance SAE J1395, Apr
lamps. 1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.1.1.12.4..................... S7.1.1.3.2 Ratio SAE J588, Nov
to parking lamps 1984, 5.1.5.3;
and clearance SAE J1395, Apr
lamps. 1985, 5.1.5.2.
[[Page 68406]]
S7.1.1.13 Photometry............ S7.1.1.1 S5.1.1.7; SAE
Photometry. J588, Nov 1984,
Table 1; SAE
J1395, Apr 1985,
Table 1.
S7.1.1.13.1..................... S7.1.1.1 S5.1.1.7; SAE
Photometry. J588, Nov 1984,
Table 1; SAE
J1395, Apr 1985,
Table 1.
S7.1.1.13.2..................... S7.1.1.1 S5.1.1.7; SAE
Photometry. J588, Nov 1984,
Table 1; SAE
J1395, Apr 1985,
Table 1.
S7.1.1.14 Physical tests........ S7.1.3 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J588,
Nov 1984, 4; SAE
J1395, Apr 1985,
4.
S7.1.2 Rear turn signal lamps... New title......... New title.
S7.1.2.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.1.2.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.1.2.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I and
S6.1.3.2].
S7.1.2.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.1.2.5 Activation [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.1.2.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--points to Table IV-a].
S7.1.2.7 Visibility [New New section....... New section.
section--points to S6.4].
S7.1.2.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S9.3].
S7.1.2.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.1.2.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.1.2.11 Multiple compartments S7.1.2.2 Multiple SAE J588, Nov
and multiple lamps. compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.1..................... S7.1.2.2 Multiple SAE J588, Nov
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.2..................... S7.1.2.2 Multiple SAE J588, Nov
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.3..................... S7.1.2.2 Multiple SAE J588, Nov
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.1.2.11.4 Lamps installed on S7.1.2.2.1 Lamps S5.1.1.12.
vehicles 2032 mm or more in installed on
overall width. vehicles 2032 mm
or more in
overall width.
S7.1.2.12 Ratio to taillamps and S7.1.2.3 Ratio to SAE J588, Nov
clearance lamps. taillamps and 1984, 5.1.5.3;
clearance lamps. SAE J1395, Apr
1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.12.1..................... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to SAE J588, Nov
taillamps and 1984, 5.1.5.3;
clearance lamps. SAE J1395, Apr
1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.12.2..................... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to SAE J588, Nov
taillamps and 1984, 5.1.5.3.
clearance lamps.
S7.1.2.12.3..................... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to SAE J588, Nov
taillamps and 1984, 5.1.5.3.
clearance lamps.
S7.1.2.12.4..................... S7.1.2.3 Ratio to SAE J588, Nov
taillamps and 1984, 5.1.5.3;
clearance lamps. SAE J1395, Apr
1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.13 Photometry............ S7.1.2.1 SAE J588, Nov
Photometry. 1984, Table 1;
SAE J1395, Apr
1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.13.1..................... S7.1.2.1 SAE J588, Nov
Photometry. 1984, Table 1;
SAE J1395, Apr
1985, Table 1.
S7.1.2.13.2 Motorcycle S7.1.2.1 S5.1.1.7
alternative. Photometry. Motorcycle turn
signal lamp.
S7.1.2.14 Physical tests........ S7.1.3 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J588,
Nov 1984, 4; SAE
J1395, Apr 1985,
5.3.1.
S7.1.3 Combined lamp bulb S7.1.4 Combined SAE J588, Nov
indexing. lamp bulb 1984, 5.3.1; SAE
indexing. J1395, Apr 1985,
5.3.1.
S7.1.3.1 Dual filament bulbs.... S7.1.4 Combined SAE J588, Nov
lamp bulb 1984, 5.3.1; SAE
indexing. J1395, Apr 1985,
5.3.1.
S7.1.3.2 Socket indexing........ S7.1.4 Combined SAE J588, Nov
lamp bulb 1984, 5.3.1; SAE
indexing. J1395, Apr 1985,
5.3.1.
S7.2 Taillamps.................. New section....... New section.
S7.2.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.2.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.2.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I and
S6.1.3.2].
S7.2.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
[[Page 68407]]
S7.2.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.2.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.2.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S7.2.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.4].
S7.2.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.2.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.2.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.2.11 Multiple compartments S7.2.1.1 Multiple SAE J585e, Sep
and multiple lamps. compartments and 1977, 3.1.
multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.1....................... S7.2.1.1 Multiple SAE J585e, Sep
compartments and 1977, 3.1.
multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.2....................... S7.2.1.1 Multiple SAE J585e, Sep
compartments and 1977, 3.1.
multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.3....................... S7.2.1.1 Multiple SAE J585e, Sep
compartments and 1977, 3.1.
multiple lamps.
S7.2.11.4 Taillamps installed on S7.2.1.1.1 Lamps SAE J585e, Sep
vehicles 2032 mm. or more in installed on 1977, 3.1.
overall width. vehicles 2032 mm
or more in
overall width.
S7.2.12 Ratio [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S7.1.2.12 and 7.3.12].
S7.2.13 Photometry.............. S7.2.1 Photometry. S5.1.1.6; Figure
1a; Figure 1b;
Figure 1c.
S7.2.14 Physical tests.......... S7.2.2 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J585e,
Sep 1977, 3.
S7.3 Stop lamps................. New section....... New section.
S7.3.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.3.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.3.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I and
S6.1.3.2].
S7.3.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.3.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.3.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--points to Table IV-a].
S7.3.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.4].
S7.3.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.3.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.3.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.3.11 Multiple compartments S7.3.1.1 Multiple SAE J586, Feb
and multiple lamps. compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.1....................... S7.3.1.1 Multiple SAE J586, Feb
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.2....................... S7.3.1.1 Multiple SAE J586, Feb
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.3....................... S7.3.1.1 Multiple SAE J586, Feb
compartments and 1984, 5.1.5.2.
multiple lamps.
S7.3.11.4 Lamps installed on S7.3.1.1.1 Lamps S5.1.1.12.
vehicles 2032 mm or more in installed on
overall width. vehicles 2032 mm
or more in
overall width.
S7.3.12 Ratio to taillamps...... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to SAE J586, Feb
taillamps. 1984, 5.1.5.3;
SAE J1398, May
1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.12.1....................... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to SAE J586, Feb
taillamps. 1984, 5.1.5.3;
SAE J1398, May
1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.12.2....................... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to SAE J586, Feb
taillamps. 1984, 5.1.5.3;
SAE J1398, May
1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.12.3....................... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to SAE J586, Feb
taillamps. 1984, 5.1.5.3;
SAE J1398, May
1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.12.4....................... S7.3.1.2 Ratio to SAE J586, Feb
taillamps. 1984, 5.1.5.3;
SAE J1398, May
1985, 5.1.5.2.
S7.3.13 Photometry.............. S7.3.1 Photometry. SAE J586, Feb
1984, Table 1;
SAE J1398, May
1985, Table 1.
S7.3.13.1....................... S7.3.1 Photometry. SAE J586, Feb
1984, Table 1;
SAE J1398, May
1985, Table 1.
[[Page 68408]]
S7.3.13.2 Motor driven cycle S7.3.1 Photometry. S5.1.1.22 Motor
alternative. driven cycle stop
lamp exemptions.
S7.3.14 Physical tests.......... S7.3.2 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J586,
Feb 1984, 5; SAE
J1398, May 1985,
5.
S7.3.15 Combined lamp bulb S7.3.3 Combined SAE J586, Feb
indexing. lamp bulb 1984, 5.3.1; SAE
indexing. J1398, May 1985,
5.3.1.
S7.3.15.1 Dual filament bulbs... S7.3.3 Combined SAE J586, Feb
lamp bulb 1984, 5.3.1; SAE
indexing. J1398, May 1985,
5.3.1.
S7.3.15.2 Socket indexing....... S7.3.3 Combined SAE J586, Feb
lamp bulb 1984, 5.3.1; SAE
indexing. J1398, May 1985,
5.3.1.
S7.4 Side marker lamps.......... New section....... New section.
S7.4.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.4.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.4.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.4.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.4.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S7.4.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.4.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.4.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.4.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.4.11 Multiple compartments New section....... New section.
and multiple lamps [New
section--No requirement].
S7.4.12 Ratio [New section--No New section....... New section.
requirement].
S7.4.13 Photometry.............. S7.4.1 Photometry. SAE J592e, Jul
1972, Table 1.
S7.4.13.1....................... S7.4.1 Photometry. SAE J592e, Jul
1972, Table 1.
S7.4.13.2 Inboard photometry.... S7.4.1.1 Inboard S5.1.1.3;
photometry. S5.1.1.8; SAE
J592e, Jul 1972,
Table 1, footnote
b.
S7.4.14 Physical tests.......... S7.4.2 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J592e,
Jul 1972, 3.
S7.5 Clearance and New section....... New section.
identification lamps.
S7.5.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.5.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.5.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.5.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.5.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.5.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S7.5.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.5.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.5.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.5.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.5.11 Multiple compartments New section....... New section.
and multiple lamps [New
section--No requirement].
S7.5.12 Ratio................... New section....... New section.
S7.5.12.1 Clearance lamps [New New section....... New section.
section--points to S7.1.1.12
and S7.1.2.12].
S7.5.12.2 Identification lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.5.13 Photometry.............. S7.5.1 Photometry. SAE J592e, Jul
1972, Table 1.
S7.5.14 Physical tests.......... S7.5.2 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J592e,
Jul 1972, 3.
S7.6 Backup lamps............... New section....... New section.
S7.6.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.6.2 Color of light........... New section....... New section.
S7.6.2.1 [New section--points to New section....... New section.
Table I].
S7.6.2.2 Incidental light....... S7.6.2 Color...... SAE J593c, Feb
1968.
S7.6.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
[[Page 68409]]
S7.6.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--No requirement].
S7.6.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.6.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S7.6.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
see Table V-a].
S7.6.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section
No requirement].
S7.6.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.6.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.6.11 Multiple compartments New section....... New section.
and multiple lamps [New
section--No requirement].
S7.6.12 Ratio [New section--No New section....... New section.
requirement].
S7.6.13 Photometry.............. S7.6.1 Photometry. Figure 2.
S7.6.14 Physical tests.......... S7.6.3 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2;SAE J593c,
Feb 1968.
S7.7 License plate lamps........ New section....... New section.
S7.7.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I and S6.1.1].
S7.7.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.7.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.7.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--No requirement].
S7.7.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.7.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S7.7.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.7.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.7.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.7.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.7.11 Multiple compartments New section....... New section.
and multiple lamps [New
section--No requirement].
S7.7.12 Ratio [New section--No New section....... New section.
requirement].
S7.7.13 Photometry.............. S7.7.2 Photometry SAE J587, Oct
requirements. 1981, 7.
S7.7.13. Ratio--motorcycles and S7.7.2 Photometry SAE J587, Oct
motor driven cycles. requirements. 1981, 7.
S7.7.13.1....................... S7.7.2 Photometry SAE J587, Oct
requirements. 1981, 7.
S7.7.13.2 Illumination.......... S7.7.2 Photometry SAE J587, Oct
requirements. 1981, 7.
S7.7.13.3 Ratio except S7.7.2 Photometry SAE J587, Oct
motorcycles and motor driven requirements. 1981, 7.
cycles.
S7.7.14 Physical tests.......... S7.7.3 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J587,
Oct 1981, 3, 4,
and 5.
S7.7.15 Installation............ New section....... New section.
S7.7.15.1....................... S7.7.1 SAE J587, Oct
Installation. 1981, 6.3.
S7.7.15.2....................... S7.7.1 SAE J587, Oct
Installation. 1981, 6.3.
S7.7.15.3....................... S7.7.1 SAE J587, Oct
Installation. 1981, 6.3.
S7.7.15.4 Incident light from a S7.7.1.1 Incident SAE J587, Oct
single lamp. light from a 1981, 6.5.
single lamp.
S7.7.15.5 Incident light from S7.7.1.2 Incident SAE J587, Oct
multiple lamps. light from 1981, 6.6.
multiple lamps.
S7.8 Parking lamps.............. New section....... New section.
S7.8.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.8.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.8.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.8.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.8.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.8.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S7.8.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.4].
S7.8.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.8.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
[[Page 68410]]
S7.8.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.8.11 Multiple compartments New section....... New section.
and multiple lamps [New
section--No requirement].
S7.8.12 Ratio [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S7.1.1.12].
S7.8.13 Photometry.............. S7.8.1 Photometry. S5.1.1.6; Figure
1a; Figure 1b;
Figure 1c.
S7.8.14 Physical tests.......... S7.8.2 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J222,
Dec 1970, 3.
S7.9 High-mounted lamps......... New section....... New section.
S7.9.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I and S6.1.1.2].
S7.9.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.9.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.9.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I and
S6.1.4.1].
S7.9.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.9.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--points to Table IV-b].
S7.9.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table V-a].
S7.9.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.9.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.9.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.9.11 Multiple compartments New section....... New section.
and multiple lamps [New
section--No requirement].
S7.9.12 Ratio [New section--No New section....... New section.
requirement].
S7.9.13 Photometry.............. S7.9.3 Photometry. S5.1.1.27(a)(3)
and (b)(3);
Figure 10.
S7.9.14 Physical tests.......... S7.9.4 Physical S5.1.1.27(a)(4);
tests. S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
S6.2; SAE J186a,
Sep 1977, 3.
S7.9.14.1 External mount........ S7.9.4 Physical S5.1.1.27(a)(4);
tests. S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
S6.2; SAE J186a,
Sep 1977, 3.
S7.9.14.2 Internal mount........ S7.9.4 Physical S5.1.1.27(a)(4);
tests. S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
S6.2; SAE J186a,
Sep 1977, 3.
S7.10 Daytime running lamps New section....... New section.
(DRLs).
S7.10.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.10.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.10.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.10.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I and
S7.10.13(b)].
S7.10.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I and
S7.10.10.1(c)].
S7.10.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S7.10.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.10.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.10.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.10.10 Spacing to other lamps. S7.11.2 Spacing to S5.5.11(a)(4).
turn signal lamps.
S7.10.10.1(a)................... S7.11.2.2(a) Not S5.5.11(a)(4)(i).
optically
combined with
turn signal lamp.
S7.10.10.1(b)................... S7.11.2.2(b) Not S5.5.11(a)(4)(iii)
optically .
combined with
turn signal lamp.
S7.10.10.1(c)................... S7.11.2.2(c) Not S5.5.11(a)(4)(iv).
optically
combined with
turn signal lamp.
S7.10.11 Multiple compartments New section....... New section.
and multiple lamps [New
section--No requirement].
S7.10.12 Ratio [New section--No New section....... New section.
requirement].
S7.10.13 Photometry............. S7.11.1 Photometry S5.5.11(a)(1).
S7.10.13(a)..................... S7.11.1(a)........ S5.5.11(a)(1)(i).
S7.10.13(b)..................... S7.11.1(b)........ S5.5.11(a)(1)(ii).
S7.10.14 Physical tests......... S7.11.3 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S5.5.11(a)(3);
S6.2.
[[Page 68411]]
S7.11 School bus signal lamps... New section....... New section.
S7.11.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.11.2 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.11.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.11.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S7.11.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S7.11.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--points to Table IV-c].
S7.11.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table V-a].
S7.11.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S7.11.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S7.11.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S7.11.11 Multiple compartments New section....... New section.
and multiple lamps [New
section--No requirement].
S7.11.12 Ratio [New section--No New section....... New section.
requirement].
S7.11.13 Photometry............. S7.13.1 Photometry S5.1.4(b); SAE
J887, Jul 1964,
Table 1.
S7.11.14 Physical tests......... S7.13.2 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
test requirements. S6.2; SAE J887,
Jul 1964.
S8.1 Reflex reflectors.......... S7.10 Reflex New title.
reflectors.
S8.1.1 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S8.1.2 Color [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S8.1.3 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S8.1.4 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S8.1.5 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S8.1.6 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S8.1.7 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S8.1.8 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S8.1.9 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S8.1.10 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--No requirement].
S8.1.11 Photometry.............. S7.10.1 Photometry SAE J594f, Jan
1977, Table 1 and
Table 1A.
S8.1.12 Physical tests.......... S7.10.2 Physical S5.1.2; S5.1.5;
tests. S6.2; SAE J594f,
Jan 1977, 3.
S8.1.13 Alternative side reflex S7.10.1.1 S5.1.1.4
reflector material. Alternative side Alternative side
reflex reflectors. reflex material:
SAE J594f, Jan
1977, Table 1 and
Table 1A.
S8.2 Conspicuity systems........ S7.12 Conspicuity S5.7.3 Combination
systems. of sheeting and
reflectors.
S8.2.1 Retroreflective sheeting. S7.12.1 S5.7.1
Retroreflective Retroreflective
sheeting. sheeting.
S8.2.1.1 Construction........... S7.12.1 S5.7.1.1
Retroreflective Construction.
sheeting.
S8.2.1.2 Performance S7.12.1 S5.7.1.2;
requirements. Retroreflective S5.7.1.3(d).
sheeting.
S8.2.1.3 Certification marking.. S7.12.1.1 S5.7.1.5
Certification Certification.
marking.
S8.2.1.4 Application pattern.... Table III New title.
Application
pattern.
S8.2.1.4.1 Alternating red and Table III S5.7.1.3 Sheeting
white materials. Application pattern,
pattern--Alternat dimensions, and
ing--Retroreflect relative
ive sheeting. coefficients of
retroreflection.
S8.2.1.4.1.1 Segments........... Table III S5.7.1.3(b).
Application
pattern--Alternat
ing--Retroreflect
ive sheeting.
S8.2.1.4.1.2 Proportion......... Table III S5.7.1.3(c).
Application
pattern--Alternat
ing--Retroreflect
ive sheeting.
S8.2.1.5 Application location... Table III S5.7.1.4(a).
Application
location--Retrore
flective sheeting.
S8.2.1.6 Application spacing.... Table III S5.7.1.4(b) and
Application (c).
spacing--Retroref
lective sheeting.
S8.2.1.7 Photometry............. S7.12.1.2 S5.7.1.2; Figure
Photometry. 29.
S8.2.2 Conspicuity reflex S7.12.2 S5.7.2 Reflex
reflectors. Conspicuity reflectors.
reflex reflectors.
S8.2.2.1 Certification marking.. S7.12.2.1 S5.7.2.3
Certification Certification.
marking.
S8.2.2.2 Application pattern.... Table III S5.7.2.2.
Application
pattern.
S8.2.2.2.1 Alternating red and Table III S5.7.2.2(a).
white materials. Application
pattern--Alternat
ing--Conspicuity
reflex reflectors.
[[Page 68412]]
S8.2.2.2.2 White material....... Table III S5.7.2.2(b).
Application
pattern--White--C
onspicuity reflex
reflectors.
S8.2.2.3 Photometry............. S7.12.2.2 S5.7.2.1.
Photometry.
S8.2.2.3.1 Red reflectors....... S7.12.2.2 S5.7.2.1(a) and
Photometry. (b).
S8.2.2.3.2 White reflectors-- S7.12.2.2 S5.7.2.1(a) and
horizontal orientation. Photometry. (c).
S8.2.2.3.3 White reflectors-- S7.12.2.2 S5.7.2.1(a) and
vertical orientation. Photometry. (d).
S8.2.3 Conspicuity system Table III Trailer New title.
installation on trailers. rear.
S8.2.3.1 Trailer rear........... Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of
rear. trailers.
S8.2.3.1.1 Element 1-- Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.1(a).
alternating red and white rear--Element 1--
materials. Alternating.
S8.2.3.1.2 Element 2--white & Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of
Exceptions.. rear--Element 2-- trailers.
White.
S8.2.3.1.2.1 Upper corners...... Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.1(b).
rear--Element 2--
White--requiremen
t.
S8.2.3.1.2.2 Non-rectangular Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.1(b).
body. rear--Element 2--
White--requiremen
t.
S8.2.3.1.3 Element 3-- Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.1 Rear of
alternating red and white rear--Element 3-- trailers.
materials & Exceptions. Alternating.
S8.2.3.1.3.1 Underride device... Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.1(c).
rear--Element 3--
Alternating--requ
irement.
S8.2.3.2 Trailer side-- Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.2 Side of
alternating red and white side--Alternating. trailers.
materials.
S8.2.3.2.1 Horizontal strip..... Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.2(a).
side--Alternating
-requirement.
S8.2.3.2.2 Non-continuous....... Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.2(a).
side--Alternating
-requirement.
S8.2.3.2.3 Obstructions......... Table III Trailer S5.7.1.4.2(b).
side--Alternating
-requirement.
S8.2.4 Conspicuity system Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3 Rear of
installation on truck tractors. tractor. truck tractors.
S8.2.4.1 Element 1--alternating Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3 Rear of
red and white materials. tractor--Element truck tractors.
1--Alternating.
S8.2.4.1.1 Lower horizontal..... Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3(a).
tractor--Element
1--Alternating--r
equirement.
S8.2.4.1.2 Mudflap mounting..... Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3(a).
tractor--Element
1--Alternating--r
equirement.
S8.2.4.1.3 Mounting alternatives Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3(a).
tractor--Element
1--Alternating--r
equirement.
S8.2.4.1.4 Obstruction.......... Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3(a).
tractor--Element
1--Alternating--r
equirement.
S8.2.4.2 Element 2--white....... Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3(b).
tractor--Element
2--White.
S8.2.4.2.1 Obstruction.......... Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3(b).
tractor--Element
2--White--require
ment.
S8.2.4.2.2 Symmetrical Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3(b).
relocation. tractor--Element
2--White--require
ment.
S8.2.4.2.3 Window mounting...... Table III Truck S5.7.1.4.3(b).
tractor--Element
2--White--require
ment.
S9 Associated equipment S7.14 Associated Table I and Table
requirements. equipment. III.
S9.1 Turn signal operating unit. New title......... New title.
S9.1.1 Canceling................ S7.14.1 Turn S5.1.1.5.
signal operating
unit.
S9.1.2 Physical tests........... Table XXI......... SAE J589, Apr
1964.
S9.2 Turn signal flasher........ New title......... New title.
S9.2.1 Indicator signals........ S7.14.2 Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher. 1965.
S9.2.2 Physical tests........... Table XXI......... SAE J590b, Oct
1965.
S9.3 Turn signal pilot indicator S7.14.3 Turn S5.5.6; SAE J588e,
signal pilot Sep 1970.
indicator.
S9.3.1 TS lamps not visible..... S7.14.3 Turn S5.5.6; SAE J588e,
signal pilot Sep 1970.
indicator.
S9.3.2 Indicator light(s)....... S7.14.3 Turn S5.5.6; SAE J588e,
signal pilot Sep 1970.
indicator.
S9.3.3 Function................. S7.14.3 Turn S5.5.6; SAE J588e,
signal pilot Sep 1970.
indicator.
S9.3.4 Indicator size and color. S7.14.3.1 SAE J588e, Sep
Indicator size 1970.
and color.
S9.3.4.1 Interior mounted....... S7.14.3.1 SAE J588e, Sep
Indicator size 1970.
and color.
S9.3.4.2 Exterior mounted....... S7.14.3.1 SAE J588e, Sep
Indicator size 1970.
and color.
S9.3.5 Visibility............... S7.14.3.1 SAE J588e, Sep
Indicator size 1970.
and color.
S9.3.6 Turn signal lamp failure. S7.14.3.2 Turn S5.5.6.
signal lamp
failure.
S9.4 Headlamp beam switching S7.14.4 Headlamp S5.5.1 Headlamp
device. beam switching beam switching.
device.
S9.4 Headlamp beam switching S7.14.4 Headlamp SAE J564a, Apr
device. beam switching 1964.
device.
S9.4.1 Semi-automatic headlamp S7.14.4.1 Semi- S5.5.1 Headlamp
beam switching device. automatic beam switching.
headlamp beam
switching device.
S9.4.1 Semi-automatic headlamp S7.14.4.1 Semi- SAE J565b, Feb
beam switching device. automatic 1969.
headlamp beam
switching device.
S9.4.1.1 Operating instructions. S7.14.4.1.1 SAE J565b, Feb
Operating 1969, 2.
instructions.
[[Page 68413]]
S9.4.1.2 Manual override........ S7.14.4.1.2 Manual SAE J565b, Feb
override. 1969, 4.4.
S9.4.1.3 Fail safe operation.... S7.14.4.1.3 Fail SAE J565b, Feb
safe operation. 1969, 4.6.
S9.4.1.4 Automatic dimming S7.14.4.1.4 SAE J565b, Feb
indicator. Automatic dimming 1969, 4.13.
indicator.
S9.4.1.5 Lens accessibility..... S7.14.4.1.5 Lens SAE J565b, Feb
accessibility. 1969, 4.16.
S9.4.1.6 Mounting height........ S7.14.4.1.6 SAE J565b, Feb
Mounting height. 1969, 4.17.
S9.4.1.7 Physical tests......... Table XXI......... SAE J565b, Feb
1969.
S9.5 Upper beam headlamp S7.14.5 Upper beam S5.5.2 Upper beam
indicator. headlamp indicator.
indicator.
S9.5.1 Indicator size, location, S7.14.5.1 S5.5.2; SAE J564a,
and color. Indicator size Apr 1964.
and location.
S9.6 Vehicular hazard warning New title......... New title.
signal operating unit.
S9.6.1 Combinations............. S7.14.6 Vehicular SAE J910, Jan
hazard warning 1966, 3(b) and
signal operating (d).
unit.
S9.6.2 Operation................ S7.14.6.1 S5.5.5; SAE J910,
Operating unit Jan 1966, 3(c)
switch. and (e).
S9.6.3 Physical tests........... Table XXI......... SAE J910, Jan
1966.
S9.7 Vehicular hazard warning New title......... New title.
signal flasher.
S9.7.1 Indicator signals........ S7.14.7 Vehicular SAE J945, Feb
hazard warning 1966.
signal flasher.
S9.7.2 Physical tests........... Table XXI......... SAE J945, Feb
1966.
S9.8 Vehicular hazard warning New title......... New title.
signal pilot indicator.
S9.8.1 Two TS indicators........ S7.14.8 Vehicular New title.
hazard warning
signal pilot
indicator.
S9.8.2 Single TS indicators..... S7.14.8 Vehicular SAE J910, Jan
hazard warning 1966, 5; SAE
signal pilot J945, Feb 1966.
indicator.
S9.8.3 Function................. S7.14.8 Vehicular SAE J910, Jan
hazard warning 1966, 5; SAE
signal pilot J945, Feb 1966.
indicator.
S9.8.4 Indicator size and color. S7.14.8.1 SAE J910, Jan
Indicator size 1966, 5; SAE
and color. J945, Feb 1966.
S10 Headlighting system S8 Headlighting S7 Headlighting
requirements. system requirements.
requirements.
S10.1 Vehicle headlighting New title......... New title.
systems.
S10.1.1 Vehicles ex motorcycles S8.1 Headlighting S7.1.
& trailers. systems.
S10.1.2 Motorcycles............. S8.1 Headlighting S7.9.2(b).
systems.
S10.2 Aiming.................... S10.2 Aimability.. S7.8.5.
S10.3 Number [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I].
S10.4 Color of light [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S10.5 Mounting location [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S10.6 Mounting height [New New section....... New section.
section--points to Table I].
S10.7 Activation [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to Table I, Table II,
and S6.1.5].
S10.8 Effective projected New section....... New section.
luminous lens area [New
section--No requirement].
S10.9 Visibility [New section-- New section....... New section.
No requirement].
S10.10 Indicator [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S9.5].
S10.11 Markings [New section-- New section....... New section.
points to S6.5].
S10.12 Spacing to other lamps New section....... New section.
[New section--points to
S6.1.4.2].
S10.13 Sealed beam headlighting S9 Sealed beam S7.3 Sealed beam
system. headlamp headlighting
requirements. system.
S10.13.1 Installation........... S9.1 Installation. S7.3.2 Type A
headlighting
system.
S10.13.1 Installation........... S9.1 Installation. S7.3.3 Type B
headlighting
system.
S10.13.1 Installation........... S9.1 Installation. S7.3.4 Type C
headlighting
system.
S10.13.1 Installation........... S9.1 Installation. S7.3.5 Type D
headlighting
system.
S10.13.1 Installation........... S9.1 Installation. S7.3.6 Type E
headlighting
system.
S10.13.1 Installation........... S9.1 Installation. S7.3.7 Type F
headlighting
system.
S10.13.1 Installation........... S9.1 Installation. S7.3.8 Type G
headlighting
system.
S10.13.1 Installation........... S9.1 Installation. S7.3.9 Type H
headlighting
system.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim....... S9.2 Simultaneous S7.3.7(h).
aim.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim....... S9.2 Simultaneous S7.3.7(h)(1).
aim.
S10.13.2 Simultaneous aim....... S9.2 Simultaneous S7.3.7(h)(2).
aim.
S10.13.3 Photometry............. S9.3 Photometry... S7.3.2(a)(3).
S10.13.3 Photometry............. S9.3 Photometry... S7.3.3(a).
S10.13.3 Photometry............. S9.3 Photometry... S7.3.4.
S10.13.3 Photometry............. S9.3 Photometry... S7.3.5(a).
S10.13.3 Photometry............. S9.3 Photometry... S7.3.6(a).
S10.13.3 Photometry............. S9.3 Photometry... S7.3.7(b).
S10.13.3 Photometry............. S9.3 Photometry... S7.3.8(b).
S10.13.3 Photometry............. S9.3 Photometry... S7.3.9(a).
S10.13.4 Physical tests......... S9.4 Physical New title.
tests.
S10.13.4.1 Aiming adjustment S9.4 Physical SAE J580, Dec
test. tests. 1986, 4.2.
S10.13.4.1 Connector test....... S9.4 Physical SAE J580, Dec
tests. 1986, 4.4.
[[Page 68414]]
S10.13.4.1 Corrosion............ S9.4 Physical SAE J580, Dec
tests. 1986, 4.1.2.
S10.13.4.1 Inward force test.... S9.4 Physical SAE J580, Dec
tests. 1986, 4.3.
S10.13.4.1 Torque deflection S9.4 Physical SAE J580, Dec
test. tests. 1986, 4.5.
S10.13.4.1 Vibration............ S9.4 Physical S7.3.2(c);
tests. S7.3.7(i);
S7.3.8(d).
S10.13.4.1 Wattage.............. S9.4 Physical S7.3.2(d);
tests. S7.3.3(b);
S7.3.5(b);
S7.3.6(b);
S7.3.7(g);
S7.3.8(e);
S7.3.9(b).
S10.13.4.2 Retaining ring test S9.4 Physical S7.3.8(c) (1); SAE
ex types G & H. tests. J580, Dec 1986,
5.1.6.
S10.13.4.3 Color test........... S9.4 Physical S5.1.5.
tests.
S10.13.4.3 Material test........ S9.4 Physical S5.1.2.
tests.
S10.14 Integral beam S10 Integral beam S7.4 Integral Beam
headlighting. headlamp Headlighting
requirements. System.
S10.14.1 Installation........... S10.1 Installation S7.4 Integral Beam
Headlighting
System.
S10.14.1 Installation........... S10.1 Installation S7.4(a).
S10.14.2 Aimability............. S10.2 Aimability.. S7.4(f).
S10.14.3 Simultaneous aim....... S10.3 Simultaneous S7.4(d).
aim.
S10.14.4 Markings............... S10.4 Markings.... S7.4(c)(1);
S7.4(c)(2).
S10.14.5 Additional light S10.5 Additional S7.4(i).
sources. light sources.
S10.14.6 Photometry............. S10.6 Photometry.. S7.4(a).
S10.14.7 Physical tests......... S10.7 Physical New title.
tests.
S10.14.7.1 Aiming adjustment S10.7 Physical SAE J580, Dec
tests. tests. 1986, 4.2.
S10.14.7.1 Connector test....... S10.7 Physical SAE J580, Dec
tests. 1986, 4.4.
S10.14.7.1 Corrosion test....... S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(3);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.1 Inward force test.... S10.7 Physical S7.8.5.1(b); SAE
tests. J580, Dec 1986,
4.3.
S10.14.7.1 Temperature cycle S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(5)(i).
test. tests.
S10.14.7.1 Vibration test....... S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(7).
tests.
S10.14.7.2 Connector--corrosion S10.7 Physical S8.4(a); SAE J580,
test. tests. Dec 1986, 4.4.
S10.14.7.2 Dust test............ S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(4);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.2 Humidity test........ S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(6);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.2 Sealing test......... S10.7 Physical S7.4(g).
tests.
S10.14.7.3 Abrasion test........ S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(1);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.4 Chemical resistance S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(2);
test. tests. S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.5 Internal heat test... S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(5)(ii);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.14.7.6 Chemical resistance-- S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(2).
reflector. tests.
S10.14.7.6 Corrosion resistance-- S10.7 Physical S7.4(h)(3).
reflector. tests.
S10.14.7.7 Torque deflection S10.7 Physical S7.8.5.1(a).
test. tests.
S10.14.7.8 Color test........... S10.7 Physical S5.1.5.
tests.
S10.14.7.8 Material test........ S10.7 Physical S5.1.2.
tests.
S10.15 Replaceable bulb S11 Replaceable S7.5 Replaceable
headlighting system. bulb headlamp bulb headlighting
requirements. system.
S10.15.1 Installation........... S11.1 Installation S7.5(a).
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions.... S11.2 Aiming S7.5(d)(1).
restrictions.
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions.... S11.2 Aiming S7.5(e)(1).
restrictions.
S10.15.2 Aiming restrictions.... S11.2 Aiming S7.5(h).
restrictions.
S10.15.3 Replacement equipment.. S11.4 Replacement S7.5(f).
equipment.
S10.15.4 Markings............... S11.5 Markings.... New title.
S10.15.4.1 U & L................ S11.5 Markings.... S7.5(d)(3)(i)(B).
S10.15.4.1 U & L................ S11.5 Markings.... S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(B).
S10.15.4.1 U & L................ S11.5 Markings.... S7.5(e)(3)(i).
S10.15.4.1 U & L................ S11.5 Markings.... S7.5(e)(3)(ii).
S10.15.4.1.1 Exception.......... Omitted........... S7.5(d)(3)(i)(A).
S10.15.4.1.1 Exception.......... Omitted........... S7.5(d)(3)(ii)(A).
S10.15.5. Additional light S11.3 Additional S7.5(j).
sources. light sources.
S10.15.6 Photometry............. S11.6 Photometry.. S7.5(b).
S10.15.7 Physical tests......... S11.7 Physical S7.5(i).
tests.
S10.15.7.1 Aiming adjustment S11.7 Physical SAE J580, Dec
tests. tests. 1986, 4.2.
S10.15.7.1 Connector test....... S11.7 Physical SAE J580, Dec
tests. 1986, 4.4.
S10.15.7.1 Corrosion test....... S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(3);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.1 Corrosion--connector S11.7 Physical S8.4(a); SAE J580,
test. tests. Dec 1986, 4.4.
S10.15.7.1 Dust test............ S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(4);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.1 Humidity test........ S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(6);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.1 Inward force test.... S11.7 Physical S7.8.5.1(b); SAE
tests. J580, Dec 1986,
4.3.
S10.15.7.1 Temperature cycle S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(5)(i).
test. tests.
S10.15.7.1 Vibration test....... S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(7).
tests.
S10.15.7.2 Abrasion test........ S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(1);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.3 Chemical resistance S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(2);
test. tests. S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.4 Internal heat test... S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(5)(ii);
tests. S7.4(g).
S10.15.7.5 Chemical resistance-- S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(2).
reflector. tests.
S10.15.7.5 Corrosion resistance-- S11.7 Physical S7.4(h)(3).
reflector. tests.
S10.15.7.6 Torque deflection S11.7 Physical S7.8.5.1(a).
test. tests.
S10.15.7.7 Color test........... S11.7 Physical S5.1.5.
tests.
S10.15.7.7 Material test........ S11.7 Physical S5.1.2.
tests.
S10.16 Combination headlighting S12 Combination S7.6 Combination
system. headlamps. Headlighting
System.
S10.16.1 Installation........... S12.1 Installation S7.6.1.
[[Page 68415]]
S10.16.2 Photometry............. S12.2 Photometry.. S7.6.2.
S10.16.2 Photometry............. S12.2 Photometry.. S7.6.2.1.
S10.16.2 Photometry............. S12.2 Photometry.. S7.6.2.2.
S10.16.2 Photometry............. S12.2 Photometry.. S7.6.3.
S10.16.3 Physical tests......... S12.3 Physical New title.
tests.
S10.16.3.1 Type F sealed beam... S12.3 Physical S7.6.2.
tests.
S10.16.3.2 Integral beam........ S12.3 Physical S7.6.2.1.
tests.
S10.16.3.3 Replaceable bulb..... S12.3 Physical S7.6.2.2.
tests.
S10.17 Motorcycle headlighting S13 Motorcycle S7.9.2.
system. headlamp
requirements.
S10.17.1 Installation........... S13.1 Installation S7.9.6.1.
S10.17.1.1 Single headlamp...... S13.1.1 Single S7.9.6.2(a).
headlamp.
S10.17.1.2 Two headlamps with S13.1.2 Two S7.9.6.2(b).
both beams. headlamps with
both beams.
S10.17.1.3 Two headlamps, upper S13.1.3 Two S7.9.6.2(c).
beam and lower beam. headlamps, upper
beam and lower
beam.
S10.17.2 Motorcycle replaceable S13.4 Motorcycle S7.9.5.
bulb headlamp marking. replaceable bulb
headlamp marking.
S10.17.3 Photometry............. S13.2 Photometry.. S7.9.2(a).
S10.17.4 Physical tests......... S13.3 Physical SAE J584, Apr
tests. 1964.
S10.17.5 Motorcycle headlamp S13.5 Motorcycle S7.9.4.1.
modulation system. headlamp
modulation system.
S10.17.5.1(a) Rate.............. S13.5.1(a) Rate... S7.9.4.1(a).
S10.17.5.1(b) Maximum power..... S13.5.1(b) Maximum S7.9.4.1(b).
power.
S10.17.5.1(c) Minimum intensity. S13.5.1(c) Minimum S7.9.4.1(c).
intensity.
S10.17.5.1(d) Wiring............ S13.5.1(d) Wiring. S7.9.4.1(d).
S10.17.5.1(e) Failure mode...... S13.5.1(e) Failure S7.9.4.1(e).
mode.
S10.17.5.1(f) Sensor............ S13.5.1(f) Sensor. S7.9.4.1(f).
S10.17.5.1(g) Voltage drop...... S13.5.1(g) Voltage S7.9.4.1(g).
drop.
S10.17.5.1(h) Full voltage S13.5.1(h) Full S7.9.4.1(h).
operation. voltage operation.
S10.17.5.2 Replacement S13.5.2 S7.9.4.2(a).
modulators. Replacement
modulators.
S10.17.5.2.1 Replacement S13.5.2.1 S7.9.4.2(a).
performance. Replacement
performance.
S10.17.5.2.2 Replacement S13.5.2.2 S7.9.4.2(b).
instructions. Replacement
instructions.
S10.18.1 Headlamp mounting and S14.1 Headlamp S7.8.2.
aiming. mounting and
aiming.
S10.18.1.1 Adjustments.......... S8.1.5 Headlamp SAE J566, Jan
adjustments. 1960, 1.
S10.18.1.2 Procedure & security. S8.1.5 Headlamp SAE J566, Jan
adjustments. 1960, 2.
S10.18.1.2 Procedure & security. S8.1.5 Headlamp SAE J566, Jan
adjustments. 1960, 3.
S10.18.2 Headlamp aiming systems S14.3 Headlamp S7.8.5.
aiming systems.
S10.18.3 Aim adjustment S14.4 Aim S7.8.2.1(a).
interaction. adjustment
interaction.
S10.18.3 Aim adjustment S14.4 Aim S7.8.2.1(b).
interaction. adjustment
interaction.
S10.18.3.1 Excess aim S14.4.1 Excess aim S7.8.5.2(b)(3).
interaction. interaction.
S10.18.4 Horizontal adjustment-- S14.5 Horizontal S7.8.2.1(c).
visually aimed headlamp. adjustment--visua
lly aimed
headlamp.
S10.18.5 Optical axis marking... S14.6 Optical axis S7.8.1.
marking.
S10.18.5.1 Optical axis marking-- S14.6.1 Optical S7.8.1(b).
vehicle. axis marking--
vehicle.
S10.18.5.2 Optical axis marking-- S14.6.2 Optical S7.8.1(a).
lamp. axis marking--
lamp.
S10.18.5.3 Optical axis marking-- S14.6.3 Optical S7.8.1(c).
visual aim headlamp. axis marking--
visual aim
headlamp.
S10.18.5.3 Optical axis marking-- S14.6.3 Optical S7.8.5.3(f)(1).
visual aim headlamp. axis marking--
visual aim
headlamp.
S10.18.6 Moveable reflector S14.7 Moveable S7.8.2.2(a).
requirements. reflectors.
S10.18.6 Moveable reflector S14.7 Moveable S7.8.2.2(b).
requirements. reflectors.
S10.18.7 External aiming........ S14.8 External S7.8.5.1 External
aiming. aiming.
S10.18.7.1 Headlamp aiming S14.8.1 Headlamp S7.8.5.1(d).
device locating plates. aiming device
locating plates.
S10.18.7.1.1 Aiming pads........ S14.8.1.1 Aiming S7.8.5.1(d)(1).
pads.
S10.18.7.1.2 Aiming dimension S14.8.1.2 Aiming S7.8.5.1(d)(2).
marking. dimension marking.
S10.18.7.2 Nonadjustable S14.8.2 S7.8.5.1(e).
headlamp aiming device locating Nonadjustable
plates. headlamp aiming
device locating
plates.
S10.18.8 On--vehicle aiming..... S14.9 On--vehicle S7.8.5.2 On--
aiming. vehicle aiming.
S10.18.8.1 Aim.................. S14.9.1 Aim....... S7.8.5.2(a) Aim.
S10.18.8.1.1 Vertical aim....... S14.9.1.1 Vertical S7.8.5.2(a)(1)
aim. Vertical axis.
S10.18.8.1.1.1 Graduations...... S14.9.1.1.1 S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(i).
Graduations.
S10.18.8.1.1.2 VHAD markings.... S14.9.1.1.2 VHAD S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(ii)
markings. .
S10.18.8.1.1.3 Graduation scale. S14.9.1.1.3 S7.8.5.2(a)(1)
Graduation scale. (iii).
S10.18.8.1.1.4 Vertical S14.9.1.1.4 S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(iv)
indicator range. Vertical .
indicator range.
S10.18.8.1.1.5 Floor slope S14.9.1.1.5 Floor S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(v).
compensation. slope
compensation.
S10.18.8.1.1.6 Graduation S14.9.1.1.6 S7.8.5.2(a)(1)(vi)
legibility. Graduation .
legibility.
S10.18.8.1.2 Horizontal aim..... S14.9.1.2 S7.8.5.2(a)(2)
Horizontal aim. Horizontal aim.
S10.18.8.1.2.1 Graduation scale. S14.9.1.2.1 S7.8.5.2(a)(2)
Graduation scale. (i).
S10.18.8.1.2.2 Horizontal S14.9.1.2.2 S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(ii)
markings. Horizontal .
markings.
S10.18.8.1.2.3 Graduation S14.9.1.2.3 S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(iii
legibility. Graduation ).
legibility.
S10.18.8.1.2.4 Horizontal S14.9.1.2.4 S7.8.5.2(a)(2)(iv)
indicator range. Horizontal .
indicator range.
[[Page 68416]]
S10.18.8.2 Aiming instructions.. S14.9.2 Aiming S7.8.5.2(b) Aiming
instructions. instructions.
S10.18.8.2.1 Aiming instruction S14.9.2.1 Aiming S7.8.5.2(b)(1).
location and content. instruction
location and
content.
S10.18.8.2.2 Remote indicator S14.9.2.2 Remote S7.8.5.2(b)(2).
instructions. indicator
instructions.
S10.18.8.3 Permanent calibration S14.9.3 Permanent S7.8.5.2(c).
calibrations.
S10.18.8.4 Replacement units.... S14.9.4 S7.8.5.2(d)(2).
Replacement units.
S10.18.8.5 Physical tests....... S14.9.5 Physical S7.8.5.2(d)
tests. Testing the VHAD.
S10.18.9 Visual/optical aiming.. S14.10 Visual/ S7.8.5.3 Visual/
optical aiming. optical aiming.
S10.18.9.1 Vertical aim, lower S14.10.1 Vertical S7.8.5.3(a)
beam. aim, lower beam. Vertical aim,
lower beam.
S10.18.9.1.1 Vertical position S14.10.1.1 S7.8.5.3(a)(1)
of the cutoff. Vertical position Vertical position
of the cutoff. of cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.2 Vertical gradient.. S14.10.1.2 S7.8.5.3(a)(2)
Vertical gradient. Vertical
gradient.
S10.18.9.1.3 Horizontal position S14.10.1.3 S7.8.5.3(a)(3)
of the cutoff. Horizontal Horizontal
position of the position of the
cutoff. cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.4 Maximum inclination S14.10.1.4 Maximum S7.8.5.3(a)(4)
of the cutoff. inclination of Maximum
the cutoff. inclination of
cutoff.
S10.18.9.1.5 Measuring the S14.10.1.5 Interpretation--Sp
cutoff parameter. Measuring the ingler 4/6/2000.
cutoff parameter.
S10.18.9.1.5 Measuring the S14.10.1.5 S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(i).
cutoff parameter. Measuring the
cutoff parameter.
S10.18.9.1.5.1 Test position.... S14.10.1.5.1 Test S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(i).
position.
S10.18.9.1.5.2 Headlamp aiming.. S14.10.1.5.2 S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(ii)
Headlamp aiming. .
S10.18.9.1.5.3 Beam scanning.... S14.10.1.5.3 Beam S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(iii
scanning. ).
S10.18.9.1.5.4 Gradient S14.10.1.5.4 S7.8.5.3(a)(5)(iv)
calculation. Gradient .
calculation.
S10.18.9.2 Horizontal aim, lower S14.10.2 S7.8.5.3(b)
beam. Horizontal aim, Horizontal aim,
lower beam. lower beam.
S10.18.9.3 Vertical aim, upper S14.10.3 Vertical S7.8.5.3(c)
beam. aim, upper beam. Vertical aim,
upper beam.
S10.18.9.3.1 Combined upper and S14.10.3.1 S7.8.5.3(c)(1).
lower beams. Combined upper
and lower beams.
S10.18.9.3.2 Upper beam without S14.10.3.2 Upper S7.8.5.3(c)(2).
lower beam. beam without
lower beam.
S10.18.9.4 Horizontal aim, upper S14.10.4 S7.8.5.3(d)
beam. Horizontal aim, Horizontal aim,
upper beam. upper beam.
S10.18.9.4.1 Combined upper and S14.10.4.1 S7.8.5.3(d)(1).
lower beams. Combined upper
and lower beams.
S10.18.9.4.2 Upper beam without S14.10.4.2 Upper S7.8.5.3(d)(2).
lower beam. beam without
lower beam.
S10.18.9.4.3 Upper beam without S14.10.4.3 Upper S7.8.5.3(d)(3).
lower beam of VHAD. beam without
lower beam of
VHAD.
S10.18.9.5 Photometry........... S14.10.5 S7.8.5.3(e)(1).
Photometric
measurements.
S10.18.9.6 Visual/optical S14.10.6 Visual/ S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(v).
identification marking. optical
identification
marking.
S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/VOR/VO markings S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(i).
VO markings.
S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/VOR/VO markings S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(ii)
VO markings. .
S10.18.9.6.1 VOL/VOR/VO markings S14.10.6.1 VOL/VOR/ S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(iv)
VO markings. .
S10.18.9.6.2 VOR/VO markings on S14.10.6.2 VOR/VO S7.8.5.3(f)(2)(iii
sealed beams. markings on ).
sealed beams.
S11 Replaceable light sources... S15 Replaceable S7.7 Replaceable
light sources. light sources.
S11.1 Markings.................. S15.1 Markings.... S7.7(a).
S11.2 Ballast markings.......... S15.4 Ballast S7.7(e).
markings.
S11.3 Gas discharge laboratory S15.5 Gas S7.7(f).
life. discharge
laboratory life.
S11.4 Physical tests............ New title......... New title.
S11.4.1 Deflection test......... S15.6 Physical S7.7(g).
tests.
S11.4.1 Pressure test........... S15.6 Physical S7.7(c).
tests.
S11.4.2 Power & Luminous flux S15.2 Power and S7.7(b).
tests. flux measurement.
S11.4.2 Power & Luminous flux S15.3 Power and S7.7(d).
tests. flux measurement.
S12 Headlamp concealment device S16 Headlamp S12 Headlamp
requirements. concealment concealment
device devices.
requirements.
S12.1 Power loss during headlamp S16.1 Power loss S12.1.
use. during headlamp
use.
S12.2 Manual device actuation... S16.2 Manual S12.2.
device actuation.
S12.3 Single step actuation..... S16.3 Single step S12.3.
actuation.
S12.4 Headlamp aiming and S16.4 Headlamp S12.4.
replacement. aiming and
replacement.
S12.5 Operational temperature S16.5 Operational S12.5.
range and time limitation. temperature range
and time
limitation.
S12.6 ECE compliance alternative S16.6 ECE S12.6.
compliance
alternative.
S12.7 Certification election.... S16.7 S12.7
Certification Certification
election. election.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens S18 Replaceable S5.8.1.
requirements. headlamp lens
requirements.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens S18 Replaceable S5.8.11.
requirements. headlamp lens
requirements.
S13 Replaceable headlamp lens S18 Replaceable S7.2(e).
requirements. headlamp lens
requirements.
S14 Physical and photometry test New title......... New title.
procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.1 General test procedures New title......... New title.
and performance requirements.
S14.1.1 Physical test S6.8.1 Physical SAE device
requirements. test requirements. documents
referencing SAE
J575.
S14.1.2 Plastic optical S6.8.4 Plastic S5.1.2.
materials. optical materials.
S14.1.3 UV tracer............... S6.8.4.1 UV tracer SAE J576, Jul
1991, 5.
S14.1.4.1 Representative samples S6.8.2 Samples for SAE J1383, Apr
test. 1985, 4.5.1.
S14.1.4.2 Mounting bracket...... S6.8.2 Samples for SAE J575, Dec
test. 1988, 2.1.
S14.1.4.2 Mounting bracket...... S6.8.2 Samples for SAE J575, Dec
test. 1988, 2.3.
S14.1.4.3 Second sample set..... S6.8.2 Samples for SAE J575d, Aug
test. 1967, B.
[[Page 68417]]
S14.1.4.3 Second sample set..... S6.8.2 Samples for SAE J575e, Aug
test. 1970, B.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities... S6.8.3 Laboratory SAE J575, Dec
facilities. 1988, 3.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities... S6.8.3 Laboratory SAE J575d, Aug
facilities. 1967, D.
S14.1.5 Laboratory facilities... S6.8.3 Laboratory SAE J575e, Aug
facilities. 1970, D.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S5.7.1.2.
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S5.7.2.1(a).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.2(a)(3).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.3(a).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.4 Type C
procedures. tests. headlighting
system.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.5(a).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.6(a).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.7(b).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.7(d).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.7(h)(1).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.8(b).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.3.9(a).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.4(a)(1)(i).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.4(a)(1)(iii).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.4(a)(2)(i).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.4(a)(2)(ii).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.4(a)(3).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.5(b).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.5(d)(2).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.5(e)(2).
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.6.2.
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.6.3.
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric S7.9.2.
procedures. tests.
S14.2 Photometric test S6.8.5 Photometric SAE device
procedures. tests. documents
referencing SAE
J575.
S14.2.1 Photometry measurements S6.8.5.1 New title.
for all lamps except license Photometry ex
lamps, headlamps, and DRLs. headlamp, license
lamp, & DRL.
S14.2.1.1 Mounting.............. S6.8.5.1 SAE J575d, Aug
Photometry ex 1967, J; SAE
headlamp, license J575e, Aug 1970,
lamp, & DRL. J.
S14.2.1.2 School bus signal lamp S6.8.5.1 SAE J887, Jul
aiming. Photometry ex 1964.
headlamp, license
lamp, & DRL.
S14.2.1.3 Measurement distance.. S6.8.5.1 SAE device
Photometry ex documents for
headlamp, license photometry
lamp, & DRL. distance.
S14.2.1.4 Location of test S6.8.5.1.1 SAE J575d, Aug
points. Location of test 1967, J; SAE
points. J575e, Aug 1970,
J.
S14.2.1.5 Multiple compartment S6.8.5.1.2 New title.
and multiple lamp photometry of Multiple
turn signal lamps, stop lamps, compartment &
and taillamps. multiple lamp
photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered S6.8.5.1.2 SAE J1395, Apr
together. Multiple 1985, 4.1.5.2.
compartment &
multiple lamp
photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered S6.8.5.1.2 SAE J1398, May
together. Multiple 1985, 4.1.5.2.
compartment &
multiple lamp
photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered S6.8.5.1.2 SAE J585e, Sep
together. Multiple 1977, 3.6.2.
compartment &
multiple lamp
photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered S6.8.5.1.2 SAE J586, Feb
together. Multiple 1984, 4.1.5.2.
compartment &
multiple lamp
photometry.
S14.2.1.5.1 All photometered S6.8.5.1.2 SAE J588, Nov
together. Multiple 1984, 4.1.5.2.
compartment &
multiple lamp
photometry.
S14.2.1.5.2(a) Measuring S6.8.5.1.2.1 SAE J585e, Sep
together. Photometry of all 1977, 3.6.2(a).
compartments/
lamps together.
S14.2.1.5.2(a) Measuring S6.8.5.1.2.1 SAE J586, Feb
together. Photometry of all 1984, 4.1.5.2.1.
compartments/
lamps together.
S14.2.1.5.2(a) Measuring S6.8.5.1.2.1 SAE J588, Nov
together. Photometry of all 1984, 4.1.5.2.1.
compartments/
lamps together.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring S6.8.5.1.2.2 SAE J1395, Apr
individually. Photometry of 1985, 4.1.5.2.
individual
compartments/
lamps.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring S6.8.5.1.2.2 SAE J1398, May
individually. Photometry of 1985, 4.1.5.2.
individual
compartments/
lamps.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring S6.8.5.1.2.2 SAE J585e, Sep
individually. Photometry of 1977, 3.6.2(b).
individual
compartments/
lamps.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring S6.8.5.1.2.2 SAE J586, Feb
individually. Photometry of 1984, 4.1.5.2.2.
individual
compartments/
lamps.
S14.2.1.5.2(b) Measuring S6.8.5.1.2.2 SAE J588, Nov
individually. Photometry of 1984, 4.1.5.2.2.
individual
compartments/
lamps.
[[Page 68418]]
S14.2.1.5.3 Multiple on 2032 mm S6.8.5.1.2.3 SAE J1395, Apr
or wider. Multiple 1985, 4.1.5.2.
compartment/lamp
photometry for
wide vehicles.
S14.2.1.5.3 Multiple on 2032 mm S6.8.5.1.2.3 SAE J1398, May
or wider. Multiple 1985, 4.1.5.2.
compartment/lamp
photometry for
wide vehicles.
S14.2.1.6 Bulbs................. S6.8.5.2 Bulbs.... S5.1.1.17.
S14.2.1.6.1 Bulbs without MSCD.. S6.8.5.2.1 Bulbs S5.1.1.16.
without MSCD.
S14.2.1.6.2 Socket exemption.... Omitted........... Table IV footnotes
2 and 3.
S14.2.2 License plate lamp S6.8.5.3 License SAE J587, Oct
photometry. plate lamp 1981, 6.3.
photometry.
S14.2.2.1 Illumination surface.. S6.8.5.3.1 SAE J587, Oct
Illumination 1981, 6.7.
surface.
S14.2.2.2 Test stations......... S6.8.5.3.2 Test SAE J587, Oct
stations. 1981, 6.8.
S14.2.2.3 Bulbs................. S6.8.5.2 Bulbs.... S5.1.1.17.
S14.2.3 Reflex reflector and S6.8.5.4 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
retroreflective sheeting reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry. photometry.
S14.2.3.1 Mounting.............. S6.8.5.4 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry.
S14.2.3.2 Illumination source... S6.8.5.4 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry.
S14.2.3.3 Measurement distance.. S6.8.5.4 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry.
S14.2.3.4 Test setup............ S6.8.5.4 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry.
S14.2.3.5 Photodetector......... S6.8.5.4 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry.
S14.2.3.6 Photometry surface.... S6.8.5.4 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry.
S14.2.3.7 Procedure............. S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector and 1977, 3.1.7.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.3.7.1 Observation angel... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector and 1977, 3.1.7.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.3.7.2 Entrance angle...... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector and 1977, 3.1.7.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.3.7.3 Convention.......... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector and 1977, 3.1.7.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.3.7.4 Luminous intensity S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
and illumination. reflector and 1977, 3.1.7.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.3.8 Measurements.......... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex SAE J594f, Jan
reflector and 1977, 3.1.7.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.3.8.1 Reflex reflectors... S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S5.7.2 Reflex
reflector and reflectors.
retroreflective
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.3.8.2 Retroreflective S6.8.5.4.1 Reflex S5.7.1.2
sheeting. reflector and Performance
retroreflective requirements.
sheeting
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.3.8.3 Reflex reflector S6.8.5.4.1.1 SAE J594f, Jan
photometry measurement Reflex reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
adjustments. photometry
measurement
adjustments.
S14.2.3.8.3.1 Reflectors with S6.8.5.4.1.1 SAE J594f, Jan
non fixed rotation. Reflex reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry
measurement
adjustments.
S14.2.3.8.3.2 Reflectors with S6.8.5.4.1.1 SAE J594f, Jan
fixed rotation. Reflex reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry
measurement
adjustments.
S14.2.3.8.3.3 Additional S6.8.5.4.1.1 SAE J594f, Jan
photometric readings. Reflex reflector 1977, 3.1.7.
photometry
measurement
adjustments.
S14.2.4 Daytime running lamp S6.8.5.5 Daytime New title.
(DRL) photometry measurements. running lamp
(DRL) photometry
measurements.
S14.2.4.1....................... S6.8.5.5 Daytime S11 Photometric
running lamp Test.
(DRL) photometry
measurements.
S14.2.4.2....................... S6.8.5.5 Daytime S11 Photometric
running lamp Test.
(DRL) photometry
measurements.
S14.2.4.3 Bulbs................. S6.8.5.2 Bulbs.... S5.1.1.17.
S14.2.5 Headlamp photometry S6.8.5.6 Headlamp New title.
measurements. photometry
measurements.
S14.2.5.1 Mounting.............. S6.8.5.6 Headlamp SAE J575, Dec
photometry 1988, 4.6.3.
measurements.
S14.2.5.2 Glare area............ S6.8.5.6.5 S7.2(d).
Location of test
points.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance.. S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S10(a).
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance.. S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S10(b).
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance.. S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S7.4(e).
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance.. S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S7.5(c).
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance.. S6.8.5.6 Headlamp S7.8.5.2(d)(1).
photometry
measurements.
S14.2.5.3 Measurement distance.. S6.8.5.6 Headlamp SAE J1383, Apr
photometry 1985, 4.1.4.2.
measurements.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test S6.8.5.6.1 SAE J1383, Apr
voltage. Seasoning and 1985, 4.1.4.1.
test voltage.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test S6.8.5.6.1 SAE J1383, Apr
voltage. Seasoning and 1985, 4.1.4.3.
test voltage.
S14.2.5.4 Seasoning and test S6.8.5.6.1 SAE J575, Dec
voltage. Seasoning and 1988, 4.6.3.4.
test voltage.
S14.2.5.5 Aiming................ S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming. S7.2(d).
[[Page 68419]]
S14.2.5.5 Aiming................ S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming. S7.3.7(b).
S14.2.5.5 Aiming................ S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming. S7.8.5.2(d)(1).
S14.2.5.5 Aiming................ S6.8.5.6.2 Aiming. S7.8.5.3(e)(2).
S14.2.5.5.1 Mechanically aimable S6.8.5.6.2(a) SAE J1383, Apr
headlamps using an external Aiming--mechanica 1985, 4.1.4.3.
aimer. l.
S14.2.5.5.2 Mechanically aimable S6.8.5.6.2(b) S7.8.5.2(d)(1).
headlamps equipped with a VHAD. Aiming--VHAD.
S14.2.5.5.3 Visually aimable S6.8.5.6.2(c) New title.
lower beam headlamps--vertical Aiming--LB VOL/
aim. VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.3.1 VOL............... S6.8.5.6.2(c) S7.8.5.3(a)(1) and
Aiming--LB VOL/ (e)(2).
VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.3.2 VOR............... S6.8.5.6.2(c) S7.8.5.3(a)(1) and
Aiming--LB VOL/ (e)(2).
VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.4 Visually aimable S6.8.5.6.2(d) S7.8.5.3(b)
lower beam headlamps-- Aiming--LB VOL/ Horizontal aim,
horizontal aim. VOR horizontal. lower beam.
S14.2.5.5.5 Visually aimable S6.8.5.6.2(e) New title.
upper beam headlamps--vertical Aiming--UB VOL/
aim. VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.5.1 Combined UB & LB.. S6.8.5.6.2(e) S7.8.5.3(c)(1) and
Aiming--UB VOL/ (e)(2).
VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.5.2 Non--combined UB & S6.8.5.6.2(e) S7.8.5.3(c)(2) and
LB. Aiming--UB VOL/ (e)(2).
VOR vertical.
S14.2.5.5.6 Visually aimable S6.8.5.6.2(f) New title.
upper beam headlamps-- Aiming--UB VOL/
horizontal aim. VOR horizontal.
S14.2.5.5.6.1 Combined UB & LB.. S6.8.5.6.2(f) S7.8.5.3(d)(1).
Aiming--UB VOL/
VOR horizontal.
S14.2.5.5.6.2 Non-combined UB & S6.8.5.6.2(f) S7.8.5.3(d)(2).
LB with VHAD. Aiming--UB VOL/
VOR horizontal.
S14.2.5.5.6.3 Non-combined UB & S6.8.5.6.2(f) S7.8.5.3(d)(3).
LB without VHAD. Aiming--UB VOL/
VOR horizontal.
S14.2.5.5.7 Simultaneous aim S6.8.5.6.2(g) S10(a) and (b).
Type F sealed beam headlamps Aiming--Simultane
and beam contributor integral ous aim.
beam headlamps.
S14.2.5.5.8 Motorcycle headlamp-- S6.8.5.6.2(i) S7.9.3 and SAE
upper beam headlamps designed Aiming--Motorcycl J584, Oct 1993.
to comply with Table XX. e UB.
S14.2.5.5.9 Motorcycle headlamp-- S6.8.5.6.2(j) SAE J584, Apr
lower beam headlamps designed Aiming--Motorcycl 1964.
to comply with Table XX. e LB.
S14.2.5.6 Positioner............ S6.8.5.6.3 SAE J575, Dec
Positioner. 1988, 4.6.2.1.
S14.2.5.7 Photometer............ S6.8.5.6.4 New title.
Photometer.
S14.2.5.7.1 Range............... S6.8.5.6.4 SAE J575, Dec
Photometer. 1988, 4.6.2.2.
S14.2.5.7.2 Sensor.............. S6.8.5.6.4 SAE J575, Dec
Photometer. 1988, 4.6.2.3.
S14.2.5.7.2.1 Effective area.... S6.8.5.6.4 SAE J575, Dec
Photometer. 1988, 4.6.2.3.1.
S14.2.5.7.2.2 Intercepted light. S6.8.5.6.4 SAE J575, Dec
Photometer. 1988, 4.6.2.3.1.
S14.2.5.7.2.3 Direct S6.8.5.6.4 SAE J575, Dec
illumination. Photometer. 1988, 4.6.2.3.1.
S14.2.5.7.3 Color response...... S6.8.5.6.4 SAE J575, Dec
Photometer. 1988, 4.6.2.3.2.
S14.2.5.8 Location of test S6.8.5.6.5 SAE J575, Dec
points. Location of test 1988, 4.6.3.3.
points.
S14.2.5.8.1 Nomenclature........ S6.8.5.6.5 SAE J575, Dec
Location of test 1988, 4.6.3.3.
points.
S14.2.5.8.1.1 ``H-V''........... S6.8.5.6.5 SAE J575, Dec
Location of test 1988, 4.6.3.3.
points.
S14.2.5.8.1.2 ``U'' ``D'' ``L'' S6.8.5.6.5 SAE J575, Dec
``R''. Location of test 1988, 4.6.3.3.
points.
S14.2.5.8.1.3 Angles............ S6.8.5.6.5 SAE J575, Dec
Location of test 1988, 4.6.3.3.
points.
S14.2.5.9 Beam contributor S6.8.5.6.6 Beam S7.4(a)(3).
photometry measurements. contributor
photometry.
S14.2.5.10 Moveable reflector S6.8.5.6.2(h) New title.
aimed headlamp photometry Aiming--Moveable
measurements. reflector.
S14.2.5.10.1.................... S6.8.5.6.2(h) S7.8.2.2(b).
Aiming--Moveable
reflector.
S14.2.5.10.2.................... S6.8.5.6.2(h) S7.8.3.
Aiming--Moveable
reflector.
S14.2.5.10.3.................... S6.8.5.6.2(h) S7.8.4.
Aiming--Moveable
reflector.
S14.3 Out of focus test......... Table XXII Out of SAE J575d, Aug
focus test. 1967, K.
S14.3.1 Procedure............... Table XXII Out of SAE J575d, Aug
focus test-- 1967, K.
procedure.
S14.3.2 Performance requirements Table XXII Out of SAE J575d, Aug
focus test-- 1967, K.
performance
requirements.
S14.4 General test procedures New title......... New title.
and performance requirements.
S14.4.1 Color test.............. Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test. 1977.
S14.4.1.1 Samples............... S6.8.2 Samples for SAE J594f, Jan
test. 1977, 3.1.8.
S14.4.1.2 General procedure..... New title......... New title.
S14.4.1.2.1 Design voltage...... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test. 1977, 3.
S14.4.1.2.2 Components.......... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test. 1977, 3.
S14.4.1.2.3 Operating Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
temperature. test. 1977, A2(b).
S14.4.1.2.4 Visible surface..... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test. 1977, A2(d).
S14.4.1.2.5 Test distance....... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test. 1977, A2(c).
S14.4.1.3 Visual method......... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--procedure. 1977, 3.1.
S14.4.1.3.1 Procedure........... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--procedure. 1977, 3.1.
S14.4.1.3.2 Performance Table XXII Color S5.1.5; SAE J578c,
requirements. test--performance Feb 1977, 3.1.
requirements.
[[Page 68420]]
S14.4.1.3.2.1 Red............... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--performance 1977, 3.1.
requirements.
S14.4.1.3.2.2 Yellow (Amber).... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--performance 1977, 3.1.
requirements.
S14.4.1.3.2.3 White............. Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--performance 1977, 3.1.
requirements.
S14.4.1.4 Tristimulus method.... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--procedure. 1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.1 Procedure........... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--procedure. 1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.1.1 Receiver spectral Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
response. test--procedure. 1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.1.2 Integrating sphere Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--procedure. 1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.1.3 Non uniform color. Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--procedure. 1977, 3.2.
S14.4.1.4.2 Performance Table XXII Color S5.1.5; SAE J578c,
requirements. test--performance Feb 1977, 2.1,
requirements. 2.2, and 2.3.
S14.4.1.4.2.1 Red............... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--performance 1977, 2.1.
requirements.
S14.4.1.4.2.2 Yellow (Amber).... Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--performance 1977, 2.2.
requirements.
S14.4.1.4.2.3 White............. Table XXII Color SAE J578c, Feb
test--performance 1977, 2.3.
requirements.
S14.4.2 Plastic optical Table XXII Plastic New title.
materials tests. optical material
tests--applicatio
n.
S14.4.2.1 Samples............... Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.2.
tests--samples.
S14.4.2.1.1 Molded samples...... Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.2.1.
tests--samples.
S14.4.2.1.2 Exposed area........ Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.2.1.
tests--samples.
S14.4.2.1.3 Thickness........... Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(d); SAE
optical material J576, Jul 1991,
tests--samples. 3.2.2.
S14.4.2.1.4 Color............... Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 4.1.
tests--samples.
S14.4.2.1.5 Control samples..... Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.2 Note.
tests--samples.
S14.4.2.2 Outdoor exposure test. Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.3.
tests.
S14.4.2.2.1 Location and Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(g); SAE
duration. optical material J576, Jul 1991,
tests. 3.3.1.
S14.4.2.2.2 Material composition Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.1.
tests.
S14.4.2.2.3 Procedure........... Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.
tests--procedure.
S14.4.2.2.3.1 Mounting.......... Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.3.2.
tests--procedure.
S14.4.2.2.3.2 Cleaning.......... Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 3.3.3.
tests--procedure.
S14.4.2.2.4 Performance Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(a); SAE
requirements. optical material J576, Jul 1991,
tests--performanc 4.2.
e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.1 Haze.............. Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(b);
optical material S5.1.2(c).
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.1(a) Except reflex.. Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(b).
optical material
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.1(b) Reflex......... Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(c).
optical material
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.2 Headlamps......... Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 4.2.3.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.3 Physical changes.. Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(c); SAE
optical material J576, Jul 1991,
tests--performanc 4.2.4.
e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.4 Luminous Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
transmittance. optical material 1991, 3.4.1 and
tests--performanc 4.2.1.
e requirements.
S14.4.2.2.4.5 Color test........ Table XXII Plastic SAE J576, Jul
optical material 1991, 4.2.2.
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S14.4.2.3 Heat test............. Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(e) and (f).
optical material
tests.
S14.4.2.3.1 Procedure........... Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(f).
optical material
tests--procedure.
S14.4.2.3.2 Performance Table XXII Plastic S5.1.2(e).
requirements. optical material
tests--performanc
e requirements.
S14.5 Signal lamp and reflective Table XXII........ New title.
device physical test procedures
and performance requirements.
S14.5.1 Vibration test.......... Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
Vibration test. 1967, E; SAE
J575e, Aug 1970,
E.
S14.5.1.1 Procedure............. Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
Vibration test-- 1967, E; SAE
procedure. J575e, Aug 1970,
E.
[[Page 68421]]
S14.5.1.2 Performance Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
requirements. Vibration test-- 1967, E; SAE
performance J575e, Aug 1970,
requirements. E.
S14.5.2 Moisture test........... Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
Moisture test. 1967, F; SAE
J575e, Aug 1970,
F.
S14.5.2.1 Procedure............. Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
Moisture test-- 1967, F; SAE
procedure. J575e, Aug 1970,
F.
S14.5.2.2 Performance Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
requirements. Moisture test-- 1967, F; SAE
performance J575e, Aug 1970,
requirements. F.
S14.5.3 Dust test............... Table XXII Dust SAE J575d, Aug
test. 1967, G; SAE
J575e, Aug 1970,
G.
S14.5.3.1 Samples............... Table XXII Dust SAE J575d, Aug
test. 1967, G; SAE
J575e, Aug 1970,
G.
S14.5.3.2 Procedure............. Table XXII Dust SAE J575d, Aug
test--procedure. 1967, G; SAE
J575e, Aug 1970,
G.
S14.5.3.2 Procedure (third Table XXII Dust SAE J575d, Aug
sentence). test--performance 1967, G; SAE
requirements. J575e, Aug 1970,
G.
S14.5.3.3 Dust test--performance Table XXII Dust SAE J575d, Aug
requirements. test--performance 1967, G; SAE
requirements. J575e, Aug 1970,
G.
S14.5.4 Corrosion test.......... Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
Corrosion test. 1967, H; SAE
J575e, Aug 1970,
H.
S14.5.4.1 Procedure............. Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
Corrosion test-- 1967, H; SAE
procedure. J575e, Aug 1970,
H.
S14.5.4.2 Performance Table XXII SAE J575d, Aug
requirements. Corrosion test-- 1967, H; SAE
performance J575e, Aug 1970,
requirements. H.
S14.6 Headlamp physical test Table XXIII....... New title.
procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.6.1 Abrasion test........... Table XXIII S8.2 Abrasion.
Abrasion test.
S14.6.1.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII S8.2 Abrasion.
Abrasion test--
procedure.
S14.6.1.1.1 Abrading pad........ Table XXIII S8.2(c)(1) and
Abrasion test-- (3); S8.2(e).
procedure.
S14.6.1.1.2 Abrading pad Table XXIII S8.2(a) and
alignment. Abrasion test-- (c)(4).
procedure.
S14.6.1.1.3 Abrasion test Table XXIII S8.2(b) and (d).
procedure. Abrasion test--
procedure.
S14.6.1.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(h)(1); S8.1.
requirements. Abrasion test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.2 Chemical resistance test Table XXIII S8.3 Chemical
Chemical resistance.
resistance test.
S14.6.2.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII S8.3 Chemical
Chemical resistance.
resistance test--
procedure.
S14.6.2.1.1 Test fluids......... Table XXIII S8.3(b).
Chemical
resistance test--
procedure.
S14.6.2.1.2 Fluid application... Table XXIII S8.3(a).
Chemical
resistance test--
procedure.
S14.6.2.1.3 Test duration....... Table XXIII S8.3(c).
Chemical
resistance test--
procedure.
S14.6.2.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(h)(2); S8.1.
requirements. Chemical
resistance test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.3 Corrosion test.......... Table XXIII SAE J580, Dec
Corrosion test. 1986, 4.1.2 and
5.1.1.2.
S14.6.3.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII S7.8.5.1(c); SAE
Corrosion test-- J575, Dec 1988,
procedure. 4.4.
S14.6.3.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.8.5.1(c); SAE
requirements. Corrosion test-- J575, Dec 1988,
performance 4.4.
requirements.
S14.6.4 Corrosion--connector Table XXIII S8.4 Corrosion.
test. Corrosion--connec
tor test.
S14.6.4.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII S8.4 Corrosion.
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure.
S14.6.4.1.1 Connector test...... Table XXIII S8.4(a).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure(a).
S14.6.4.1.2 Salt spray.......... Table XXIII S8.4(b).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure(b).
S14.6.4.1.3 Cycle............... Table XXIII S8.4(b).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure(b).
S14.6.4.1.4 Chamber............. Table XXIII S8.4(b).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure(b).
S14.6.4.1.5 Wash................ Table XXIII S8.4(b).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure(b).
S14.6.4.1.6 Connector test...... Table XXIII S8.4(c).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
procedure(c).
S14.6.4.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(h)(3).
requirements. Corrosion--connec
tor test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.4.2.1 Corrosion........... Table XXIII S7.4(h)(3).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.4.2.2 Adhesion............ Table XXIII S7.4(h)(3).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.4.2.3 Terminal corrosion.. Table XXIII S7.4(h)(3).
Corrosion--connec
tor test--
performance
requirements.
[[Page 68422]]
S14.6.5 Dust test............... Table XXIII Dust S8.5 Dust.
test.
S14.6.5.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII Dust S8.5 Dust.
test--procedure.
S14.6.5.1.1 Setup............... Table XXIII Dust S8.5 Dust.
test--procedure.
S14.6.5.1.2 Cycle............... Table XXIII Dust S8.5 Dust.
test--procedure.
S14.6.5.1.3 Test duration....... Table XXIII Dust S8.5 Dust.
test--procedure.
S14.6.5.2 Performance Table XXIII Dust S7.4(h)(4); S8.1.
requirements. test--performance
requirements.
S14.6.6 Temperature cycle test Table XXIII....... S8.6 Temperature
and internal heat test. and internal heat
test.
S14.6.6.1 Samples............... Table XXIII S8.6 Temperature
Temperature cycle and internal heat
test and internal test.
heat test--
procedure.
S14.6.6.2 General procedure..... Table XXIII S8.6 Temperature
Temperature cycle and internal heat
test and internal test.
heat test--
procedure.
S14.6.6.2.1 General activation.. Table XXIII S8.6 Temperature
Temperature cycle and internal heat
test and internal test.
heat test--
procedure.
S14.6.6.2.2 Turn signal Table XXIII S8.6 Temperature
activation. Temperature cycle and internal heat
test and internal test.
heat test--
procedure.
S14.6.6.2.3 Headlamp beam Table XXIII S8.6 Temperature
activation. Temperature cycle and internal heat
test and internal test.
heat test--
procedure.
S14.6.6.3 Temperature cycle test Table XXIII S8.6.1 Temperature
Temperature cycle cycle.
test.
S14.6.6.3.1 Procedure........... Table XXIII S8.6.1 Temperature
Temperature cycle cycle.
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.1 Cycle............. Table XXIII S8.6.1 Temperature
Temperature cycle cycle.
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.2 Activation........ Table XXIII S8.6.1 Temperature
Temperature cycle cycle.
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.3 Test chamber(s)... Table XXIII S8.6.1 Temperature
Temperature cycle cycle.
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.1.4 Vents and drains.. Table XXIII S8.6.1 Temperature
Temperature cycle cycle.
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.3.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(h)(5)(i);
requirements. Temperature cycle S8.1.
test--performance
requirements.
S14.6.6.4 Internal heat test.... Table XXIII S8.6.2 Internal
Internal heat heat test.
test.
S14.6.6.4.1 Procedure........... Table XXIII S8.6.2 Internal
Internal heat heat test.
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.1 Photometric output Table XXIII S8.6.2(a).
reduction. Internal heat
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.2 HB1 or HB2 light Table XXIII S8.6.2(a).
sources. Internal heat
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.3 Photometric Table XXIII S8.6.2(a).
measurements. Internal heat
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.4 Setup............. Table XXIII S8.6.2(b).
Internal heat
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.5 Cycle............. Table XXIII S8.6.2(b).
Internal heat
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.1.6 Cleaning.......... Table XXIII S8.6.2(c).
Internal heat
test--procedure.
S14.6.6.4.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(h)(5)(ii);
requirements. Internal heat S8.1.
test--performance
requirements.
S14.6.7 Humidity test........... Table XXIII New title.
Humidity test.
S14.6.7.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII New title.
Humidity test--
procedure.
S14.6.7.1.1 Test fixture........ Table XXIII S8.7(a).
Humidity test--
procedure(a).
S14.6.7.1.2 Headlamp mounting... Table XXIII S8.7(a).
Humidity test--
procedure(a).
S14.6.7.1.3 Setup............... Table XXIII S8.7(b).
Humidity test--
procedure(b).
S14.6.7.1.4 Cycle............... Table XXIII S8.7(b).
Humidity test--
procedure(b).
S14.6.7.1.5 Air flow test setup. Table XXIII S8.7(c).
Humidity test--
procedure(c).
S14.6.7.1.6 Air flow uniformity. Table XXIII S8.7(d).
Humidity test--
procedure(d).
S14.6.7.1.7 Air flow procedure.. Table XXIII S8.7(e).
Humidity test--
procedure(e).
S14.6.7.1.8 Inspection.......... Table XXIII S8.7(f).
Humidity test--
procedure(f).
S14.6.7.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(h)(6).
requirements. Humidity test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.8 Vibration test.......... Table XXIII S8.8 Vibration.
Vibration test.
S14.6.8.1 Samples............... S6.8.2 [fourth SAE J575, Dec
sentence]. 1988, 2.3.
S14.6.8.2 Procedure............. Table XXIII S8.8; SAE J575,
Vibration test-- Dec 1988, 4.1.
procedure.
S14.6.8.3 Performance Table XXIII S7.3.2(c);
requirements. Vibration test-- S7.3.7(i);
performance S7.3.8(d);
requirements. S7.4(h)(7).
S14.6.9 Sealing test............ Table XXIII S8.9 Sealing.
Sealing test.
S14.6.9.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII S8.9 Sealing.
Sealing test--
procedure.
S14.6.9.1.1 Immersion........... Table XXIII S8.9 Sealing.
Sealing test--
procedure.
S14.6.9.1.2 Pressurized Table XXIII S8.9 Sealing.
immersion. Sealing test--
procedure.
S14.6.9.1.3 Cycle............... Table XXIII S8.9 Sealing.
Sealing test--
procedure.
S14.6.9.1.4 Inspection.......... Table XXIII S8.9 Sealing.
Sealing test--
procedure.
S14.6.9.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(g); S7.5(i);
requirements. Sealing test-- S8.9.
performance
requirements.
S14.6.10 Chemical resistance of Table XXIII S8.10 Chemical and
reflectors of replaceable lens Chemical corrosion
headlamps test. resistance of resistance of
reflectors of reflectors of
replaceable lens replaceable lens
headlamps test. headlamps.
[[Page 68423]]
S14.6.10.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII S8.10.1 Chemical
Chemical resistance.
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S14.6.10.1.1 Test fluids........ Table XXIII S8.10.1(b).
Chemical
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S14.6.10.1.2 Fluid application.. Table XXIII S8.10.1(a).
Chemical
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S14.6.10.1.3 Test duration...... Table XXIII S8.10.1(c).
Chemical
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S14.6.10.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(h)(2); S8.1.
requirements. Chemical
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.11 Corrosion resistance of Table XXIII S8.10 Chemical and
reflectors of replaceable lens Corrosion corrosion
headlamps test. resistance of resistance of
reflectors of reflectors of
replaceable lens replaceable lens
headlamps test. headlamps.
S14.6.11.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII S8.10.2 Corrosion.
Corrosion
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S14.6.11.1.1 Salt spray......... Table XXIII S8.10.2(a).
Corrosion
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S14.6.11.1.2 Drying and cleaning Table XXIII S8.10.2(b).
Corrosion
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
procedure.
S14.6.11.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.4(h)(3); S8.1.
requirements. Corrosion
resistance of
reflectors of
replaceable lens
headlamps test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.12 Inward force test...... Table XXIII Inward S7.8.5.1(b).
force test.
S14.6.12.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII Inward SAE J580, Dec
force test-- 1986, 4.3.
procedure.
S14.6.12.2 Performance Table XXIII Inward S7.8.5.1(b); SAE
requirements. force test-- J580, Dec 1986,
performance 5.1.3.
requirements.
S14.6.13 Torque deflection test. Table XXIII Torque S7.3.8(c) (2);
deflection test. S7.8.5.1(a).
S14.6.13.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII Torque S7.3.8(c) (2);
deflection test-- S7.8.5.1(a).
procedure.
S14.6.13.1.1 Mounting........... Table XXIII Torque S7.3.8(c) (2);
deflection test-- S7.8.5.1(a).
procedure.
S14.6.13.1.2 Deflectometers..... Table XXIII Torque S7.3.8(c)(2);
deflection test-- S7.8.5.1(a).
procedure.
S14.6.13.1.3 Deflectometer Table XXIII Torque S7.3.8(c)(2);
adapters. deflection test-- S7.8.5.1(a).
procedure.
S14.6.13.1.4 Torque............. Table XXIII Torque S7.3.8(c) (2);
deflection test-- S7.8.5.1(a).
procedure.
S14.6.13.1.5 Torque application. Table XXIII Torque S7.8.5.1(a).
deflection test--
procedure.
S14.6.13.1.6 Group I aiming pads Table XXIII Torque S7.8.5.1(a).
deflection test--
procedure.
S14.6.13.1.7 Group II aiming Table XXIII Torque S7.8.5.1(a).
pads. deflection test--
procedure.
S14.6.13.1.8 Non-adjustable Table XXIII Torque S7.8.5.1(a).
locating plates. deflection test--
procedure.
S14.6.13.2 Performance Table XXIII Torque S7.8.5.1(a); SAE
requirements. deflection test-- J580, Dec 1986,
performance 5.1.5.
requirements.
S14.6.14 Retaining ring test.... Table XXIII SAE J580, Dec
Retaining ring 1986, 5.1.6.
test.
S14.6.14.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII S7.3.7(e)(7); SAE
Retaining ring J580, Dec 1986,
test--procedure. 5.1.6.
S14.6.14.2 Performance Table XXIII SAE J580, Dec
requirements. Retaining ring 1986, 5.1.6.
test--performance
requirements.
S14.6.15 Headlamp connector test Table XXIII S7.3.2(b); SAE
Headlamp J580, Dec 1986,
connector test. Figure 1.
S14.6.15.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII SAE J580, Dec
Headlamp 1986, 4.4.
connector test--
procedure.
S14.6.15.2 Performance Table XXIII SAE J580, Dec
requirements. Headlamp 1986, 5.1.4.
connector test--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.16 Headlamp wattage test.. Table XXIII SAE J1383, Apr
Headlamp wattage 1985, 4.7.
test.
S14.6.16.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII SAE J1383, Apr
Headlamp wattage 1985, 4.7.
test--procedure.
S14.6.16.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.3.2(d);
requirements. Headlamp wattage S7.3.3(b);
test--performance S7.3.5(b);
requirements. S7.3.6(b);
S7.3.7(g);
S7.3.8(e);
S7.3.9(b).
S14.6.17 Aiming adjustment test-- Table XXIII Aiming S7.8 Aimability
laboratory. adjustment test Performance
laboratory. Requirements.
S14.6.17.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII Aiming SAE J580, Dec
adjustment test 1986, 4.2.
laboratory--proce
dure.
S14.6.17.2 Performance Table XXIII Aiming S7.8.2.1(c);
requirements. adjustment test S7.8.2.2(d).
laboratory--perfo
rmance
requirements.
S14.6.17.2.1 Sealed beam except Table XXIII Aiming S7.8.3; S7.8.4;
Type F. adjustment test SAE J580, Dec
laboratory--perfo 1986, 5.1.2.1 and
rmance 5.1.2.2.
requirements.
S14.6.17.2.2 Type F, replaceable Table XXIII Aiming S7.3.7(e)(5);
bulb, integral beam, and adjustment test S7.8.3; S7.8.4;
combination. laboratory--perfo SAE J580, Dec
rmance 1986, 5.1.2.1 and
requirements. 5.1.2.2.
S14.6.17.2.3 Moveable reflector. Table XXIII Aiming S7.8.2.2(a) and
adjustment test (c).
laboratory--perfo
rmance
requirements.
S14.6.18 Aiming adjustment test-- Table XXIII Aiming S7.8 Aimability
on vehicle. adjustment test Performance
on vehicle. Requirements.
[[Page 68424]]
S14.6.18.1 Procedure............ Table XXIII Aiming SAE J580, Dec
adjustment test 1986, 4.2.
on vehicle--
procedure.
S14.6.18.1.1 Setup.............. Table XXIII Aiming SAE J580, Dec
adjustment test 1986, 4.2.
on vehicle--
procedure.
S14.6.18.1.2 Vehicle pitch...... Table XXIII Aiming S7.8.3.
adjustment test
on vehicle--
procedure.
S14.6.18.1.3 Adjustments........ Table XXIII Aiming SAE J580, Dec
adjustment test 1986, 4.2.
on vehicle--
procedure.
S14.6.18.2 Performance Table XXIII Aiming S7.8 Aimability
requirements. adjustment test Performance
on vehicle-- Requirements.
performance
requirements.
S14.6.18.2.1 Vertical range..... Table XXIII Aiming S7.8.3.
adjustment test
on vehicle--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.18.2.2 Continuous vertical Table XXIII Aiming S7.8.3.
adjustment. adjustment test
on vehicle--
performance
requirements.
S14.6.18.2.3 Aim interaction.... Table XXIII Aiming S7.8.2.1(a) and
adjustment test (c).
on vehicle--
performance
requirements.
S14.7 Replaceable light source Table XXIII....... New title.
physical test procedures and
performance requirements.
S14.7.1 Deflection test for Table XXIII S9 Deflection test
replaceable light sources. Deflection test for replaceable
for replaceable light sources.
light sources.
S14.7.1.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII S9 Deflection test
Deflection test for replaceable
for replaceable light sources.
light sources--
procedure.
S14.7.1.1.1 Force application... Table XXIII S9 Deflection test
Deflection test for replaceable
for replaceable light sources.
light sources--
procedure.
S14.7.1.1.2 Application sequence Table XXIII S9 Deflection test
Deflection test for replaceable
for replaceable light sources.
light sources--
procedure.
S14.7.1.1.3 Measurement......... Table XXIII S9 Deflection test
Deflection test for replaceable
for replaceable light sources.
light sources--
procedure.
S14.7.1.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.7(g).
requirements. Deflection test
for replaceable
light sources--
performance
requirements.
S14.7.2 Pressure test for Table XXIII S7.7(c).
replaceable light sources. Pressure test for
replaceable light
sources.
S14.7.2.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII S7.7(c).
Pressure test for
replaceable light
sources--procedur
e.
S14.7.2.1.1 Force application... Table XXIII S7.7(c).
Pressure test for
replaceable light
sources--procedur
e.
S14.7.2.1.2 Application sequence Table XXIII S7.7(c).
Pressure test for
replaceable light
sources--procedur
e.
S14.7.2.2 Performance Table XXIII S7.7(c).
requirements. Pressure test for
replaceable light
sources--performa
nce requirements.
S14.7.3 Replaceable light source S15.2; S15.3...... S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
power and flux measurement
procedure.
S14.7.3.1 Seasoning............. S15.2; S15.3...... S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
S14.7.3.1.1 Resistive filament S15.2; S15.3...... S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
source.
S14.7.3.1.2 Discharge source.... S15.2; S15.3...... S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
S14.7.3.2 Test voltage.......... S15.2; S15.3...... S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
S14.7.3.3 Luminous flux S15.2; S15.3...... S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
measurement.
S14.7.3.3.1 Resistive filament S15.2; S15.3...... S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
light source setup.
S14.7.3.3.2 Discharge light S15.2; S15.3...... S7.7(b); S7.7(d).
source setup.
S14.8 Vehicle headlamp aiming Table XXIII....... New title.
device (VHAD) physical test
procedures and performance
requirements.
S14.8.1 Samples................. Table XXIII....... S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
.
S14.8.2 Scale graduation test... Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i).
scale graduation
test.
S14.8.2.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i).
scale graduation
test--procedure.
S14.8.2.2 Performance Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(i).
requirements. scale graduation
test--performance
requirements.
S14.8.3 Cold scale graduation Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
test. cold scale (A).
graduation test.
S14.8.3.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
cold scale (A).
graduation test--
procedure.
S14.8.3.2 Performance Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
requirements. cold scale (A).
graduation test--
performance
requirements.
S14.8.4 Hot scale graduation Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
test. hot scale (B).
graduation test.
S14.8.4.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
hot scale (B).
graduation test--
procedure.
S14.8.4.2 Performance Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
requirements. hot scale (B).
graduation test--
performance
requirements.
S14.8.5 Thermal cycle test...... Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
thermal cycle (C).
test.
[[Page 68425]]
S14.8.5.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
thermal cycle (C).
test--procedure.
S14.8.5.2 Performance Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
requirements. thermal cycle (C).
test--performance
requirements.
S14.8.6 Corrosion test.......... Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
corrosion test. (D).
S14.8.6.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.1(c); SAE
corrosion test-- J575, Dec 1988,
procedure. 4.4.
S14.8.6.2 Performance Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.1(c); SAE
requirements. corrosion test-- J575, Dec 1988,
performance 4.4.
requirements.
S14.8.7 Photometry test......... Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
photometry test. (E).
S14.8.7.1 Procedure............. Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
photometry test-- (E).
procedure.
S14.8.7.2 Performance Table XXIII VHAD S7.8.5.2(d)(3)(ii)
requirements. photometry test-- (E).
performance
requirements.
S14.9 Associated equipment Table XXI......... New title.
physical test procedures and
performance requirements.
S14.9.1 Turn Signal operating Table XXI Turn SAE J589, Apr
unit durability test. signal operating 1964.
unit durability
test.
S14.9.1.1 Power supply Table XXI Turn SAE J589, Apr
specifications. signal operating 1964.
unit durability
test--procedure.
S14.9.1.2 Procedure............. Table XXI Turn SAE J589, Apr
signal operating 1964.
unit durability
test--procedure.
S14.9.1.2.1 Circuit............. Table XXI Turn SAE J589, Apr
signal operating 1964.
unit durability
test--procedure.
S14.9.1.2.2 Cycle............... Table XXI Turn SAE J589, Apr
signal operating 1964.
unit durability
test--procedure.
S14.9.1.2.3 Voltage drop........ Table XXI Turn SAE J589, Apr
signal operating 1964.
unit durability
test--procedure.
S14.9.1.3 Performance Table XXI Turn S5.1.1.13; SAE
requirements. signal operating J589, Apr 1964.
unit durability
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.1.3.1 Voltage drop (< 2032 Table XXI Turn S5.1.1.13.
mm wide). signal operating
unit durability
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.1.3.2 Voltage drop (2032 Table XXI Turn SAE J589, Apr
mm or wider). signal operating 1964.
unit durability
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.1.3.3 Stop contacts....... Table XXI Turn SAE J589, Apr
signal operating 1964.
unit durability
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.2 Vehicular hazard warning Table XXI SAE J910, Jan
signal operating unit Vehicular hazard 1966.
durability test. warning signal
operating unit
durability test.
S14.9.2.1 Procedure............. Table XXI SAE J910, Jan
Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.2.1.1 Circuit............. Table XXI SAE J910, Jan
Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.2.1.2 Cycle............... Table XXI SAE J910, Jan
Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.2.1.3 Voltage drop........ Table XXI SAE J910, Jan
Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.2.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J910, Jan
requirements. Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
operating unit
durability test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3 Turn signal flasher and Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
vehicular hazard warning signal signal flasher 1965; SAE J945,
warning flasher tests. and vehicular Feb 1966.
hazard warning
signal flasher
tests.
S14.9.3.1 Standard test circuit. SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968. 1968.
S14.9.3.1.1 Test circuit setup.. SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968. 1968.
S14.9.3.1.1.1 Series resistance. SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, 4. 1968, 4.
S14.9.3.1.1.2 A-B resistance.... SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, 5. 1968, 5.
S14.9.3.1.1.3 C-D voltage....... SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, 6. 1968, 6.
S14.9.3.1.1.4 Voltage SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
adjustments--fixed load 1968, 7. 1968, 7.
flashers.
S14.9.3.1.1.5 Voltage SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
adjustments--variable load 1968, 8. 1968, 8.
flashers.
S14.9.3.1.1.6 Measurements...... SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, 8. 1968, 8.
S14.9.3.2 Power supply SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
specifications. 1968, 10 and 11. 1968, 10 and 11.
S14.9.3.2.1 Starting time, SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
voltage drop, and flash rate & 1965, 10. 1968, 10.
percent current ``on'' time
tests.
S14.9.3.2.1(a) Transients....... SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
1965, 10. 1968, 10.
S14.9.3.2.1(b) Output voltage... SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, 10(a). 1968, 10(a).
S14.9.3.2.1(c) Output current... SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, 10(b). 1968, 10(b).
S14.9.3.2.1(d) Static regulation SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, 10(c). 1968, 10(c).
S14.9.3.2.1(e) Dynamic SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
regulation. 1968, 10(c). 1968, 10(c).
S14.9.3.2.1(f) Ripple voltage... SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, 10(d). 1968, 10(d).
S14.9.3.2.2 Durability tests.... SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
1965, 11. 1968, 11.
S14.9.3.2.2(a) Transients....... SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
1965, 11. 1968, 11.
[[Page 68426]]
S14.9.3.2.2(b) Output voltage... SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
1965, 11(a). 1968, 11(a).
S14.9.3.2.2(c) Output current... SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
1965, 11(b). 1968, 11(b).
S14.9.3.2.2(d) Static regulation SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
1965, 11(c). 1968, 11(c).
S14.9.3.2.2(e) Dynamic SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
regulation. 1965, 11(c). 1968, 11(c).
S14.9.3.2.2(f) Ripple voltage... SAE J590b, Oct SAE J823b, Apr
1965, 11(d). 1968, 11(d).
S14.9.3.3 Turn signal flasher Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
starting time test. signal flasher 1965, 1.
starting time
test.
S14.9.3.3.1 Samples............. Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965.
starting time
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.3.2 Procedure........... Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965, 1.
starting time
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.3.2.1 Setup............. Table XXI Turn S5.1.1.19; SAE
signal flasher J590b, Oct 1965,
starting time 1.
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.3.2.2 Measurement....... Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965, 1.
starting time
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.3.3 Performance Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
requirements. signal flasher 1965, 1.
starting time
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.3.3(a) Normally closed Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
contacts. signal flasher 1965, 1.
starting time
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.3.3(b) Normally open Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
contacts. signal flasher 1965, 1.
starting time
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.4 Turn signal flasher Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
voltage drop test. signal flasher 1965.
voltage drop test.
S14.9.3.4.1 Samples............. Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965.
voltage drop
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.4.2 Procedure........... Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965, 2.
voltage drop
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.4.2.1 Setup............. Table XXI Turn S5.1.1.19; SAE
signal flasher J590b, Oct 1965,
voltage drop 2.
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.4.2.2 Measurement....... Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965, 2.
voltage drop
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.4.3 Performance Table XXI Turn S5.1.1.20; SAE
requirements. signal flasher J590b, Oct 1965.
voltage drop
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.5 Turn signal flasher Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
flash rate and percent current signal flasher 1965.
``on'' time test. flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test.
S14.9.3.5.1 Samples............. Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965, 3.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2 Procedure........... Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965, 3.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2.1 Setup............. Table XXI Turn S5.1.1.19; SAE
signal flasher J590b, Oct 1965,
flash rate and 3.
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2.2 Temperature and Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
voltage. signal flasher 1965, 3.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.5.2.3 Measurement....... Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965, 3.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.5.3 Performance Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
requirements. signal flasher 1965, 3.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.5.3(a) Normally closed Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
contacts. signal flasher 1965, 3.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.5.3(b) Normally open Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
contacts. signal flasher 1965, 3.
flash rate and
percent current
``on'' time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.6 Turn signal flasher Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
durability test. signal flasher 1965.
durability test.
S14.9.3.6.1 Samples............. Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965.
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2 Procedure........... Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965.
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2.1 Setup............. Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965.
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2.2 Temperature and Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
voltage. signal flasher 1965.
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.6.2.3 Duration.......... Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
signal flasher 1965.
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.6.3 Performance Table XXI Turn SAE J590b, Oct
requirements. signal flasher 1965.
durability test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.7 Vehicular hazard Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
warning signal flasher starting Vehicular hazard 1966.
time test. warning signal
flasher starting
time test.
S14.9.3.7.1 Samples............. Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
procedure.
[[Page 68427]]
S14.9.3.7.2 Procedure........... Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 1.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.7.2.1 Setup............. Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 1.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.7.2.2 Measurement....... Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 1.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.7.3 Performance Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
requirements. Vehicular hazard 1966, 1.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.7.3(a) Normally closed Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
contacts. Vehicular hazard 1966, 1.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.7.3(b) Normally open Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
contacts. Vehicular hazard 1966, 1.
warning signal
flasher starting
time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.8 Vehicular hazard Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
warning signal flasher voltage Vehicular hazard 1966.
drop test. warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test.
S14.9.3.8.1 Samples............. Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.8.2 Procedure........... Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 2.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.8.2.1 Setup............. Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 2.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.8.2.2 Measurement....... Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 2.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.8.3 Performance Table XXI S5.1.1.20; SAE
requirements. Vehicular hazard J945, Feb 1966.
warning signal
flasher voltage
drop test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.9 Vehicular hazard Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
warning signal flasher flash Vehicular hazard 1966.
rate and percent current ``on'' warning signal
time test. flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test.
S14.9.3.9.1 Samples............. Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2 Procedure........... Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 3.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2.1 Setup............. Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 3.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2.2 Temperature and Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
voltage. Vehicular hazard 1966, 3.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.9.2.3 Measurement....... Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 3.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.9.3 Performance Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
requirements. Vehicular hazard 1966, 3.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.9.3(a) Normally closed Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
contacts. Vehicular hazard 1966, 3.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.9.3(b) Normally open Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
contacts. Vehicular hazard 1966, 3.
warning signal
flasher flash
rate and percent
current ``on''
time test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.10 Vehicular hazard Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
warning signal flasher Vehicular hazard 1966.
durability test. warning signal
flasher
durability test.
S14.9.3.10.1 Samples............ Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2 Procedure.......... Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2.1 Setup............ Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2.2 Temperature and Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
voltage. Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.10.2.3 Duration......... Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.10.3 Performance Table XXI SAE J945, Feb
requirements. Vehicular hazard 1966, 4.
warning signal
flasher
durability test--
performance
requirements.
[[Page 68428]]
S14.9.3.11 Semiautomatic Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
headlamp beam switching device Semiautomatic 1969.
tests. headlamp beam
switching device
tests.
S14.9.3.11.1 Test conditions.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.2.
headlamp beam
switching device
tests--applicable
item.
S14.9.3.11.2 Sensitivity test... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test.
S14.9.3.11.2.1 Samples.......... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.1.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2 Procedure........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.2.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.1 Adjustment..... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.2.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.2 Switching...... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.2.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.2.3 Sensitivity Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
curves. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.2.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.2.3 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.2.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 Operating Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
limits. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.2.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.2.3.2 Sensitivity Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
voids. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.2.
headlamp beam
switching device
sensitivity test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.3 Voltage regulation Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
test. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.3.
headlamp beam
switching device
voltage
regulation test.
S14.9.3.11.3.1 Procedure........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.3.
headlamp beam
switching device
voltage
regulation test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.1.1 Adjustment..... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.3.
headlamp beam
switching device
voltage
regulation test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.1.2 Measurement.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.3.
headlamp beam
switching device
voltage
regulation test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.3.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.3.
headlamp beam
switching device
voltage
regulation test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.4 Manual override Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
test. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.4.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test.
S14.9.3.11.4.1 Procedure........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.4.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.1 Adjustment..... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.4.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.2 Exposure....... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.4.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.3 Override....... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.4.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.4 Switch to upper Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
beam. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.4.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.1.5 Switch to lower Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
beam. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.4.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--procedure.
S14.9.3.11.4.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.4.
headlamp beam
switching device
manual override
test--performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.5 Warmup test........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.5.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test.
S14.9.3.11.5.1 Procedure........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.5.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.5.1.1 Adjustment..... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.5.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.5.1.2 Measurement.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.5.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test--
procedure.
[[Page 68429]]
S14.9.3.11.5.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.5.
headlamp beam
switching device
warmup test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.6 Temperature test... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.7.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test.
S14.9.3.11.6.1 Procedure........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.7.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.1 Exposure....... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.7.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.2 Temperature.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.7.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.1.3 Measurement.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.7.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.6.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.7.
headlamp beam
switching device
temperature test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.7 Dust test.......... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.8.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test.
S14.9.3.11.7.1 Procedure........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.8.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.1 Sensitivity.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.8.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.2 Dust exposure.. Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.8.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.1.3 Measurement.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.8.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.7.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.8.
headlamp beam
switching device
dust test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.8 Corrosion test..... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.9.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test.
S14.9.3.11.8.1 Procedure........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.9.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.1 Sensitivity.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.9.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.2 Applicability.. Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.9.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.3 Sockets........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.9.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.1.4 Measurement.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.9.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.8.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.9.
headlamp beam
switching device
corrosion test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9 Vibration test..... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test.
S14.9.3.11.9.1 Procedure........ Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.1 Sensitivity.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.2 Acceleration... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10(a).
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.3 Frequency...... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10(b).
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.4 Operation...... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10(c).
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.1.5 Measurement.... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.9.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9.2.1 Beam switching. Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.9.2.2 Mechanical aim. Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.10.
headlamp beam
switching device
vibration test--
performance
requirements.
[[Page 68430]]
S14.9.3.11.10 Sunlight test..... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.11.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test.
S14.9.3.11.10.1 Procedure....... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.11.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.1.1 Exposure...... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.11.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.1.2 Rest.......... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.11.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.10.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.11.
headlamp beam
switching device
sunlight test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.11 Durability test... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.12.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test.
S14.9.3.11.11.1 Procedure....... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.12.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.1 Sensitivity... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.12.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.2 Cycle......... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.12(a) and
headlamp beam (b).
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.1.3 Measurement... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.12.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.11.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.12.
headlamp beam
switching device
durability test--
performance
requirements.
S14.9.3.11.12 Return to upper Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
beam test. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.15.
headlamp beam
switching device
return to upper
beam test.
S14.9.3.11.12.1 Procedure....... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.15.
headlamp beam
switching device
return to upper
beam test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.1.1 Sensitivity... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.15.
headlamp beam
switching device
return to upper
beam test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.1.2 Exposure...... Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
Semiautomatic 1969, 4.15.
headlamp beam
switching device
return to upper
beam test--
procedure.
S14.9.3.11.12.2 Performance Table XXI SAE J565b, Feb
requirements. Semiautomatic 1969, 4.15.
headlamp beam
switching device
return to upper
beam test--
performance
requirements.
Figure 1........................ Figure 1.......... SAE J578c, Feb
1977, Figure 1.
Figure 2........................ Figure 2.......... SAE J590b, Oct
1965, Figure 1.
Figure 2........................ Figure 2.......... SAE J945, Feb
1966, Figure 1.
Figure 3........................ Figure 3.......... Figure 4-1.
Figure 3........................ Figure 3.......... Figure 4-2.
Figure 3........................ Figure 3.......... Figure 4-3.
Figure 3........................ Figure 3.......... Figure 4-4.
Figure 4........................ Figure 4.......... SAE J580, Dec
1986, Figure 1.
Figure 5........................ Figure 5.......... Figure 5.
Figure 6........................ Figure 6.......... Figure 6.
Figure 7........................ Figure 7.......... Figure 7.
Figure 8........................ Figure 8.......... Figure 8.
Figure 9........................ Figure 9.......... Figure 9.
Figure 10....................... Figure 10......... Figure 25.
Figure 11....................... Figure 11......... Figure 30-1.
Figure 11....................... Figure 11......... Figure 30-2.
Figure 11....................... Figure 11......... Figure 30-3.
Figure 11....................... Figure 11......... Figure 30-4.
Figure 12-1..................... Figure 12-1....... New.
Figure 12-2..................... Figure 12-2....... New.
Figure 13....................... Figure 13......... Figure 31.
Figure 14....................... Figure 14......... Figure 16.
Figure 15....................... Figure 15......... Figure 22.
Figure 16....................... Figure 16......... SAE J580, Dec
1986, Figure 3.
Figure 17....................... Figure 17......... SAE J580, Dec
1986, Figure 4.
Figure 18....................... Figure 18......... SAE J580, Dec
1986, Figure 2.
Figure 19....................... Table XIII........ SAE J587, Oct
1981, Figures 1 &
2.
Figure 20....................... Not included...... SAE J587, Oct
1981, Figure 3.
Figure 21....................... SAE J577, Apr SAE J577, Apr
1964, Figure 1 1964, Figure 1
and Table 1. and Table 1.
Figure 22....................... SAE J823b, Apr SAE J823b, Apr
1968, Figure 1. 1968, Figure 1.
Table I-a Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.10(d).
Taillamps.
Table I-a Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.3.
Taillamps.
Table I-a Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.7(a).
Taillamps.
[[Page 68431]]
Table I-a Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.7(b).
Taillamps.
Table I-a Activation--Backup Table I S5.5.10(d).
lamps. Activation--Backu
p lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Backup Table I SAE J593c, Feb
lamps. Activation--Backu 1968.
p lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Clearance Table I S5.5.10(d).
lamps. Activation--Clear
ance lamps.
Table I-a Activation--DRL....... Table I S5.5.10(d).
Activation--DRL.
Table I-a Activation--DRL....... Table I S5.5.11(a) Daytime
Activation--DRL. running lamps
(DRL).
Table I-a Activation--DRL....... Table I S5.5.11(a)(5).
Activation--DRL.
Table I-a Activation--Headlamp.. Table I S5.5.8.
Activation--Headl
amp.
Table I-a Activation--Headlamp.. Table I S5.5.9.
Activation--Headl
amp.
Table I-a Activation--Headlamp.. Table I S5.5.10(b).
Activation--Headl
amp.
Table I-a Activation--Headlamp.. Table I S5.5.10(d).
Activation--Headl
amp.
Table I-a Activation--High Table I S5.5.10(d).
mounted stop lamps. Activation--High
mounted stop
lamps.
Table I-a Activation-- Table I S5.5.10(d).
Identification lamps. Activation--Ident
ification lamps.
Table I-a Activation--License Table I S5.5.10(d).
plate lamps. Activation--Licen
se plate lamps.
Table I-a Activation--License Table I S5.5.7(a).
plate lamps. Activation--Licen
se plate lamps.
Table I-a Activation--License Table I S5.5.7(b).
plate lamps. Activation--Licen
se plate lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Parking Table I S5.5.10(d).
lamps. Activation--Parki
ng lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Parking Table I S5.5.7(a).
lamps. Activation--Parki
ng lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Parking Table I S5.5.7(b).
lamps. Activation--Parki
ng lamps.
Table I-a Activation--High Table I S5.5.4.
mounted stop lamps. Activation--High
mounted stop
lamps.
Table I-a Activation--School bus Table I S5.1.4(b)(ii).
signal lamps. Activation--Schoo
l bus signal
lamps.
Table I-a Activation--School bus Table I S5.5.10(a).
signal lamps. Activation--Schoo
l bus signal
lamps.
Table I-a Activation--School bus Table I SAE J887, Jul
signal lamps. Activation--Schoo 1964.
l bus signal
lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Side Table I S5.5.10(b).
marker lamps. Activation--Side
marker lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Side Table I S5.5.10(d).
marker lamps. Activation--Side
marker lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Side Table I S5.5.7(a).
marker lamps. Activation--Side
marker lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Side Table I S5.5.7(b).
marker lamps. Activation--Side
marker lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Stop lamps Table I Interpretation--Fa
Activation--Stop ber 5/26/00.
lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.1.1.11 Stop
Activation--Stop lamp and turn
lamps. signal lamp
activation
interaction.
Table I-a Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.5.4.
Activation--Stop
lamps.
Table I-a Activation--Turn Table I S5.5.10(a).
signals. Activation--Turn
signals.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting S5.1.1.27(a).
device.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting S5.1.1.27(b).
device.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting S5.1.1.4
device. Alternative side
reflex material.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting S5.5.11(a) Daytime
device. running lamps
(DRL).
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting S5.5.11(a)(3).
device.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting S5.5.11(b).
device.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table I.
device.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table II.
device.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table III.
device.
Table I-a Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table IV.
device.
Table I-a Additional Lamps Table I Additional S5.1.4 School bus
Required on All School Buses Lamps Required on signal lamps.
except Multifunction School All School Buses
Activity Buses. except
Multifunction
School Activity
Buses.
Table I-a Mounting height....... Table I Mounting S5.5.11(b).
height.
Table I-a Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table I.
height.
Table I-a Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table II.
height.
Table I-a Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table III.
height.
Table I-a Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table IV.
height.
Table I-a Mounting height-- Table I Mounting S5.3.1.4 Rear
Clearance lamps. Height--Clearance clearance lamp
lamps. mounting.
Table I-a Mounting height-- 64 FR 16358....... 64 FR 16358.
Clearance lamps--rear.
Table I-a Mounting height-- 64 FR 16358....... 64 FR 16358.
Identification lamps--rear.
Table I-a Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table I.
location.
Table I-a Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table II.
location.
Table I-a Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table III.
location.
Table I-a Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table IV.
location.
Table I-a Mounting location-- Table I Mounting S5.3.1.8(a)(1).
High mounted stop lamp. location--High
mounted stop lamp.
Table I-a Mounting location-- Table I Mounting S5.3.1.6 Truck
Clearance lamps. location-- tractor clearance
Clearance lamps. lamps.
Table I-a Mounting location-- Table I Mounting S5.3.2.1.
Clearance lamps. location--
Clearance lamps.
Table I-a Mounting location-- Table I Mounting S5.3.1.2 Truck
Reflex reflectors. location--Reflex tractor rear
reflectors. reflex.
Table I-a Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.1.1.1 Truck
color. tractor
exemption--TS.
Table I-a Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.1.1.10 Multiple
color. license plate
lamps and backup
lamps.
Table I-a Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.1.1.2 Truck
color. tractor
exemption.
Table I-a Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.5.11(a)(3).
color.
Table I-a Number and color...... Table I Number and Table I.
color.
Table I-a Number and color...... Table I Number and Table II.
color.
[[Page 68432]]
Table I-a Number and color...... Table I Number and Table III.
color.
Table I-a Number and color...... Table I Number and Table IV.
color.
Table I-a Number and color-- Table I Number and S5.1.1.3
Intermediate side marker lamps. color--Intermedia Intermediate side
te side marker marker exemption.
lamps.
Table I-a Number and color-- Table I Number and S5.1.4(a).
School bus signal lamps. color--School bus
signal lamps.
Table I-a Number and color-- Table I Number and S5.1.4(b)(i).
School bus signal lamps. color--School bus
signal lamps.
Table I-b Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.10(d).
Taillamps.
Table I-b Activation--Clearance Table I S5.5.10(d).
lamps. Activation--Clear
ance lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Side Table I S5.5.10(b).
marker lamps. Activation--Side
marker lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Side Table I S5.5.10(d).
marker lamps. Activation--Side
marker lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Stop lamps Table I Interpretation--
Activation--Stop Faber 5/26/00.
lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.1.1.11 Stop
Activation--Stop lamp and turn
lamps. signal lamp
activation
interaction.
Table I-b Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.5.10(d).
Activation--Stop
lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.5.4.
Activation--Stop
lamps.
Table I-b Activation--Turn Table I S5.5.10(a).
signals. Activation--Turn
signals.
Table I-b Lighting device....... Table I Lighting S5.1.1.4
device. Alternative side
reflex material.
Table I-b Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table I.
device.
Table I-b Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table II.
device.
Table I-b Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table III.
device.
Table I-b Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table IV.
device.
Table I-b Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table I.
height.
Table I-b Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table II.
height.
Table I-b Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table III.
height.
Table I-b Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table IV.
height.
Table I-b Mounting Height-- Table I Mounting S5.3.1.4 Rear
Clearance lamps. Height--Clearance clearance lamp
lamps. mounting.
Table I-b Mounting height-- 64 FR 16358....... 64 FR 16358.
Clearance lamps--rear.
Table I-b Mounting height-- 64 FR 16358....... 64 FR 16358.
Identification lamps--rear.
Table I-b Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table I.
location.
Table I-b Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table II.
location.
Table I-b Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table III.
location.
Table I-b Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table IV.
location.
Table I-b Mounting location-- Table I Mounting S5.3.2.1.
Clearance lamps. location--Clearan
ce lamps.
Table I-b Mounting location-- Table I Mounting S5.3.1.3 Trailer
Reflex reflectors. location--Reflex front reflex and
reflectors. side marker.
Table I-b Mounting location-- Table I Mounting S5.3.1.3 Trailer
Side marker lamps. location--Side front reflex and
marker lamps. side marker.
Table I-b Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.1.1.10 Multiple
color. license plate
lamps and backup
lamps.
Table I-b Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.1.1.14 Trailer
color. exemption--rear.
Table I-b Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.1.1.15 Trailer
color. exemption--front.
Table I-b Number and color...... Table I Number and Table I.
color.
Table I-b Number and color...... Table I Number and Table II.
color.
Table I-b Number and color...... Table I Number and Table III.
color.
Table I-b Number and color...... Table I Number and Table IV.
color.
Table I-b Number and color-- Table I Number and S5.1.1.9 Boat
Clearance lamp. color--Clearance trailer
lamp. exemption.
Table I-b Number and color-- Table I Number and S5.1.1.3
Intermediate side marker lamps. color--Intermedia Intermediate side
te side marker marker exemption.
lamps.
Table I-b Reflex reflectors..... S6.1.1.1.1 S5.1.1.29
Conspicuity and Conspicuity
reflex. system replace
reflex on
trailers.
Table I-c Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.10(d).
Taillamps.
Table I-c Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.3.
Taillamps.
Table I-c Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.7(a).
Taillamps.
Table I-c Activation Taillamps.. Table I Activation S5.5.7(b).
Taillamps.
Table I-c Activation--Headlamp.. Table I S5.5.9.
Activation--Headl
amp.
Table I-c Activation--Headlamp.. Table I S5.5.10(d).
Activation--Headl
amp.
Table I-c Activation--License Table I S5.5.10(d).
plate lamps. Activation--Licen
se plate lamps.
Table I-c Activation--License Table I S5.5.7(a).
plate lamps. Activation--Licen
se plate lamps.
Table I-c Activation--License Table I S5.5.7(b).
plate lamps. Activation--Licen
se plate lamps.
Table I-c Activation--Motorcycle Table I S5.5.10(b).
headlamps. Activation--Motor
cycle headlamps.
Table I-c Activation--Motorcycle Table I S5.5.10(c).
headlamps. Activation--Motor
cycle headlamps.
Table I-c Activation--Motorcycle Table I S5.5.9.
headlamps. Activation--Motor
cycle headlamps.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps Table I Interpretation--Fa
Activation--Stop ber 5/26/00.
lamps.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.1.1.11 Stop
Activation--Stop lamp and turn
lamps. signal lamp
activation
interaction.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.5.10(d).
Activation--Stop
lamps.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.5.10(d).
Activation--Stop
lamps.
Table I-c Activation--Stop lamps Table I S5.5.4.
Activation--Stop
lamps.
[[Continued on page 68433]]
From the Federal Register Online via GPO Access [wais.access.gpo.gov]
]
[[pp. 68433-68439]] Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; Lamps, Reflective
Devices, and Associated Equipment
[[Continued from page 68432]]
[[Page 68433]]
Table I-c Activation--Turn Table I S5.5.10(a).
signals. Activation--Turn
signals.
Table I-c Lighting device....... Table I Lighting S5.1.1.4
device. Alternative side
reflex material.
Table I-c Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table III.
device.
Table I-c Lighting device....... Table I Lighting Table IV.
device.
Table I-c Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table III.
height.
Table I-c Mounting height....... Table I Mounting Table IV.
height.
Table I-c Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table III.
location.
Table I-c Mounting location..... Table I Mounting Table IV.
location.
Table I-c Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.1.1.10 Multiple
color. license plate
lamps and backup
lamps.
Table I-c Number and color...... Table I Number and S5.1.1.21 Motor
color. driven cycle turn
signal exemption.
Table I-c Number and color...... Table I Number and Table III.
color.
Table I-c Number and color...... Table I Number and Table IV.
color.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps Table II Sealed S7.3.2 Type A
Type A. beam headlamps headlighting
Type A. system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps Table II Sealed S7.3.3 Type B
Type B. beam headlamps headlighting
Type B. system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps Table II Sealed S7.3.4 Type C
Type C. beam headlamps headlighting
Type C. system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps Table II Sealed S7.3.5 Type D
Type D. beam headlamps headlighting
Type D. system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps Table II Sealed S7.3.6 Type E
Type E. beam headlamps headlighting
Type E. system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps Table II Sealed S7.3.7 Type F
Type F. beam headlamps headlighting
Type F. system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps Table II Sealed S7.3.8 Type G
Type G. beam headlamps headlighting
Type G. system.
Table II-a Sealed beam headlamps Table II Sealed S7.3.9 Type H
Type H. beam headlamps headlighting
Type H. system.
Table II-b Combination Table II S7.6.2.
headlamps--2 lamp system. Combination
headlamps--2 lamp
system.
Table II-b Combination Table II S7.6.3.
headlamps--4 lamp system. Combination
headlamps--4 lamp
system.
Table II-c Integral beam Table II Integral S7.4(a)(2).
headlamps--2 lamp system. beam headlamps--2
lamp system.
Table II-c Integral beam Table II Integral S7.4(a)(1)(i).
headlamps--4 lamp system. beam headlamps--4
lamp system.
Table II-c Integral beam Table II Integral S7.4(a)(1)(iii).
headlamps--4 lamp system U & L. beam headlamps--4
lamp system U & L.
Table II-c Integral beam Table II Integral S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
headlamps--4 lamp system-- beam headlamps--4
simultaneous activation. lamp system--
simultaneous
activation.
Table II-c Integral beam Table II Integral S7.4(a)(3).
headlamps--beam contributor beam headlamps--
system. beam contributor
system.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb Table II Figure 26.
headlamps--2 lamp system--with Replaceable bulb
HB2. headlamps--2 lamp
system--with HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb Table II S7.5(e).
headlamps--2 lamp system--with Replaceable bulb
HB2. headlamps--2 lamp
system--with HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb Table II Figure 26.
headlamps--2 lamp system-- Replaceable bulb
without HB2. headlamps--2 lamp
system--without
HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb Table II S7.5(d).
headlamps--2 lamp system-- Replaceable bulb
without HB2. headlamps--2 lamp
system--without
HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb Table II Figure 26.
headlamps--4 lamp system--with Replaceable bulb
HB2. headlamps--4 lamp
system--with HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb Table II S7.5(e).
headlamps--4 lamp system--with Replaceable bulb
HB2. headlamps--4 lamp
system--with HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb Table II Figure 26.
headlamps--4 lamp system-- Replaceable bulb
without HB2. headlamps--4 lamp
system--without
HB2.
Table II-d Replaceable bulb Table II S7.5(d).
headlamps--4 lamp system-- Replaceable bulb
without HB2. headlamps--4 lamp
system--without
HB2.
Table II footnote 1............. Table II footnote S5.5.8.
1.
Table II footnote 2............. Table II footnote S7.4(d).
2.
Table II footnote 3............. Table II footnote S5.5.8.
3.
Table II footnote 4............. Table II footnote S5.5.8.
4.
Table II footnote 5............. Table II footnote S5.5.8.
5.
Table II footnote 6............. Table II footnote S7.4(a)(3).
6.
Table II footnote 7............. Omitted........... S7.4(a)(3).
Table III Marking Requirements New table......... New table.
Locations [New Table--points to
marking requirements].
Table IV-a Front turn signal Table IV Front S5.1.1.25 Motor
lamp--Effective projected turn signal lamp-- cycle turn signal
luminous lens area. Effective lamp EPLLA.
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Front turn signal Table IV Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--Effective projected turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.3.2.
luminous lens area. Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Front turn signal Table IV Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--Effective projected turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.3.2.
luminous lens area. Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Rear turn signal Table IV Rear turn S5.1.1.25 Motor
lamp--Effective projected signal lamp-- cycle turn signal
luminous lens area. Effective lamp EPLLA.
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Rear turn signal Table IV Rear turn S5.1.1.26(a).
lamp--Effective projected signal lamp--
luminous lens area. Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
[[Page 68434]]
Table IV-a Rear turn signal Table IV Rear turn S5.1.1.26(b).
lamp--Effective projected signal lamp--
luminous lens area. Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Rear turn signal Table IV Rear turn SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--Effective projected signal lamp-- 1985, 5.3.2.
luminous lens area. Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Stop lamp--Effective Table IV Stop lamp- S5.1.1.22 Motor
projected luminous lens area. Effective driven cycle stop
projected lamp exemptions.
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Stop lamp--Effective Table IV Stop S5.1.1.26(a).
projected luminous lens area. lamp--Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Stop lamp--Effective Table IV Stop S5.1.1.26(b).
projected luminous lens area. lamp--Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-a Stop lamp--Effective Table IV Stop SAE J1398, May
projected luminous lens area. lamp--Effective 1985, 5.3.2.
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-b High mounted stop Table IV High S5.1.1.27(a)(1).
lamp--Effective projected mounted stop
luminous lens area. lamp--Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-b High mounted stop Table IV High S5.1.1.27(b)(1).
lamp--Effective projected mounted stop
luminous lens area. lamp--Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV-c School bus signal Table IV School SAE J887, Jul
lamp--Effective projected bus signal lamp-- 1964.
luminous lens area. Effective
projected
luminous lens
area.
Table IV footnote 1............. Table IV footnote S5.1.1.22 Motor
1. driven cycle stop
lamp exemptions.
Table V-a Backup lamp visibility Table V Backup S5.3.2(e).
lamp visibility.
Table V-a High mounted stop lamp Table V High S5.3.2(c).
visibility. mounted stop lamp
visibility.
Table V-a High mounted stop lamp Table V High S5.3.2(d).
visibility. mounted stop lamp
visibility.
Table V-a HMSL--Visibility...... Table V HMSL-- S5.1.1.27(a)(2).
Visibility.
Table V-a HMSL--Visibility...... Table V HMSL-- S5.1.1.27(b)(2).
Visibility.
Table V-a School bus signal lamp Table V School bus SAE J887, Jul
visibility. signal lamp 1964.
visibility.
Table V-b SAE stop lamp Table V SAE stop SAE J1398, May
visibility. lamp visibility. 1985, 5.4.1.
Table V-b SAE stop lamp Table V SAE stop SAE J586, Feb
visibility. lamp visibility. 1984, 5.4.1.
Table V-b SAE taillamp Table V SAE SAE J585e, Sep
visibility. taillamp 1977, 4.
visibility.
Table V-b SAE turn signal lamp Table V SAE turn SAE J1395, Apr
visibility. signal lamp 1985, 5.4.1.
visibility.
Table V-b SAE turn signal lamp Table V SAE turn SAE J588, Nov
visibility. signal lamp 1984, 5.4.1.
visibility.
Table V-c Lens area visibility.. Table V Lens area Figure 19.
visibility.
Table V-c Lens area visibility.. Table V Lens area S5.3.2(b)(1).
visibility.
Table V-d Luminous intensity Table V Luminous Figure 20.
visibility. intensity
visibility.
Table V-d Luminous intensity Table V Luminous S5.3.2(b)(2).
visibility. intensity
visibility.
Table V footnote 1.............. Table V footnote 1 New language.
Table V footnote 2.............. Table V footnote 2 S5.3.2.3.
Table V footnote 3.............. Table V footnote 3 Figure 19,
footnote 2.
Table V footnote 4.............. Table V footnote 4 Figure 20,
footnote 2.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--Base group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 1.
Base zone
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--Base group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 1.
Base zone
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--Base individual point turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 3.
photometry. Base individual
point photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--Base individual point turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 3.
photometry. Base individual
point photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--1.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.1.5.4.
photometry. 1.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--1.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 2.
photometry. 1.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--1.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.1.5.4.
photometry. 1.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--1.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 2.
photometry. 1.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--1.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.1.5.4.
point photometry. 1.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--1.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 2.
point photometry. 1.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--1.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.1.5.4.
point photometry. 1.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--1.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 2.
point photometry. 1.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--2 x base group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.1.5.4.
2 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--2 x base group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 2.
2 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--2 x base group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.1.5.4.
2 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--2 x base group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 2.
2 x base zone
photometry.
[[Page 68435]]
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--2 x base individual point turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.1.5.4.
photometry. 2 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--2 x base individual point turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 2.
photometry. 2 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--2 x base individual point turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.1.5.4.
photometry. 2 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-b Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--2 x base individual point turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 2.
photometry. 2 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front S5.3.1.7 Turn
lamp--2.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- signal spacing.
photometry. 2.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--2.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.1.5.4.
photometry. 2.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--2.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 2.
photometry. 2.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--2.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.1.5.4.
photometry. 2.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--2.5 x base group turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 2.
photometry. 2.5 x base zone
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front S5.3.1.7 Turn
lamp--2.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- signal spacing.
point photometry. 2.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--2.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.1.5.4.
point photometry. 2.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
lamp--2.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 2.
point photometry. 2.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--2.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.1.5.4.
point photometry. 2.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI-a Front turn signal Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
lamp--2.5 x base individual turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 2.
point photometry. 2.5 x base
individual point
photometry.
Table VI Front turn signal lamp-- Table VI Front SAE J1395, Apr
Photometric ratio. turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.1.5.2.
Photometric ratio.
Table VI Front turn signal lamp-- Table VI Front SAE J588, Nov
Photometric ratio. turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.1.5.3.
Photometric ratio.
Table VI footnote 1............. Table VI footnote SAE J588, Nov
1. 1984, Table 1,
footnote a; SAE
J1395, Apr 1985,
footnote a.
Table VI footnote 2............. Table VI footnote SAE J575e, Aug
2. 1970, J.
Table VI footnote 3............. Table VI footnote S5.3.2.3.
3.
Table VI footnote 4............. Table VI footnote SAE J1395, Apr
4. 1985, 5.1.5.2.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J1395, Apr
Red lamp individual point turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 3.
photometry. Red lamp
individual point
photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J588, Nov
Red lamp individual point turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 3.
photometry. Red lamp
individual point
photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J1395, Apr
Red lamp group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 1.
Red lamp zone
photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J588, Nov
Red lamp group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 1.
Red lamp zone
photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J1395, Apr
Amber lamp individual point turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 3.
photometry. Amber lamp
individual point
photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J588, Nov
Amber lamp individual point turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 3.
photometry. Amber lamp
individual point
photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J1395, Apr
Amber lamp group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1985, Table 1.
Amber lamp zone
photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J588, Nov
Amber lamp group photometry. turn signal lamp-- 1984, Table 1.
Amber lamp zone
photometry.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J1395, Apr
Photometric ratio. turn signal lamp-- 1985, 5.1.5.2.
Photometric ratio.
Table VII Rear turn signal lamp-- Table VII Rear SAE J588, Nov
Photometric ratio. turn signal lamp-- 1984, 5.1.5.3.
Photometric ratio.
Table VII footnote 1............ Table VII footnote SAE J588, Nov
1. 1984, Table 1,
footnote a; SAE
J1395, Apr 1985
footnote a.
Table VII footnote 2............ Table VII footnote SAE J575e, Aug
2. 1970, J.
Table VII footnote 3............ Table VII footnote S5.3.2.3.
3.
Table VII footnote 4............ Table VII footnote SAE J588, Nov
4. 1984, Table 1,
footnote b; SAE
J1395, Apr 1985
footnote b.
Table VII footnote 5............ Table VII footnote SAE J588, Nov
5. 1984, Table 1;
SAE J1395, Apr
1985, Table 1.
Table VII footnote 6............ Table VII footnote S5.1.1.1; SAE
6. J588e, Sep 1970,
3.9.1; SAE J1395,
Apr 1985,
5.1.5.3.
Table VII footnote 7............ Table VII footnote SAE J1395, Apr
7. 1985, 5.1.5.2.
Table VII footnote 8............ Table VII footnote SAE J588, Nov
8. 1984, 5.1.5.3;
SAE J1395, Apr
1985, 5.1.5.2.
[[Page 68436]]
Table VIII Taillamp--Individual Table VIII Figure 1a.
point photometry. Taillamp--Individ
ual point
photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Individual Table VIII Figure 1b.
point photometry. Taillamp--Individ
ual point
photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Individual Table VIII Figure 1c.
point photometry. Taillamp--Individ
ual point
photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Group Table VIII Figure 1a.
photometry. Taillamp--Zone
photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Group Table VIII Figure 1b.
photometry. Taillamp--Zone
photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Group Table VIII Figure 1c.
photometry. Taillamp--Zone
photometry.
Table VIII Taillamp--Maximum Table VIII Figure 1b,
photometric intensity. Taillamp--Maximum footnote 1.
photometric
intensity.
Table VIII footnote 1........... Table VIII SAE J575e, Aug
footnote 1. 1970, J.
Table VIII footnote 2........... Table VIII S5.1.1.6.
footnote 2.
Table VIII footnote 3........... Table VIII S5.3.2.3.
footnote 3.
Table VIII footnote 4........... Omitted........... SAE J585e, Sep
1977, Table 1,
footnote 5.
Table IX Stop lamp--Individual Table IX Stop SAE J1398, May
point photometry. lamp--Individual 1985, Table 1.
point photometry.
Table IX Stop lamp--Individual Table IX Stop SAE J586, Feb
point photometry. lamp--Individual 1984, Table 1.
point photometry.
Table IX Stop lamp--Group Table IX Stop SAE J1398, May
photometry. lamp--Zone 1985, Table 1.
photometry.
Table IX Stop lamp--Group Table IX Stop SAE J586, Feb
photometry. lamp--Zone 1984, Table 1.
photometry.
Table IX Stop lamp--Photometric Table IX Stop SAE J1398, May
ratio. lamp--Photometric 1985, 5.1.5.2.
ratio.
Table IX Stop lamp--Photometric Table IX Stop SAE J586, Feb
ratio. lamp--Photometric 1984, 5.1.5.3.
ratio.
Table IX footnote 1............. Table IX footnote SAE J586, Feb
1. 1984, Table 1,
footnote a; SAE
J1398, May 1985,
footnote a.
Table IX footnote 2............. Table IX footnote SAE J575e, Aug
2. 1970, J.
Table IX footnote 3............. Table IX footnote SAE J586, Feb
3. 1984, Table 1,
footnote b; SAE
J1398, May 1985,
footnote b.
Table IX footnote 4............. Table IX footnote S5.3.2.3.
4.
Table IX footnote 5............. Table IX footnote SAE J586, Feb
7. 1984, 5.1.5.3;
SAE J1398, May
1985, 5.1.5.2.
Table IX footnote 6............. Table IX footnote SAE J586, Feb
6. 1984, 5.1.5.3;
SAE J1398, May
1985, 5.1.5.2.
Table X Red side marker lamp Table X Red side SAE J592e, Jul
photometry. marker lamp 1972, Table 1.
photometry.
Table X Amber side marker lamp Table X Amber side SAE J592e, Jul
photometry. marker lamp 1972, Table 1.
photometry.
Table X footnote 1.............. Table X footnote 1 S5.1.1.8; SAE
J592e, Jul 1972,
Table 1, footnote
b.
Table X footnote 2.............. Table X footnote 2 SAE J575d, Aug
1967, J.
Table X footnote 3.............. Table X footnote 3 S5.3.2.3.
Table XI Red clearance and Table XI Red SAE J592e, Jul
identification lamp photometry. clearance and 1972, Table 1.
identification
lamp photometry.
Table XI Amber clearance and Table XI Amber SAE J592e, Jul
identification lamp photometry. clearance and 1972, Table 1.
identification
lamp photometry.
Table XI footnote 1............. Table XI footnote S5.3.2.3.
1.
Table XI footnote 2............. Table XI footnote SAE J575d, Aug
2. 1967, J.
Table XI footnote 3............. Table XI footnote SAE J592e, Jul
3. 1972, Table 1,
footnote a.
Table XI footnote 4............. Table XI footnote S5.3.2.1.
4.
Table XII Single lamp system-- Table XII Single S5.1.1.18 Backup
Individual point photometry. backup lamp lamp photometry.
system--Individua
l point
photometry.
Table XII Single lamp system-- Table XII Single SAE J593c, Feb
Individual point photometry. backup lamp 1968, Table 1,
system--Individua footnote a.
l point
photometry.
Table XII Single lamp system-- Table XII Single Figure 2, footnote
Group photometry. backup lamp 1.
system--Zone
photometry.
Table XII Two lamp systems--Each Table XII Two S5.1.1.18 Backup
lamp--Individual point backup lamp lamp photometry.
photometry. system--Individua
l point
photometry.
Table XII Two lamp systems--Each Table XII Two SAE J593c, Feb
lamp--Individual point backup lamp 1968, Table 1,
photometry. system--Individua footnote b.
l point
photometry.
Table XII Two lamp system--Each Table XII Two Figure 2, footnote
lamp--Group photometry. backup lamp 1.
system--Zone
photometry.
Table XII Backup lamp--Maximum Table XII Backup SAE J593c, Feb
photometric intensity any lamp--Maximum 1968, Table 1,
single lamp. photometric footnote c.
intensity.
Table XII footnote 1............ Table XII footnote SAE J575d, Aug
1. 1967, J.
Table XII footnote 2............ Table XII footnote Figure 2, footnote
2. 1.
Table XII footnote 3............ Table XII footnote Figure 2, footnote
3. 1.
Table XII footnote 4............ Table XII footnote S5.1.1.18 Backup
4. lamp photometry.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle turn S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1 S5.1.1.7
signal lamp--Individual point Motorcycle turn
photometry. signal lamp.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle turn S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1 S5.1.1.7
signal lamp--Group photometry. Motorcycle turn
signal lamp.
Table XIII-a Motorcycle turn S7.1.1.1; S7.1.2.1 S5.1.1.7
signal lamp--Photometric ratio. Motorcycle turn
signal lamp.
[[Page 68437]]
Table XIII-b Motorcycle stop Table IX Stop SAE J586, Feb
lamp--Photometric ratio. lamp--Photometric 1984, 5.1.5.3.
ratio.
Table XIII-b Motor driven cycle Table IX Motor S5.1.1.22 Motor
stop lamp--Group photometry. driven cycle stop driven cycle stop
lamp zone lamp exemptions.
photometry.
Table XIII-a footnote 1......... Standard note--new SAE J586, Feb
table. 1984, Table 1,
footnote a; SAE
J588, Nov 1984,
Table 1 footnote
a.
Table XIII-a footnote 2......... Standard note--new SAE J575e, Aug
table. 1970, J.
Table XIII-a footnote 3, Table Standard note--new SAE J586, Feb
XIII footnote 1. table. 1984, Table 1,
footnote b.
Table XIII-a footnote 4, Table Standard note--new S5.3.2.3.
XIII-b footnote 2. table.
Table XIII-b footnote 3......... Table IX footnote S5.1.1.22;
5. Interpretation--P
arkyn 6/1/98.
Table XIII-a footnote 5, Table Table IX footnote SAE J586, Feb
XIII-b footnote 4. 7. 1984, 5.1.5.3.
Table XIV Parking lamp-- Table XIV Parking Figures 1a, 1b,
Individual point photometry. lamp--Individual and 1c.
point photometry.
Table XIV Parking lamp--Group Table XIV Parking Figures 1a, 1b,
photometry. lamp--Zone and 1c.
photometry.
Table XIV Parking lamp--Maximum Table XIV Parking Figure 1b,
photometric intensity. lamp--Maximum footnote 2.
photometric
intensity.
Table XIV footnote 1............ Table XIV footnote SAE J575d, Aug
1. 1967, J.
Table XIV footnote 2............ Table XIV footnote S5.1.1.6.
2.
Table XIV footnote 3............ Table XIV footnote S5.3.2.3.
3.
Table XV High mounted stop lamp-- Table XV High Figure 10.
Individual point photometry. mounted stop
lamp--Individual
point photometry.
Table XV High mounted stop lamp-- Table XV High Figure 10.
Group photometry. mounted stop
lamp--Zone
photometry.
Table XV footnote 1............. Table XV footnote SAE J575e, Aug
1. 1970, J.
Table XV footnote 2............. Table XV footnote Figure 10,
2. footnote 2.
Table XV footnote 3............. Table XV footnote S5.1.1.27(b)(3).
3.
Table XV footnote 4............. Table XV footnote Figure 10,
4. footnote 1.
Table XVI-a Red reflex reflector Table XVI Red SAE J594f, Jan
photometry. reflex reflector 1977, Tables 1
photometry. and 1A.
Table XVI-a Amber reflex Table XVI Amber SAE J594f, Jan
reflector photometry. reflex reflector 1977, Table 1,
photometry. footnote a.
Table XVI-a Amber reflex Table XVI Amber SAE J594f, Jan
reflector photometry. reflex reflector 1977, Table 1A,
photometry. footnote a.
Table XVI-a White reflex Table XVI White SAE J594f, Jan
reflector photometry. reflex reflector 1977, Table 1,
photometry. footnote a.
Table XVI-a White reflex Table XVI White SAE J594f, Jan
reflector photometry. reflex reflector 1977, Table 1A,
photometry. footnote a
Table XVI-a footnote 1.......... Table XVI footnote S5.3.2.3.
1.
Table XVI-b Red conspicuity Table XVI Red S5.7.2.1(b).
reflex reflector photometry. conspicuity
reflex reflector
photometry.
Table XVI-b White horizontal Table XVI White S5.7.2.1(c).
conspicuity reflex reflector horizontal
photometry. conspicuity
reflex reflector
photometry.
Table XVI-b White vertical Table XVI White S5.7.2.1(d).
conspicuity reflex reflector vertical
photometry. conspicuity
reflex reflector
photometry.
Table XVI-c Red C2 sheeting Table XVI Red C2 S5.7.1.2; Figure
photometry. sheeting 29.
photometry.
Table XVI-c Red C3 sheeting Table XVI Red C3 S5.7.1.2; Figure
photometry. sheeting 29.
photometry.
Table XVI-c Red C4 sheeting Table XVI Red C4 S5.7.1.2; Figure
photometry. sheeting 29.
photometry.
Table XVI-c White C2 sheeting Table XVI White C2 S5.7.1.2; Figure
photometry. sheeting 29.
photometry.
Table XVI-c White C3 sheeting Table XVI White C3 S5.7.1.2; Figure
photometry. sheeting 29.
photometry.
Table XVI-c White C4 sheeting Table XVI White C4 S5.7.1.2; Figure
photometry. sheeting 29.
photometry.
Table XVII School bus signal Table XVII School SAE J887, Jul
lamp photometry. bus signal lamp 1964, Table 1.
photometry.
Table XVII Red lamp photometry.. Table XVII Red SAE J575d, Aug
lamp photometry. 1967, J.
Table XVII Amber lamp photometry Table XVII Amber S5.1.4(b).
lamp photometry.
Table XVII footnote 1........... Table XVII S5.3.2.3.
footnote 1.
Table XVII footnote 2........... Table XVII SAE J575d, Aug
footnote 2. 1967, J.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 15-1.
i>1 photometry. beam 1
photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 15-2.
i>1 photometry. beam 1
photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 17-1.
i>2 photometry. beam 2
photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 17-2.
i>2 photometry. beam 2
photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 27-1.
i>3 photometry. beam 3
photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 27-2.
i>3 photometry. beam 3
photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 28-1, Types
i>4 photometry. beam 4 1A1, 1C1, and
photometry. 1G1.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 28-2, Types
i>4 photometry. beam 4 1A1, 1C1, and
photometry. 1G1.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 28-1, Types
i>5 photometry. beam 5 2A1, 2C1, and
photometry. 2G1.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 28-2, Types
i>5 photometry. beam 5 2A1, 2C1, and
photometry. 2G1.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 15-1.
i>6 photometry. beam 6
photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper Figure 15-2.
i>6 photometry. beam 6
photometry.
Table XVIII Upper beam < greek- Table XVIII Upper S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
i>6 photometry. beam 6
photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 15-1.
i>1M photometry. beam 1M
photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 15-2.
i>1V photometry. beam 1V
photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 17-1.
i>2M photometry. beam 2M
photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 17-2.
i>2V photometry. beam 2V
photometry.
Table XIX-a Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 28-2, Types
i>2V photometry. beam 2V 2A1, 2C1 and 2G1.
photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 27-1.
i>3M photometry. beam 3M
photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 27-2.
i>3V photometry. beam 3V
photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 28-2, Types
i>4M photometry. beam 4M 2A1, 2C1, and
photometry. 2G1.
[[Page 68438]]
Table XIX-c Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 15-2.
i>4V photometry. beam 4V
photometry.
Table XIX-c Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
i>4V photometry. beam 4V
photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower Figure 15-1.
i>5M photometry. beam 5M
photometry.
Table XIX-b Lower beam < greek- Table XIX Lower S7.4(a)(1)(ii).
i>5M photometry. beam 5M
photometry.
Table XIX 10[deg] U-90[deg] U Table XIX 10[deg] Interpretation--Sp
Test area. U-90[deg] U Test ingler 7/2/99.
area.
Table XX Motorcycle photometry.. Table XX Figure 32.
Motorcycle
photometry.
Table XX Motor driven cycle Table XX Motor Figure 32.
photometry. driven cycle
photometry.
Table XX Motor driven cycle with Table XX Motor Figure 32.
single lamp photometry. driven cycle with
single lamp
photometry.
Redundant--eliminated........... S8.1.1 S7.3.
Headlighting
system type.
Redundant--eliminated........... S8.1.1 S7.4.
Headlighting
system type.
Redundant--eliminated........... S8.1.1 S7.5.
Headlighting
system type.
Redundant--eliminated........... S8.1.1 S7.6.
Headlighting
system type.
Redundant--eliminated........... S8.1.2 Headlamp S7.3.
category.
Redundant--eliminated........... S8.1.2 Headlamp S7.4.
category.
Redundant--eliminated........... S8.1.2 Headlamp S7.5.
category.
Redundant--eliminated........... S8.1.2 Headlamp S7.6.
category.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part Figure 11.
C. 564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part Figure 12.
C. 564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part Figure 13.
C. 564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part Figure 14.
C. 564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part Figure 18.
C. 564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part Figure 21.
C. 564, Appendix C.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, 5.3.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 10.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 11.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 11.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 12.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 13.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 14.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 15.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 5.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 6.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 7.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 8.
Relocated to Part 564, Appendix Relocated to Part SAE J1383, Apr
C. 564, Appendix C. 1985, Figure 9.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix C.--List of Figures
[Current FMVSS No. 108 is 49 CFR 571.108, Oct. 1, 2006]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure No. Title
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1................... CHROMATICITY DIAGRAM [SAE J578c, FEB 1977, FIGURE
1].
2................... FLASHER PERFORMANCE CHART [SAE J590b, OCT 1965,
FIGURE 1].
3................... REPLACEABLE BULB HEADLAMP AIM PADS [CURRRENT FMVSS
108 FIG. 4-1 TO 4-4].
4................... HEADLAMP CONNECTOR TEST SETUP [SAE J580, DEC 1986,
FIGURE 1].
5................... HEADLAMP ABRASION TEST FIXTURE [CURRENT FMVSS 108
FIGURE 5].
6................... THERMAL CYCLE TEST PROFILE [CURRENT FMVSS 108
FIGURE 6].
7................... DIRT/AMBIENT TEST SETUP [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE
7].
8................... REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
[CURRENT FMVSS 108 FIGURE 8].
9................... ENVIROMENTAL TEST PROFILE [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE
9].
10.................. REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE PRESSURE TEST SETUP
[CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 25].
11.................. TRAILER CONSPICUITY TREATMENT EXAMPLES [CURRENT
FMVSS108 FIGURES 30-1 TO 30-4].
12-1................ TRAILER CONSPICUITY DETAIL I [NEW].
12-2................ TRAILER CONSPICUITY DETAIL II [NEW].
13.................. TRACTOR CONSPICUITY TREATMENT EXAMPLES [CURRENT
FMVSS108 FIGURE 31].
14.................. 92 x 150 HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
[CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 16].
15.................. TYPES G AND H HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
[CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 22].
16.................. TYPES A AND E HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
[SAE J580, DEC 1986, FIGURE 3].
17.................. TYPE B HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP [SAE
J580, DEC 1986, FIGURE 4].
18.................. TYPES C AND D HEADLAMP AIM DEFLECTION TEST SETUP
[SAE J580, DEC 1986, FIGURE 2].
19.................. LICENSE PLATE LAMP TARGET LOCATIONS [SAE J587, OCT
1981, FIGURES 1 & 2].
20.................. LICENSE PLATE LAMP MEASUREMENT OF INCIDENT LIGHT
ANGLE [SAE J587, OCT 1981, FIGURE 3].
21.................. VIBRATION TEST MACHINE [SAE J577, APRIL 1964,
FIGURE 1 & TABLE 1].
22.................. FLASHER STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT [SAE J823b, APRIL
1968, FIGURE 1].
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68439]]
FIGURES TO INCORPORATE IN 49 CFR 564 APPENDIX C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
LF HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 11]
[INCLUDES TYPE F NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE LOCATING PLATE
INFORMATION].
UF HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 12].
LF/UF MOUNTING FEATURES [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 13].
LF/UF MOUNTING RING [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 14].
TYPE G & H HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [CURRENT FMVSS 108 FIGURE
18].
TYPE G & H HEADLAMP MOUNTING INFORMATION [CURRENT FMVSS108 FIGURE 21].
TYPE 1A1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
11].
TYPE 2A1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
10] [INCLUDES 100 mm X 165 mm NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE
LOCATING PLATE INFORMATION].
TYPE 2B1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
13] [INCLUDES 142 mm X 200 mm NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE
LOCATING PLATE INFORMATION].
TYPE 1C1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
7] [INCLUDES 178 mm DIA. NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE LOCATING
PLATE INFORMATION].
TYPE 2C1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
8].
TYPE 2D1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
5] [INCLUDES 146 mm DIA. NONADJUSTABLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICE LOCATING
PLATE INFORMATION].
TYPE 2E1 HEADLAMP DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE
15].
TYPES 1A1, 2A1, AND 2E1 HEADLAMP MOUNTING RING/LAMP BODY DIMENSIONAL
INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE 12].
TYPE 2B1 HEADLAMP MOUNTING RING/LAMP BODY DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE
J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE 14].
TYPES 1C1 AND 2C1 HEADLAMP MOUNTING RING/LAMP BODY DIMENSIONAL
INFORMATION [SAE J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE 9].
TYPE 2D1 HEADLAMP MOUNTING RING/LAMP BODY DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION [SAE
J1383, APR 1985, FIGURE 6].
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[FR Doc. 07-5644 Filed 12-3-07; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-59-P